initial commit of ebook 22814HEADmain

158 files changed, 15409 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/22814-8.txt b/22814-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb5fdbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4595 @@
+Project Gutenberg's A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis, by Melvin Powers
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis
+
+Author: Melvin Powers
+
+Release Date: September 30, 2007 [EBook #22814]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Annika Feilbach and the
+booksmiths at http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS
+
+by Melvin Powers
+
+
+
+Published by
+
+  Melvin Powers
+  WILSHIRE BOOK COMPANY
+  12015 Sherman Road
+  No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+Telephone: (213) 875-1711
+
+
+
+Copyright
+1961
+
+
+Wilshire Book Company
+
+
+
+Printed by
+
+  HAL LEIGHTON PRINTING COMPANY
+  P.O. Box 3952
+  North Hollywood, California 91605
+
+Telephone: (213) 983-1105
+
+
+
+All Rights Reserved
+
+
+Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 61-10664
+
+Printed in the United States of America
+
+
+ISBN-0-87980-122-0
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+CHAPTER                                                             PAGE
+
+ 1. WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT SELF-HYPNOSIS                          11
+
+ 2. WHAT ABOUT THE DANGERS OF HYPNOSIS?                               21
+
+ 3. IS HYPNOSIS THE ANSWER?                                           29
+
+ 4. HOW DOES SELF-HYPNOSIS WORK?                                      37
+
+ 5. HOW TO AROUSE YOURSELF FROM THE SELF-HYPNOTIC STATE               45
+
+ 6. HOW TO ATTAIN SELF-HYPNOSIS                                       49
+
+ 7. DEEPENING THE SELF-HYPNOTIC STATE                                 57
+
+ 8. WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT BECOMING AN EXCELLENT SUBJECT          67
+
+ 9. TECHNIQUES FOR REACHING THE SOMNAMBULISTIC STATE                  79
+
+10. A NEW APPROACH TO SELF-HYPNOSIS WHEN ALL ELSE FAILS               91
+
+11. PSYCHOLOGICAL AIDS AND THEIR FUNCTION                            103
+
+12. THE NATURE OF HYPNOSIS                                           113
+
+13. PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS OF SELF-HYPNOSIS                          119
+
+
+
+
+FOREWORD
+
+
+All of us like to think that our actions and reactions are a result of
+logical thought processes, but the fact is that suggestion influences
+our thinking a great deal more than logic. Consciously or unconsciously,
+our feelings about almost everything are largely molded by ready-made
+opinions and attitudes fostered by our mass methods of communication. We
+cannot buy a bar of soap or a filtered cigarette without paying tribute
+to the impact of suggestion. Right or wrong, most of us place more
+confidence in what "they" say than we do in our own powers of reason.
+This is the basic reason why psychiatrists are in short supply. We
+distrust our own mental processes and want an expert to tell us what to
+think and feel.
+
+Despite this tendency to adopt our attitudes from others, man has always
+been dimly aware that he can influence his own destiny by directing his
+thoughts and actions into constructive channels. He has always, to some
+extent, known that his mind exerts a powerful influence on his body, and
+that thoughts can have harmful or helpful effects on his emotional and
+physical health. The ancient Egyptian sleep temples and the attempts by
+early physicians to drive evil spirits out of the body were both
+attempts to influence the body through the mind.
+
+The unprecedented sale of _The Power of Positive Thinking_ by Norman
+Vincent Peale and other inspirational literature proves that millions of
+modern people recognize the efficacy of constructive thoughts. What most
+of them do not recognize is that they are capable of implanting these
+beneficial thoughts in their own minds without reference to any outside
+agencies. This can be done through self-hypnosis.
+
+In modern society we have many cults, religions and methodologies which
+have mental discipline as their goal. The best example of a methodology
+is psychosomatic medicine which deals with the interrelationship of the
+mind and body in the production of mental or physical illness. The rapid
+growth of hypnosis in the last few years is another example, and it is
+gratifying to see that the emphasis in this field is now shifting from
+hetero-hypnosis to self-hypnosis.
+
+Self-hypnosis is a highly suggestible state wherein the individual can
+direct suggestions to himself. It is a powerful tool in any therapeutic
+process, and highly motivated subjects can parallel the success of
+hetero-hypnosis through their own efforts. Self-hypnosis can be used as
+a palliative agent and can even afford lasting results in many areas of
+the organism. Self-hypnosis can alleviate distressing symptoms,
+substitute strong responses for weak responses, help overcome bad
+habits, create good habits and help one's power of concentration. The
+total personality is eventually changed to the point where it can
+function adequately in an increasingly difficult environment.
+
+In learning self-hypnosis, the subject does not relinquish control of
+himself as is commonly believed. Actually, more control is gained.
+Self-sufficiency and self-confidence are inevitable results. It is well
+to remember, however, that even good things may be overdone, and good
+judgment is necessary for favorable results. Neither hypnosis nor
+self-hypnosis should ever be used indiscriminately. The effectiveness of
+self-hypnosis depends upon many factors. Strong motivation, intelligent
+application of suggestions and diligence are prerequisites.
+
+We are not suggesting that self-hypnosis can take the place of all forms
+of psychotherapy. We do recommend it as an adjunct to therapy when
+indicated. Used judiciously, it can contribute a great deal to the
+individual's physical and emotional well-being and happiness.
+
+As a professional hypnotist for many years, I have seen astounding and
+apparently miraculous results by individuals using self-hypnosis. Many
+of these cases seem unbelievable to those not familiar with hypnotic
+phenomena. It should be remembered, though, that many individuals seek
+hypnosis only when all other forms of therapy have failed. This is so
+common that hypnosis has come to be known as a port of last call. Yet,
+despite the seeming hopelessness of such cases, medical literature lists
+thousands of remarkable recoveries.
+
+There is nothing hit or miss about hypnosis. Used intelligently, the
+results are the same for all those who are properly motivated. Nor are
+the results singular to modern hypnotists alone. In reviewing the
+literature going back more than 100 years, the same gratifying results
+were obtained. The reader would do well to scan some out-of-print books
+on hypnosis at the library to understand the point further.
+
+This book is written in terms that are comprehensible to the layman. The
+step-by-step instructions should afford the reader a means of acquiring
+self-hypnosis. The necessary material is here. The reader need only
+follow the instructions as they are given.
+
+The author wishes to thank Robert S. Starrett, member of the American
+Medical Writers' Association, for his valuable help in the editorial
+preparation of this book.
+
+It is the author's hope that you will, through the selective use of
+self-hypnosis, arrive at a more rewarding, well-adjusted and fuller
+life.
+
+                                                           MELVIN POWERS
+
+
+  12015 Sherman Road
+  No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 1
+
+What You Should Know About Self-Hypnosis
+
+
+Hypnosis has been defined as a state of heightened suggestibility in
+which the subject is able to uncritically accept ideas for
+self-improvement and act on them appropriately. When a hypnotist
+hypnotizes his subject, it is known as hetero-hypnosis. When an
+individual puts himself into a state of hypnosis, it is known as
+self-hypnosis. In both cases, the subject has achieved a heightened
+state of suggestibility. Even in hetero-hypnosis, the subject really
+controls the response to suggestions. Actually, all hypnosis is really a
+matter of self-hypnosis. The subject enters into the hypnotic state when
+he is completely ready to do so. This may require from one to many
+attempts before it is achieved. Even if the subject insists that he
+wants to be hypnotized immediately, he may be resisting hypnosis
+unconsciously.
+
+In self-hypnosis the same thing usually takes place. The subject is
+anxious to achieve self-hypnosis, but somehow the state eludes him.
+What's wrong? It may be that he is unconsciously resisting it, hasn't
+conditioned himself sufficiently, or has achieved the hypnotic state and
+doesn't know he is in the state. This last statement may be surprising,
+but we will examine it in detail a little later on.
+
+Most experts agree that about 90 percent of the population can be
+hypnotized. My own feeling is that probably 99 percent can be
+hypnotized. Who among us is not influenced by suggestion? Aren't we all,
+as we have seen, influenced by the suggestions of advertising? Don't we
+all have a tendency to believe what we read in the paper, hear on the
+radio or see on television? Aren't we all convinced that a name-brand
+article is better than one that is not so well-known?
+
+Suggestion plays a tremendously important role in our daily lives. It
+begins from naming the baby with an appropriate name to securing a
+suitable place for interment. I would like to call the reader's
+attention to a fascinating book dealing with the unconscious reasons why
+we do many of the things that we do. You will be intrigued with every
+page of the book. It is called _The Hidden Persuaders_ by Vance Packard.
+
+My contention is that we are all suggestible and, therefore, being
+hypnotized or hypnotizing ourselves is just a matter of increasing the
+suggestibility that we already possess. Doesn't the hypnotist begin by
+suggesting relaxation? Doesn't he usually begin by requesting the
+subject to fix his attention on a particular object? Next, he suggests
+to the subject that his eyes are becoming heavy and tired. As soon as
+the subject closes his eyes, he suggests that he will be in a deep
+hypnotic state. I am sure that you are familiar with this procedure.
+With each step, the hypnotist is guiding the subject along directed
+lines to get him to accept further suggestions without question or
+doubt. When the subject achieves the ultimate state in this procedure,
+he has been hypnotized. He then accepts suggestions without
+equivocation.
+
+Let us continue with this same thought. Suppose I say to you, "I'm going
+to stick you with this pin. It won't hurt." Would you let me stick you
+with the pin? Obviously not. Let us suppose that you have been
+hypnotized and I repeat the same suggestion. What happens then? You
+readily accept the suggestion as being factual. Should I proceed to
+stick you with the pin, you do not even flinch. In fact, you do not even
+feel the pain. Does this sound incredible? Isn't this exactly the same
+procedure that the dentist uses with his patient when he has hypnotized
+him for the purpose of painless dentistry?
+
+Achieving hypnosis, therefore, is a matter of directing this
+suggestibility that we all possess into the channels that will finally
+produce the hypnotic state. It can be much more complicated than this
+explanation in many cases, but let us use this as a working premise.
+
+Everyone can be hypnotized. The time required for achieving hypnosis
+will vary from subject to subject. We will discuss some of the reasons
+for this in a subsequent chapter, but for our discussion at this time we
+need to understand this point. I have encountered numerous individuals
+who were extremely disappointed because they did not respond to hypnosis
+immediately or after several attempts. They wanted to know "what was
+wrong." An explanation that nothing was wrong somehow did not satisfy
+these individuals. "After all," they argued, "didn't I go to a hypnotist
+especially to be hypnotized?" Some insinuated that perhaps the hypnotist
+wasn't too good.
+
+Let me explain that most subjects need to be conditioned for hypnosis,
+and this conditioning is helped when the subject practices certain
+conditioning exercises that I shall discuss in detail in chapter six,
+titled "How To Attain Self-Hypnosis." In my teaching, I have found that
+about one out of ten subjects responds to the first attempt at hypnosis.
+One cannot make a definite statement as to the length of time necessary
+to learn self-hypnosis, but it is my experience that this usually takes
+about one month. I have had subjects learn self-hypnosis in about 30
+minutes, but I must also relate that I have worked with subjects for one
+year before they achieved it.
+
+For the most part, the laws of learning apply to self-hypnosis as with
+anything else that one would want to learn. It can be a relatively
+simple procedure, or it can be very perplexing. The answer lies not so
+much with the hypnotist as with the subject.
+
+One question that arises is: "If I'm under hypnosis, how can I give
+myself suggestions?" During the hypnotic state, it must be remembered,
+the subject is always aware of what is going on. He hears what is said,
+follows directions and terminates the state when told to do so. In the
+self-hypnotic state, the subject is in full control. Therefore, he can
+think, reason, act, criticize, suggest or do whatever he desires. He can
+audibly give himself suggestions, or he can mentally give himself
+suggestions. In either case, he does not rouse from the hypnotic state
+until he gives himself specific suggestions to do so. Many feel if they
+audibly give themselves suggestions, they will "awaken." In
+hypno-analysis, the subject answers questions during the hypnotic state.
+Having the subject talk does not terminate the state. You can keep the
+talkative subject under hypnosis as long as you want. Furthermore, the
+subject can be sitting erect with his eyes open and still be under
+hypnosis. Carrying this further, the subject may not even be aware that
+he is under hypnosis. He can be given a cue not to remember when the
+therapist makes a certain motion or says a certain word that he will go
+back into the hypnotic state but still keep his eyes open. Only an
+experienced hypnotist could detect the change.
+
+Another frequent question is: "How do I arouse myself from the
+self-hypnotic state?" You merely say to yourself that upon counting to
+five you will open your eyes and wake up feeling fine. Many times the
+subject falls asleep while giving himself posthypnotic suggestions. This
+is not undesirable since the suggestions will spill over into the
+subconscious mind as he goes from consciousness to unconsciousness.
+
+A popular opinion about hypnosis is that the subject surrenders his will
+to the hypnotist in the process of being hypnotized. Furthermore, many
+believe that once the subject is hypnotized, the hypnotist has complete
+control of the subject and the subject is powerless to resist
+suggestion. Both beliefs are erroneous. I believe the first
+misconception comes from seeing techniques where the hypnotist requests
+the subject to look into his eyes. The hypnotist suggests to the subject
+that as he continues to look into his eyes he will fall into a deep
+hypnotic state. This, then, becomes a matter of who can outstare whom.
+The subject usually begins to blink his eyes and the hypnotist follows
+this up with rapid suggestions that the subject's eyes are becoming
+watery and heavy and that the subject will fall into a deep hypnotic
+sleep just as soon as he (the subject) closes his eyes. This procedure
+gives the impression to the observer that the subject is "willed" to go
+under hypnosis. It appears that once the hypnotist concentrates or wills
+sufficiently, the subject succumbs. Actually, the hypnotist in this
+technique is not looking into the eyes of the subject. He fixes his
+attention on the bridge of the nose of the subject.
+
+The concept that the subject is a helpless automaton stems from the
+weird movies where the "mad scientist" has hypnotized subjects into
+behaving like zombies. Naturally, there is usually a beautiful girl in
+the movie and she, too, has been hypnotized. Even though the audience is
+sophisticated enough to realize that this science-fiction drama is
+purely entertainment, the theme is repeated sufficiently in novels,
+comics, and television to make an indelible impression on the
+subconscious mind. It's the technique of telling the "big lie" so many
+times that it becomes believable. We are all influenced by this
+procedure. There is an excellent book explaining this very premise. It
+is called _Battle For The Mind_ by William Sargent. It describes in
+detail the technique by which evangelists, psychiatrists, politicians
+and advertising men can change your beliefs and behavior.
+
+Following the reasoning that the subconscious mind can be affected, you
+can see that a problem could present itself even though the subject
+consciously wishes to be hypnotized. Unconsciously, there may be a poor
+interrelationship with the hypnotist which can create an unfavorable
+climate for hypnosis. When this is the case, the subject doesn't respond
+until such time that he relates well to the hypnotist. Even the most
+calculated procedures will fail until a positive transference
+relationship is established. I am sure that you sometimes have said,
+"For some reason I don't like that person." If pressed for an answer,
+you'll usually reply, "I can't explain it, but I just have a feeling
+about him." Actually, your subconscious reactions are influencing your
+thinking and you "feel" a certain way. The same thing takes place in
+business transactions. You either like or dislike the proposition
+presented to you. You may say, "I have a certain feeling about this
+deal." You may not be conscious of the reasons, but your subconscious
+has reacted automatically because of previous experience along similar
+lines.
+
+In giving you some insight into the hypnotic procedure, I am trying to
+point out certain problems in regard to acquiring self-hypnosis. For the
+most part, it is not a simple procedure that is accomplished
+immediately. You can't just will it. It requires working toward a
+specific goal and following definite procedures which eventually lead to
+success.
+
+The hypnotist is usually endowed by the subject with an omniscience and
+infallibility which logically is unjustified. The subject is naturally
+extremely disappointed if he doesn't respond immediately. If he loses
+confidence in the hypnotist, he may never achieve hypnosis with this
+particular hypnotist. I have hypnotized subjects who have been to
+several other hypnotists without success, and I have had some of my
+unsuccessful subjects hypnotized by other hypnotists. How and why does
+it happen? I believe that some of the reasons are so intangible that it
+would be impossible to explain all of them with any degree of
+exactitude.
+
+I once saw an individual about 12 times who wanted to learn
+self-hypnosis and had been unsuccessful in every approach. I asked him
+if he would volunteer as a subject for a class in techniques of hypnosis
+that I was teaching for nurses. He readily volunteered and showed up at
+the designated time. Much to my amazement as well as his own, he
+responded within a relatively short time as one of the nurses hypnotized
+him before the group. She had used a standard eye closure technique,
+requesting him to look at a spinning hypnodisc that I had previously
+used with him every time he was in the office. Her manner was extremely
+affable, she had used the identical technique I had used unsuccessfully,
+and the subject responded excellently to cap the climax. He was the
+first subject the nurse had ever hypnotized, since this was only her
+third lesson.
+
+How would you account for it? Here was one of my students with two
+weeks' experience hypnotizing a subject where I had failed while using
+every procedure that I felt would work. Was it because she was a better
+hypnotist? Perhaps! However, I'd like to recall at this time our
+discussion about subconscious responses. I'm inclined to feel that being
+hypnotized by a middle-aged female nurse created certain favorable
+unconscious responses which accounted for his going under hypnosis at
+that time. It created the initial break-through which was needed. I was
+able to hypnotize him easily at his next appointment, and he acquired
+self-hypnosis readily from that time on.
+
+I have tried the same approach with other subjects who did not respond
+favorably and have failed to attain the success that I did in the above
+case. Why the impasse? It is one of the difficulties that we encounter
+in hypnosis, and as yet it has not been resolved.
+
+We know that the easiest way to achieve self-hypnosis is to be
+hypnotized and given a posthypnotic suggestion that you will respond to
+hypnosis by a key word, phrase or gesture. I have tried to point out
+some problems that can arise. Needless to say, these problems do not
+always arise, and the attainment of self-hypnosis can be a relatively
+simple procedure. There is usually some way of reaching a subject who
+does not respond in a reasonable length of time.
+
+Now we come to the point where the subject wishes to hypnotize himself.
+What happens in this situation? It would appear that the subject would
+go under hypnosis immediately. After all, isn't he controlling the
+hypnotic session? Of course, this does happen time and time again, and
+the results seem miraculous. I receive mail constantly from readers of
+several of my other books on hypnosis telling me how they were able to
+achieve certain goals that they never dreamed possible. They write that
+they have achieved self-confidence and complete self-mastery and have
+been able to overcome problems that have plagued them for many years.
+These problems not only include strictly psychological troubles but many
+psychosomatic symptoms as well. Many have remarked at the ease in which
+they were able to achieve self-hypnosis and the results they wanted. For
+them it was as simple as following a do-it-yourself book.
+
+Others write about the difficulty they encounter and ask what to do
+about it. It is my hope that this book will shed some light for those
+who have experienced difficulty in learning self-hypnosis. We shall
+discuss many phases of hypnosis with the emphasis on self-hypnosis.
+We'll discuss its many ramifications and try not to leave out anything
+helpful in our discussion.
+
+If you follow the instructions and exercises that I give you
+assiduously, you should be able to achieve a depth of self-hypnosis
+suitable for solving many of your personal problems.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 2
+
+What About the Dangers of Hypnosis?
+
+
+One of the objections that you hear to hypnosis is that it can be
+dangerous in the hands of those not trained in the psychodynamics of
+human behavior. Inasmuch as psychiatrists and clinical psychologists are
+the only ones who are thoroughly trained in the analysis of human
+behavior, this objection, if valid, could limit hypnosis to a
+comparative handful of therapists. Fortunately, it is not valid. This
+was proved several years ago when the "Bridey Murphy" craze gripped the
+country. Despite the fact that thousands of amateur hypnotists were
+practicing hypnosis, little or no harm resulted. I have personally
+instructed several thousand medical and non-medical individuals and have
+yet to hear of a single case where a crisis was precipitated or anything
+of a dangerous or detrimental nature occurred as a result of hypnosis. I
+have also taught several thousand persons self-hypnosis and can report
+the same findings.
+
+Many patients who seek treatment from competent psychiatrists,
+psychoanalysts and psychologists do not always obtain satisfactory
+results. This doesn't mean that everyone should stop seeking help from
+these specialists. Even a specialist doesn't have a perfect record of
+successful therapy.
+
+What then is the objection to hypnosis? The theory that if you get rid
+of one symptom another symptom will take its place really holds no truth
+and is usually advanced by those who have had little or no experience in
+the hypnosis field. However, a difference of opinion does exist even
+with those practicing hypnosis in this area. Some hypnotists "trade
+down" symptoms by replacing a serious symptom with a minor one, while
+others just remove the symptom. The latter is what a doctor does when he
+recommends aspirin for arthritis. He knows the aspirin will not cure the
+arthritis, but he wants to alleviate the symptom. To say that another
+symptom will replace the pain is unscientific--and untrue. The same is
+true of hypnosis.
+
+Lewis R. Wolberg, M.D., clinical professor of psychiatry, New York
+Medical College, recently canvassed 30 experts in the field of hypnosis
+and found a few who felt symptom removal was "irrational, temporary--or
+outright dangerous." The large majority, however, "employed symptom
+removal where indicated, and minimized or ridiculed any possible bad
+effects."
+
+A further objection to hypnosis is that the results are temporary as
+well as symptomatic. It is well to remember that most medical therapy is
+specifically directed to symptom removal. How permanent is most medical
+treatment? Once you couple hetero-hypnosis with self-hypnosis, you
+afford the patient the opportunity of utilizing suggestions for his own
+benefit any time they are needed. This, of course, can make symptom
+relief permanent. As an example, I would see no harm in teaching a
+patient self-hypnosis for symptomatic relief from a problem of insomnia.
+It would certainly be better than physically depressing the higher brain
+centers with sleeping pills to produce unconsciousness every night. I
+needn't tell you that millions of dollars are spent every year on
+sleeping pills and patients become dependent upon them, needing more and
+more pills in order to produce sleep. Many accidental suicides stem from
+an overdose of sleeping pills. Yet, despite the inherent dangers of
+sleeping pills which are glaringly apparent, they are prescribed by the
+millions, to say nothing of those that reach the market through illegal
+channels. Furthermore, how much effort is really made to get the patient
+off the sleeping pills? There are also more voluntary suicides by
+sleeping pills than by any other method. Perhaps if these drugs weren't
+so readily available, many of these unfortunate individuals would be
+with us today.
+
+What about the often-quoted statement that "you might do some damage"?
+Let's explore this area. I assume that the reader is somewhat familiar
+with the work of Emile Coué or at least has heard of his famous
+autosuggestion formula of "Day by day, in every way, I'm getting better
+and better." During our time, thousands upon thousands of seemingly
+helpless and hopeless cases have been cured by repeating this
+affirmation over and over again, day after day, as the individual falls
+asleep.
+
+I think we should make it clear that whether we call it autosuggestion,
+positive thinking, meditation, yoga, affirmations or self-hypnosis, we
+are, in reality, talking about the same thing. All require certain basic
+prerequisites before they will work effectively for the individual.
+We'll discuss these prerequisites in the next chapter.
+
+What should be remembered is that the suggestions are being filtered
+into the subconscious mind which does not question, doubt, analyze or
+dispute the efficacy of these beneficial thoughts. You can be sure that
+the constant repetition will have its effect. Hasn't the mind, in the
+past, accepted the individual's diagnosis when he said, "I'm sick," "I
+have an inferiority complex," "I can't stop smoking," "I can't lose
+weight," "I can't concentrate," "I can remember a person's face, but I
+can't remember names," "I have a difficult time falling asleep," "I just
+can't seem to relax." Isn't such an individual, in effect, using
+self-hypnosis? And hasn't the person convinced himself of the validity
+of his present state? This is truly dangerous. It is negative hypnosis.
+
+The question that I raise is: "Why shouldn't the subconscious mind be
+even more convinced and respond strongly to suggestions which are in
+conformity with the natural desire to be of sound body and mind?" I have
+never been able to find a logical answer.
+
+I think this is what happens many times. A person seeks help with a
+problem which, in reality, has nothing to do with hypnosis. His cure is
+not contingent on being hypnotized or on suggestions he or the hypnotist
+feel are indicated. You will read in nearly every book and article
+dealing with hypnosis that "hypnotism is not a cure-all." No one has
+suggested or implied that it should be used exclusively for all
+emotional problems. You may read a newspaper article warning about the
+"dangers" of hypnosis. It may tell of a person who rid himself of one
+symptom and developed another in its place. You usually get a grossly
+distorted picture of what happened, with many aspects of the case not
+included. It's a matter of taking what you want to prove out of
+context. Propagandists use this technique all the time to get across
+their message. It's the old story of telling a half truth.
+
+Honest criticism and a sincere difference of opinion are always welcome.
+But criticism must be well-founded from a scientific point of view and
+not stem from an emotional reaction. You have probably heard the remark,
+"I won't let anyone hypnotize me." What are they really saying, and what
+does hypnosis represent to such an individual? To them, hypnosis
+represents some sort of "magic spell" which invokes a state of complete
+helplessness and dependency upon the hypnotist. We previously discussed
+how this erroneous conception can take place because of the manner in
+which hypnosis is usually interwoven with bizarre fictional stories.
+
+For many, the hypnotic state represents a period in which the conscious
+guard is dropped. They feel they may compulsively reveal the darker side
+of their nature, confess their hostility or relate information they
+would never voluntarily divulge to anyone. This is the real danger they
+see in hypnosis. To protect themselves from it, they attack it. It is
+much like the fanatic vice crusader who militantly attacks sin in order
+to alleviate his own feelings of guilt stemming from the fact that vice
+actually attracts him.
+
+Fear of hypnosis takes different forms, but basically it is the fear of
+revealing one's true feelings. An employee, for instance, at a gathering
+which included the employer he dislikes, would never volunteer as a
+subject for hypnosis if the occasion arose. He would be afraid he would
+do or say something which might endanger his position. Hypnosis for him
+would be "dangerous" because he would be afraid to take the chance. The
+truth is, however, that this individual would be taking no chance. The
+hypnotic state is not a confessional period. The subject is aware at
+all times of what he is saying. If the subject does not wish to pursue a
+line of questioning, he tells the hypnotist. If the hypnotist persisted
+further along this line, the subject would shake off the hypnotic state.
+
+Another misconception about hypnosis is the widely held belief that the
+subject is unconscious. This represents a threat to the security of the
+individual. Actually, the hypnotic state is a period of extreme
+awareness in which the subject is hyperacute. Furthermore, the subject
+is not asleep, nor is he in a trance state in the correct meaning of
+that term. He is in an altered state of awareness with his faculties and
+reasoning ability intact. Inducing hypnosis merely creates a mood or
+state in which the powers of suggestibility are heightened.
+
+When the general public and the medical profession become familiar with
+the true nature of hypnosis, we shall have a greater acceptance and
+utilization of this power. It is a slow process but one which will
+finally evolve. In the final analysis, I believe the only danger that
+exists is in the mind of the individual who fears hypnosis because of
+whatever subjective qualms he has about his own emotional involvement in
+the hypnotic process.
+
+Of course, all persons using hypnosis for the alleviation of pain should
+consult their family physician. Pain is nature's way of indicating that
+something is wrong with the organism. It would be foolish to suggest
+that a pain in the stomach will disappear when this may be a sign of a
+needed appendix operation. The same may be said of constant migraine
+headaches. It must be determined that the headache is not a symptom of a
+brain tumor or some other pathological condition. It may be of interest
+to know that hypnosis is presently being used to relieve pain in
+terminal cancer patients. There is an excellent article on this subject,
+and I recommend it to doctors reading this book. It is called "The Use
+of Hypnosis in the Case of the Cancer Patient" which appeared in the
+January 1954 issue of _Cancer_.[1]
+
+[1] At the same time, I would highly recommend the booklet,
+    _Helping the Dying Patient and His Family_, published by the
+    National Association of Social Workers, 2 Park Avenue, New York
+    16, New York. Price: 75 cents.
+
+There are at present several thousand dentists throughout the country
+using hypnosis. They have formed their own society and publish a
+quarterly journal, _The Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic
+Dentistry_. One of the best books in this field is called _Dental
+Hypnosis Handbook_ by Jacob Stolzenberg, D.D.S.
+
+An excellent article is "Danger! Hypnotherapist at Work" by M.
+Abramson.[2] The author reviews briefly the pros and cons regarding the
+medical use of hypnosis. He concludes: "It is the author's opinion,
+based on an extensive personal experience of over 15 years, that the use
+of hypnotherapy by a physician or dentist who has been properly trained
+and who uses this technique strictly within his field of competence
+carries with it no more (and probably less) 'danger' than the use of
+many other techniques of treatment used in medicine today."
+
+[2] Bull. Hennepin Co. Med. Soc., 1960, 31:101-106
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 3
+
+Is Hypnosis the Answer?
+
+
+Dr. George Estabrooks, professor of psychology at Colgate University and
+author of the book, _Hypnotism_, made the following two statements in a
+paper called "The Future of Hypnosis" given as part of a program on "The
+Nature of Hypnosis" at the annual meeting of the American Psychological
+Association in 1959:
+
+"It would be well to sound a word of caution against certain attitudes
+which have become prevalent and which can be well illustrated in the
+field of medicine. In this respect, direct suggestion is under the ban.
+For example, a dictum, 'Never remove the symptom unless the cause is
+understood,' is much emphasized. Its validity is greatly open to
+question, since much of medical practice is direct symptom removal, as
+only a little thought makes apparent.
+
+"Another dictum generally followed is that the unconscious background of
+symptom-complexes must necessarily be made conscious to effect a cure.
+Reasonable and thoughtful consideration of the extensive role of the
+unconscious in daily living and functioning renders this dictum much
+less creditable."
+
+I should like to discuss both of these statements in some detail as they
+invariably arise in the mind of the individual seeking help through
+hypnosis.
+
+The first thought that comes to mind is that all the religious healings
+cited in the Bible involve direct symptom removal. The cures that are
+effected by religious devotees traveling to sacred shrines are also in
+the realm of direct symptom removal. I have yet to hear a criticism of
+this type of treatment directed at religious leaders or condemnation of
+the religious shrines. These cures are accepted as evidence of the power
+of faith or attributed to the super-natural. In these cases, nothing is
+ever done to make the person cured understand the nature of the
+unconscious mechanisms which contributed to his problem.
+
+Religious healing cannot be dismissed by merely saying, "It isn't
+scientific." A methodology is only scientific when it works. It is of no
+value if it doesn't help the individual seeking help. We must face the
+fact that not all people can be helped by the same psychological
+treatment. We can readily see this in the following extreme example: An
+aborigine suffering from a psychological problem certainly wouldn't be a
+candidate for psychoanalysis as we know it. He could, no doubt, be
+helped much more readily by a witch doctor. It also stands to reason
+that the sophisticated Westerner would not be influenced by the
+incantations of a tribal medicine man.
+
+Going further, we find there are many schools of psychotherapy and many
+approaches to solving man's emotional problems. The cure rate for all of
+them, however, is approximately the same. I think we must accept the
+fact that there is no _one_ sound, logical, scientific approach. I
+believe that so long as the end result is achieved, the methodology was
+scientific for that individual's needs. The goal of all therapies is to
+help the patient free himself from whatever emotional problems beset
+him.
+
+This approach, to some readers, may seem an oversimplification of a very
+complex problem, but I think it's time that we had a simple, workable
+formula devoid of technical jargon. Too often, complex technical terms
+and theories have been glibly used to explain away failures. I believe
+we need more and more emphasis on measures to make the patient feel
+better rather than spending most of the time trying to find out why he
+doesn't feel well. This, of course, is symptom removal again.
+
+I should like to point out an interesting fact pertaining to Biblical
+healers. So long as the fame of the healer preceded his arrival in any
+country, he was able to heal the sick. However, where his fame as a
+healer was either unknown or discredited, he found no faith and
+subsequently no cure. The earliest reference to hypnosis is in the
+Bible, Genesis ii, 21. "And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall
+upon Adam, and he slept ..."
+
+Dr. William Malamud, 86th president of the American Psychiatric
+Association, in an address delivered at the annual meeting in 1960,
+stated the following in a paper called "Psychiatric Research: Setting
+and Motivation":
+
+"During the last few years we have witnessed a growing trend of
+overemphasizing the value of 'exact' methodology and uniformity of
+standards. This trend, which could be characterized as a 'cult of
+objectivity,' has already had an important influence on psychiatric
+research. It is true that in its emphasis on critical judgment and valid
+criteria, it has helped to curb unrestrained flights of imagination and
+sloppy methodology. But the overglorification of objectivity and the
+insistence on rigidly single standards of acceptable methods have
+resulted in a concentration on certain phases of the science of human
+behavior at the expense of other very important ones."
+
+I believe that most individuals have a fairly good understanding of how
+they came to have the problem that they have. I have yet to encounter
+the person who protests he has no idea why he doesn't function as he
+would like to in a certain area. From a practical standpoint, not many
+have the time nor money required to delve into the unconscious
+background of the problem. The high cost of treatment is a very real
+objection and cannot be discounted lightly. People suffering from
+emotional problems usually suffer financial reverses as well. Who is to
+help these people? There are very few places in the country where they
+can receive competent psychiatric help at a reasonable fee. Is there
+this type of help in your own community? It is only when the individual
+is destitute that the state provides whatever help it can. However, at
+this point it's a long hard struggle back to good emotional health.
+
+The National Association for Mental Health and its affiliates issue
+about 10 million copies of 200 different pamphlets on various aspects of
+mental health. To assess the value of these pamphlets, 47 mental hygiene
+experts held a conference at Cornell University. A report on this
+outstanding conference has been published. It is called "Mental Health
+Education: A Critique." A feature by Ernest Havemann in the August 8,
+1960 issue of _Life_ contains a very worthwhile article on this
+conference called "Who's Normal? Nobody, But We All Keep On Trying. In
+Dissent From 'Mental Health' Approach, Experts Decry Futile Search For
+An Unreal Goal." The following paragraph is taken from the _Life_
+article:
+
+"What about psychiatry and psychoanalysis? This is a different matter.
+Many unhappy and problem-ridden people, though by no means all who have
+tried it, have profited from psychotherapy. Indeed, all the mental
+health pamphlets, as a postscript to the self-help methods they
+advocate, wind up by advising the reader to seek professional care if
+his problems are serious enough. But the skeptics at Cornell cited
+statistics which to them show that psychiatric treatment is as remote
+for the average person as a trip to the moon. Aside from the expense,
+which most people would find prohibitive, there simply are not enough
+therapists to go around. The U. S. has around 11,000 psychiatrists and
+10,000 clinical psychologists--in all, about one for every 8,500
+citizens. If everybody with emotional problems decided to see a
+psychiatrist, the lines at the doctors' offices would stretch for
+miles."
+
+I assume that most readers of this book know that state hospitals are
+understaffed and unable to provide proper care for the mentally ill.
+Mike Gorman, executive director of the National Mental Health Committee,
+has written a crusading report on this very theme called _Every Other
+Bed_. In this book he tells us that every other hospital bed in the
+United States is occupied by a mental case. Mental illness costs the
+country two and a half billion dollars a year besides the more important
+untold human suffering that can never be equated in dollars. The book is
+a shocking story of how we have let this happen; are still letting it
+happen; and of how little, for the most part, we, the general public as
+well as the medical and psychological professions, are doing to correct
+this deplorable situation.
+
+It is time that we re-examined the dictums that say a symptom can never
+be removed unless the cause is understood and the unconscious background
+of symptom-complexes must be made conscious and understood before a
+cure is effected.
+
+There are many positive thinking groups functioning in the religious
+field. Many of these religious groups are in existence primarily because
+of the dynamic philosophy or psychology they offer for every day living.
+Couple this with a strong faith in God, and you have a combination which
+approaches infallibility. Recently we have had a series of best-selling
+books which expound this very theme. Does it work? Of course it does
+when used properly.
+
+You can be sure that there has been criticism of this religious
+psychology. The criticism is that the basic causes of the problem are
+never dealt with and the unconscious conflict is not resolved. It's the
+same argument over and over again. What about the people helped? They
+seem to have made tremendous strides and are leading lives as well
+adjusted as anyone else. Once imbued with this spirit or feeling of
+well-being, it permeates every phase of their relationships in a
+constructive manner. The only reason that there isn't more criticism is
+that this type of psychotherapy is incorporated into the religious
+tenets of these groups, and criticizing another man's religion makes the
+detractor's entire philosophy unacceptable. I am strongly in favor of
+these groups because I would prefer having a religion that keeps
+pointing out the positive side of life and that "life can be beautiful"
+if you put your faith in God and practice positive thinking. It is
+certainly better than the cynical philosophy of its detractors or the
+grim religions which stress punishment. Think of the guilt feelings
+involved in the latter. No one can live up to such a formidable creed.
+
+Of course, if you suggest to positive thinking, religious individuals
+that they are using a form of self-hypnosis, they will emphatically
+deny and debate the issue. Since we are primarily interested in mental
+hygiene and not in winning a debate, it is well to leave the matter as
+it stands. The point to keep in mind is that so long as a person feels
+that this methodology is the answer to his needs and so long as no one
+is being hurt by his belief, I feel he should cling to his conviction.
+He should not allow it to be destroyed by those who are thinking in
+different semantic terms.
+
+I would like to bring up another common example pertaining to the two
+basic concepts that we have been discussing. It is the example of the
+many individuals who have taken public speaking courses to overcome
+stage fright. In most cases, the person involved hasn't had too much
+opportunity to be a public speaker. Because of this, he suddenly feels
+he may not say the right thing or forget what he wants to say. This
+anxiety can create the very situation or block that he fears. What is
+the solution? Certainly not psychoanalysis to find out why he functions
+the way he does. You could use this approach, but I don't think it's the
+most constructive one. It is like asking, "What am I doing that's
+wrong?" instead of "What can I do that's right?" The most constructive
+approach is to take a course of instruction to get the actual practice
+and experience in the techniques of public speaking.
+
+Before proceeding further, I believe it is necessary to point out that I
+am not just being critical of the convictions of other sincere and
+dedicated individuals engaged in the field of mental hygiene. It is
+always good to re-evaluate our present thinking on any subject, no
+matter how sincere or convinced we may be that what we are doing is
+correct. At times, we can become so immersed in our convictions that we
+cannot take criticism and respond emotionally to ideas or
+interpretations that do not coincide with logical thinking.
+
+What, then, is the answer to mental health problems? There is no single
+answer. It is a very complex situation. There are many promising drugs
+and treatments which, if adequately developed and widely used, could do
+a great deal toward promoting good mental health. Fundamentally, the
+problem will always be that of trying to understand human behavior and
+helping those in distress with an efficacious formula.
+
+What is that formula? I believe hypnosis can contribute in part to the
+answer. Needless to say, hypnosis is contraindicated in many emotional
+problems because of the very nature of the problem itself. Some
+emotional difficulties must first be worked out on a conscious level.
+After this, hypnosis can be instrumental in achieving the final goal.
+
+Dr. Frank S. Caprio, a prominent psychiatrist, in his book, _Helping
+Yourself with Psychiatry_, states the following: "A whole new world of
+self-confidence and positive living is open to every person, young and
+old, through hypnosis, self-hypnosis and self-suggestion or
+auto-hypnosis."
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 4
+
+How Does Self-Hypnosis Work?
+
+
+There's an old Chinese proverb that states: "One picture is worth a
+thousand words." In conveying suggestions to the subconscious, we have
+found that picture images are more effective than the words that are
+implanted. For example, it isn't sufficient to say, "I will be
+confident." The words must be augmented by a picture of yourself as the
+confident person you want to be. If you say, "I can't visualize myself
+as a confident person because I have never been that way," you can
+"borrow" those personality traits that you want for yourself. Imagine
+yourself endowed with the characteristics of some confident person that
+you know. The qualities that you seek may even be borrowed from a famous
+person. If this isn't possible, make up a personality which is a
+composite of all the things you want to be. See yourself walking,
+talking and carrying on activities. Keep fortifying this image with the
+mental suggestions that are needed. It won't be long before these mental
+impressions give rise to the confident feelings that you seek. As you
+keep implanting these images, they will become a natural part of your
+conscious personality.
+
+Dr. S. J. Van Pelt, president of the British Society of Medical
+Hypnotists and editor of the _British Journal of Medical Hypnotism_,
+writes about this technique in his book, _Secrets of Hypnotism_. He
+calls it "'3-D' Technique in Medical Hypnotherapy." As you read the
+following paragraph, it would be well to remember that it contains the
+essence of making the self-hypnosis technique work once you have
+achieved the hypnotic state, per se. Incidentally, the same procedure
+can be used in attaining the hypnotic state itself. You see yourself
+entering the state of hypnosis in your initial attempts. This, in turn,
+sets up a conditioned response and a favorable emotional reaction which
+is necessary.
+
+"The writer has found (visualization) of the greatest value in the
+re-education of the patient, which is an essential part of hypnotherapy.
+In this method, after the cause of the trouble has been discovered and
+as a part of his re-education, the patient is instructed while under
+only light hypnosis to 'form a picture' in his mind. He is asked to
+imagine a movie screen and to see himself 'just like an actor' on this
+screen playing a part. He is told that the picture looks 'very
+real'--'3-D' in fact--and that he can see himself acting and looking the
+way he really wants to look and act. Various scenes are suggested such
+as ... the patient will have to face in real life. In each he is
+instructed to see himself--'as in real life'--always succeeding. For
+instance, the stammerer might be asked to picture himself speaking
+easily to people, and feeling perfectly at ease. The patient is also
+instructed how to form these 'success pictures' for himself, and it is
+stressed that he will only be able to see himself as he wants to
+be--successful. Since the pictures give rise to the appropriate
+feelings, it is not long before the patient begins to show the benefit
+of his private '3-D' film shows."
+
+After explaining this technique to students, many have inquired, "Is
+that all there is to it? It seems so simple." Of course, there is more
+to it in that the individual must follow through with the instruction.
+This is one of the difficult aspects of this type of program. Let me
+enumerate some of the problems I have encountered in teaching
+self-hypnosis.
+
+As mentioned, one of the difficulties is that the technique seems too
+simple. Students become skeptical. They feel it should be more
+complicated and involved in order to get results. I suppose people
+better appreciate something that comes only after a hard struggle. This
+procedure is devoid of this. Of course, I am not saying that once a
+person begins to use this technique his problems will automatically
+vanish and his life will be cheery forever after. We have been
+conditioned to think that success in anything can only come after a
+long, hard struggle. This is the basic theme of the American way of
+life. We have been accustomed to believe that conflict and struggle are
+part of life and large doses of it are necessary before we achieve
+success in any field. I can only reiterate that the information
+contained in this book is all you need to get results. It is necessary
+that you follow through and not give up after you have tried the program
+for a short while and have obtained no appreciable results. This brings
+us to another point.
+
+Many persons expect immediate results when they begin to use
+self-hypnosis. If they don't get the results they anticipated
+immediately, they want to know "what's wrong?" My answer is usually
+that "nothing is wrong" and that they need only keep steadily applying
+the instructions. Certainly, one doesn't become a proficient typist,
+musician, actor or sportsman because he has mastered the basic
+techniques. It takes time to acquire proficiency.
+
+Let me assure you that anyone using and applying this technique can
+benefit from it. One of the troubles in dealing with any problem is
+routing defeatism and hopelessness. You can incorporate posthypnotic
+corrective measures in the suggestions that you give yourself. However,
+I believe that they must be dealt with on a conscious level as well. You
+must believe that you can conquer your difficulties no matter how long
+you have had them. If you are prepared to work with self-hypnosis in an
+unremitting manner, you will achieve the self-help that you seek. Now
+and then, you can anticipate a setback in your progress, but this
+needn't discourage you from your overall task. Recount the progress
+already made. If you have a "let-down" because you expected quicker and
+more dramatic results, remember that this is a common feeling shared by
+many with emotional problems. Remember, also, how long you have had the
+problem.
+
+No doubt, you have tried other methods and became discouraged because
+you weren't making the progress you had anticipated. You dropped the
+idea and landed back where you started. Make up your mind, consciously,
+that you will work with untiring sincerity and a perseverance that will
+not falter because your chosen goal is not achieved immediately. I know
+of no therapy that leads straight to positive results without obstacles
+and intermittent failure. Success comes in spite of intervening failures
+because the ultimate direction has been clearly thought out and charted.
+Self-hypnosis will finally work because you are constantly conditioning
+your subconscious to react in a positive, constructive manner. The
+program must, of necessity, become automatic in nature. When it does,
+you will suddenly find yourself feeling the way you wanted to and doing
+the things that you set out to do with the aid of self-hypnosis. You
+actually cultivate those feelings that you want.
+
+Hypnosis will not work with skeptics. Every so often such a person comes
+to my office seeking help. He tells me that his family physician or his
+spouse feels he should take my course in self-hypnosis. I inquire if he
+feels he might benefit from the course. If his answer is not positive,
+and if after talking to him at length about the benefits of hypnosis, I
+still feel he is not ready for the course, I suggest another mode of
+treatment for him. The reason for this is that unless the person is
+optimistic and enthusiastic about self-hypnosis, it just isn't going to
+work as effectively as it would otherwise. The very nature of a
+skeptical attitude limits the constructive forces that we wish to
+harness.
+
+Occasionally, individuals want indisputable proof that hypnosis is going
+to help them. It is impossible to give them the proof and unqualified
+reassurance that they seek. Yet, these same people do not require proof
+from their physicians. No one can guarantee success. However, I do point
+out that the continued and intelligent use of self-hypnosis can be
+instrumental in directing the healing, curative, constructive forces of
+nature.
+
+Many times, a metaphysical rather than a scientific approach is
+required. It's a matter of trying to satisfy the patient's needs. At
+times, it is helpful to allow the patient to attend a class in
+self-hypnosis. Being able to communicate and identify with other
+individuals seeking self-hypnosis often is enough to change his
+attitude. This is especially true when one or more of the students
+relates dramatic changes.
+
+Self-hypnosis works because we are able to condition ourselves to
+various stimuli. We condition ourselves consciously and unconsciously to
+many activities. When we experience anxiety, it stems from a
+conditioning process which could have been conscious or unconscious. In
+self-hypnosis, the individual consciously works toward implementing and
+strengthening his own inherent strength and resources. These objectives,
+when attained, result in feelings of confidence, relaxation,
+self-mastery and well-being.
+
+Furthermore, hypnosis utilizes a natural mental process. We all know
+that placebos work admirably in numerous cases. The dictionary defines
+the word placebo as, "an inactive substance or preparation, administered
+to please or gratify a patient, also used in controlled studies to
+determine the efficiency of medicinal substances." Many controlled
+experiments have shown that people achieve similar results whether they
+take a placebo (which they think is the real medication) or real
+medication that was prescribed. Several years ago many such tests were
+carried out with antihistamines to prevent colds. The results were
+always the same.
+
+We are interested in what makes the placebo act as effectively as the
+true medication. It stands to reason that a chain reaction is set up,
+actually causing a physiological result from a psychological reaction.
+The unsuspecting patient declares, "I've never felt so good in my life."
+Yet, this would never have happened if he didn't think he was taking the
+marvelous new medicine. A recent scientific study by one of the leading
+pharmaceutical houses concluded that one third of the effectiveness of
+any medication depends upon the faith and trust that the patient has in
+the prescribing physician.
+
+I am sure that the placebo results and the patient's faith in the
+physician as contributing factors to the effectiveness of medications do
+not come as a revelation. We are all aware of such information. Our
+problem is how to harness this unconscious process for constructive
+goals. The answer is through self-hypnosis.
+
+Self-hypnosis, as we have explained it, uses a technique called
+visual-imagery. This has been referred to by many different names, but
+for our purposes we'll call it visual-imagery. Within this technique
+lies one of the keys for achieving the goals that you want. There have
+been many famous books written incorporating this technique as a basis
+for achievement. Perhaps the most famous of all is called _Think and
+Grow Rich_ by Napoleon Hill. In recent years, _The Magic of Believing_
+by Claude M. Bristol and _The Power of Positive Thinking_, already
+mentioned, have become well-known. The book which gives direction to
+most of the books in this field is called _Self-Mastery Through
+Conscious Auto-Suggestion_ by Dr. Emile Coué. I am sure the older
+readers of this book have heard of his famous saying, which I will
+repeat here for emphasis. "Day by day, in every way, I am getting better
+and better." Invariably, in all these books, there is reference to the
+Biblical quotation, "As a man thinketh in his heart, so is he."
+
+As the reader can deduce, we are not theorizing about a startling new
+discovery. The technique is as ancient as man himself and his dream of a
+better tomorrow. All books using the visual-imagery technique tell you
+to paint a vivid, mental picture of the material things you wish to
+acquire, if it is a case of material wealth. For personal improvement,
+they tell you to paint a vivid picture of the individual you want to
+be. In most cases, you are told to do this in a relaxed or meditative
+state with as few distractions as possible. The next two requirements
+are constant repetition (conditioning) and a "burning desire"
+(motivation) to achieve what you set out to do.
+
+Aren't these books really talking about self-hypnosis? Aren't they
+describing precisely the techniques of self-hypnosis? The terminology is
+different, but the approach is the same. With these techniques there is
+an aim to direct thinking, picturization, positive thinking, suggestions
+and constructive thoughts or images to the "inner self" or "real self."
+Aren't they once again really talking about the subconscious mind? I
+have no argument with any workable approach to emotional maturity, but
+in many cases we are actually becoming involved with the meaning of
+words (semantics). The quickest way to the subconscious is through
+self-hypnosis. In this self-hypnotic state, you are able to consciously
+direct suggestions to your subconscious mind.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 5
+
+How to Arouse Yourself from the Self-Hypnotic State
+
+
+You will note that this chapter precedes instruction on how to attain
+self-hypnosis. The reason for this is to alleviate whatever anxiety you
+may have in regard to the question, "If I'm hypnotized, how do I awaken
+myself?" It is important to understand that even though you are
+hypnotized, you are in control, are aware of your surroundings, what is
+going on about you, can think clearly and can arouse yourself very
+easily. It is only necessary to say or think, "I shall now open my eyes
+and wake up feeling fine." You could also give yourself a specific count
+and say, "As I count to five, I'll open my eyes and wake up feeling
+wonderfully well and refreshed. One ... two ... three ... four ...
+five."
+
+It should be remembered that while we sometimes use the word "sleep" to
+describe the hypnotic state, we are not actually referring to true
+sleep. This accounts for much of the confusion. The individual thinks,
+"If I'm asleep, how can I awaken myself?" If the subject were asleep in
+the true sense of the word, this would be impossible. Actually, the
+subject is in a special or heightened state of awareness. In
+self-hypnosis, he is extremely conscious although his general physical
+appearance is one of passiveness. In the self-hypnotic state, the
+individual consciously gives himself whatever suggestions he desires.
+This proves he _is_ conscious and, therefore, can awaken himself with
+the appropriate suggestions.
+
+Occasionally, the subject falls asleep while giving himself suggestions
+or while relaxing to get into the right psychological mood. Naturally,
+in this case, the subject will awaken in due course. If the subject
+practices hypnosis when he is normally set to fall asleep in bed, he
+would awaken refreshed in the morning at his usual time.
+
+Before beginning to give yourself therapeutic suggestions, you could
+give yourself the following suggestions which give you a _specific
+length of time_ that you will work with self-hypnosis:
+
+"I shall work with self-hypnosis for 15 minutes. At the end of that
+time, I shall open my eyes and wake up feeling wonderfully well, wide
+awake, confident, cheerful and optimistic. The moment I open my eyes,
+I'll feel refreshed. In case of any outside danger, I'll be able to
+awaken immediately, be fully alert and act accordingly."
+
+You will notice that these suggestions take into consideration the
+possibility of something happening of danger to the individual, such as
+fire, etc. These points arise in the minds of most individuals
+attempting self-hypnosis and are well taken. You could also set an alarm
+clock to awaken you at a designated time.
+
+Let us assume to arouse yourself you gave yourself a suggestion to open
+your eyes and be wide awake at the count of five. You count to five and
+for some reason you are unable to open your eyes. First of all, DON'T
+WORRY. Remain relaxed and give yourself the suggestions over again,
+emphasizing to yourself that at the count of five you will absolutely,
+positively be able to open your eyes very easily and will feel fine. You
+then begin the count again reiterating between each number that you will
+positively open your eyes at the count of five and be wide awake. This
+should do it. Should this not do it, may I reassure you again, DON'T
+BECOME ALARMED. Relax for a few minutes and try again. You'll be able to
+open your eyes and wake up.
+
+I hope I haven't frightened you with the prospect of not being able to
+awaken. I bring this up only to acquaint you with the procedure to use.
+Actually, the problem of dehypnotization is a rare one. I should point
+out a very important fact. _I have never had a subject practicing or
+using self-hypnosis tell me he had the least bit of difficulty in
+awakening himself from the self-induced hypnotic state._
+
+I have had persons tell me that they heard or read of a case where the
+hypnotist could not bring the subject out of the hypnotic state, and, as
+a result, the subject slept for so many days. Not one of the stories
+could be documented. Years ago, for publicity purposes, stage hypnotists
+would have a subject sleep in a store window for several days. This was
+on a voluntary basis, though, and should not be confused with what we
+are discussing.
+
+In working with subjects, I have _very rarely_ had a subject who did not
+awaken at a specific count, but I have had this experience. I have
+usually found that the subject is so relaxed that he just didn't want to
+awaken for fear of losing this pleasant sensation. When the subject
+doesn't awaken, I merely ask him in a calm manner, "Why don't you wish
+to wake up? You can answer me without awakening from the hypnotic
+state." He usually replies he'd like to remain in this state for another
+five minutes or so. I agree to this extended period while getting a firm
+commitment from him that he will awaken after this period. This is
+usually sufficient to bring the subject out of the hypnotic state.
+
+Occasionally, the instructions to wake up are not clear to the subject.
+If this is the case, clearer instructions should be given. You could
+also deepen the hypnotic state and then give suggestions to awaken at a
+specific count in a very authoritarian manner. Every so often, I have
+found that the subject has fallen into a natural sleep and just hasn't
+heard the instructions. In this case I raise my voice which is usually
+sufficient or gently shake the subject awakening him as you would any
+sleeping person.
+
+I would like to relate a rather interesting experience that I had with a
+male subject. I had worked with this particular subject six times
+previous to this occasion. He was a good hypnotic subject, and he failed
+to awaken in the usual manner. Since he had carried out several
+posthypnotic suggestions, it was rather perplexing to analyze what had
+happened. After about ten minutes, he finally agreed while he was under
+hypnosis to awaken at a given count. I asked him what was the nature of
+the difficulty. He replied, "I wanted to see how you would react."
+
+In conclusion, having difficulty in dehypnotizing yourself is extremely
+rare. Should it happen, _keep calm_, and repeat the suggestions with
+emphasis. Even in hetero-hypnosis, where the hypnotist hypnotizes a
+subject, it is extremely rare. There are explainable psychodynamic
+factors for this. However, they can be met adequately while the subject
+is under hypnosis.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 6
+
+How to Attain Self-Hypnosis
+
+
+Let us begin with the hypothesis that anyone can learn and practice, to
+some degree, the science of self-hypnosis. We shall assume that you have
+carefully thought out what you want to accomplish. You have, through
+self-analysis, come up with reasonable goals of therapy and
+self-improvement. The next step is the acquisition of the hypnotic
+state, per se.
+
+Before giving you the specific instructions, I would like to clarify a
+question which invariably arises in teaching a student self-hypnosis. It
+is: "Are the suggestions that I give myself as effective as the ones you
+would give me in hetero-hypnosis?"
+
+It is natural to assume that the suggestions of the hypnotist would be
+more effective than those given by the subject himself, but both have
+the same intrinsic value. It is well to remember that all hypnosis is
+really self-hypnosis, and all hetero-suggestions are transposed into
+self-suggestions. If the hypnotist firmly suggests, "From this moment,
+you will feel very confident in all life situations," the subject
+automatically and unconsciously rephrases the statement, "From this
+moment, I will feel very confident in all life situations." The subject,
+ordinarily, mentally or aloud, repeats all suggestions using the pronoun
+"I" instead of "you".
+
+The easiest and quickest way to learn self-hypnosis is to be hypnotized
+and given a posthypnotic suggestion to the effect that you will be able
+to put yourself into the hypnotic state at a given stimulus whenever you
+desire to do so. The hypnotist need not be a professional. Anyone
+understanding the rudiments of hypnosis can do this. However, let us
+assume you want to learn self-hypnosis and cannot find help. If you
+understand and consciously practice the instructions that I shall
+outline, you will attain your goal.
+
+Sit in an easy chair or recline on a sofa or bed. Next, choose a point
+of eye fixation on the ceiling, preferably a spot behind you which would
+normally cause eye fatigue or strain. Now, breathe very slowly and
+deeply. As you do this, repeat, aloud or mentally, the word "sleep" as
+you inhale and "deep sleep" as you exhale. Do this for several minutes
+in a very monotonous manner until such time as you find yourself getting
+drowsy. Next, suggest to yourself that your eyelids are becoming heavy
+and tired. The goal is to acquire eye closure using this method. You
+want to reach a state where it is uncomfortable to keep the eyes open.
+Once you get your eyes closing, seemingly of their own volition, you
+have reached the first step in achieving self-hypnosis.
+
+You can repeat to yourself such suggestions as, "My eyelids are becoming
+very heavy and tired ... My eyes are becoming very watery ... My eyelids
+are blinking ... I just want to close my eyes ... The moment I close my
+eyelids, I shall fall into a deep, sound, hypnotic sleep ... Even though
+in a deep state of hypnosis, I shall be aware of my surroundings and be
+able to direct posthypnotic suggestions to my subconscious mind."
+
+When your eyelids actually become heavy or when your eyes actually begin
+to water, you intensify these feelings by repeating affirmative
+suggestions along these very lines. This is known as "the feed-back
+technique" and helps to reinforce the actual condition that exists.
+Proceeding in this way hastens the actual closing of the eyes and
+attainment of the hypnotic state, per se.
+
+Let us assume that you practice this procedure and seemingly nothing
+happens. Continue to practice it again and again until such time as you
+are able to achieve an eye closure. You will eventually be able to do
+this within a relatively short period of time.
+
+One of the best times to practice the technique just given is when you
+are falling asleep at night. The lights are out and you are lying in
+bed. Choose an imaginary spot above and behind your eye level so there
+is some strain on the eye muscles. Now begin giving yourself suggestions
+that your eyelids are becoming heavy, etc.
+
+The reason this period is such an excellent time to practice
+self-hypnosis is that the suggestions you give yourself spill over into
+your subconscious as you drift from consciousness to unconsciousness.
+It's like telling yourself to wake up at a certain time in the morning.
+The suggestion reaches your subconscious and activates you consciously
+to waken. Using this approach, you can give yourself dynamic,
+constructive suggestions at this time as well as giving yourself the
+posthypnotic suggestion that the next time you practice self-hypnosis,
+you will fall into a deeper, sound, hypnotic state at the count of
+three. You also emphasize that your eyelids will close involuntarily
+whenever you relax for five minutes and afterwards count to three. This
+conditioning process will be augmented by the use of the sleep period.
+The suggestions will tend to work unconsciously during this period and
+hasten your attainment of the constructive goals as well as the
+self-hypnotic goal itself.
+
+Once you have achieved eye closure, deepen the hypnotic state by the
+following suggestions: "As I count to three, I shall go deeper and
+deeper into a profound, hypnotic state. As I count to three, I shall
+find myself becoming more and more relaxed. As I count to three, I shall
+fall into a deep, hypnotic sleep." You repeat these suggestions many
+times, actually trying on a conscious level to feel sleepier, more
+relaxed, more at ease. In doing this, you take on the characteristics of
+a deeply hypnotized subject.
+
+Part of the difficulty in learning self-hypnosis is that the subject is
+aiming at a state of mind in which he has no experience. If I say, "Act
+happy" or "Act sad," there is an immediate reaction from your
+experiential background, and you can react accordingly. If you have
+never seen anyone hypnotized and I say, "Act as though you were
+hypnotized," you must, of necessity, act in a manner that you would
+assume approximated that of hypnosis. If you had actually seen someone
+hypnotized, you would naturally take on the characteristics you had
+observed. This would either be done consciously or unconsciously.
+
+Some individuals describe the hypnotic state as a state of "complete
+relaxation." Many get a feeling of "detachment;" others a feeling of
+"disassociation," as though their entire being was only thought. Some
+get a "floating" or "drifting" feeling, likening the experience to
+lying on deep clouds. Others experience a heavy, pleasant, "sinking"
+feeling. Still others get a feeling of "peace and serenity." Many
+describe the hypnotic state as being akin to the state just prior to
+falling asleep or like daydreaming, and they experience the same
+reactions. Yet, there are some who do not feel a definite change. They
+describe it by saying, "I just felt that I had my eyes closed. I heard
+everything and was completely aware at all times." Since it is possible
+to direct your feelings (reactions), I would suggest that you aim for a
+completely relaxed, comfortable state.
+
+You have now reached the point where your eyes are closed, and you have
+given yourself further suggestions to deepen the state of hypnosis. This
+has taken from about six to ten minutes. You are not sure, though, that
+you are under hypnosis. There are many ways to test this, and I shall
+outline one of these tests later in this chapter; however, for your
+initial attempts, it isn't too important whether or not you are under
+hypnosis. You are still to give yourself the posthypnotic suggestion
+that the next time you attempt to hypnotize yourself you will fall into
+a deeper and sounder state after you have relaxed for about five minutes
+and counted to three.
+
+In your initial attempts, you will be trying to establish a conditioned
+response to the count of three which will subsequently cause your eyes
+to close and put you under hypnosis. Eventually, you should react
+instantly to the count of three or any other cue you may use to trigger
+the response. The key words or stimulus become associated with the
+action that you seek. Through repetition, just thinking about the
+stimulus can bring on the response. This is known as ideomotor action
+and is present in the waking as well as the hypnotic state. Pavlov's
+famous experiments which induced dogs to salivate when a bell was rung
+after previously having had food fed to them at the same time are
+examples of this type of conditioning. Don't we generally become hungry
+if someone tells us it's noon and time for lunch when, in fact, it's
+only 11 o'clock?
+
+I had a common experience recently that I am sure many readers have
+shared. One of my neighbors, seeing my car was parked in front of my
+house and knowing I was home, called to say he was dropping in to see
+me. While working on the manuscript of this book, I thought I heard the
+doorbell as I was typing. I went to the front door and no one was there.
+I even walked around the house looking for him because I was so certain
+I heard the bell. This is another example of an ideomotor action. I told
+my friend about it when he arrived approximately 30 minutes later. He
+looked at me rather whimsically, and we both shared a laugh. Haven't you
+thought you heard the phone ring when you were waiting for a call?
+
+In the chapter, "How Does Self-Hypnosis Work," stress was laid on the
+importance of the visual-imagery technique. During every attempt to
+achieve self-hypnosis, you attempt to visualize yourself going into the
+hypnotic state. Once you have deepened the state, you begin the process
+of visualizing yourself exactly the way you want to be. You may
+experience difficulty at first, but as you keep at it, you will be able
+to picture yourself the way you want. _You use the visual-imagery
+technique whether you think you are under hypnosis or not._ These images
+become clear as you constantly hammer home these suggestions. This is
+the exact procedure necessary, and you needn't complicate it.
+
+Let us suppose that you are getting your eyelids to close at the count
+of three and have achieved a good state of relaxation. With these
+prerequisites, you can anticipate going deeper into the hypnotic state.
+Actually, being able to get the eyes to close at a specific count is the
+first test in determining if the subject has gone under hypnosis. If you
+have conditioned yourself this far, then you can go to the next step.
+The next test is called the "swallowing" test. You mentally give
+yourself suggestions that as you slowly, to yourself, count to 10, you
+will get an irresistible urge to swallow one time. You further suggest
+that this will happen even before you reach the count of 10. You then
+begin the count. "One ... My throat is parched, and I feel an
+irresistible urge to swallow one time. Two ... My lips are becoming very
+dry, and I feel an irresistible urge to swallow. Three ... My throat
+feels very dry, and I feel an irresistible urge to swallow one time.
+Four ... Before I reach the count of 10, the urge to swallow one time
+will become irresistible because my lips and throat are so dry. Five ...
+Once I swallow, I shall no longer have the urge to swallow again, and as
+I swallow one time, I shall fall into a deeper and sounder state of
+hypnosis." Continue with similar suggestions, repeating and affirming
+the suggestions about swallowing. Once you actually swallow, you
+discontinue the suggestions and, instead, give yourself suggestions that
+you are falling deeper and deeper into a sound hypnotic state and that
+the constructive suggestions you now give yourself will work for you.
+Once again you practice visual-imagery, seeing yourself the way you want
+to be, while fortifying this image with forceful, positive suggestions.
+You close by giving yourself suggestions that you will enter the
+hypnotic state whenever you relax for five minutes and count to three.
+
+The suggestions are just as effective whether given aloud or mentally.
+Many subjects report that they are reluctant when it comes to giving
+suggestions to themselves. I can only say that as you continue to work
+with yourself, you will develop confidence in giving yourself
+suggestions. In order for the suggestions to be effective, they cannot
+be given in a reticent or hesitant manner. They must be given with
+enthusiasm and anticipation. If you assiduously follow these
+instructions, you will derive the benefits you seek in the shortest
+possible time and witness the positive, tangible results of your
+suggestions and efforts. In the next chapter, you'll learn how to deepen
+the self-hypnotic state.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 7
+
+Deepening the Self-Hypnotic State
+
+
+For each progressive test, it is usually necessary to have accomplished
+the preceding tests. However, this is not an absolute rule. Frequently,
+a subject responds to tests at the beginning of the depth scale and then
+to others at the end of the depth scale. Certain tests in between do not
+work. I have had the following experience more than once while teaching
+one of my classes in self-hypnosis. In testing the depth of hypnosis, I
+run the gamut of all of the tests from light to deep. In this way, the
+subject can ascertain how far he has progressed. One frequent test for
+the deep state is to give the subject a posthypnotic suggestion to the
+effect that the next cigarette he smokes will have a vile taste and it
+will be absolutely impossible for him to take more than three puffs. It
+is further suggested that after the third puff, the cigarette taste will
+be so unbearable it will become necessary for him to extinguish the
+cigarette.
+
+We can expect an excellent hypnotic subject to comply with these
+posthypnotic suggestions, but a subject who hasn't even passed the eye
+closure test (test No. 1) or any other test may unexpectedly react
+perfectly to the cigarette test which we know is a standard test for
+determining if the subject has entered into a deep state of hypnosis.
+How can you account for it? There is no simple or positive answer. If we
+hadn't given him this particular test, he would have felt that he wasn't
+making progress in his determination to become a good hypnotic subject.
+Because of this, he might not have given himself therapeutic suggestions
+because he would feel he hadn't reached a state of hypnosis which would
+benefit him. Remember, follow the instructions of giving yourself
+whatever therapeutic suggestions you want, regardless of the fact that
+you feel that "nothing has happened." I have seen many subjects who were
+bewildered because certain tests did not work, yet were pleased because
+of very gratifying overall results from using self-hypnosis. They were
+baffled because of their inability to pass certain tests which they felt
+were a prerequisite to the success of constructive suggestions they gave
+themselves.
+
+It is commonly felt that the deeper the state of hypnosis, the better
+the results. In actual practice, I have not found this to be so. I have
+had excellent results in a relatively short period of time with subjects
+who only achieved a light state, and it has been necessary to work with
+others who achieved a deep state of hypnosis for a longer period before
+lasting results were in evidence. Naturally, each individual presents a
+different set of needs and even though the symptoms may be basically the
+same, each will respond favorably when his requirements are met. This
+happens on a conscious as well as unconscious level. For example, the
+mere assurance by a physician that the patient is all right and has
+nothing to worry about is often sufficient to bring about desirable
+results. Another example is the mother who stops the sobbing of her hurt
+child by a loving kiss. A logical approach, pointing out to the child
+that he really didn't hurt himself, would never have worked. We have all
+heard stories of primitive tribesmen who have died because they knew
+they were the objects of "death wishes" by another member of the tribe.
+
+The key to achieving a greater depth of self-hypnosis lies in the use of
+the visual-imagery technique. You "see" yourself going into the hypnotic
+state deeper and deeper. You even picture yourself, using this
+technique, passing various progressive hypnotic tests. The second part
+of the key lies in giving yourself a posthypnotic suggestion that each
+succeeding attempt will put you into a deeper state as a result of a
+given stimulus--such as the count of three.
+
+The following instructions should not be attempted usually unless you
+have been successful in achieving the two basic tests--the eye closure
+as well as the uncontrollable urge to swallow followed by the physical
+act of swallowing at a specific count. If the conditioning process works
+for these two tests, you have achieved the lethargic state of hypnosis.
+This is the first state of hypnosis and is generally referred to as the
+"light" state. Therapeutic suggestions can work admirably in this state.
+The next stage of hypnosis is known as the cataleptic state and is
+referred to as the "medium" state. Generally, hypnosis is divided into
+three states: the lethargic (light state); the cataleptic (medium
+state); and the somnambulistic (deep state).
+
+As you deepen the hypnotic state, you can accomplish the progressive
+tests that I shall outline for you. I'll also number these tests for the
+convenience of having a reference. Deepening the hypnotic state requires
+the same type of practice or conditioning as the first two steps. Let
+us call eye closure--No. 1, and swallowing--No. 2. We are now ready to
+proceed to the "hand tingling" test--No. 3.
+
+You have just completed tests No. 1 and 2; you are in a completely
+relaxed state. Now give yourself the following suggestions: "As I count
+to ten and even before I reach the count of ten, I shall feel a light
+tingling or numb feeling in my right hand." As you slowly begin the
+count of ten, you keep repeating suggestions to the effect that your
+right hand is beginning to tingle. Once again, you practice the
+technique of visual-imagery, tapping your experiential background for
+this feeling. You can recall how it feels when your hand goes to sleep.
+Once you get an initial feeling of lightness, tingling or numbness,
+reinforce this feeling by the feed-back technique as you did with the
+eye closure test. As you practice this procedure, it will work with
+greater effectiveness. The following is a very important point to
+remember. Be sure that you give yourself a posthypnotic suggestion that
+the tingling, light or numb sensation will disappear as you continue to
+count to 15. For example, "As I count to 15, the tingling feeling in my
+right hand will disappear, and I shall experience only normal
+sensations. Eleven ... The tingling feeling is leaving. Twelve ... Now
+it is leaving faster. Thirteen ... I can feel my hand returning to
+normal. Fourteen ... The tingling feeling has left. Fifteen ... My right
+hand feels perfectly normal." You could try a variation of this test by
+saying your nose or one of your toes will itch at a specific count. Once
+this test is accomplished, you are ready for the "foot" test--No. 4.
+
+You will remember that the key to achieving a greater depth of hypnosis
+lies in visualizing yourself going deeper with each attempt and
+accomplishing progressive hypnotic tests. Keep this in mind. For a
+moment, let us go back to the hand tingling test--No. 3. Once you have
+been successful in accomplishing this test, use the visual-imagery
+technique to see yourself successfully responding to the foot test. When
+you have actually accomplished test No. 4, you see yourself
+accomplishing the "hand levitation" test--No. 5. In other words, you use
+each step to enhance a greater receptivity for the following progressive
+test. As you couple this approach with posthypnotic suggestions that you
+will go deeper and deeper into the hypnotic state at a given stimulus,
+you set into motion a conditioned response mechanism which must
+ultimately guide you into a profound state of hypnosis.
+
+The foot test can be accomplished while sitting or lying down. The idea
+of this test is to imagine that your feet are stuck to the floor or that
+your legs are so heavy that they are impossible to raise until you reach
+a certain count. It is best to begin this test by trying to capture a
+heavy, relaxed feeling in your legs. You give yourself specific
+suggestions along these lines: "As I count to five, I shall notice a
+very heavy, relaxed, pleasant feeling in both legs. It will be a very
+comfortable feeling; a feeling of complete relaxation." You then begin
+the count of ten, following out the idea of the other tests you have
+successfully accomplished. You should remember that there is no time
+limit and you take as much time as you need in order to get the relaxed,
+heavy feeling. Once you get the relaxed, heavy feeling, you use the
+visual-imagery technique to try to picture your legs stuck to the floor.
+If you are lying down, imagine you are covered by a heavy blanket which
+is tightly tucked under the mattress, making it impossible for you to
+raise your legs. If sitting up, I tell the subject to imagine that his
+shoes are stuck to the floor with "iron glue," and since his feet are in
+the shoes, it is impossible to lift them until the specific count which
+will enable him to do so.
+
+Here are the suggestions you can use for the second part of this test.
+"As I continue to count to ten, I shall find that it will be impossible
+for me to raise my legs. I shall try at the count of ten, but it will be
+absolutely impossible to raise my legs until I count to 15. At that
+time, I shall be able to raise my legs easily, and the heavy feeling
+will leave as well." You then continue with the count, giving yourself
+appropriate suggestions. Once this test is accomplished, you use the
+visual-imagery technique to see yourself accomplishing the hand
+levitation test--No. 5. Be sure you give yourself the posthypnotic
+suggestion that the next time you hypnotize yourself, you will fall into
+a deeper and sounder state.
+
+I'll assume that you have been able to get a relaxed, heavy feeling in
+your legs. You have reached the count of five and are ready to proceed
+further. Here are sample suggestions you can use: "Six ... My legs are
+becoming extremely heavy. Seven ... I'll be unable to lift them until I
+count to 15. Eight ... I feel very comfortable; my legs are becoming
+heavier and heavier. Nine ... My entire body is completely relaxed, and
+my legs are so heavy that they are impossible to lift. Ten ... I'm in a
+very deep hypnotic state, and it is absolutely impossible for me to move
+my legs until I count to 15." At this point, you actually try to raise
+your legs. If you can't do it, you have reached the cataleptic stage.
+
+Should you not be able to raise your legs, don't become frightened. All
+you need to say is: "I can now move my legs." You could also say: "As I
+count to three, I'll be able to move my legs." However, since we have
+elected originally to be able to move the legs at the count of 15, it
+would be best to follow out this pattern. You could at this time merely
+continue to count to 15, at which time you would be able to move your
+legs. I prefer giving suggestions between each count as follows: "Eleven
+... The heavy feeling is leaving, and I shall be able to raise my legs
+at the count of 15. Twelve ... I can feel the heavy, relaxed feeling
+leaving. Thirteen ... I am beginning to move my legs. Fourteen ... I am
+lifting my legs more and more. Fifteen ... I have perfect control over
+my bodily functions and legs; I am lifting and moving my legs; the heavy
+feeling is dissipating; I am in complete control; I can now give myself
+posthypnotic suggestions that will be very effective and beneficial."
+Give yourself whatever suggestions you want at this time.
+
+Let us suppose that you tried the foot test for some time and were
+unsuccessful. Perhaps this puzzles you, and you wonder why it didn't
+work. Perhaps you were able to get a heavy feeling in the legs, but the
+second part of the test didn't work. The following information will help
+you to understand why you were unable to complete this cataleptic test.
+Either you had not conditioned yourself sufficiently, or you weren't
+really "letting go" enough to enter into a deeper state of hypnosis.
+Most subjects need to test themselves and feel secure every step of the
+way. They don't just plunge into the cataleptic or somnambulistic stages
+immediately. In this connection, I believe it can be compared with the
+bather who goes into the water one step at a time. Even the playful
+splashing directed at him by friends does not compel him to duck under
+the water. Instead, he continues to slowly go deeper and deeper until he
+is completely submerged. Wouldn't it have been easier to duck under all
+at once? Perhaps, but I'm sure you have either experienced the same
+thing yourself or seen it happen.
+
+The analogy should be clear. The subject is reluctant to do what he
+considers as "giving up his control" when, in reality, he is really more
+and more in control of himself as he penetrates the deeper levels of
+hypnosis.
+
+In reality, the subject who does not or cannot raise his feet really
+could move in case of emergency, even without counting to 15. He has, in
+effect, entered into a state in which it is too much bother to lift his
+feet. A common example of this frame of mind is when you remain in bed
+in the morning even though you know you will be late to work. You are
+just too comfortable to move, and your initiative seems paralyzed.
+
+Let us assume, at this point, that you have finally succeeded in getting
+the foot test to work. You are now ready for the hand levitation
+test--No. 5. In this test, the goal is to get your hand to slowly rise
+and touch your chin. Once it touches your chin, you enter into a still
+deeper state and lower your hand slowly to your side. This test is
+actually combined with the hand tingling test--No. 3. Since you have
+been successful with test No. 3, the rest is rather simple. This time as
+you work test No. 3, aim for a light, pleasant feeling in your right
+hand. Once you get this reaction, you give yourself suggestions that
+your right hand will now rise and touch your chin. As soon as it does,
+you will fall into a deeper state and lower your hand. Here are the
+suggestions that you can use: "As I count to ten and even before I reach
+the count of ten, I shall have an irresistible impulse to slowly raise
+my hand to my chin. As I progress with the counting, my hand will slowly
+rise, and the impulse will become stronger and stronger. As soon as my
+hand touches my chin, the impulse will leave. I will then lower my hand
+and fall into a very deep hypnotic state. I shall be fully aware of what
+is happening, my surroundings, and will be able to give myself
+beneficial posthypnotic suggestions."
+
+At this point you start counting to ten, giving yourself suggestions
+that your right hand which already has a light feeling will begin to
+slowly rise to your chin. Time the counting to coincide with the actual
+physical act of raising your hand. You are trying to feel an involuntary
+urge to raise your hand. The movement itself should also be of an
+unconscious rather than conscious nature. A conscious raising of your
+hand to your chin is not what you are looking for in this test. Should
+you experience difficulty in attaining the first movement of your hand,
+you can give yourself assistance by consciously and slowly raising your
+hand just to get it started. The rest of the movement, as mentioned,
+must be automatic. Should you find it necessary to start your hand
+rising, use the feed-back technique to continue the movement. You can
+give yourself the following suggestions:
+
+"One ... My right hand is beginning to rise. Two ... My right hand is
+very, very light, and I am getting an irresistible urge to slowly raise
+it. Three ... This feeling is getting stronger and stronger. Four ... My
+right hand is rising more and more. Five ... My hand is rising toward my
+chin. Six ... As soon as my hand touches my chin, I shall fall into a
+deeper and sounder state of hypnosis. Seven ... My hand is rising closer
+and closer toward my chin. Eight ... The feeling of lightness is
+becoming stronger and stronger. Nine ... My right hand is about to touch
+my chin; as soon as it does, I'll fall into a very deep hypnotic state.
+Ten ... My right hand is touching my chin; I'm falling deeper and
+deeper into a sound hypnotic state; I'll now slowly lower my hand and
+continue falling into a deep, sound, pleasant state of hypnosis. The
+light feeling has left my hand."
+
+You should not attempt to memorize the exact phraseology for any of the
+tests. You are to merely use the suggestions that have been written out
+for you as a guide. The timing of the suggestions is the paramount
+consideration in attaining successful results. Don't be impatient. Take
+as much time as you need. Should you find yourself unsuccessful after
+ten or fifteen minutes, drop the test and come back to it another day. I
+haven't found that working at a specific test all day long accomplishes
+the end result.
+
+It is best to work for a specific period every day. In this way, the
+conditioned response pattern is established for the success of the tests
+as well as the success of the posthypnotic suggestions that you have
+given yourself. You should bear in mind that if you have been successful
+in achieving the first five tests, you have reached a medium state of
+hypnosis, and posthypnotic suggestions will be extremely effective. In
+the next chapter, you'll learn, psychologically, how to go even deeper
+into hypnosis. You'll learn those psychological factors that are
+important to know and that can contribute to your development into an
+excellent hypnotic subject. Following this, the subsequent chapter will
+give you further tests and instructions for developing into a
+somnambulistic subject.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 8
+
+What You Should Know About Becoming An Excellent Subject
+
+
+Becoming an excellent subject follows the same general rules for
+becoming proficient in any other endeavor. It depends upon your
+motivation, persistence and willingness to devote time and study to the
+subject. Let us agree that most individuals can learn to play a musical
+instrument to some degree. This degree is usually sufficient for their
+own needs. To become a virtuoso, however, it is necessary to study the
+instrument and devote a great deal of energy and time to practice. The
+same example could be given for most undertakings. Anyone can learn to
+hit a golf ball, but being able to control the direction and distance
+and become a skilled golfer is quite another matter.
+
+If you have been successful in accomplishing the first five tests, you
+can consider yourself a good hypnotic subject. Becoming an excellent
+subject entails following the same procedure used in accomplishing the
+first five tests. Some may proceed very easily into the somnambulistic
+state, and others may have a difficult time reaching this deepest stage.
+Understanding some of the psychology involved and assuming the right
+psychological frame of mind for the attainment of the somnambulistic
+state is more important than just working blindly in an attempt to get
+the somnambulistic tests to work. Being irritable, disgusted and
+despondent because of your inability to go further into hypnosis is not
+the answer and will only lead to frustration and failure. The reader is
+not to assume he will be a difficult subject. If you have come this far,
+you'll be able to continue in the same manner. The topic under
+discussion now is brought up to prepare readers for any contingency that
+may arise. It's like having a life preserver on a boat. You hope you
+never need it, but you should be prepared to use it in case of an
+emergency.
+
+It is natural to assume that if you are willing and trying to go into
+the lethargic, cataleptic or somnambulistic state, you will be able to
+do so in a relatively short period of time. Unfortunately, this is by no
+means the case. Many of the principles of learning and conditioning can
+be applied to hypnosis, but with many subjects these laws do not seem
+applicable. Let us assume you wanted to learn to become an excellent
+typist. This is a reasonable goal and all that is necessary is to
+continue practicing until you have reached the proficiency you set out
+to achieve. This proficiency would, as a rule, follow application of the
+laws of learning and conditioning.
+
+This isn't always so in a subject's attempt to become somnambulistic.
+When the subject progresses from one stage to another in a classical
+manner, the theory works admirably, but what happens when a subject
+cannot seem to progress any further? He has reached a plateau and is
+unable to climb higher. He seems to have reached a psychological
+impasse or stalemate. It is easy to say that the subject is thwarted by
+a subconscious block and let it go at that. This, however, doesn't help
+him in his dilemma. It's like telling the stranded motorist that the
+reason his car has stalled is because the motor isn't running. The
+following information will be helpful to those who haven't been able to
+reach the first stages of hypnosis, as well as those who apparently can
+go only so far. Actually, the same principles are involved.
+
+If the subject doesn't respond or responds to a limited degree, there
+evidently is a cause or reason for this poor response. In order to
+continue this discussion, it will be necessary for us to agree that the
+resistance can be either conscious or unconscious. If the subject
+insists that he is trying to "let go," has nothing to hide, is not
+afraid of hypnosis, understands what is involved and has strong
+motivation, we can only assume that the resistance must be unconscious.
+Usually, it will be necessary to work through this unconscious
+resistance before the subject responds. If the subject is conditioning
+himself, this will involve a great deal of introspection, and even then
+it is an extremely difficult job. One doesn't usually have proper
+insight into one's own emotional make-up. The end result is that one can
+only rationalize about his behavior.
+
+Let us explore some interesting aspects of hypnosis with a view toward
+helping you if you are having difficulty responding the way you desire.
+I have had the following paradoxical situation happen many times. A
+subject calls my office, requesting to be conditioned for self-hypnosis.
+He further requests that he be allowed to bring along a member of his
+family or a friend for the hypnotic session. These individuals usually
+ask if I object to this procedure. I interpreted this request as a sign
+of distrust during my early career as a professional hypnotist. I was
+affronted by the idea of the unspoken insinuation verbalized by this
+request. Didn't they trust me? Between trying to defend myself and
+assuring them that there was no need for another person being present,
+since my secretary could observe the procedure, I usually "won" the
+argument but lost the client. As I developed understanding into the
+needs of these persons, I began to realize that the request was not
+directed at my integrity, but was a safeguard for their ego.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here is an interesting sidelight that has happened frequently in regard
+to the foregoing situation. I would request the subject to sit near my
+desk and tell the onlooker to sit in back and to the side of the
+subject, away from the subject's view so as not to distract him. In this
+situation, I invariably place the hypnodisc on a spinning, portable
+phonograph turntable and turn it upright for the subject to look at. The
+hypnodisc, which is made of stiff cardboard, looks like a 12-inch
+phonograph record and has concentric heavy lines drawn on it. As it
+spins, the subject feels he is being pulled toward the center. At the
+same time, it causes his eyes to become very tired. I have included a
+drawing of it on this page for those who are not familiar with this
+hypnotic device. The revolving hypnodisc causes a physiological
+reaction and must work with everyone. You feed back certain known
+physiological responses for the successful attainment of hypnosis.
+
+The onlooker has no choice but to look at the hypnodisc as well. As I
+suggest to the subject that his eyes are becoming heavy and tired and
+that soon he'll have an irresistible impulse to close them, the onlooker
+is naturally hearing the same suggestion. Because this person feels
+apart from the hypnotic situation, there can be no conscious resistance.
+Since these defenses are not hampering the attainment of hypnosis, the
+onlooker may readily fall under hypnosis. More than once, the onlooker
+has confided to me that he was getting a better night's sleep, was
+feeling wonderfully well or had derived other benefits since coming to
+my office as an "observer." The exact situation happens when the stage
+hypnotist is hypnotizing subjects on the stage. Many times a person in
+the audience who had no intention of becoming hypnotized becomes
+influenced in the same manner. Incidentally, these individuals make the
+best subjects.
+
+There are interesting theories as to why a subject responds or does not
+respond to hypnosis. I think the reader would find some of these
+theories interesting and perhaps gain some insight into his own hypnotic
+behavior. These theories are based primarily on a psychoanalytical
+approach to hypnosis.
+
+The most prevalent theory is that the hypnotist represents either the
+father image (paternal or fear hypnosis) or the mother image (maternal
+or love hypnosis). The father usually represents an authoritarian
+figure. The subject's identification can be on a conscious or
+subconscious level. Let us suppose the subject has ambivalent feelings
+toward his father. Because of this, he may not respond. Here is an
+opportunity to frustrate the authoritative (father) figure. The only
+trouble with this theory is that if there is an excellent relationship
+between the father and subject, it doesn't necessarily mean that the
+subject will respond easily. The stage hypnotist invariably uses a
+strong, authoritative approach with a great deal of success, but this
+approach generally does not work best in private practice.
+
+I have found that for the majority of subjects the maternal approach
+works best. Perhaps the process of hypnosis awakens early unconscious
+memories of being put to sleep as a child. Some techniques that are used
+in hypnosis are quite similar to this. The subject, who is lying down,
+is told to close his eyes and is spoken to in a quiet, reassuring,
+monotonous tone of voice. The hypnotist is seated near him. The
+hypnotist even uses the same words that the subject has heard as a
+child: "Sleep. Go to sleep. When you awaken, you'll feel wonderfully
+well." In fact, I use some special music that I had recorded for
+inducing hypnosis. The first musical selection is Brahms' "Lullaby."
+Children's music boxes invariably contain this selection, and the melody
+cannot help but activate a pleasant nostalgia. It is a memory associated
+with love and tenderness. This brings us to the fact that hypnosis may
+offer the subject a chance to escape from the reality of pressing
+problems into a state of complete irresponsibility. In fact, one theory
+of hypnosis equates the hypnotic state as a form of unconscious
+regression and need for submission.
+
+The male subject may have a strong, positive identification with his
+mother rather than his father. It is part of the unresolved Oedipus
+complex. He sees his mother as a kind, loving individual, always ready
+to help. Even if the mother did something socially unacceptable, the
+individual would defend her vehemently. The father who might do
+something wrong would rarely be excused. Just the opposite is true with
+the female subject. When asking the female child, "Whose girl are you?",
+the answer is invariably, "Daddy's girl." When asking the male child,
+"Whose boy are you?", the answer is invariably, "Momma's boy." We accept
+this transference of identification as a normal process of growing up.
+When it isn't normally resolved, it can account for severe personality
+problems. One might assume, therefore, that a woman hypnotist could
+better hypnotize a male subject, and a male hypnotist could better
+hypnotize a female subject, but this is not true except for cases such
+as we have just mentioned.
+
+One school of thought feels that there is a strong submissive tendency
+in all of us and hypnosis gratifies this wish. The individual's need for
+dependence is also met. In this case, the hypnotist becomes omnipotent,
+being able to alter feelings that ordinarily distress the individual.
+Normally, adults, when confronted by a particularly upsetting
+experience, might want to be held closely by an intimate friend or
+member of the family. Don't we frequently put our arm around a friend in
+grief trying to comfort him? The inner strength which is created by
+hypnosis within the total personality structure of the subject lessens
+dependency upon the hypnotist, much in the same fashion that we need the
+doctor less as we start to recover from an illness. Self-hypnosis
+further lessens dependency for no authoritarian figure is used.
+
+The subject's attitude towards authority is important to know. It is
+well-known that officers in the army are more difficult to hypnotize
+than noncommissioned men. The enlisted man, by a process of
+indoctrination and conditioning, is taught to obey and follow orders
+without reasoning. The transference of authority to the hypnotist is
+readily accomplished because of this conditioning process. The army
+doctor, when treating patients psychologically, replaces his army jacket
+with a regular white medical jacket to increase rapport.
+
+One interesting theory is that the subject responds as he thinks the
+hypnotist would like him to. This is termed "role playing." When asking
+a subject under hypnosis his name, you usually get a very slow,
+deliberate answer, as though the subject were in a trance. You tell him
+that he can answer in a normal speaking voice and tempo and his further
+replies are to be in the same manner as his waking state.
+
+Another theory along these lines is that the subject acts as he believes
+a hypnotized person would act. This, too, is role playing, but it does
+not explain analgesia, such as when the dentist hypnotizes the patient
+and proceeds to drill a tooth. No one (with the possible exception of a
+highly neurotic psychic masochist) is going to endure excruciating pain
+just to please the doctor.
+
+One theory about hypnosis states that it allows the subject an
+opportunity of identifying with the hypnotist, whom he sees as a
+powerful figure. Through this identification, the subject is able to
+gain inner strength. On the other hand, the subject might rebel against
+the submissive nature of the hypnotic setting. This could easily create
+anxiety which, in turn, could create hostility resulting in resistance
+of various kinds. As a result of this, the subject might begin to
+criticize the hypnotist, find fault with the way he (the subject) is
+being handled, question the judgment of the hypnotist, or doubt the
+effectiveness of the hypnotic procedure.
+
+Many investigators assert that the "rapport," meaning the relationship
+between the subject and hypnotist, is all important. This is true and
+the relationship can and does have many ramifications. In psychotherapy,
+the term "transference" is used to denote this relationship. The
+relationship is further described as a good or bad transference. There
+is also a countertransference which indicates the reaction of the
+therapist to the patient. Naturally, in order for the subject to
+respond, there must be good rapport.
+
+I have tried to indicate that there are complexities that may arise in
+the hypnotic setting. There are many conflicting theories as to why a
+subject does or does not respond. There are no set rules to follow, and
+one's intuition, experience and judgment help solve any problem that
+arises.
+
+Let me relate another frequent incident. I have had subjects come to me
+after they were unable to be hypnotized by several other professional
+hypnotists. They have complained that the hypnotists weren't "good
+hypnotists" because they couldn't hypnotize them. After all, they ask,
+hadn't they been willing subjects? My usual answer is that the fault, if
+there is one, is not with the hypnotists and really not with the
+subjects. It is a matter of exploring what has happened and then
+deciding on a course of action to insure success.
+
+I am firmly convinced that the subject responds when he is positively,
+without equivocation, ready to do so. He keeps testing the response to
+make sure he is in control. He fears a reduction in his voluntary level
+of reality attachment and control. Unresponsiveness proves to him that
+he has this control. As long as he does this, which is a natural
+response, he never lets go sufficiently to attain hypnosis. Hypnosis,
+as we know, is a very sensitive state. It requires complete faith and
+trust in the hypnotist. If it is lacking, the subject never does
+respond. The phenomenon of hypnosis is entirely subjective in nature,
+and its success lies within the total personality structure of the
+subject. If there is resistance to hypnosis itself or to deepening the
+state, the subject by his own honest evaluation and verbalization of his
+resistance can do much to become a better subject. Hypnosis must begin
+with the acceptance by the subject of certain basic fundamentals that we
+have already discussed rather than of the forcefulness of the hypnotist.
+The deepening of the hypnotic state lies in the intensification of the
+conditioned response mechanism once it has been initiated.
+
+You should not expect to achieve immediate results although sometimes
+this does happen. As you continue to work with perseverance,
+intelligence and enthusiasm, you will definitely achieve the goals that
+you have set for yourself. It is well to remember that you guide
+yourself toward the somnambulistic state, depending upon your belief and
+acceptance of those principles that have been outlined for you.
+
+I have attempted to point out some of the salient points and theories to
+keep in mind in your attempt to develop into an excellent hypnotic
+subject. Some of these only pertain to the situations where the
+hypnotist works with the subject. Many of the problems inherent in this
+setting are not applicable to the situation where the subject is
+hypnotizing himself. Both settings have their advantages and
+disadvantages. As long as you proceed to follow the instructions given
+you, you can feel assured that you will finally achieve self-hypnosis.
+
+It should be emphasized that it is vital to adopt the right frame of
+mind in your attempt to achieve self-hypnosis, particularly a deep
+state. If you approach hypnosis with a "prove-it-to-me" attitude,
+nothing is going to happen. Self-hypnosis requires practicing a set of
+mental exercises or mental gymnastics. To acquire the ultimate from this
+training requires systematic conditioning. The word "training" is used
+quite extensively in hypnotic literature. The use of the word implies
+that hypnosis can be attained by a training period. The literature
+speaks frequently of a subject being trained to respond in a certain
+way. Obviously, this means over a certain period of time. It also means
+you train yourself to become a good hypnotic subject. It is a skill that
+all can acquire.
+
+There are four books dealing specifically with self-hypnosis that I
+would recommend to you for further reading. They are: _What is Hypnosis_
+by Andrew Salter, _Hypnosis and Self-Hypnosis_ by Bernard Hollander,
+M.D., _Autogenic Training_ by Johannes H. Schultz, M.D., and
+_Self-Hypnosis--Its Theory, Technique and Application_ by Melvin
+Powers.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 9
+
+Techniques for Reaching the Somnambulistic State
+
+
+As indicated in the last chapter, the attainment of the somnambulistic
+stage of hypnosis can represent an extremely intricate procedure.
+Because of certain inherent characteristics of this stage, it is easier
+to attain by hetero-hypnosis. However, this does not preclude the fact
+that it can be reached without the aid of a hypnotist. More important
+than the testing and deepening procedures that I shall outline for you
+in this chapter are an _understanding_ and an _awareness_ of some of the
+complexities involved, first in achieving the hypnotic state, then
+deepening, and, finally, reaching somnambulism. There are no absolute or
+final answers to many of the problems that can arise. You can become
+entangled with rationalization so easily when you want the facts to fit
+a particular theory. I point this out to the reader because, as the
+subject goes deeper, the procedure can become more complicated.
+
+There are many interesting phenomena which can be elicited in the
+somnambulistic state. They are of interest for the most part, to
+students of abnormal behavior and are pertinent from an academic
+viewpoint. They do not fall within the province of this book or of
+hypnosis for therapeutic purposes and might lead the reader astray.
+Should readers be interested in further hypnotic phenomena, I refer them
+to _Modern Hypnosis_ by Leslie Kuhn and Salvadore Russo, Ph.D.,
+_Experimental Hypnosis_ by Leslie LeCron, _Time Distortion in Hypnosis_
+by Milton Erickson, M.D. and Lynn F. Cooper, M.D., and _Hypnotism--An
+Objective Study in Suggestibility_ by André M. Weitzenhoffer, Ph.D.
+
+As discussed previously, some individuals experience difficulty in
+attaining the deeper hypnotic states. My advice is to be patient and to
+continue working with yourself. It is not imperative or vital to reach
+the somnambulistic stage for therapeutic results. It is a misconception
+on the part of many students that they must go into the deepest state
+possible to obtain results. Dramatic changes can come about at all
+levels of hypnosis. The somnambulistic state is necessary in
+hypnotherapy when there is a need for the patient to relive some
+traumatic episode. It is also useful when the patient is reluctant to
+consciously discuss certain aspects of his problem. Many
+hypnotherapeutic techniques such as amnesia, hypermnesia, progression,
+paramnesia, automatic writing, dream induction, regression, production
+of experimental conflicts and crystal or mirror gazing require a
+somnambulistic state. For those of you interested in hypnotherapy, I can
+recommend no finer book than _Hypnotherapy of War Neuroses_ by John G.
+Watkins, Ph.D. In this book, the theory of hypnotherapy has been
+diagramatically presented for easy comprehension and shown to be an
+amalgamation of concepts and practices from various schools of thought.
+
+Most students of hypnosis equate the phenomenon of amnesia with the
+somnambulistic state. The mistake they make is in trying to achieve
+amnesia. It's similar to the dog trying to catch his tail. It is
+impossible for the subject to effectively suggest amnesia to himself. If
+he remembers what he was supposed to forget, he has failed. If he truly
+doesn't remember what he was supposed to forget, he doesn't even
+remember the amnesia suggestion and can take no satisfaction from his
+success because he is not aware that he has accomplished the
+posthypnotic suggestion. Unless an elaborate set of posthypnotic
+suggestions are worked out, it is an impossible test for self-hypnosis.
+
+I know the reader is anxious to begin his conditioning for the
+somnambulistic state, but there are still a few pertinent remarks which
+should be remembered before proceeding further. The reader should not
+memorize verbatim any of the tests involved in proving the
+somnambulistic state. All that is necessary to remember is the general
+form and the goal you seek. The goal is to increase your suggestibility
+which, in turn, means deepening of the hypnotic state. After each step,
+you are to give yourself suggestions that you will go still deeper the
+next time. You should also designate a specific length of time to work
+with self-hypnosis. The suggestions are as follows: "I shall work with
+self-hypnosis for 15 minutes. At the end of that time, I shall open my
+eyes and wake up feeling wonderfully well. I'll be wide awake and
+refreshed. In case of any danger, I'll be able to awaken immediately and
+act accordingly."
+
+Some hypnotists tell their subjects to "make your mind a blank." I
+suppose what they really mean is that you must try to think of only what
+the hypnotist is saying. Have you ever tried to make your mind a blank?
+Try it for a moment. It's an impossibility. Should the hypnotist
+persist along these lines, he'll never be successful. It is the wrong
+approach. The subject, because of his inability to comply with this
+suggestion, is fighting a losing battle. It is also almost impossible
+for the subject to concentrate only on what the hypnotist is saying. Any
+word the hypnotist says can start a conscious as well as unconscious
+train of thought. Therefore, in reality, this, too, is impossible.
+However, it really isn't necessary that the subject keep his thoughts
+concentrated solely on what is being said so long as they are kept in
+the general area. At times, the more you try to concentrate, the more
+your thoughts become scattered. Suppose I say to you, "Forget the
+address 8721 Sunset Boulevard." What happens? The more you try to forget
+it, the more you remember it. Therefore, don't be concerned if you
+experience stray thoughts during the induction and deepening of
+hypnosis. You are now ready to continue with further tests. The first
+five tests should be mastered before continuing.
+
+Test No. 6 is referred to as the "fly" test. In this test, once under
+hypnosis, you picture that a fly is crawling on the back of your right
+or left hand. Once you feel the fly, you know you are deeply hypnotized.
+You might even get an urge to move your hand and flick the fly off your
+hand. When this happens, you know, of course, that you are deeply
+hypnotized. Here is a sample of the type of suggestions to give:
+
+"As I count to ten and even before I reach the count of ten, I shall
+feel a fly crawling on the back of my right hand. This illusion will
+seem very real to me. One ... My right hand is completely relaxed. Two
+... I feel completely at ease. Three ... I am beginning to feel a
+pleasant tingling feeling on the back of my right hand. Four ... This
+feeling is becoming strong. Five ... It feels as though a fly is moving
+on the back of my hand. Six ... I have had this same feeling before.
+Seven ... I can feel the fly. Eight ... The feeling is very definite.
+Nine ... As I flick my hand the fly will disappear (If you have felt the
+fly, move your hand). Ten ... It is gone."
+
+Test No. 7 is known as the "cigarette" test and naturally is only for
+those of you who smoke. In this test, you give yourself posthypnotic
+suggestions during the hypnotic state, awaken yourself, and then note
+the effects of the posthypnotic suggestions. If the cigarette tastes
+bitter or has a repugnant taste or odor, and if you furthermore find it
+impossible to smoke more than three puffs, necessitating your putting
+out the cigarette, you know the posthypnotic suggestions are working
+perfectly and that you are an excellent hypnotic subject. Here are the
+suggestions to give yourself while you are under hypnosis:
+
+"When I count to three, I shall open my eyes and wake up feeling
+wonderfully well and shall have a strong desire to smoke a cigarette.
+Upon lighting the cigarette, I shall notice that there is a very bitter,
+strong and repugnant taste to the cigarette. As I continue to smoke the
+cigarette, the distasteful effect will become stronger and stronger.
+Even though I realize that I have given myself these posthypnotic
+suggestions, they will exert a strong force outside of my conscious
+control, and I shall find it necessary to extinguish the cigarette after
+three puffs. As I now count to three, I shall open my eyes and wake up
+feeling fine. One, two, three."
+
+Test No. 8 is called the "sun" test. In this test, you picture yourself
+in a bathing suit, shorts or playsuit at the beach or some other
+familiar place taking a sunbath. You imagine that it is a beautiful
+summer day. As you see yourself relaxed, you imagine that a cloud is
+blocking out the sun, but as you count to three, the cloud will move
+away and you will feel the warm, pleasant glow of the sun's rays on your
+face and hands. Here are the suggestions you can use:
+
+"As I count to three, I shall feel the warm, pleasant rays of the sun on
+my face and hands. One ... The cloud is moving, and I can begin to feel
+the warm, pleasant rays of the sun. Two ... The cloud is moving more and
+more, exposing more and more of the sun. I can feel the warmth of the
+sun's rays. Three ... The cloud has moved away from the sun, and I can
+feel the full, warm strength of the sun. It is a pleasant feeling, but
+as I continue to count to five, the warm feeling will dissipate. Four
+... The warm feeling is leaving. Five ... The warm feeling has left, and
+I feel perfectly normal in every respect."
+
+A variation of this test is to see yourself lying comfortably in front
+of a fireplace. In this instance, you imagine someone is adding wood to
+the fire. As this is done, you feel the warm glow of the fire more and
+more. Should you use the fireplace technique, try to incorporate the
+sound of rain into the picture. If you "hear" rain you have created a
+positive auditory hallucination and can consider yourself an excellent
+subject.
+
+You can also visualize a situation where you would be cold. This is not
+as pleasant as the picture that one can conjure up about a fireplace and
+thus creates a bit more resistance since no one wants to feel
+uncomfortable.
+
+Test No. 9 is the "breeze" test. It can be combined with the previous
+test. After you attain the feeling of warmth, you give yourself a count
+of three (or whatever number you want), suggesting that you will feel
+the cool ocean breeze (if you are at the beach) on your face and hands.
+You can even carry this step further, suggesting that you'll even smell
+the odor of the salt water. This is known as an olfactory illusion and
+should you be able to create this effect, you can be sure that you are a
+somnambulistic subject. Here are suggestions you can use:
+
+"As I count to three, I shall gradually feel the cool ocean breeze
+coming over the waves. It will be a very pleasant feeling. One ... I am
+beginning to feel the cool ocean breeze, especially on my face and
+hands. Two ... The breeze is becoming stronger and stronger. Three ... I
+can definitely feel the cool ocean breeze. As I continue to count to
+five, I shall smell the pleasant, healthy aroma of the salt water. Four
+... I am beginning to smell the salt water. Five ... I can definitely
+smell the salt water."
+
+Now you give yourself appropriate suggestions that the feeling
+(illusion) will vanish as you awaken or at a specific count. It can be
+as simple as this: "As I count to three, I shall open my eyes and awaken
+feeling very refreshed. The feeling of the cool ocean breeze and smell
+of the salt air will have vanished completely." At this point you count
+to three and open your eyes.
+
+Test No. 10 is the "handclasp" test. This is used frequently to test the
+depth of hypnosis. You fold your hands with your fingers tightly
+interlocked and place your palms together. You then give yourself a
+hypnotic suggestion that at the count of three, it will be impossible
+for you to unlock your hands. After you try and are unable to unlock
+your hands, you continue counting to five, suggesting that you will be
+able to do so when you reach the count of five. Incidentally, you should
+remove any ring you may be wearing before trying this test. Here are the
+suggestions you can follow:
+
+"As I complete the count of three, I shall try to unlock my hands but
+will be unable to do so until I count to five. One ... My hands are
+locked tightly together. Two ... My fingers are locked tighter and
+tighter. Three ... It is impossible for me to unlock my hands until I
+count to five. Four ... As I reach the count of five, I shall be able to
+unlock my hands very easily. Five ... I can now unlock my hands very
+easily."
+
+Test No. 11 is the "arm" test. Here is another test used frequently to
+test the receptiveness to hypnosis. Make a tight fist and extend your
+arm in front of you as far as possible. Visualize your arm as one solid
+mass, as stiff and rigid as a bar of steel. After your arm is extended,
+give yourself a hypnotic suggestion that you will be unable to bend your
+arm when you complete the count of three. As you continue to count to
+five, you will be able to bend your arm very easily. Here is a form of
+suggestion you can use:
+
+"As I reach the count of three, I shall try to bend my arm, but it will
+be impossible to do so until I count to five. No matter how hard I try,
+it will be absolutely impossible. One ... My arm is stiff and rigid as a
+bar of steel. Two ... I can feel the rigidity in my arm. Three ... It is
+impossible for me to bend my arm until I count to five. Four ... I can
+feel the stiffness slowly leaving. Five ... I can now bend my arm easily
+and it feels normal in every respect."
+
+Test No. 12 is the "eye" test. This is probably the most widely used
+test in hypnosis. Many subjects equate the inability to open the eyes
+with hypnosis. Many assume that if they can open their eyes, they have
+not been hypnotized. I must emphatically point out that this is not
+true. The subject can fail the eye test and yet have been under
+hypnosis. In the deep, somnambulistic state, the subject can open his
+eyes without affecting the depth of the hypnotic state. In fact, this is
+done many times in getting the subject to do automatic writing, crystal
+gazing, mirror gazing, hypnodrama and revivification. In carrying out
+posthypnotic suggestions in any state, the subject is frequently told
+that he will open his eyes and carry out the suggestion.
+
+I have found that there is more anxiety connected with the eye test than
+with any other test. I feel that it is a normal reaction and one that
+must be anticipated by the hypnotist as well as the subject.
+Occasionally, while hypnotizing a new subject, he will open his eyes.
+This can happen when the subject feels he is losing consciousness. His
+ability to open his eyes proves to him that he is in control. One of the
+main fears that the subject has is his belief that he will lose
+voluntary control of himself. The fact that he can open his eyes lessens
+his anxiety.
+
+If there seems to be too much threat to the individual, I use a method
+that you can follow. Instead of suggesting that the subject will be
+unable to open his eyes at a specific count, I suggest that he will be
+so relaxed that it will be too much effort to open his eyes until a
+further count is given. Actually, what could take less effort? Here are
+suggestions you can use:
+
+"As I count to three, I shall try to open my eyes, but I shall be unable
+to do so because I feel so relaxed. It will just take too much effort to
+open my eyes until I reach the count of five or tell myself to awaken.
+One ... My eyes are closed, and I am in a very deep state of hypnosis.
+Two ... My eyelids are stuck tightly together. Three ... It is now
+impossible for me to open my eyes. I shall be able to open them though
+at the count of five. Four ... I shall be able to open my eyes very
+easily at the count of five. Five ... I can now open my eyes and wake
+up feeling alert and fully refreshed."
+
+In accomplishing the eye test, you try to create a vivid picture of
+yourself being completely and fully relaxed. If you really exerted a
+great deal of effort, you could open your eyes, but because of the
+pleasantness of the completely relaxed state, you prefer not to do so.
+It can be likened to your enduring the cold winter air when you are half
+asleep in bed instead of getting up to close the window which has been
+left open too much. You can, of course, get up and close the window, but
+it becomes a matter of expending too much energy. Instead, you choose to
+endure the discomfort or suggest that your spouse close the window.
+
+For the following three tests, you give yourself the suggestions as
+outlined in the previous tests. It should be pointed out again that at
+the conclusion of the test, you give yourself a suggestion that you will
+feel normal in every respect.
+
+Test No. 13 is the "music" test. This test involves creating an auditory
+hallucination. Give yourself the suggestion that at a specific count you
+will hear your favorite song. It will last for one minute and then fade
+out.
+
+Test No. 14 is the "dream" test. It is incorporated in a great deal of
+hypnotherapy. The subject is told that as the hypnotist counts to three,
+the subject will have a dream lasting for several minutes which he will
+remember. This dream, furthermore, will call his attention to an
+important incident that he has long forgotten, yet which will be
+relevant to his problem. In self-hypnosis, you suggest to yourself that
+at a specific count you will have a very pleasant dream lasting for
+several minutes, at the end of which time you will awaken feeling
+refreshed. For those readers further interested in producing dreams, I
+can highly recommend a very fascinating book called _The Experimental
+Production of Dreams During Hypnosis_ by Professor David Ballin Klein.
+
+Test No. 15 is the "anesthesia" test. This is conducted by telling
+yourself that you will not feel the pain associated with the act of
+pinching yourself. You suggest that you will feel the pressure of your
+fingers but will not feel the pain involved. _I urge the reader not to
+stick pins in himself to test the anesthesia. This can be dangerous,
+lead to infection and cause other harmful results._ You should also not
+dig your nails into your skin to make sure that you don't feel pain.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 10
+
+A New Approach to Self-Hypnosis When All Else Fails
+
+
+Let us assume that you have tried diligently to learn self-hypnosis for
+a month or more but have failed. You have worked faithfully following
+the instructions outlined in this book and other books on self-hypnosis,
+but somehow the state of hypnosis eludes you. Should you give up in
+despair, or is there still hope for you? Let me assure you that you can
+still become an excellent subject. Let us examine several areas of this
+problem and a new approach that will help you achieve your ends.
+
+You must, first of all, ask yourself if you are feeling better and
+whether you have made strides in the direction you desire while giving
+yourself suggestions in whatever stage of hypnosis you have achieved. If
+your evaluation is affirmative to any degree, you can expect even
+greater results. "But," you may say, "how can I expect greater results
+when I haven't achieved self-hypnosis?" My answer is you may be
+achieving self-hypnosis and not know it! The change to the self-hypnotic
+state from the waking state can be imperceptible. Many times, prior to
+testing subjects under hypnosis, I ask them if they think they are in
+the hypnotic state. The answer is invariably no. When asking the
+subjects for a cogent reason for this answer, they usually exclaim that
+they are aware of what is going on and do not feel any different than
+they did before I started working with them. They are amazed to find
+that various tests work so perfectly.
+
+Some subjects do not respond to hypnotic tests no matter how long you
+work with them. For these persons, I usually de-emphasize the need for
+passing the tests and concentrate on the therapeutic results which are
+desired. This approach lessens anxiety and usually results in a
+deepening of the hypnotic state. It is my feeling that many subjects
+resist any tests as the implication is that once the tests work, the
+subject is under complete control of the hypnotist. The subject may fear
+this supposed subjection on one hand and yet want it on the other hand.
+These forces can work unconsciously, and thus the attainment of hypnosis
+becomes a very intricate, perplexing and trying procedure. Even though
+this may be so, I can assure you that the problem and attainment of
+hypnosis can be resolved. It is only a matter of motivation on the part
+of the subject. This is the main ingredient necessary for successful
+hypnosis.
+
+Let me now explain a technique which has worked admirably for many who
+have been frustrated because of their inability to achieve
+self-hypnosis. It involves _pretending you are hypnotized_ and going
+through the motions of the various tests _as though you were a perfect
+subject_. You will recall that one theory of hypnosis is that the
+subject behaves in a manner that he believes is in keeping with hypnotic
+behavior. This role playing is the basis for our unique approach. As
+the subject continues this procedure, he takes on the conditioned
+response mechanism necessary for self-hypnosis. Let us look at the
+following examples of role playing.
+
+During the war, many soldiers who wanted to leave the army would pretend
+something was wrong with them. They would convince the authorities of
+the authenticity of their "illness," and since nothing seemed to make
+them better, they eventually were separated from the service because of
+the incapacitating disorder. But what happened to many of these
+malingerers after they were released from the service? I'm sure you know
+the rest of the story. The constant malingering was transformed by this
+role playing into a conditioned response pattern, eventually bringing
+about the very undesirable condition responsible for their leaving the
+service. I saw some of these individuals and more than once they told me
+that they had unwittingly hypnotized themselves into having the ailment.
+They wanted me to dehypnotize them. They actually turned out to be very
+easy subjects as they had become highly suggestible. Unfortunately,
+their super-ego structure was weak, they had difficulty in identifying
+strongly with anyone, and the relationship in hypnosis was superficial
+and without depth.
+
+I am going to relate another example which I hope will help you
+understand the role-playing technique for self-hypnosis. I have had the
+following experience many times in giving hypnotic demonstrations before
+various organizations. For some reason, even though I carefully ask that
+only those who desire to be hypnotized volunteer as subjects for the
+hypnotic demonstrations, an individual who has no intention of
+cooperating comes up on the stage to poke fun at the hypnotist. In
+giving public demonstrations, I usually work with about ten subjects
+and simultaneously give them the same suggestions and posthypnotic
+suggestions. Once the subjects are hypnotized, I work with them with
+their eyes open. Using this technique, with each subject carrying out a
+posthypnotic suggestion, intensifies the responses of other subjects.
+There is also competitiveness to become the best subject.
+
+In the meantime, the individual who is really not under hypnosis has let
+the audience know about it by winking or making a grimace when I was not
+looking at him. Observing laughter and other audience reactions which
+are not in keeping with what is happening at the precise moment during
+my lecture is my cue that I have an egocentric person on stage. You
+might ask, "Can't you tell when someone is faking?" It is extremely
+difficult many times to do so. Once you are aware of it, however, you
+give certain tests to the group. The exhibitionist doesn't know how to
+respond each time and you soon pick him out.
+
+Even when I know specifically who it is, I do not dismiss him.
+Interestingly, it is invariably a man. I continue with the
+lecture-demonstration; but I let the audience know that I am aware of
+the situation. This is the interesting part of this example. The
+bumptious subject, by giving himself autosuggestions to comply with
+various posthypnotic suggestions, is actually engaging in our technique
+of role playing. The inevitable happens. He finds himself hypnotized
+despite his obvious intention not to be affected in any way. Any
+hypnotist can recount similar incidents.
+
+What can you learn by the example just presented? What if you purposely
+set about doing the same thing in your attempt to achieve self-hypnosis?
+The obvious answer is that the technique has a good chance of working,
+and as a result you will achieve self-hypnosis. This method has worked
+with many recalcitrant subjects. To follow this plan, go back to chapter
+six, "How To Attain Self-Hypnosis," and use the role-playing technique.
+You'll be pleasantly surprised at how this approach will act as a
+catalyst. Remember, once you obtain the eye closure, give yourself
+whatever therapeutic suggestion you desire plus the posthypnotic
+suggestion that the next time you will fall into a deeper and sounder
+state of hypnosis at the count of three or any other cue you desire.
+
+I know you may protest using the role-playing technique with the
+question, "If I'm not under hypnosis, why give myself therapeutic
+posthypnotic suggestions to condition myself to go under hypnosis at a
+specific count?" You may further protest that you are only fooling
+yourself. My answer is, "What if you are?" What is lost by doing it? You
+have everything to gain and nothing to lose. Are you not really
+interested in the end result and not the means? The attainment of the
+self-hypnotic state is not in itself the end result; it is a means to
+help you achieve your goal.
+
+Don't many people carry or wear good-luck charms of a religious or
+nonreligious nature? Don't we accept these items in our society? The
+four-leaf clover and rabbit's foot as symbols of good luck have been
+part of our culture for a long time. We are all sophisticated enough to
+know that they do not have an intrinsic value, but don't they do
+something for our mental attitude? This same pattern is precisely what
+you are to follow in using the role-playing technique. If you believe,
+expect and imagine that you will be successful in this approach to
+self-hypnosis, I can assure you that you will.
+
+May I urge you not to reject this novel and unorthodox approach. Many
+have had excellent results when other methods, even those of a
+professional hypnotist, have failed. Some of you may recognize this
+approach as another means of applying the visual-imagery technique.
+Whatever you choose to call it, I reiterate you can expect good results.
+It is only necessary that you follow the instructions and adopt the
+right attitude. By the right attitude, I mean that you should adopt the
+conviction that you are going to achieve self-hypnosis even though you
+might have experienced difficulty up to now. Hypnosis is a conviction
+phenomenon.
+
+It is possible you may say you are not suggestible. Actually, your lack
+of response proves your suggestibility. You have been influenced by
+negative suggestions. Everyone is suggestible to some degree. You have
+become extremely suggestible to conscious or unconscious stimuli which
+are definitely affecting your ability to respond. You need only use this
+latent suggestibility and make it work for you. What would you say about
+the suggestibility of a person who doesn't want to talk about hypnosis?
+This person has never read a book on hypnosis and absolutely doesn't
+want you or anyone else to hypnotize him. Would you believe this person
+is a potentially good hypnotic subject? I can tell you by practical
+experience that once this person allows himself to be hypnotized, he
+turns out to be a perfect subject. Responding to either end of the
+suggestibility scale is indicative of success with hypnosis. It becomes
+a matter of manipulating this suggestibility skillfully in order to
+achieve results.
+
+Let me give you another example which may help. Which one of the two
+lines drawn on this page is longer? Line AB or line CD?
+
+[Illustration]
+
+What is your answer? Did you think both were the same? Take a ruler and
+actually measure them. You'll find line AB longer than CD. "But," you
+reply, "every other time both lines were the same." This is a familiar
+optical illusion which is used many times in basic courses in
+psychology. It is known as the Muller-Lyer illusion. My contention is
+that if you said, "Both are the same size," you are potentially a good
+subject. You respond perfectly to previous conditioning; thus, you are
+responding as anticipated. If, on the other hand, you picked line AB,
+you are normally suggestible. If you honestly picked line CD, you are
+extremely cautious and respond best to "reverse psychology." Once again
+you are highly suggestible, but toward one extreme.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here's another interesting experiment. Would you say that lines AB and
+CD were perfectly straight? I'll let you figure out what your response
+means to this test by yourself. You can take a ruler to determine if the
+lines are straight.
+
+We all respond unconsciously to stimuli of some sort. Word association
+tests are based on this principle. Aren't your reactions automatic to
+the following terms: democratic party, republican party, communist
+party, mother, father, movie star? If I mention the name of a famous
+person, city or country, the same immediate unconscious reaction takes
+place. Let's try it. Theodore Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Dwight D.
+Eisenhower, John F. Kennedy, Albert Einstein, Albert Schweitzer, Eleanor
+Roosevelt, Boston, New York City, Hollywood, Miami Beach, United States,
+England, France, Italy, Israel, Africa, Russia, China, India and South
+America. The response and image keep changing, don't they?
+
+I am trying to point out that this reaction is automatic because of
+previous conditioning. I could mention almost anything and the same
+automatic reaction would take place. The reaction would always be the
+same unless something had happened to change or alter your response. Let
+us mention the word hypnosis. Some sort of reaction must take place.
+This can either be positive, negative, or neutral for our purposes. You
+really don't have to think about your response as it is automatic. The
+point to remember is that a definite response has taken place which will
+either help or hinder your attainment of hypnosis. If the response
+should be negative, it can be changed by gaining knowledge and actual
+experience in hypnosis. It is natural to have a bit of uneasiness when
+first experiencing or thinking about being hypnotized. After all, you
+haven't been exposed to hypnosis in a therapeutic setting and couldn't
+have formed a favorable reaction. Your response is probably derived from
+a fictionization of hypnosis. The initial task of the hypnotist is to
+create, by educating the prospective subject, a favorable attitude so
+that the subject allows himself to be hypnotized.
+
+What does this mean specifically to you if you are having difficulty
+learning self-hypnosis? It means that through repeated exposures, you
+will finally respond. You will realize there is no need for anxiety in
+regard to your response. This inner feeling will, in turn, have a
+cumulative, favorable effect upon your unconscious which will result in
+your finally responding to hypnosis.
+
+Suppose you still maintain and insist that you are not suggestible and
+wonder if you will ever respond to hypnosis. Furthermore, the assurance
+I have given you up to this point doesn't seem to convince you. If you
+have tried diligently to achieve self-hypnosis, you cannot be blamed,
+but let's try an experiment to test your suggestibility. It is well to
+ponder my statement that if you do not respond, it is a sign of being
+suggestible, but in a negative sense. Lack of response is a
+manifestation of this negative suggestibility. My contention is that you
+are definitely suggestible. Let us see what happens to you in trying the
+following classical experiment. It is called the Chevreul's Pendulum
+test.
+
+Draw a circle with about a six-inch diameter and mark it as shown in the
+illustration.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Next, take a ring and attach a string to it. If you have a locket, it
+will do as well. The hypnotist uses a crystal ball and chain for this
+experiment. Hold the end of the string or chain and keep the ring or
+whatever object you are using about three inches above the center of the
+circle.
+
+Now, concentrate and fix your gaze on the ring, crystal ball, or locket.
+Mentally suggest to yourself that the object will begin to revolve in a
+circular manner following the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Picture in your
+mind's eye that this circular motion is becoming wider and wider. Work
+at this image for several minutes. Did the object begin turning to the
+right following the numbers? Did the circle become larger and larger? If
+it did, you are absolutely suggestible, are influenced by your own
+suggestions and, therefore, if you follow instructions, can learn
+self-hypnosis. You can be trained to acquire this skill.
+
+If the experience did not work, try it again. Concentrate harder and try
+to visualize more intently the object revolving in a circular manner.
+You are not to rotate the object consciously or help it in any way. The
+action must stem from your subconscious. The thought of the crystal ball
+or ring revolving in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction
+invariably causes an involuntary muscular reflex action to take place.
+This phenomenon is known as an ideomotor action. Usually, as the subject
+concentrates more intensely, the reflex action becomes more profound,
+causing greater unconscious movement of the hand which, in turn, is
+transmitted to the object in the form of larger circles and greater
+momentum. The time required for the successful accomplishment of this
+test depends upon the degree of suggestibility of the subject. An
+interesting action is to see the object revolve in an opposite direction
+than suggested. It gives a clue to the personality structure of the
+individual.
+
+The Ouija board works on the same principle as the Chevreul's Pendulum
+test. Many times the aspirant will remark, "I swear I didn't make it
+move!" Mentalists find hidden objects in an audience using basically the
+same approach, combined with clever techniques of distraction. The term
+given for this is "muscle reading."
+
+This is the point in question. If the crystal ball, ring or locket moves
+without conscious direction, you have successfully influenced your
+subconscious mind. Self-hypnosis involves the same procedure. The goal
+is to consciously cause a subconscious reaction. If the experiment does
+not work with your eyes open, try it with your eyes closed for about
+five minutes. You will be pleasantly surprised with the results. Should
+you want to prove to yourself that you are suggestible with your eyes
+open, practice the technique every day for a week or two. The idea of
+the practice sessions is to reinforce and increase the response of the
+unconscious movement until you develop proficiency. It follows the laws
+of the conditioned reflex theory expounded by Dr. Ivan P. Pavlov
+(1849-1936), the famous Russian psychologist. If, after several weeks,
+you should still not be successful, use the role-playing technique.
+Consciously make the object revolve. After a while, it will move
+automatically whenever you attempt the experiment.
+
+When this happens you will have proof of your suggestibility. It is
+highly improbable that you will not be successful. It would be a rare
+occurrence. By the same systematic efforts, I can assure you that you
+can achieve self-hypnosis. If you are still not affected favorably, you
+might consider one of the psychological means of inducing hypnosis. The
+next chapter will discuss this topic.
+
+I would recommend Pavlov's book called _Conditioned Reflexes_. Pavlov's
+book will further explain and clarify the concept of the conditioned
+response mechanism. It covers necessary conditions for the development
+of conditioned responses, their formation by means of conditioned and
+direct stimuli, plus a tremendous amount of material which will help you
+in your understanding of the significance of the role-playing technique
+in relationship to learning self-hypnosis.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 11
+
+Psychological Aids and Their Function
+
+
+Psychological or mechanical aids are used to help put the subject in a
+state of hypnosis. The use of the aids helps increase the suggestibility
+of the subject toward hypnosis. The two most widely used hypnotic aids
+are the crystal ball and chain and the 12-inch hypnodisc. One reason is
+that these two items have no other use or function outside of the area
+of hypnosis. Therefore, when the hypnotist proceeds to use one of these
+hypnotic devices, it must follow that a certain mental set, readiness,
+or receptivity must follow as a result of its introduction into the
+hypnotic setting. If the subject is uneasy about the hypnotic setting or
+his response, the introduction of the hypnotic aid can mobilize the
+subject's defenses which may be on a conscious or unconscious level.
+Generally, the mental set which follows helps augment whatever hypnotic
+suggestions are given. Certainly the same mental set would not follow if
+the hypnotist used a paper clip as a means of helping with the induction
+of hypnosis. It would only start the subject wondering about the
+relationship of the paper clip to hypnosis. It obviously isn't in
+keeping with what the subject expects.
+
+It is important to utilize the subject's expectation as to what he
+believes takes place in the setting as long as this expectation does not
+hinder the induction of hypnosis. The mere act of turning down the
+lights or drawing the curtains before the hypnotist begins to work with
+the subject is a non-verbal suggestion which can be considered as a
+psychological aid. The subject knows that the hypnotist is ready to
+begin at this point. Actually, it isn't necessary to darken the room at
+any time to induce hypnosis. Doesn't the stage hypnotist work with
+glaring lights? The room is darkened (and I might add that I use this
+procedure myself) mainly for the psychological effect. If I feel that
+this procedure might cause anxiety, I proceed with the room undarkened.
+
+In discussing psychological aids, it is agreed that we are primarily
+interested in seeing the subject feel better or achieve whatever goals
+he seeks through the intelligent application of self-hypnosis. If a
+hypnotic aid will help the subject achieve hypnosis, we can concur it is
+justified. It is not to be considered a subterfuge. If the physician
+administers a placebo to a patient with the remark, "Here is a new
+medication that can help your condition" and if this technique does help
+alleviate the patient's condition, it is considered good medicine.
+
+You know beforehand that in using the 12-inch hypnodisc, the subject's
+eyes must begin to water, his eyelids must get heavy, and eventually he
+must close them. Even before you begin to use the hypnodisc, you suggest
+that these conditions will take place. During the induction of hypnosis,
+as these reactions are noted by the subject, a favorable, psychological
+attitude automatically develops which, in turn, helps further
+suggestions. If the subject reacts favorably to suggestions A, B, and C,
+it follows that he is more prone to accept suggestions D, E, and F which
+are therapeutic in nature. The subject can relate better to the latter
+suggestions when he has seen proof of his initial suggestibility. This
+approach works better than beginning immediately with the latter
+suggestions. The build-up of suggestions convinces the subject he is in
+a heightened state of suggestibility and can benefit from the
+therapeutic suggestions of the hypnotist or his own. Perhaps this needed
+assurance is so helpful because it eliminates the anxiety of the subject
+concerning his suggestibility. He seeks and needs the satisfaction of
+knowing he has attained the prerequisites necessary before any
+therapeutic program can benefit him. The subject's prerequisites need
+not be actually related to the hypnotic process, per se, but merely
+match his preconceived ideas about what is necessary. Let me give you an
+example.
+
+Many subjects feel that they must experience amnesia before they can
+benefit from hypnotic suggestions. This premise is inaccurate since
+favorable and lasting results can be achieved in any degree of hypnosis,
+depending, of course, on the nature of the problem. Let me relate
+several interesting occurrences that take place every so often in my own
+practice as a professional hypnotist. A subject who is responding well
+to hypnosis, but not to the point of amnesia, insists that he will not
+benefit until he is "knocked out" and doesn't remember what happened.
+Trying to convince him otherwise proves fatal. He just refuses to accept
+whatever explanation you give him. My own method is not to insist that
+the subject is wrong, but somehow to use his misconception in a
+constructive manner. After getting him into a cataleptic state, I
+suggest that I am going to stop talking for five minutes, during which
+time he is to mentally repeat "sleep" as he slowly and deeply inhales
+and "deep sleep" as he slowly exhales. At the end of this time, he'll be
+in a very deep hypnotic state. Instead of remaining quiet for five
+minutes, I take ten minutes. I then begin to whisper suggestions to the
+subject to determine if he is still under hypnosis or asleep. If he is
+asleep, I let him remain asleep for a still longer period of time, after
+which interval I awaken him. I ask him if he remembers what I said to
+him during the time he was deeply hypnotized. If he says, "No," I
+remark, "Very good." I further point out to him that he has now
+experienced amnesia and will now make rapid strides. The subject, on the
+other hand, is pleased to see that I now agree with him, and, in fact,
+the interesting result is that he does make excellent progress because
+his preconceived requirements have been met. It should be pointed out
+that I keep working with the subject until such time that he falls
+asleep. The transition from hypnosis to sleep is normal. It is easy for
+the subject to fall asleep because he is so relaxed.
+
+Let me tell you of a similar experience. Before telling you of this
+psychological technique, it is only fair to point out that the
+professional hypnotist varies his approach from subject to subject, not
+only to suit the needs of the subject but to break the monotony of using
+only a few successful procedures. His experimentation helps develop not
+only new procedures, but new concepts relative to the general nature of
+hypnosis and its many ramifications. I was interested to see what would
+happen to a subject if he thought he was deeply hypnotized without ever
+giving him verbal suggestions or reassurance that he would feel better
+or overcome his problem. Of course, if the technique did not work
+quickly, I would drop the procedure for a more orthodox approach.
+Instead of trying to really hypnotize the subject, my aim is to get him
+to sleep. Once he is asleep, I let him remain so for about 30 minutes.
+Without having ever given him a therapeutic suggestion, I awaken him and
+inquire if he remembered what happened. If the answer is, "No," I tell
+him I'll "hypnotize" him again next week and this concludes the visit.
+When he returns next week, I ask him, "How did you feel during the
+week?" The answer is generally, "Much better." I keep repeating this
+procedure until such time that the individual has attained the goals
+that he seeks.
+
+I know that the reader may be surprised that I would divulge such an
+unconventional procedure. The principle is the same as the physician
+using a placebo. I do so to illustrate the point that I made earlier in
+this chapter that so long as certain of the subject's requirements are
+met, whether valid or invalid, the subject's suggestibility is greatly
+enhanced. Naturally, the unsuspecting subject equated the period of not
+remembering, which was, as we know, true sleep, with the somnambulistic
+state. Actually, he was helped by self-hypnosis because he felt he would
+now make progress because he proved to be such an excellent subject. It
+is true, he was not using self-hypnosis as has been outlined in this
+book, but he had now achieved a heightened state of suggestibility
+(hypnosis) and was using this state to further his own ends.
+
+The attainment of self-hypnosis can be an intricate and elusive
+procedure as I have already pointed out. The purpose of the entire book
+is to instruct, point out and give you the necessary understanding and
+knowledge required to achieve this end. Without this understanding, this
+can become a very frustrating effort. It is hoped that by understanding
+and being aware of some of the ramifications of hypnosis, you will be
+able to achieve your goal in the quickest possible time. It should also
+be pointed out that no two subjects react in the same way and that
+different methods and requirements are necessary to suit the individual.
+It is a mistake to try to make the subject adhere to a rigid
+methodology. The greater flexibility of the hypnotic procedures, the
+greater the chance for success. Let me, at this time, further discuss
+some of the hypnotic aids that are used in the induction of hypnosis.
+
+We have already discussed the use of the hypnodisc and crystal ball and
+chain. The same principles are involved in any other object which is
+used as a means of fixation or of tiring the eyes. Hypnotic phonograph
+records and hypnotic tape recordings represent new devices that have
+been instrumental in conditioning subjects for self-hypnosis. The
+subject plays the record or tape on his phonograph or tape recorder and
+is conditioned over a period of time to respond to hypnosis at a given
+signal or phrase. He, in turn, can change this key phrase to one of his
+own choosing. Should you own or have access to a tape recorder, I would
+suggest recording an induction of hypnosis and playing it back to
+yourself in this manner as though you were hypnotizing someone else.
+
+I have produced three different hypnotic records and a 30-minute
+hypnotic tape containing the three records which are sold commercially.
+One record, called the Musical Hypnotic Record, has a very pleasant,
+relaxing musical background as the voice of the hypnotist induces
+hypnosis. The second record, called the Metronome Hypnotic Record,
+incorporates the monotonous and lulling beat of an electric metronome in
+the background. The subject is instructed to mentally repeat "sleep" as
+he slowly inhales and "deep sleep" as he slowly exhales in rhythm with
+the beat of the metronome. While the subject is concentrating on this
+activity, the voice of the hypnotist induces hypnosis. The third record,
+called Self-Hypnosis Record No. 3, contains only the voice of the
+hypnotist inducing hypnosis. It features a unique approach and
+technique.
+
+I have had a great deal of correspondence with those who have used these
+phonograph records and the hypnotic tape for conditioning themselves for
+self-hypnosis. The results are quite interesting and run the range of
+immediate results to no results. One person wrote that one of the
+records hypnotized him at the first playing and conditioned him for
+self-hypnosis, whereas he had failed to respond to hypnosis after many
+visits to one of the country's foremost authorities. I have had similar
+experiences after having failed to hypnotize a subject despite many
+attempts. I can only speculate that the subjects in these cases
+unconsciously resist the hypnotist because they feel a personal threat.
+Since the record is impersonal, they are better able to relax and
+subsequently be hypnotized. Interestingly, this occurred when the
+subject was convinced that he was a very difficult subject. It would
+seem that only then was the conditioned response pattern finally
+established. The basic function of the hypnotic records and hypnotic
+tape is to establish a conditioned response pattern to a given stimulus.
+In time, most subjects are conditioned by the intelligent and systematic
+use of these recordings.
+
+Let me describe another varied approach to achieving self-hypnosis. One
+of the chief assets of a good hypnotist is to be flexible in his
+approach in hypnotizing his subjects. As I have already pointed out, it
+is necessary many times to adopt a technique that is suitable to the
+subject and not to make the subject adapt himself to the method of
+induction.
+
+We know that with somnambulistic subjects any procedure will put the
+subject under hypnosis immediately. The hypnotist gains complete control
+of his subject as the subject is able to put himself in the proper
+psychological frame of mind for hypnosis. Unfortunately, most subjects
+do not respond at the first session or sessions because of conscious or
+subconscious fears that must be gradually eliminated. Once you get the
+subject to relax, or "let go," he will naturally succumb to hypnosis.
+This is the problem that confronts all hypnotists.
+
+Merely suggesting to the subject to relax is not sufficient, as a rule,
+to bring about this desired mental state. The subject, at this point,
+cannot easily turn on or off his mental and physical feelings. Even if
+we have the subject lie down, this does not assure the hypnotic state as
+the subject can still be tense. Our main problem is to get the subject
+relaxed. Our situation is similar to the physician telling his patient
+to go home and forget about a certain problem. I'm sure you'll agree
+that the advice is virtually impossible to follow.
+
+One of the major stumbling blocks in hypnotizing a subject or in
+self-hypnosis lies in the fact that although we use terms such as
+"relax," "let yourself go," and others, the subject cannot readily put
+the meaning of these words into effect. It is difficult for most people
+to let go when we live in a society that beckons us to "look sharp," "be
+sharp," "be alert," "be on the ball" and "make every minute count."
+Emphasis on productivity does not lend to a society of relaxed
+individuals.
+
+In my long experience as a professional hypnotist, I have tried many
+novel innovations for inducing hypnosis and teaching individuals
+self-hypnosis. Some have met with a great deal of success and others
+have failed. It is, furthermore, difficult to determine the causal
+factors for success or failure. We can only theorize.
+
+I have used the following unorthodox technique for about a period of 15
+years. Exceptionally good results have been attained with it, although
+it must be admitted that it is not infallible. It is suggested to you as
+another good technique. In order to help the subject relax, I have been
+using a phonograph record or tape that I recorded containing the
+continuous sound of various degrees of rain. One side has a half hour of
+very soft, light rainfall such as you have experienced in listening to
+rain falling on grass, canvas or a tent top. The other side or track
+contains a half hour of rain effects such as one would hear in a heavy
+downfall with loud splatterings of water on the pavement. The record and
+tape were originally designed to help insomnia sufferers and later
+incorporated into the hypnotic procedure.
+
+The subject is instructed to close his eyes and listen to the sound of
+the rain while picturing himself relaxing near a warm, glowing
+fireplace. As you can note, the subject again incorporates the
+visual-imagery technique. The relaxing effect thus produced over a
+period of time enhances his chances of success in attaining a deep,
+hypnotic state.
+
+There are many other interesting and unique devices and aids you can use
+for inducing hypnosis. Rather than present them all in this book, I have
+fully described them and their technique of operation in a 144-page
+illustrated catalog. This catalog not only contains a list of hypnotic
+aids, but a description and listing of over 450 hypnotism and self-help
+books. Upon request, I shall be pleased to send it to you. Write to:
+Melvin Powers, 12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605 and
+ask for Hypnotic Catalog No. 7. Should you have any questions on
+self-hypnosis or hetero-hypnosis, I shall be pleased to answer you.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 12
+
+The Nature of Hypnosis
+
+
+Although the nature and phenomena of hypnosis are still incompletely
+understood, there are a multitude of theories which attempt to explain
+its mechanism and results. The most that can be done at this time is to
+explore various views which are held by leading authorities at present.
+It can be said, however, that a majority of authorities agree that
+hypnosis ensues as a result of natural laws which have been incorporated
+in the human organism since the beginning of man as he is today.
+
+The older theories show almost as much disparity as today, but for the
+purposes of history it is probably necessary to enumerate only the
+"animal magnetism" of Frederick Anton Mesmer, and a mention of the
+"hysteria syndrome" of Jean Martin Charcot. Both names loom large in the
+history of hypnosis. Mesmer, an 18th century physician, believed that
+hypnosis occurred as a result of "vital fluids" drawn from a magnet or
+lodestone and which drew their unique qualities from the sun, moon and
+stars. Charcot, as well as Pierre Janet and others, was convinced that
+hypnosis was a form of hysteria and that only hysterics could be
+hypnotized. The former (Mesmer) thought further that metal became imbued
+by the solar qualities, and his system is also known as metalogy by
+which he meant the proper application of metals. Naturally, these
+theories have been largely abandoned today, although there are still a
+few who think that hypnosis is a form of hysteria.
+
+Some pioneers, notably Dr. William S. Kroger, a psychiatrically-oriented
+obstetrician and gynecologist who limits his practice to hypnotherapy,
+believe hypnosis is a conviction phenomenon which produces results that
+parallel the phenomena produced at Lourdes and other religious healing
+shrines. His formula is that faith, hope, belief and expectation, all
+catalyzed by the imagination, lead inevitably to hypnosis. He, like
+Emile Coué before him, is convinced that you cannot "will" yourself to
+be hypnotized, and that whenever the will and the imagination come into
+conflict, the imagination wins out. This fits in perfectly, of course,
+with the author's already discussed visual-imagery technique which
+requires a high degree of imagination. Dr. Kroger, like a few others,
+has proved to his own satisfaction that all hypnotic phenomena can be
+produced at a non-hypnotic level.
+
+A large number of hypnotists, including the author, has come to believe
+that hypnosis is a semantic problem in which words are the building
+blocks to success. Not just any words, but words which "ring a bell" or
+tap the experiential background of the subject. This is why "sleep"
+continues to be in the lexicon of the hypnotist even though hypnosis is
+the antithesis of sleep. The word is used because hypnosis superficially
+resembles sleep inasmuch as the eyes usually are closed, the body in a
+posture of complete relaxation. Actually, the mind is hyperacute.
+Pavlov, however, believed that there was an analogy between sleep and
+hypnosis in that each involved cerebral inhibition. Words, of course,
+would be of little use without the added effect of his conditioned
+reflexology.
+
+Probably the most widely held theory is that hypnosis is a transference
+phenomenon in which the prestige of the hypnotist and his relationship
+to the subject plays an important role. This theory is bolstered by the
+fact that all schools of psychotherapy yield approximately the same
+results even though the methods differ. This would logically indicate
+that the relationship between the therapist and the subject was the
+determining factor. The only trouble with this theory is that it does
+not explain self-hypnosis. On the other hand, we know that a strong
+interpersonal relationship is necessary for hypnosis.
+
+In the opening chapter of the book, I explained that hypnosis was a
+state of heightened suggestion in which the subject adopted an
+uncritical attitude, allowing him to accept suggestions and to take
+appropriate action. This is excellent as far as it goes, but it does not
+explain how suggestion works. This is the crux of the hypnotic dilemma
+and the answer is far from solved. Hypnotists are much like those who
+use electricity every day of their lives, but have no idea of the nature
+of electricity. It is enough for them to know it has been harnessed for
+their use.
+
+If there is one thing virtually certain about hypnosis it is that some
+parts of the brain are inhibited and other parts expanded by the
+process. Pin-point concentration is given as the reason for this
+selective procedure which narrows the horizon of the subject to what the
+hypnotist (or he, himself) is saying, screening out all other stimuli.
+But why is this high order of concentration so easy under hypnosis when
+Asians, notably the Chinese, have been trying for centuries to
+concentrate on one subject for as long as four or five seconds. We do
+not know the mechanics of this metamorphosis of an ordinary brain into
+an organ of concentrated power. According to Janet, this is accomplished
+through the formation of a group of unconscious memories and activities
+which takes over the usual stream-of-consciousness type of thinking. It
+is implied that the process may be atavistic.
+
+One of the newer theories--one held by Dr. Lewis R. Wolberg, a
+psychoanalyst--is that hypnosis is a psychosomatic process in that it is
+both physiological and psychological in character. Physiologically,
+Wolberg believes that hypnosis represents an inhibition of the higher
+cortical centers, and a limitation of sensory channels such as takes
+place in sleep. He also believes that the psychological process operates
+through transference. Others agree that it is a transference process,
+but that it is more of an extension of the subject's own psychic
+processes which is enlarged to include the voice of the hypnotist or his
+own thoughts or voice. Incidentally, an excellent book along these
+theoretical lines is _Hypnotism--An Objective Study in Suggestibility_
+by André M. Weitzenhoffer, Ph.D.
+
+The newest theory in the field is of particular interest to those
+reading this book inasmuch as it postulates that all hypnosis is
+self-hypnosis, that the patient always hypnotizes himself and that it is
+a wise hypnotist who knows who is hypnotizing whom. This is a logical
+conclusion and it disperses any ideas that hypnotic patients become
+dependent on their therapists. Actually, hypnotists today always teach
+their subjects self-hypnosis so that any chance of dependency is
+obviated.
+
+Milton V. Kline, professor of psychology at Long Island University,
+postulates that hypnosis is primarily retrogressive. He has written that
+the organism functions differently on various levels of behavior
+(regression), and that the behavior breaks down into component parts.
+The theory that regression can spotlight personality disorders found in
+more infantile states is also widely held. He also is a proponent of the
+idea that hypnosis is an abnormal manifestation of a normal process, an
+opinion he shares with many.
+
+Dr. Kline thinks that retrogression and regression alter perceptions and
+feelings, and, in the case of the latter, causes us to go backward in
+time to the point where re-education may be employed. This is a
+legitimate use of regression although it is not used so much these days
+to uncover past traumatic incidents. Actually, regression, by
+duplicating the exact earlier age, manner of speech and thought, etc.,
+makes us once more as little children, a condition to be desired for
+certain forms of therapy.
+
+An atavistic theory, held to some extent by Dr. Jerome M. Schneck,
+clinical associate professor of psychiatry, State University of New York
+College of Medicine, is that hypnosis should be equated with states of
+immobilization on the basis of his observation that some subjects equate
+hypnosis with "death." He suggests this is comparable to the
+"death-feint" of animals to avoid danger. Others, primarily Europeans,
+have pointed out the analogy between the hypnotic state of animals and
+man.
+
+Another widely-held theory is that hypnosis is a state of dissociation,
+meaning that it constitutes a group of unconscious memories and
+activities which may be dredged up to replace the stream of
+consciousness. Automaticism, of course, is inherently part of this view,
+and is presumed to negate volition. Activity of the cerebrum, which
+controls the conscious and voluntary system, is rendered
+non-operational.
+
+My own thoughts on the matter are that hypnosis results from, first of
+all, a good transference; secondly, from a conditioned reflex; thirdly,
+from the person acting as a hypnotized person (role playing), and,
+fourthly, from a suspension of the critical faculties. Along the
+last-named line, I believe that hypnotic suggestions have an autonomy of
+their own which supersede all else in the hypnotic situation. There are
+many more theories I believe are partially correct, but the ones named
+will do for the purposes of this volume. Incidentally, all the hypnosis
+theories presented are equally applicable to self-hypnosis except where,
+as in transference, it is obvious a therapist is needed.
+
+In conclusion, the author would like to take issue with those who
+believe that it is the monotonous intonations of the therapist that
+cause the subject to lapse from the deeply relaxed state into true
+sleep. I have observed many times, by comparing verbalization with
+silence, that the former gives the subject's mind a focal point of
+attention which prevents him from entering a sleep state where
+hypnotherapy is impossible. Like the man who cannot sleep because of an
+active mind, sleep and myriad thoughts and suggestions are incompatible,
+and I believe, once a hypnotic state has been attained, that the subject
+is kept awake (unless definite sleep suggestions are given) by the
+therapist's series of suggestions. We have discussed the effect of the
+experiential background at length, and surely nothing connotates sleep
+more than closing one's eyes--test No. 1. And so, in my view, you are
+doing two things when you talk to the subject; you are giving him
+helpful suggestions, but you are also keeping him awake and hyperacute
+so that these suggestions will sink in.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 13
+
+Practical Applications of Self-Hypnosis
+
+
+With hypnosis on the march, there is practically no limit to its uses in
+the field of medicine, and new applications are being discovered every
+day. It should not be necessary to add, however, that some of these uses
+should remain as they are--in the hands of professionals with years of
+experience in the area. One of the themes of this book has been that
+laymen should use hypnosis discriminately and intelligently. No
+responsible therapist would ever recommend masking or removing a symptom
+which was indicative of organic disease. For that reason, the practical
+uses of self-hypnosis will be limited to measures that can be taken
+safely by the layman. The only possible exception to this will be
+instructions on how to curb obesity, but even here it is suggested that
+a physician be consulted before embarking on a weight-reducing program.
+
+The foremost use of hypnosis has been for relaxation, and it becomes
+more and more important as world tensions, anxiety and strain increase
+daily and millions seek vainly to "get away from it all." Inasmuch as
+all methods of hypnosis discussed in this book utilized relaxation as
+the first step, it should not be necessary to go over this material.
+Simply review the many induction techniques.
+
+Lung cancer has become a very real threat to many people today, and the
+professional hypnotist is besieged with men and women who wish to
+curtail or quit smoking. This is easier said than done because smoking,
+although there are no physical withdrawal symptoms when one stops, is a
+strong, conditioned reflex and cannot (except in rare instances) be
+accomplished by the will alone. The best way to stop smoking is to make
+it an impossibility, and that is exactly what you do when you follow the
+method touched on in an earlier chapter.
+
+All of us have tasted or smelled certain foods or medicines that
+nauseate us. The subject who wishes to quit smoking is asked to conjure
+up the vision and the actual taste and smell of the substances which
+upset his stomach and offend his nostrils, transferring its properties
+to cigarettes. This, of course, must be done under hypnosis. The subject
+then conditions himself in the following manner: One ... This cigarette
+tastes and smells just like (mention name of repugnant substance). Two
+... It is the most vile and repugnant taste I have ever encountered, and
+I shall not be able to continue after the third puff. At the third puff,
+I will develop a paroxysm of coughing. Three ... I cannot smoke the
+cigarette any longer, and I will have to put it out.
+
+This sounds like a simple procedure, and yet it has worked for
+thousands. Some switch to chewing gum or candy, but the cure essentially
+lies in substituting one conditioned reflex for another. This is
+comparatively easy with hypnosis because, unlike narcotics, barbiturates
+or alcohol, smoking is purely a psychological addiction. There is no
+need for tapering off.
+
+Stopping drinking, unlike smoking, doesn't involve merely the creation
+of a physical aversion to the drug. The patient's entire personality
+should be changed and more mature viewpoints substituted for the
+unrealistic and infantile viewpoints which lead to the addiction in the
+first place. The subject should give himself suggestions that he will be
+able to "face up" to the problems of every day life without recourse to
+the crutch of alcohol. It is a well-known fact that nothing is as bad as
+we think it is going to be once we confront it.
+
+One of the strange aspects of drinking is that it is actually a form of
+self-hypnosis, and the cure lies in substituting a new viewpoint for the
+old. This fact can be demonstrated by the fact that drinking is begun in
+the first place so that the individual can be "one of the boys" or
+because it is the thing to do. Those who do not drink, at least as a
+social lubricant, according to this code, are "squares." Because of
+this, self-hypnosis must be directed toward reorienting one's sense of
+values. Sober reflection should convince anyone that the truly
+intelligent person does not drink to excess.
+
+Nail biting is an unsightly habit, one that may even hinder one's social
+acceptance. The help lies in a therapeutic approach similar to that for
+cigarettes.
+
+It is not hard to predict that many of those reading these pages are
+suffering from overweight. With 30 million Americans in this category,
+it has become one of the nation's chief health problems, and it is the
+predisposing factor in many other diseases such as heart trouble,
+diabetes, hypertension and atherosclerosis. If you are overweight, it is
+well to remember that (unless you are one in a million) you cannot
+blame your glands. The plain truth is that you eat too much.
+
+We know today that overeating for some is an emotional problem, stemming
+from feelings of rejection and insecurity. Individuals who feel unloved,
+whether this is truly the case or not, make up for this lack to
+themselves by stuffing in large quantities of food. It would even appear
+that these people are masochistic, making themselves even more unloved
+by their gross gastronomical habits. A big factor in overweight in women
+is "raiding the refrigerator" while doing their housework. Most of them
+do this so unconsciously that they swear they eat less than most people.
+
+There are a number of appetite-curbing drugs on the market today, but
+they should not be necessary for anyone who has acquired self-hypnosis.
+If you have learned to visualize yourself (visual-imagery) in different
+situations, you will have no trouble in picturing yourself having a
+slim, attractive figure, exactly as you were when you felt you looked
+your best. Keep this figure ever in mind and use it along with
+conditioning yourself against certain fatty and starchy foods. A trick
+used by some hypnotherapists is to have the subject purchase a dress or
+suit several sizes too small and then work toward being able to wear it.
+This actually has worked in many cases because it adds the element of
+competitiveness to the procedure.
+
+Not all people overeat because of emotional problems. Some come from
+families where "licking the platter clean" was the rule because food was
+scarce. Others come from rich families where overeating by the parents
+established a habit pattern in the children. Certain races and
+nationalities look on fat as a badge of wealth and prestige, and
+children in such an environment are likely to be deliberately overfed.
+Regardless of the reason for overweight, however, the use of
+self-hypnosis is one of the answers to the problem.
+
+Simple headaches, arthritis, neuritis and other painful symptoms yield
+readily to hypnotic suggestion. If physicians have given up on the
+problem and placed a subject on a maintenance drug dosage for pain,
+hypnosis can potentiate the drugs or even obviate them.
+
+Two of the major uses of hypnosis are in childbirth and for intractable
+pain of cancer or some other incurable diseases. Although patients
+usually start with hetero-hypnosis, they are put on self-hypnosis as
+soon as possible, and there are many cases of women waiting too long and
+having their babies at home painlessly through self-hypnosis. The father
+invariably is the only one excited in such cases. The mother knows that
+she is an excellent subject and has been instructed in prenatal classes
+about every contingency that could arise. Inasmuch as stopping the birth
+pangs is similar to stopping other pain, the method should be learned so
+that it can be accomplished in a minimum of time.
+
+The best way to stop pain is to let your right arm slowly rise while you
+are under hypnotic suggestion. Do not help it. If the suggestions are
+strong enough, it will "float" up. As soon as the arm is straight
+overhead, you should give yourself the suggestion that it is as rigid
+and unbending as a bar of steel. Following this, a suggestion is given
+that the hand is beginning to tingle and become numb. As soon as the
+numbness has spread through the entire hand, it will be insensible to
+pain. The hand is then placed against the part of the body where pain
+exists, and you will feel the numbness flowing from the hand to the
+affected area. This happens as a result of your suggestions and is the
+method followed by most subjects. Only a deep somnambulistic subject is
+able to remove pain by direct suggestion to the painful part.
+
+There are many people today using self-hypnosis in the realm of sports,
+and an entire book has been written on improving one's golf game with
+this method. It is called _How You Can Play Better Golf Using
+Self-Hypnosis_ by Jack Heise (Wilshire Book Company--Publishers).
+
+Dr. Huber Grimm, team physician of the Seattle University basketball
+team, recently related the results when Dave Mills, a six-foot five-inch
+junior forward, asked for his help because he "froze" during
+competition. He had been benched on the eve of the West Coast Athletic
+Conference tournament in San Francisco. Spectators made Mills so fearful
+that he was afraid he would make mistakes--and in this frame of mind, of
+course, he did. Under hypnosis, Dr. Grimm suggested to Dave that he
+would be unaware of the spectators, be completely relaxed and would play
+exceedingly well. Dr. Grimm asked coach Vince Cazzeta to allow Dave to
+play and the result was astounding. Mills scored 60 points and cleared
+63 re-bounds, and his brilliant play led to his selection on the
+all-tournament team.
+
+"All I did was free his spirit," Dr. Grimm reported. "He was in need of
+confidence, and I gave it to him through hypnosis." The Associated Press
+told the story as follows: "Dave Mills, a vacuum cleaner off the
+back-boards, led a fast-breaking Seattle University team to victory last
+night. It was hard to recognize Mills as the same player who has been
+with the Chieftains all year."
+
+Dr. William S. Kroger, a pioneer in hypnosis, undertook to improve the
+batting of a professional baseball player with equally sensational
+results. The player had been "beaned," and his fear of a recurrence was
+so strong that he became "plate shy." He had changed his batting stance
+so that he always had "one foot in the bucket" so that he could back
+away from the plate more quickly. He was given a posthypnotic suggestion
+that such an event happening again was exceedingly remote, and this was
+amplified by suggestions of confidence that he would immediately start
+slugging as well as ever. His batting average soared immediately.
+
+Dr. Michio Ikai, professor of physiology at Tokyo University, and Dr.
+Arthur H. Steinhaus of the George Williams Laboratory of Physiologic
+Research in Physical Education, Chicago, have proved that track men can
+far surpass their best previous times under hypnosis. Their tests,
+incidentally, proved that there is no danger of an athlete going beyond
+his physiologic limit while bettering his former marks. They attribute
+the superior performances to the removal of inhibitions, which
+psychologically prevent an athlete from doing his best. This report was
+made before the International Congress on Health and Fitness in the
+Modern World held in Rome during the last Olympic games.
+
+All reports, as a matter of fact, show that athletic performances are
+improved by psychological, not physical, means, and that built-in
+automatic reflexes protect the athlete against the danger of
+overexertion at all levels of awareness--hypnotic or non-hypnotic.
+
+Psychologists are using hypnosis more and more to facilitate
+concentration and learning, and it is likely this use of the ancient
+science will become even more popular than its medical applications. The
+reason one learns so quickly under hypnosis is because of time
+distortion which allows you to obtain the equivalent of many hours of
+study in a relatively short length of time.
+
+Undoubtedly, you have had experience with time distortion in your daily
+life. Remember how slowly time goes when you are not interested in what
+you are doing and how fast it speeds by when you are? And the drowning
+man, who sees his whole life go by, is an excellent example of this.
+Enough people have been saved to know that this actually happens. The
+point is that the subconscious mind does not record the passage of time
+the same way as the conscious mind.
+
+The conscious mind records time physically, by means of a clock. It is
+objective and tells you that a thought or movement requires a certain
+number of seconds, minutes, hours or days.
+
+Your subconscious mind has an entirely different concept of time that
+has nothing to do with the physical world. It is called subjective
+because your own sense of the passage of time is used.
+
+Personal time varies according to the circumstances in which you find
+yourself. Haven't you noticed that when you are happy or extremely
+interested in something, time passes quickly? On the other hand, if you
+are sad or anxious, time seems to drag.
+
+This is called time distortion. When you continue in a happy state, time
+is automatically shortened. When you are in a state of unhappiness, pain
+or anxiety, time automatically lengthens. This explains why the drowning
+man can review his entire life within seconds. Psychologists know this
+is possible, because your subconscious mind contains a complete record
+of everything that has happened to you since birth. Therefore, in
+moments of extreme distress your subconscious has the ability to distort
+and manipulate time.
+
+If you have ever encountered danger or had a narrow escape, you probably
+experienced time distortion. Everything about you went into slow motion,
+and time seemed to stand still until the action was over. At that point,
+objective time started up again and everything returned to normal.
+
+Many of you no doubt read an Associated Press report from Chicago on
+February 11, 1958, which reported how movie actress Linda Darnell had
+used hypnosis to help her with her first stage role. She had been asked
+to do the part on short notice and had no time for preparation. Miss
+Darnell telephoned her California physician for aid. He flew to Chicago.
+
+Overnight, through hypnosis, Miss Darnell learned her part and astounded
+the cast by knowing everyone's lines. Not only did she learn the part,
+but she was coached in the character of the artist she was portraying.
+As a result, "Late Love" was a hit play. Miss Darnell was under the
+impression she had been learning the part for a week although only about
+48 hours were involved and these hours were not continuous. After her
+first performance, she said: "I never felt so secure about playing a
+role in my life. Hypnosis helped me feel the part completely."
+
+Imagine how much more we are going to be able to learn when study under
+hypnosis becomes widespread. And the best part of it is that the
+learning is in your mind for a long time. Forgetting or mental blocks
+that interfere with your recall of the information at any time, are
+reduced to a minimum.
+
+In conclusion, I should like to recommend the entire field of
+self-hypnosis to everyone. It is a therapy which is positive, dynamic
+and constructive. An excellent example of this is contained in the
+autobiography, _Rachmaninoff's Recollections_. In this book, immortal
+Rachmaninoff describes in detail his success in overcoming a severe case
+of mental depression. He had stopped composing and kept to himself,
+seldom leaving his room. After meeting with failure, using the available
+therapeutic remedies available at that time, he was persuaded by his
+relatives, the Satins, to seek the help of a hypnotist called Dr. Dahl.
+With much reluctance, he agreed to see Dr. Dahl and be treated
+specifically with hypnosis. Rachmaninoff's own words read as follows:
+"Although it may sound incredible, hypnosis really helped me. Already at
+the beginning of the summer I began again to compose. The material grew
+in bulk, and new musical ideas began to stir within me--far more than I
+needed for my concerto. I felt that Dr. Dahl's treatment had
+strengthened my nervous system to a miraculous degree. Out of gratitude,
+I dedicated my second concerto to him. As the piece had a great success
+in Moscow, everyone began to wonder what possible connection it could
+have with Dr. Dahl. The truth, however, was known to Dr. Dahl, the
+Satins, and myself."
+
+Does this story sound incredible? You have the word of one of the
+world's greatest musical composers that hypnosis alleviated his severe
+despondency. This is proof that the emotions of the individual can be
+changed by the ideas he builds up about himself.
+
+Dr. Leland E. Hinsie, professor of psychiatry, Columbia University,
+writing in his book, _The Person in the Body_, (W. W. Norton & Co.)
+states, "In some persons the fear of disease is often the only damaging
+evidence of disease, yet it can be so strong as to disable the person in
+all his daily activities." The entire field of psychosomatic medicine,
+which deals with the interrelationship between body and mind, has as one
+of its basic tenets that suggestion not only can cause psychological
+personality disorders, but many physical disorders as well.
+
+It is, therefore, logical to conclude that the systematic use of
+positive mental attitudes in an organized, progressive, self-improvement
+program can be a vital influence in helping you lead a healthier life,
+both emotionally and physically.
+
+Many people in need of help are at a loss as to where they can locate
+reputable hypnotherapists in their area. You may consult your family
+physician, county medical society or mental hygiene society. The
+chairman of the psychology department at your nearest college or
+university would usually have this information. I maintain a file of
+over 4,000 doctors located all over the world who practice hypnosis and
+would be pleased to refer you to doctors located in your locality.
+
+The following national organizations maintain a specialized list:
+
+  American Academy of Child Psychiatry
+  335 S. Franklin St.
+  Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
+
+  American Academy of Psychoanalysis
+  750 Park Avenue
+  New York 21, N. Y.
+
+  American Group Psychotherapy Association
+  2 E. 103rd St.
+  New York 29, N. Y.
+
+  American Psychiatric Association
+  1700 18th St., N. W.
+  Washington 9, D. C.
+
+  American Psychological Association
+  1333 16th St., N. W.
+  Washington, D. C.
+
+  American Speech and Hearing Association
+  10801 Rockville Pike
+  Rockville, Maryland 20852
+
+  National Association for Mental Health
+  10 Columbus Circle
+  New York 19, New York
+
+  National Association for Retarded Children, Inc.
+  99 University Place
+  New York 3, New York
+
+  National Council on Alcoholism, Inc.
+  2 E. 103rd St.
+  New York 29, N. Y.
+
+  National Health Council
+  1790 Broadway
+  New York 19, N. Y.
+
+  National Institute of Mental Health
+  U. S. Public Health Service
+  Bethesda 14, Maryland
+
+  Veterans' Administration
+  Psychiatry & Neurology Service
+  Department of Medicine
+
+
+
+
+THE POWERS HYPNOTIC EYES
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here is an original technique that can be used very successfully in
+inducing hypnosis. The technique consists of using two glass eyes with
+eyelashes that close as you rotate the mechanism that holds the eyes in
+place. This action is similar to closing your eyes when falling asleep.
+You suggest to the subject as you hold these two eyes between your thumb
+and first finger that his eyes will become extremely heavy and tired as
+the eyes that you are holding begin to close. You then gradually begin
+to rotate your hand which causes the eyes to partially close. The
+subject, finding it extremely difficult to look at the eyes, begins to
+close his own eyes in unison with those that you are holding. You
+continue giving suggestions of hypnosis and before you know it the
+subject is under hypnosis. The eyes are the size of human eyes and are
+colored blue with brown eyelashes in order to give the exact effect of
+looking into real eyes.
+
+The advantage comes in the fact that the subject begins to blink his
+eyes immediately and you suggest to him that this is the beginning of
+the hypnosis. It is just about impossible to look into anyone's eyes
+without blinking and this technique accomplishes this purpose. Using
+this knowledge, you incorporate it into your technique and induce the
+deep hypnosis accordingly. You can, of course, use this technique for
+self-hypnosis as well.
+
+The Powers Hypnotic Eyes (1 pair)                                     $1
+
+
+
+
+HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL & CHAIN
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+I have had many requests for a hypnotic crystal ball and chain. I
+finally have been able to secure these and am offering them now for the
+first time. The crystal ball measures one inch in diameter and is
+actually made of genuine methacrylate which is crystal clear. A ten inch
+chain is secured to the crystal ball. You use this device the same as
+the regular crystal ball but this time you incorporate the pendulum
+effect which naturally causes the quick tiring of the eyes.
+
+Professional Size--Hypnotic Crystal Ball & Chain                   $2.00
+
+
+
+
+THE HAND HYPNODISC
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The hand hypnodisc is the size of the hypnodisc illustrated in this
+circular. It is rigid with a special lens-like plastic surface. The
+miniature hypnodisc is held between the first finger and thumb like the
+crystal ball and is used incorporating the techniques of the large
+hypnodisc as well as the crystal ball.
+
+As you slowly revolve this hypnodisc, the lens-like surface causes a
+series of optical illusions to appear before the eyes of the subject.
+These moving illusions are ever present as you change the slightest
+distance of the hypnodisc from the subject.
+
+This remarkable effect is achieved by the use of countless plastic
+linear lenses which separate the multiple images laminated behind them,
+permitting a different picture to change continuously as you change the
+angle of view or distance. Naturally this device is extremely helpful in
+capturing the full attention of the conscious mind of the subject and
+helps you to achieve the hypnotic state in the shortest possible time.
+
+Send for
+THE HAND HYPNODISC
+
+Price                                                                 $1
+
+
+
+
+POWERS HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The Powers hypnotic crystal ball is extremely useful as an aid in
+inducing the hypnotic state. It is desirable to use it as an object of
+concentration for your subject while he is being hypnotized.
+
+The crystal ball lends an air of "mysticism" to the attainment of the
+hypnotic sleep and for some of your subjects this is the best approach
+in obtaining hypnotic control. There are individuals who will not react
+to a strict scientific approach to hypnosis and it is with these
+subjects that the use of such a device as the crystal ball is of
+inestimable value.
+
+The crystal ball is held between your thumb and first finger, about
+twelve inches from the subject's eyes and slightly above eye level. The
+hypnotic crystal ball can easily be carried with you at all times.
+
+As you know, the employment of a crystal to induce the hypnotic sleep is
+one of the oldest methods used in hypnosis. I personally favor this
+device and my students as well as myself have always had excellent
+results using this technique.
+
+Send for POWERS HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL
+
+Price                                                                 $1
+
+
+
+
+THE POWERS HYPNODISC
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Copyright 1951 by Melvin Powers
+
+An effective yet inexpensive method of inducing hypnosis is with the aid
+of the hypnodisc spiral. In my book, "Hypnotism Revealed," a picture of
+the hypnodisc unit with the hypnodisc spiral attached is shown. Above is
+a picture of my latest hypnodisc spiral. I am now offering the hypnodisc
+spiral as a separate unit which can be used with your phonograph
+turntable.
+
+The spinning spiral will cause a series of optical illusions, causing
+immediate eye strain and fatigue. The subject feels that he is being
+drawn into a deep, dark revolving cone. By your suggestions of hypnotic
+sleep, you can place your subject in the somnambulistic state very
+easily. With some subjects, hypnosis will take place almost
+instantaneously. This technique is often employed in stage hypnotism.
+
+The use of the hypnodisc spiral is also an excellent method of achieving
+self-hypnosis. As you concentrate on the revolving hypnodisc spiral, you
+give yourself suggestions of hypnotic sleep. You will note the optical
+illusions as they occur and the pleasant, relaxing feeling that
+accompanies these illusions. Giving yourself further suggestions of
+hypnotic sleep, you find that you are easily able to attain the desired
+state of self-hypnosis. This method is one of the most successful and
+popular techniques yet known for achieving hetero-hypnosis and
+self-hypnosis. At the Wilshire School of Hypnotism, all students in the
+self-hypnosis class are conditioned with the aid of the hypnodisc
+spiral.
+
+During my lectures, I place the entire hypnodisc unit on the platform
+without having the spiral revolve. Continuing with the lecture, I note
+individuals in the audience gazing intently at the hypnodisc spiral.
+Invariably before the end of the lecture, many will have put themselves
+into a deep hypnotic state. This group self-hypnosis was achieved
+without my mentioning anything about the hypnodisc. These individuals
+assumed that the unit is used to induce hypnosis and their looking at it
+with that thought in mind produced the hypnotic state.
+
+The hypnodisc spiral is printed on firm cardboard, measures twelve
+inches in diameter, and has a hole in the center so you can place it on
+your own phonograph turntable. It has the general appearance of a
+twelve-inch phonograph record. I am sure that you will be pleased with
+your purchase of the hypnodisc.
+
+The hypnodisc is also available with four of the white spiraling areas
+colored in four different shades. The coloring is extremely interesting,
+fascinating, and very effective in inducing hypnosis as the hypnodisc
+revolves. The COLORED HYPNODISC sells for $3.00.
+
+Send for POWERS HYPNODISC
+
+Price                                                              $2.00
+
+
+
+
+CASSETTE TAPES
+
+
+  ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RECORDS ON CASSETTE TAPE                      $10.00
+  ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD ON CASSETTE TAPE                    5.00
+  TWO HOURS OF MENTAL POWER RECORDS ON CASSETTE TAPE               10.00
+
+
+ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN TAPE (3¾ IPS)
+
+One of the chief assets of a good hypnotist is to be flexible in his
+approach in hypnotizing his subjects. As you know, it is necessary many
+times to adapt a technique that is suitable to the subject, and not to
+make the subject adapt himself to the method of induction.
+
+We know that with somnambulistic subjects any procedure will put the
+subject under hypnosis immediately. The hypnotist gains complete control
+of his subject just as fast as he wants. Unfortunately, most subjects do
+not respond at the first session because of conscious or subconscious
+fears that must be gradually eliminated. Once you get the subject to
+relax, or "let go," he will naturally succumb to hypnosis. This is the
+problem that confronts all hypnotists.
+
+Merely suggesting to the subject to relax or to "let go" is not
+sufficient, as a rule, to bring about this desired state. The subject,
+at this point, cannot turn on or off his mental and physical state of
+being this easily. Even if we have the subject lie down, this does not
+assure the hypnotic state, as the subject can still be tense. Our
+problem is how to get the subject to relax. Our situation is similar to
+the physician telling his patient to go home and forget about a certain
+problem. I'm sure that you'll agree that the advice is virtually
+impossible to follow.
+
+One of the major stumbling blocks in hypnotizing a subject, or in
+self-hypnosis, lies in the fact that although we use words such as:
+"relax," "let yourself go," and other similar terminology, the subject
+cannot readily put the meaning of these words into effect. It is
+difficult for most people to "let go" when we live in a society that
+beckons us to "look sharp," "be sharp," "be alert," "be on the ball" and
+"make every minute count." Emphasis on productivity does not lend to a
+society of relaxed individuals.
+
+In my long experience as a professional hypnotist, I have tried many
+novel innovations for inducing hypnosis. Some have met with a great deal
+of success and others have failed. It is difficult to determine the
+causative factors for success or failure. We can only theorize.
+
+I have used, over the last ten years, a technique that I shall describe
+now. Exceptionally good results have been attained with it; however, it
+is not infallible. It is suggested to you as another good technique. In
+order to help the subject relax, I have been using a one hour tape
+recorder recording containing the continuous sound of various degrees of
+rain. One half hour has a rain effect of very soft, light rainfall, as
+on grass, canvas or tent top. The other side contains a half hour of a
+rain effect such as one would hear in a heavy downfall with prominent
+patter of water on pavement.
+
+The subject is instructed to close his eyes and listen to the sound of
+the rain while picturing himself relaxing near a warm, glowing
+fireplace. The relaxing effect thus produced enhances our chances for
+success in attaining a deep, hypnotic state.
+
+The tape will play on all standard recorders and comes recorded at a
+speed of 3¾ IPS. The tape alone is worth $2.50. You therefore only pay
+$2.50 for the actual recording.
+
+ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN TAPE                                           $5
+
+
+HALF-HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD (33-1/3 RPM)
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Should you not have a tape recorder we have a record (33-1/3 RPM)
+containing the sound of 15 minutes of light rain on one side and 15
+minutes of heavy rain on the other side. The record sells for $5.
+
+HALF-HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD                                        $5
+
+
+
+
+A PERSONAL WORD FROM MELVIN POWERS
+
+PUBLISHER, WILSHIRE BOOK COMPANY
+
+
+    Dear Friend:
+
+    My goal is to publish interesting, informative, and
+    inspirational books. You can help me accomplish this by
+    answering the following questions, either by phone or by mail.
+    Or, if convenient for you, I would welcome the opportunity to
+    visit with you in my office and hear your comments in person.
+
+    Did you enjoy reading this book? Why?
+
+    Would you enjoy reading another similar book?
+
+    What idea in the book impressed you the most?
+
+    If applicable to your situation, have you incorporated this
+    idea in your daily life?
+
+    Is there a chapter that could serve as a theme for an entire
+    book? Please explain.
+
+    If you have an idea for a book, I would welcome discussing it
+    with you. If you already have one in progress, write or call me
+    concerning possible publication. I can be reached at (213)
+    875-1711 or (213) 983-1105.
+
+                                                   Sincerely yours,
+                                                   MELVIN POWERS
+    12015 Sherman Road
+    North Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MELVIN POWERS SELF-IMPROVEMENT LIBRARY
+
+
+ASTROLOGY
+
+  ASTROLOGY: HOW TO CHART YOUR HOROSCOPE _Max Heindel_              3.00
+  ASTROLOGY: YOUR PERSONAL SUN-SIGN GUIDE _Beatrice Ryder_          3.00
+  ASTROLOGY FOR EVERYDAY LIVING _Janet Harris_                      2.00
+  ASTROLOGY MADE EASY _Astarte_                                     3.00
+  ASTROLOGY MADE PRACTICAL _Alexandra Kayhle_                       3.00
+  ASTROLOGY, ROMANCE, YOU AND THE STARS _Anthony Norvell_           4.00
+  MY WORLD OF ASTROLOGY _Sydney Omarr_                              5.00
+  THOUGHT DIAL _Sydney Omarr_                                       3.00
+  WHAT THE STARS REVEAL ABOUT THE MEN IN YOUR LIFE _Thelma White_   3.00
+  ZODIAC REVEALED _Rupert Gleadow_                                  2.00
+
+
+BRIDGE
+
+  BRIDGE BIDDING MADE EASY _Edwin B. Kantar_                        5.00
+  BRIDGE CONVENTIONS _Edwin B. Kantar_                              5.00
+  BRIDGE HUMOR _Edwin B. Kantar_                                    3.00
+  COMPETITIVE BIDDING IN MODERN BRIDGE _Edgar Kaplan_               4.00
+  DEFENSIVE BRIDGE PLAY COMPLETE _Edwin B. Kantar_                 10.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR BRIDGE _Alfred Sheinwold_                     2.00
+  INTRODUCTION TO DEFENDER'S PLAY _Edwin B. Kantar_                 3.00
+  SHORT CUT TO WINNING BRIDGE _Alfred Sheinwold_                    3.00
+  TEST YOUR BRIDGE PLAY _Edwin B. Kantar_                           3.00
+  WINNING DECLARER PLAY _Dorothy Hayden Truscott_                   4.00
+
+
+BUSINESS, STUDY & REFERENCE
+
+  CONVERSATION MADE EASY _Elliot Russell_                           2.00
+  EXAM SECRET _Dennis B. Jackson_                                   2.00
+  FIX-IT BOOK _Arthur Symons_                                       2.00
+  HOW TO DEVELOP A BETTER SPEAKING VOICE _M. Hellier_               2.00
+  HOW TO MAKE A FORTUNE IN REAL ESTATE _Albert Winnikoff_           3.00
+  INCREASE YOUR LEARNING POWER _Geoffrey A. Dudley_                 2.00
+  MAGIC OF NUMBERS _Robert Tocquet_                                 2.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO BETTER CONCENTRATION _Melvin Powers_           2.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO PUBLIC SPEAKING _Maurice Forley_               3.00
+  7 DAYS TO FASTER READING _William S. Schaill_                     3.00
+  SONGWRITERS RHYMING DICTIONARY _Jane Shaw Whitfield_              5.00
+  SPELLING MADE EASY _Lester D. Basch & Dr. Milton Finkelstein_     2.00
+  STUDENT'S GUIDE TO BETTER GRADES _J. A. Rickard_                  2.00
+  TEST YOURSELF--Find Your Hidden Talent _Jack Shafer_              2.00
+  WORLD WIDE MAIL ORDER SHOPPER'S GUIDE _Eugene V. Moller_          5.00
+  YOUR WILL & WHAT TO DO ABOUT IT _Attorney Samuel G. Kling_        3.00
+
+
+CALLIGRAPHY
+
+  ADVANCED CALLIGRAPHY _Katherine Jeffares_                         6.00
+  CALLIGRAPHY--The Art of Beautiful Writing _Katherine Jeffares_    5.00
+
+
+CHESS & CHECKERS
+
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO WINNING CHESS _Fred Reinfeld_                 3.00
+  BETTER CHESS--How to Play _Fred Reinfeld_                         2.00
+  CHECKERS MADE EASY _Tom Wiswell_                                  2.00
+  CHESS IN TEN EASY LESSONS _Larry Evans_                           3.00
+  CHESS MADE EASY _Milton L. Hanauer_                               3.00
+  CHESS MASTERY--A New Approach _Fred Reinfeld_                     2.00
+  CHESS PROBLEMS FOR BEGINNERS _edited by Fred Reinfeld_            2.00
+  CHESS SECRETS REVEALED _Fred Reinfeld_                            2.00
+  CHESS STRATEGY--An Expert's Guide _Fred Reinfeld_                 2.00
+  CHESS TACTICS FOR BEGINNERS _edited by Fred Reinfeld_             3.00
+  CHESS THEORY & PRACTICE _Morry & Mitchell_                        2.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT CHECKERS _Fred Reinfeld_                            2.00
+  1001 BRILLIANT WAYS TO CHECKMATE _Fred Reinfeld_                  3.00
+  1001 WINNING CHESS SACRIFICES & COMBINATIONS _Fred Reinfeld_      3.00
+  SOVIET CHESS _Edited by R. G. Wade_                               3.00
+
+
+COOKERY & HERBS
+
+  CULPEPER'S HERBAL REMEDIES _Dr. Nicholas Culpeper_                2.00
+  FAST GOURMET COOKBOOK _Poppy Cannon_                              2.50
+  GINSENG The Myth & The Truth _Joseph P. Hou_                      3.00
+  HEALING POWER OF HERBS _May Bethel_                               3.00
+  HEALING POWER OF NATURAL FOODS _May Bethel_                       3.00
+  HERB HANDBOOK _Dawn MacLeod_                                      3.00
+  HERBS FOR COOKING AND HEALING _Dr. Donald Law_                    2.00
+  HERBS FOR HEALTH--How to Grow & Use Them _Louise Evans Doole_     3.00
+  HOME GARDEN COOKBOOK--Delicious Natural Food Recipes _Ken Kraft_  3.00
+  MEDICAL HERBALIST _edited by Dr. J. R. Yemm_                      3.00
+  NATURAL FOOD COOKBOOK _Dr. Harry C. Bond_                         3.00
+  NATURE'S MEDICINES _Richard Lucas_                                3.00
+  VEGETABLE GARDENING FOR BEGINNERS _Hugh Wiberg_                   2.00
+  VEGETABLES FOR TODAY'S GARDENS _R. Milton Carleton_               2.00
+  VEGETARIAN COOKERY _Janet Walker_                                 3.00
+  VEGETARIAN COOKING MADE EASY & DELECTABLE _Veronica Vezza_        2.00
+  VEGETARIAN DELIGHTS--A Happy Cookbook for Health _K. R. Mehta_    2.00
+  VEGETARIAN GOURMET COOKBOOK _Joyce McKinnel_                      3.00
+
+
+GAMBLING & POKER
+
+  ADVANCED POKER STRATEGY & WINNING PLAY _A. D. Livingston_         3.00
+  HOW NOT TO LOSE AT POKER _Jeffrey Lloyd Castle_                   3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT DICE GAMES _Skip Frey_                              3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT POKER _Terence Reese & Anthony T. Watkins_          2.00
+  SECRETS OF WINNING POKER _George S. Coffin_                       3.00
+  WINNING AT CRAPS _Dr. Lloyd T. Commins_                           3.00
+  WINNING AT GIN _Chester Wander & Cy Rice_                         3.00
+  WINNING AT POKER--An Expert's Guide _John Archer_                 3.00
+  WINNING AT 21--An Expert's Guide _John Archer_                    3.00
+  WINNING POKER SYSTEMS _Norman Zadeh_                              3.00
+
+
+HEALTH
+
+  DR. LINDNER'S SPECIAL WEIGHT CONTROL METHOD _P. G. Lindner, M.D._ 1.50
+  HELP YOURSELF TO BETTER SIGHT _Margaret Darst Corbett_            3.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR VISION _Dr. Robert A. Kraskin_                3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN STOP SMOKING PERMANENTLY _Ernest Caldwell_            3.00
+  MIND OVER PLATTER _Peter G. Lindner, M.D._                        3.00
+  NATURE'S WAY TO NUTRITION & VIBRANT HEALTH _Robert J. Scrutton_   3.00
+  NEW CARBOHYDRATE DIET COUNTER _Patti Lopez-Pereira_               1.50
+  PSYCHEDELIC ECSTASY _William Marshall & Gilbert W. Taylor_        2.00
+  REFLEXOLOGY _Dr. Maybelle Segal_                                  2.00
+  YOU CAN LEARN TO RELAX _Dr. Samuel Gutwirth_                      2.00
+  YOUR ALLERGY--What To Do About It _Allan Knight, M.D._            3.00
+
+
+HOBBIES
+
+  BEACHCOMBING FOR BEGINNERS _Norman Hickin_                        2.00
+  BLACKSTONE'S MODERN CARD TRICKS _Harry Blackstone_                3.00
+  BLACKSTONE'S SECRETS OF MAGIC _Harry Blackstone_                  2.00
+  BUTTERFLIES                                                       2.50
+  COIN COLLECTING FOR BEGINNERS _Burton Hobson & Fred Reinfeld_     2.00
+  ENTERTAINING WITH ESP _Tony 'Doc' Shiels_                         2.00
+  400 FASCINATING MAGIC TRICKS YOU CAN DO _Howard Thurston_         3.00
+  HOW I TURN JUNK INTO FUN AND PROFIT _Sari_                        3.00
+  HOW TO WRITE A HIT SONG & SELL IT _Tommy Boyce_                   7.00
+  JUGGLING MADE EASY _Rudolf Dittrich_                              2.00
+  MAGIC MADE EASY _Byron Wels_                                      2.00
+  STAMP COLLECTING FOR BEGINNERS _Burton Hobson_                    2.00
+  STAMP COLLECTING FOR FUN & PROFIT _Frank Cetin_                   2.00
+
+
+HORSE PLAYERS' WINNING GUIDES
+
+  BETTING HORSES TO WIN _Les Conklin_                               3.00
+  ELIMINATE THE LOSERS _Bob McKnight_                               3.00
+  HOW TO PICK WINNING HORSES _Bob McKnight_                         3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT THE RACES _Sam (The Genius) Lewin_                  3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN BEAT THE RACES _Jack Kavanagh_                        3.00
+  MAKING MONEY AT THE RACES _David Barr_                            3.00
+  PAYDAY AT THE RACES _Les Conklin_                                 3.00
+  SMART HANDICAPPING MADE EASY _William Bauman_                     3.00
+  SUCCESS AT THE HARNESS RACES _Barry Meadow_                       3.00
+  WINNING AT THE HARNESS RACES--An Expert's Guide _Nick Cammarano_  3.00
+
+
+HUMOR
+
+  HOW TO BE A COMEDIAN FOR FUN & PROFIT _King & Laufer_             2.00
+  HOW TO FLATTEN YOUR TUSH _Coach Marge Reardon_                    2.00
+  JOKE TELLER'S HANDBOOK _Bob Orben_                                3.00
+  JOKES FOR ALL OCCASIONS _Al Schock_                               3.00
+
+
+HYPNOTISM
+
+  ADVANCED TECHNIQUES OF HYPNOSIS _Melvin Powers_                   2.00
+  BRAINWASHING AND THE CULTS _Paul A. Verdier, Ph.D._               3.00
+  CHILDBIRTH WITH HYPNOSIS _William S. Kroger, M.D._                3.00
+  HOW TO SOLVE Your Sex Problems with Self-Hypnosis
+    _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                                         3.00
+  HOW TO STOP SMOKING THRU SELF-HYPNOSIS _Leslie M. LeCron_         3.00
+  HOW TO USE AUTO-SUGGESTION EFFECTIVELY _John Duckworth_           3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN BOWL BETTER USING SELF-HYPNOSIS _Jack Heise_          3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN PLAY BETTER GOLF USING SELF-HYPNOSIS _Jack Heise_     2.00
+  HYPNOSIS AND SELF-HYPNOSIS _Bernard Hollander, M.D._              3.00
+  HYPNOTISM (Originally published in 1893) _Carl Sextus_            3.00
+  HYPNOTISM & PSYCHIC PHENOMENA _Simeon Edmunds_                    3.00
+  HYPNOTISM MADE EASY _Dr. Ralph Winn_                              3.00
+  HYPNOTISM MADE PRACTICAL _Louis Orton_                            3.00
+  HYPNOTISM REVEALED _Melvin Powers_                                2.00
+  HYPNOTISM TODAY _Leslie LeCron and Jean Bordeaux, Ph.D._          4.00
+  MODERN HYPNOSIS _Lesley Kuhn & Salvatore Russo, Ph.D._            5.00
+  NEW CONCEPTS OF HYPNOSIS _Bernard C. Gindes, M.D._                4.00
+  NEW SELF-HYPNOSIS _Paul Adams_                                    3.00
+  POST-HYPNOTIC INSTRUCTIONS--Suggestions for Therapy
+    _Arnold Furst_                                                  3.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS _Melvin Powers_                  3.00
+  PRACTICAL HYPNOTISM _Philip Magonet, M.D._                        2.00
+  SECRETS OF HYPNOTISM _S. J. Van Pelt, M.D._                       3.00
+  SELF-HYPNOSIS Its Theory, Technique & Application _Melvin Powers_ 2.00
+  SELF-HYPNOSIS A Conditioned-Response Technique _Laurence Sparks_  4.00
+  THERAPY THROUGH HYPNOSIS _edited by Raphael H. Rhodes_            4.00
+
+
+JUDAICA
+
+  HOW TO LIVE A RICHER & FULLER LIFE _Rabbi Edgar F. Magnin_        2.00
+  MODERN ISRAEL _Lily Edelman_                                      2.00
+  ROMANCE OF HASSIDISM _Jacob S. Minkin_                            2.50
+  SERVICE OF THE HEART _Evelyn Garfiel, Ph.D._                      4.00
+  STORY OF ISRAEL IN COINS _Jean & Maurice Gould_                   2.00
+  STORY OF ISRAEL IN STAMPS _Maxim & Gabriel Shamir_                1.00
+  TONGUE OF THE PROPHETS _Robert St. John_                          3.00
+  TREASURY OF COMFORT _edited by Rabbi Sidney Greenberg_            4.00
+
+
+JUST FOR WOMEN
+
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S GUIDE TO MARVELOUS MEN
+    Fwd. by _Helen Gurley Brown_                                    3.00
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S HANG-UP HANDBOOK Foreword by _Helen Gurley Brown_  4.00
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S LOVE BOOK--A Guide to Ecstasy in Bed               3.00
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S NEW ETIQUETTE GUIDE Fwd. by _Helen Gurley Brown_   4.00
+  I AM A COMPLEAT WOMAN _Doris Hagopian & Karen O'Connor Sweeney_   3.00
+  JUST FOR WOMEN--A Guide to the Female Body
+    _Richard E. Sand, M.D._                                         4.00
+  NEW APPROACHES TO SEX IN MARRIAGE _John E. Eichenlaub, M.D._      3.00
+  SEXUALLY ADEQUATE FEMALE _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                  3.00
+  YOUR FIRST YEAR OF MARRIAGE _Dr. Tom McGinnis_                    3.00
+
+
+MARRIAGE, SEX & PARENTHOOD
+
+  ABILITY TO LOVE _Dr. Allan Fromme_                                5.00
+  ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MODERN SEX & LOVE TECHNIQUES _Macandrew_          4.00
+  GUIDE TO SUCCESSFUL MARRIAGE _Drs. Albert Ellis & Robert Harper_  4.00
+  HOW TO RAISE AN EMOTIONALLY HEALTHY, HAPPY CHILD _A. Ellis_       3.00
+  IMPOTENCE & FRIGIDITY _Edwin W. Hirsch, M.D._                     3.00
+  SEX WITHOUT GUILT _Albert Ellis, Ph.D._                           3.00
+  SEXUALLY ADEQUATE MALE _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                    3.00
+
+
+METAPHYSICS & OCCULT
+
+  BOOK OF TALISMANS, AMULETS & ZODIACAL GEMS _William Pavitt_       4.00
+  CONCENTRATION--A Guide to Mental Mastery _Mouni Sadhu_            3.00
+  CRITIQUES OF GOD _Edited by Peter Angeles_                        7.00
+  DREAMS & OMENS REVEALED _Fred Gettings_                           3.00
+  EXTRASENSORY PERCEPTION _Simeon Edmunds_                          2.00
+  EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL INTELLIGENCE--The First Encounter               6.00
+  FORTUNE TELLING WITH CARDS _P. Foli_                              2.00
+  HANDWRITING ANALYSIS MADE EASY _John Marley_                      3.00
+  HANDWRITING TELLS _Nadya Olyanova_                                5.00
+  HOW TO UNDERSTAND YOUR DREAMS _Geoffrey A. Dudley_                2.00
+  ILLUSTRATED YOGA _William Zorn_                                   3.00
+  IN DAYS OF GREAT PEACE _Mouni Sadhu_                              3.00
+  KING SOLOMON'S TEMPLE IN THE MASONIC TRADITION _Alex Horne_       5.00
+  LSD--THE AGE OF MIND _Bernard Roseman_                            2.00
+  MAGICIAN--His training and work _W. E. Butler_                    3.00
+  MEDITATION _Mouni Sadhu_                                          4.00
+  MODERN NUMEROLOGY _Morris C. Goodman_                             3.00
+  NUMEROLOGY--ITS FACTS AND SECRETS _Ariel Yvon Taylor_             3.00
+  NUMEROLOGY MADE EASY _W. Mykian_                                  3.00
+  PALMISTRY MADE EASY _Fred Gettings_                               3.00
+  PALMISTRY MADE PRACTICAL _Elizabeth Daniels Squire_               3.00
+  PALMISTRY SECRETS REVEALED _Henry Frith_                          3.00
+  PRACTICAL YOGA _Ernest Wood_                                      3.00
+  PROPHECY IN OUR TIME _Martin Ebon_                                2.50
+  PSYCHOLOGY OF HANDWRITING _Nadya Olyanova_                        3.00
+  SUPERSTITION--Are you superstitious? _Eric Maple_                 2.00
+  TAROT _Mouni Sadhu_                                               5.00
+  TAROT OF THE BOHEMIANS _Papus_                                    5.00
+  TEST YOUR ESP _Martin Ebon_                                       2.00
+  WAYS TO SELF-REALIZATION _Mouni Sadhu_                            3.00
+  WHAT YOUR HANDWRITING REVEALS _Albert E. Hughes_                  2.00
+  WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC & OCCULTISM--A Fascinating History _W. B. Crow_ 5.00
+  WITCHCRAFT--THE SIXTH SENSE _Justine Glass_                       3.00
+  WORLD OF PSYCHIC RESEARCH _Hereward Carrington_                   2.00
+  YOU CAN ANALYZE HANDWRITING _Robert Holder_                       2.00
+
+
+SELF-HELP & INSPIRATIONAL
+
+  CYBERNETICS WITHIN US _Y. Saparina_                               3.00
+  DAILY POWER FOR JOYFUL LIVING _Dr. Donald Curtis_                 3.00
+  DOCTOR PSYCHO-CYBERNETICS _Maxwell Maltz, M.D._                   3.00
+  DYNAMIC THINKING _Melvin Powers_                                  2.00
+  EXUBERANCE--Your Guide to Happiness & Fulfillment
+    _Dr. Paul Kurtz_                                                3.00
+  GREATEST POWER IN THE UNIVERSE _U. S. Andersen_                   4.00
+  GROW RICH WHILE YOU SLEEP _Ben Sweetland_                         3.00
+  GROWTH THROUGH REASON _Albert Ellis, Ph.D._                       4.00
+  GUIDE TO DEVELOPING YOUR POTENTIAL _Herbert A. Otto, Ph.D._       3.00
+  GUIDE TO LIVING IN BALANCE _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                2.00
+  HELPING YOURSELF WITH APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY _R. Henderson_           2.00
+  HELPING YOURSELF WITH PSYCHIATRY _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._          2.00
+  HOW TO ATTRACT GOOD LUCK _A. H. Z. Carr_                          3.00
+  HOW TO CONTROL YOUR DESTINY _Norvell_                             3.00
+  HOW TO DEVELOP A WINNING PERSONALITY _Martin Panzer_              3.00
+  HOW TO DEVELOP AN EXCEPTIONAL MEMORY _Young & Gibson_             4.00
+  HOW TO OVERCOME YOUR FEARS _M. P. Leahy, M.D._                    3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN HAVE CONFIDENCE AND POWER _Les Giblin_                3.00
+  HUMAN PROBLEMS & HOW TO SOLVE THEM _Dr. Donald Curtis_            3.00
+  I CAN _Ben Sweetland_                                             4.00
+  I WILL _Ben Sweetland_                                            3.00
+  LEFT-HANDED PEOPLE _Michael Barsley_                              3.00
+  MAGIC IN YOUR MIND _U. S. Andersen_                               4.00
+  MAGIC OF THINKING BIG _Dr. David J. Schwartz_                     3.00
+  MAGIC POWER OF YOUR MIND _Walter M. Germain_                      4.00
+  MENTAL POWER THROUGH SLEEP SUGGESTION _Melvin Powers_             2.00
+  NEW GUIDE TO RATIONAL LIVING
+    _Albert Ellis, Ph.D. & R. Harper, Ph.D._                        3.00
+  OUR TROUBLED SELVES _Dr. Allan Fromme_                            3.00
+  PSYCHO-CYBERNETICS _Maxwell Maltz, M.D._                          2.00
+  SCIENCE OF MIND IN DAILY LIVING _Dr. Donald Curtis_               3.00
+  SECRET OF SECRETS _U. S. Andersen_                                4.00
+  SECRET POWER OF THE PYRAMIDS _U. S. Andersen_                     4.00
+  STUTTERING AND WHAT YOU CAN DO ABOUT IT _W. Johnson, Ph.D._       2.50
+  SUCCESS-CYBERNETICS _U. S. Andersen_                              4.00
+  10 DAYS TO A GREAT NEW LIFE _William E. Edwards_                  3.00
+  THINK AND GROW RICH _Napoleon Hill_                               3.00
+  THREE MAGIC WORDS _U. S. Andersen_                                4.00
+  TREASURY OF THE ART OF LIVING _Sidney S. Greenberg_               5.00
+  YOU ARE NOT THE TARGET _Laura Huxley_                             3.00
+  YOUR SUBCONSCIOUS POWER _Charles M. Simmons_                      4.00
+  YOUR THOUGHTS CAN CHANGE YOUR LIFE _Dr. Donald Curtis_            3.00
+
+
+SPORTS
+
+  ARCHERY--An Expert's Guide _Dan Stamp_                            2.00
+  BICYCLING FOR FUN AND GOOD HEALTH _Kenneth E. Luther_             2.00
+  BILLIARDS--Pocket · Carom · Three Cushion _Clive Cottingham, Jr._ 3.00
+  CAMPING-OUT 101 Ideas & Activities _Bruno Knobel_                 2.00
+  COMPLETE GUIDE TO FISHING _Vlad Evanoff_                          2.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR RACQUETBALL _Lubarsky, Kaufman, & Scagnetti_  3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT POCKET BILLIARDS _Edward D. Knuchell_               3.00
+  JOY OF WALKING _Jack Scagnetti_                                   3.00
+  LEARNING & TEACHING SOCCER SKILLS _Eric Worthington_              3.00
+  MOTORCYCLING FOR BEGINNERS _I. G. Edmonds_                        2.00
+  RACQUETBALL MADE EASY
+    _Steve Lubarsky, Rod Delson & Jack Scagnetti_                   3.00
+  SECRET OF BOWLING STRIKES _Dawson Taylor_                         3.00
+  SECRET OF PERFECT PUTTING _Horton Smith & Dawson Taylor_          3.00
+  SOCCER--The game & how to play it _Gary Rosenthal_                3.00
+  STARTING SOCCER _Edward F. Dolan, Jr._                            2.00
+  TABLE TENNIS MADE EASY _Johnny Leach_                             2.00
+
+
+TENNIS LOVERS' LIBRARY
+
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO WINNING TENNIS _Helen Hull Jacobs_            2.00
+  HOW TO BEAT BETTER TENNIS PLAYERS _Loring Fiske_                  4.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR TENNIS--Style, Strategy & Analysis
+    _C. Wilson_                                                     2.00
+  INSIDE TENNIS--Techniques of Winning _Jim Leighton_               3.00
+  PLAY TENNIS WITH ROSEWALL _Ken Rosewall_                          2.00
+  PSYCH YOURSELF TO BETTER TENNIS _Dr. Walter A. Luszki_            2.00
+  SUCCESSFUL TENNIS _Neale Fraser_                                  2.00
+  TENNIS FOR BEGINNERS _Dr. H. A. Murray_                           2.00
+  TENNIS MADE EASY _Joel Brecheen_                                  2.00
+  WEEKEND TENNIS--How to have fun & win at the same time
+    _Bill Talbert_                                                  3.00
+  WINNING WITH PERCENTAGE TENNIS--Smart Strategy _Jack Lowe_        2.00
+
+
+WILSHIRE PET LIBRARY
+
+  DOG OBEDIENCE TRAINING _Gust Kessopulos_                          3.00
+  DOG TRAINING MADE EASY & FUN _John W. Kellogg_                    3.00
+  HOW TO BRING UP YOUR PET DOG _Kurt Unkelbach_                     2.00
+  HOW TO RAISE & TRAIN YOUR PUPPY _Jeff Griffen_                    2.00
+  PIGEONS: HOW TO RAISE & TRAIN THEM _William H. Allen, Jr._        2.00
+
+
+_The books listed above can be obtained from your book dealer or
+directly from Melvin Powers. When ordering, please remit 50¢ per book
+postage & handling. Send for our free illustrated catalog of
+self-improvement books._
+
+  Melvin Powers
+  12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+WILSHIRE HORSE LOVERS' LIBRARY
+
+  AMATEUR HORSE BREEDER _A. C. Leighton Hardman_                    3.00
+  AMERICAN QUARTER HORSE IN PICTURES _Margaret Cabell Self_         3.00
+  APPALOOSA HORSE _Donna & Bill Richardson_                         3.00
+  ARABIAN HORSE _Reginald S. Summerhays_                            2.00
+  ART OF WESTERN RIDING _Suzanne Norton Jones_                      3.00
+  AT THE HORSE SHOW _Margaret Cabell Self_                          3.00
+  BACK-YARD FOAL _Peggy Jett Pittinger_                             3.00
+  BACK-YARD HORSE _Peggy Jett Pittinger_                            3.00
+  BASIC DRESSAGE _Jean Froissard_                                   2.00
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO HORSEBACK RIDING _Sheila Wall_                2.00
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO THE WESTERN HORSE _Natlee Kenoyer_            2.00
+  BITS--THEIR HISTORY, USE AND MISUSE _Louis Taylor_                3.00
+  BREAKING & TRAINING THE DRIVING HORSE _Doris Ganton_              2.00
+  BREAKING YOUR HORSE'S BAD HABITS _W. Dayton Sumner_               3.00
+  CAVALRY MANUAL OF HORSEMANSHIP _Gordon Wright_                    3.00
+  COMPLETE TRAINING OF HORSE AND RIDER _Colonel Alois Podhaisky_    4.00
+  DISORDERS OF THE HORSE & WHAT TO DO ABOUT THEM _E. Hanauer_       3.00
+  DRESSAGE--A Study of the Finer Points in Riding _Henry Wynmalen_  4.00
+  DRIVING HORSES _Sallie Walrond_                                   3.00
+  ENDURANCE RIDING _Ann Hyland_                                     2.00
+  EQUITATION _Jean Froissard_                                       4.00
+  FIRST AID FOR HORSES _Dr. Charles H. Denning, Jr._                2.00
+  FUN OF RAISING A COLT _Rubye & Frank Griffith_                    3.00
+  FUN ON HORSEBACK _Margaret Cabell Self_                           4.00
+  GYMKHANA GAMES _Natlee Kenoyer_                                   2.00
+  HORSE DISEASES--Causes, Symptoms & Treatment
+    _Dr. H. G. Belschner_                                           3.00
+  HORSE OWNER'S CONCISE GUIDE _Elsie V. Hanauer_                    2.00
+  HORSE SELECTION & CARE FOR BEGINNERS _George H. Conn_             3.00
+  HORSE SENSE--A complete guide to riding and care _Alan Deacon_    4.00
+  HORSEBACK RIDING FOR BEGINNERS _Louis Taylor_                     4.00
+  HORSEBACK RIDING MADE EASY & FUN _Sue Henderson Coen_             3.00
+  HORSES--Their Selection, Care & Handling _Margaret Cabell Self_   3.00
+  HOW TO BUY A BETTER HORSE & SELL THE HORSE YOU OWN                3.00
+  HOW TO ENJOY YOUR QUARTER HORSE _Williard H. Porter_              3.00
+  HUNTER IN PICTURES _Margaret Cabell Self_                         2.00
+  ILLUSTRATED BOOK OF THE HORSE _S. Sidney_ (8½" × 11")            10.00
+  ILLUSTRATED HORSE MANAGEMENT--400 Illustrations _Dr. E. Mayhew_   6.00
+  ILLUSTRATED HORSE TRAINING _Captain M. H. Hayes_                  5.00
+  ILLUSTRATED HORSEBACK RIDING FOR BEGINNERS _Jeanne Mellin_        2.00
+  JUMPING--Learning & Teaching _Jean Froissard_                     3.00
+  KNOW ALL ABOUT HORSES _Harry Disston_                             3.00
+  LAME HORSE--Causes, Symptoms & Treatment _Dr. James R. Rooney_    3.00
+  LAW & YOUR HORSE _Edward H. Greene_                               3.00
+  LIPIZZANERS & THE SPANISH RIDING SCHOOL _W. Reuter_ (4¼" × 6")    2.50
+  MANUAL OF HORSEMANSHIP _Harold Black_                             5.00
+  MORGAN HORSE IN PICTURES _Margaret Cabell Self_                   2.00
+  MOVIE HORSES--The Fascinating Techniques of Training
+    _Anthony Amaral_                                                2.00
+  POLICE HORSES _Judith Campbell_                                   2.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO HORSESHOEING                                   3.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO OWNING YOUR OWN HORSE _Steven D. Price_        2.00
+  PRACTICAL HORSE PSYCHOLOGY _Moyra Williams_                       3.00
+  PROBLEM HORSES Guide for Curing Serious Behavior Habits
+    _Summerhays_                                                    2.00
+  REINSMAN OF THE WEST--BRIDLES & BITS _Ed Connell_                 4.00
+  RESCHOOLING THE THOROUGHBRED _Peggy Jett Pittinger_               3.00
+  RIDE WESTERN _Louis Taylor_                                       3.00
+  SCHOOLING YOUR YOUNG HORSE _George Wheatley_                      2.00
+  STABLE MANAGEMENT FOR THE OWNER-GROOM _George Wheatley_           4.00
+  STALLION MANAGEMENT--A Guide for Stud Owners _A. C. Hardman_      3.00
+  TEACHING YOUR HORSE TO JUMP _W. J. Froud_                         2.00
+  TRAIL HORSES & TRAIL RIDING _Anne & Perry Westbrook_              2.00
+  TRAINING YOUR HORSE TO SHOW _Neale Haley_                         3.00
+  TREATING COMMON DISEASES OF YOUR HORSE _Dr. George H. Conn_       3.00
+  TREATING HORSE AILMENTS _G. W. Serth_                             2.00
+  WESTERN HORSEBACK RIDING _Glen Balch_                             3.00
+  YOU AND YOUR PONY _Pepper Mainwaring Healey_ (8½" × 11")          6.00
+  YOUR FIRST HORSE _George C. Saunders, M.D._                       3.00
+  YOUR PONY BOOK _Hermann Wiederhold_                               2.00
+  YOUR WESTERN HORSE _Nelson C. Nye_                                2.00
+
+
+_The books listed above can be obtained from your book dealer or
+directly from Melvin Powers. When ordering, please remit 50¢ per book
+postage & handling. Send for our free illustrated catalog of self
+improvement books._
+
+Melvin Powers
+12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's notes:
+The heading "Chapter 13" was missing in the original and has been added.
+
+In the same chapter there is a list of addresses for organisations. The
+addresses for the American Group Psychotherapy Association and the
+National Council on Alcoholism are the same in the original; it is
+unclear whether this is intentional.]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis, by 
+Melvin Powers
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22814-8.txt or 22814-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/8/1/22814/
+
+Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Annika Feilbach and the
+booksmiths at http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/22814-8.zip b/22814-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96d3528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-8.zip
diff --git a/22814-h.zip b/22814-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b38efa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h.zip
diff --git a/22814-h/22814-h.htm b/22814-h/22814-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3889bf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/22814-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6203 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis, by Melvin Powers.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    hr.longer { width: 65%; }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .clearfix:after {
+        content: ".";
+        display: block;
+        height: 0;
+        clear: both;
+        visibility: hidden;
+     }
+    .clearfix {display: inline-block;}
+
+   /* Hides from IE-mac \*/
+    * html .clearfix {height: 1%;}
+    .clearfix {display: block;}
+
+    .smaller { font-size: 90%; }
+
+    .right { text-align: right; }
+
+    .pagenum  {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller; text-align: right;}
+
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%;}
+
+    .note { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; font-size: 90%; border: 1px dashed black; padding: 4px; }
+
+    .bb { border-bottom: solid black 1px; }
+
+    .bbox1 {border: solid 2px; margin-left: 25%; margin-right: 25%; }
+    .bbox2 { border: solid 1px; padding-right: 1em; padding-left: 1em; }
+
+    .centre   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+    .figleft     {float: left; clear: left; margin-right: 1em; }
+
+    .figright    {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+                 margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+
+    .footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 90%;}
+    .fnanchor         { font-size: 80%;}
+
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis, by Melvin Powers
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis
+
+Author: Melvin Powers
+
+Release Date: September 30, 2007 [EBook #22814]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Annika Feilbach and the
+booksmiths at http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page3" id="page3"></a>[<a href="./images/3.png">3</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<h1>A PRACTICAL GUIDE
+TO SELF-HYPNOSIS</h1>
+
+
+<h2>by Melvin Powers</h2>
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="centre"><i>Published by</i></p>
+
+<p class="centre">Melvin Powers<br />
+WILSHIRE BOOK COMPANY<br />
+12015 Sherman Road<br />
+No. Hollywood, California 91605<br />
+<i>Telephone: (213) 875-1711</i><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page4" id="page4"></a>[<a href="./images/4.png">4</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p class="centre">Copyright<br />
+1961</p>
+
+<p class="centre">Wilshire Book Company</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class="bbox1">
+<p class="centre"><i>Printed by</i></p>
+
+<p class="centre">HAL LEIGHTON PRINTING COMPANY<br />
+P.O. Box 3952<br />
+North Hollywood, California 91605<br />
+Telephone: (213) 983-1105<br />
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="centre">All Rights Reserved</p>
+
+
+<p class="centre">Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 61-10664<br />
+Printed in the United States of America</p>
+
+<p class="centre"><b>ISBN-0-87980-122-0</b></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page5" id="page5"></a>[<a href="./images/5.png">5</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+<table cellpadding="2" summary="table of contents">
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><span class="smaller">CHAPTER</span></td>
+<td align="right"><span class="smaller">PAGE</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">1.</td><td><a href="#chapter1">WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT SELF-HYPNOSIS</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page11">11</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">2.</td><td><a href="#chapter2">WHAT ABOUT THE DANGERS OF HYPNOSIS?</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page21">21</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">3.</td><td><a href="#chapter3">IS HYPNOSIS THE ANSWER?</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page29">29</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">4.</td><td><a href="#chapter4">HOW DOES SELF-HYPNOSIS WORK?</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page37">37</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">5.</td><td><a href="#chapter5">HOW TO AROUSE YOURSELF FROM THE SELF-HYPNOTIC STATE</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page45">45</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">6.</td><td><a href="#chapter6">HOW TO ATTAIN SELF-HYPNOSIS</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page49">49</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">7.</td><td><a href="#chapter7">DEEPENING THE SELF-HYPNOTIC STATE</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page57">57</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">8.</td><td><a href="#chapter8">WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT BECOMING AN EXCELLENT
+SUBJECT</a></td><td align="right"><a href="#page67">67</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">9.</td><td><a href="#chapter9">TECHNIQUES FOR REACHING THE SOMNAMBULISTIC STATE</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page79">79</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">10.</td><td><a href="#chapter10">A NEW APPROACH TO SELF-HYPNOSIS WHEN ALL ELSE FAILS</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page91">91</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">11.</td><td><a href="#chapter11">PSYCHOLOGICAL AIDS AND THEIR FUNCTION</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page103">103</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">12.</td><td><a href="#chapter12">THE NATURE OF HYPNOSIS</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page113">113</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">13.</td><td><a href="#chapter13">PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS OF SELF-HYPNOSIS</a></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#page119">119</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page6" id="page6"></a>[<a href="./images/6.png">6</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page7" id="page7"></a>[<a href="./images/7.png">7</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2>FOREWORD</h2>
+
+
+<p>All of us like to think that our actions and reactions are a result
+of logical thought processes, but the fact is that suggestion influences
+our thinking a great deal more than logic. Consciously or
+unconsciously, our feelings about almost everything are largely
+molded by ready-made opinions and attitudes fostered by our
+mass methods of communication. We cannot buy a bar of soap or
+a filtered cigarette without paying tribute to the impact of suggestion.
+Right or wrong, most of us place more confidence in what
+"they" say than we do in our own powers of reason. This is the
+basic reason why psychiatrists are in short supply. We distrust our
+own mental processes and want an expert to tell us what to think
+and feel.</p>
+
+<p>Despite this tendency to adopt our attitudes from others, man
+has always been dimly aware that he can influence his own destiny
+by directing his thoughts and actions into constructive channels.
+He has always, to some extent, known that his mind exerts a powerful
+influence on his body, and that thoughts can have harmful
+or helpful effects on his emotional and physical health. The ancient
+Egyptian sleep temples and the attempts by early physicians
+to drive evil spirits out of the body were both attempts to influence
+the body through the mind.</p>
+
+<p>The unprecedented sale of <i>The Power of Positive Thinking</i>
+by Norman Vincent Peale and other inspirational literature proves
+that millions of modern people recognize the efficacy of constructive
+thoughts. What most of them do not recognize is that they
+are capable of implanting these beneficial thoughts in their own
+minds without reference to any outside agencies. This can be done
+through self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>In modern society we have many cults, religions and methodologies
+which have mental discipline as their goal. The best
+example of a methodology is psychosomatic medicine which deals
+with the interrelationship of the mind and body in the production
+of mental or physical illness. The rapid growth of hypnosis in the
+last few years is another example, and it is gratifying to see that
+the emphasis in this field is now shifting from hetero-hypnosis
+to self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>Self-hypnosis is a highly suggestible state wherein the individual
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page8" id="page8"></a>[<a href="./images/8.png">8</a>]</span>
+can direct suggestions to himself. It is a powerful tool in any
+therapeutic process, and highly motivated subjects can parallel
+the success of hetero-hypnosis through their own efforts. Self-hypnosis
+can be used as a palliative agent and can even afford
+lasting results in many areas of the organism. Self-hypnosis can
+alleviate distressing symptoms, substitute strong responses for
+weak responses, help overcome bad habits, create good habits
+and help one's power of concentration. The total personality is
+eventually changed to the point where it can function adequately
+in an increasingly difficult environment.</p>
+
+<p>In learning self-hypnosis, the subject does not relinquish control
+of himself as is commonly believed. Actually, more control
+is gained. Self-sufficiency and self-confidence are inevitable results.
+It is well to remember, however, that even good things may
+be overdone, and good judgment is necessary for favorable
+results. Neither hypnosis nor self-hypnosis should ever be used
+indiscriminately. The effectiveness of self-hypnosis depends upon
+many factors. Strong motivation, intelligent application of suggestions
+and diligence are prerequisites.</p>
+
+<p>We are not suggesting that self-hypnosis can take the place of
+all forms of psychotherapy. We do recommend it as an adjunct to
+therapy when indicated. Used judiciously, it can contribute a great
+deal to the individual's physical and emotional well-being and
+happiness.</p>
+
+<p>As a professional hypnotist for many years, I have seen astounding
+and apparently miraculous results by individuals using
+self-hypnosis. Many of these cases seem unbelievable to those not
+familiar with hypnotic phenomena. It should be remembered,
+though, that many individuals seek hypnosis only when all other
+forms of therapy have failed. This is so common that hypnosis
+has come to be known as a port of last call. Yet, despite the seeming
+hopelessness of such cases, medical literature lists thousands
+of remarkable recoveries.</p>
+
+<p>There is nothing hit or miss about hypnosis. Used intelligently,
+the results are the same for all those who are properly motivated.
+Nor are the results singular to modern hypnotists alone. In reviewing
+the literature going back more than 100 years, the same
+gratifying results were obtained. The reader would do well to
+scan some out-of-print books on hypnosis at the library to understand
+the point further.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page9" id="page9"></a>[<a href="./images/9.png">9</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>This book is written in terms that are comprehensible to the
+layman. The step-by-step instructions should afford the reader a
+means of acquiring self-hypnosis. The necessary material is here.
+The reader need only follow the instructions as they are given.</p>
+
+<p>The author wishes to thank Robert S. Starrett, member of the
+American Medical Writers' Association, for his valuable help
+in the editorial preparation of this book.</p>
+
+<p>It is the author's hope that you will, through the selective use
+of self-hypnosis, arrive at a more rewarding, well-adjusted and
+fuller life.</p>
+
+<p style="text-align: right; margin-right: 20%;"><span class="smcap">Melvin Powers</span></p>
+
+<p>
+<i>12015 Sherman Road<br />
+No. Hollywood, California 91605</i><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page10" id="page10"></a>[<a href="./images/10.png">10</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page11" id="page11"></a>[<a href="./images/11.png">11</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter1" id="chapter1"></a><i>Chapter 1</i></h2>
+
+<h3>What You Should Know About Self-Hypnosis</h3>
+
+
+<p>Hypnosis has been defined as a state of heightened suggestibility
+in which the subject is able to uncritically accept
+ideas for self-improvement and act on them appropriately.
+When a hypnotist hypnotizes his subject, it is known as
+hetero-hypnosis. When an individual puts himself into
+a state of hypnosis, it is known as self-hypnosis. In both
+cases, the subject has achieved a heightened state of suggestibility.
+Even in hetero-hypnosis, the subject really controls
+the response to suggestions. Actually, all hypnosis
+is really a matter of self-hypnosis. The subject enters into
+the hypnotic state when he is completely ready to do so.
+This may require from one to many attempts before it is
+achieved. Even if the subject insists that he wants to be
+hypnotized immediately, he may be resisting hypnosis
+unconsciously.</p>
+
+<p>In self-hypnosis the same thing usually takes place. The
+subject is anxious to achieve self-hypnosis, but somehow
+the state eludes him. What's wrong? It may be that he is
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page12" id="page12"></a>[<a href="./images/12.png">12</a>]</span>
+unconsciously resisting it, hasn't conditioned himself sufficiently,
+or has achieved the hypnotic state and doesn't
+know he is in the state. This last statement may be surprising,
+but we will examine it in detail a little later on.</p>
+
+<p>Most experts agree that about 90 percent of the population
+can be hypnotized. My own feeling is that probably
+99 percent can be hypnotized. Who among us is not influenced
+by suggestion? Aren't we all, as we have seen,
+influenced by the suggestions of advertising? Don't we all
+have a tendency to believe what we read in the paper, hear
+on the radio or see on television? Aren't we all convinced
+that a name-brand article is better than one that is not so
+well-known?</p>
+
+<p>Suggestion plays a tremendously important role in our
+daily lives. It begins from naming the baby with an appropriate
+name to securing a suitable place for interment. I
+would like to call the reader's attention to a fascinating
+book dealing with the unconscious reasons why we do
+many of the things that we do. You will be intrigued with
+every page of the book. It is called <i>The Hidden Persuaders</i>
+by Vance Packard.</p>
+
+<p>My contention is that we are all suggestible and, therefore,
+being hypnotized or hypnotizing ourselves is just a
+matter of increasing the suggestibility that we already possess.
+Doesn't the hypnotist begin by suggesting relaxation?
+Doesn't he usually begin by requesting the subject to fix
+his attention on a particular object? Next, he suggests to
+the subject that his eyes are becoming heavy and tired.
+As soon as the subject closes his eyes, he suggests that he
+will be in a deep hypnotic state. I am sure that you are
+familiar with this procedure. With each step, the hypnotist
+is guiding the subject along directed lines to get him
+to accept further suggestions without question or doubt.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page13" id="page13"></a>[<a href="./images/13.png">13</a>]</span>
+When the subject achieves the ultimate state in this procedure,
+he has been hypnotized. He then accepts suggestions
+without equivocation.</p>
+
+<p>Let us continue with this same thought. Suppose I say
+to you, "I'm going to stick you with this pin. It won't
+hurt." Would you let me stick you with the pin? Obviously
+not. Let us suppose that you have been hypnotized and
+I repeat the same suggestion. What happens then? You
+readily accept the suggestion as being factual. Should I
+proceed to stick you with the pin, you do not even flinch.
+In fact, you do not even feel the pain. Does this sound
+incredible? Isn't this exactly the same procedure that the
+dentist uses with his patient when he has hypnotized him
+for the purpose of painless dentistry?</p>
+
+<p>Achieving hypnosis, therefore, is a matter of directing
+this suggestibility that we all possess into the channels that
+will finally produce the hypnotic state. It can be much
+more complicated than this explanation in many cases, but
+let us use this as a working premise.</p>
+
+<p>Everyone can be hypnotized. The time required for
+achieving hypnosis will vary from subject to subject. We
+will discuss some of the reasons for this in a subsequent
+chapter, but for our discussion at this time we need to
+understand this point. I have encountered numerous individuals
+who were extremely disappointed because they
+did not respond to hypnosis immediately or after several
+attempts. They wanted to know "what was wrong." An
+explanation that nothing was wrong somehow did not
+satisfy these individuals. "After all," they argued, "didn't
+I go to a hypnotist especially to be hypnotized?" Some
+insinuated that perhaps the hypnotist wasn't too good.</p>
+
+<p>Let me explain that most subjects need to be conditioned
+for hypnosis, and this conditioning is helped when the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page14" id="page14"></a>[<a href="./images/14.png">14</a>]</span>
+subject practices certain conditioning exercises that I shall
+discuss in detail in <a href="#chapter6">chapter six</a>, titled "How To Attain
+Self-Hypnosis." In my teaching, I have found that about
+one out of ten subjects responds to the first attempt at
+hypnosis. One cannot make a definite statement as to the
+length of time necessary to learn self-hypnosis, but it is
+my experience that this usually takes about one month.
+I have had subjects learn self-hypnosis in about 30 minutes,
+but I must also relate that I have worked with subjects
+for one year before they achieved it.</p>
+
+<p>For the most part, the laws of learning apply to self-hypnosis
+as with anything else that one would want to
+learn. It can be a relatively simple procedure, or it can be
+very perplexing. The answer lies not so much with the
+hypnotist as with the subject.</p>
+
+<p>One question that arises is: "If I'm under hypnosis, how
+can I give myself suggestions?" During the hypnotic state,
+it must be remembered, the subject is always aware of
+what is going on. He hears what is said, follows directions
+and terminates the state when told to do so. In the self-hypnotic
+state, the subject is in full control. Therefore, he
+can think, reason, act, criticize, suggest or do whatever he
+desires. He can audibly give himself suggestions, or he can
+mentally give himself suggestions. In either case, he does
+not rouse from the hypnotic state until he gives himself
+specific suggestions to do so. Many feel if they audibly
+give themselves suggestions, they will "awaken." In hypno-analysis,
+the subject answers questions during the hypnotic
+state. Having the subject talk does not terminate the state.
+You can keep the talkative subject under hypnosis as long
+as you want. Furthermore, the subject can be sitting erect
+with his eyes open and still be under hypnosis. Carrying
+this further, the subject may not even be aware that he is
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page15" id="page15"></a>[<a href="./images/15.png">15</a>]</span>
+under hypnosis. He can be given a cue not to remember
+when the therapist makes a certain motion or says a certain
+word that he will go back into the hypnotic state but still
+keep his eyes open. Only an experienced hypnotist could
+detect the change.</p>
+
+<p>Another frequent question is: "How do I arouse myself
+from the self-hypnotic state?" You merely say to yourself
+that upon counting to five you will open your eyes and
+wake up feeling fine. Many times the subject falls asleep
+while giving himself posthypnotic suggestions. This is not
+undesirable since the suggestions will spill over into the
+subconscious mind as he goes from consciousness to unconsciousness.</p>
+
+<p>A popular opinion about hypnosis is that the subject
+surrenders his will to the hypnotist in the process of being
+hypnotized. Furthermore, many believe that once the subject
+is hypnotized, the hypnotist has complete control of
+the subject and the subject is powerless to resist suggestion.
+Both beliefs are erroneous. I believe the first misconception
+comes from seeing techniques where the hypnotist
+requests the subject to look into his eyes. The hypnotist
+suggests to the subject that as he continues to look into his
+eyes he will fall into a deep hypnotic state. This, then,
+becomes a matter of who can outstare whom. The subject
+usually begins to blink his eyes and the hypnotist follows
+this up with rapid suggestions that the subject's eyes are
+becoming watery and heavy and that the subject will fall
+into a deep hypnotic sleep just as soon as he (the subject)
+closes his eyes. This procedure gives the impression to the
+observer that the subject is "willed" to go under hypnosis.
+It appears that once the hypnotist concentrates or wills
+sufficiently, the subject succumbs. Actually, the hypnotist
+in this technique is not looking into the eyes of the subject.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page16" id="page16"></a>[<a href="./images/16.png">16</a>]</span>
+He fixes his attention on the bridge of the nose of the
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>The concept that the subject is a helpless automaton
+stems from the weird movies where the "mad scientist"
+has hypnotized subjects into behaving like zombies. Naturally,
+there is usually a beautiful girl in the movie and she,
+too, has been hypnotized. Even though the audience is
+sophisticated enough to realize that this science-fiction
+drama is purely entertainment, the theme is repeated sufficiently
+in novels, comics, and television to make an indelible
+impression on the subconscious mind. It's the technique
+of telling the "big lie" so many times that it becomes
+believable. We are all influenced by this procedure. There
+is an excellent book explaining this very premise. It is
+called <i>Battle For The Mind</i> by William Sargent. It describes
+in detail the technique by which evangelists, psychiatrists,
+politicians and advertising men can change your
+beliefs and behavior.</p>
+
+<p>Following the reasoning that the subconscious mind can
+be affected, you can see that a problem could present itself
+even though the subject consciously wishes to be hypnotized.
+Unconsciously, there may be a poor interrelationship
+with the hypnotist which can create an unfavorable climate
+for hypnosis. When this is the case, the subject doesn't
+respond until such time that he relates well to the hypnotist.
+Even the most calculated procedures will fail until a
+positive transference relationship is established. I am sure
+that you sometimes have said, "For some reason I don't
+like that person." If pressed for an answer, you'll usually
+reply, "I can't explain it, but I just have a feeling about
+him." Actually, your subconscious reactions are influencing
+your thinking and you "feel" a certain way. The same
+thing takes place in business transactions. You either like
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page17" id="page17"></a>[<a href="./images/17.png">17</a>]</span>
+or dislike the proposition presented to you. You may say,
+"I have a certain feeling about this deal." You may not
+be conscious of the reasons, but your subconscious has
+reacted automatically because of previous experience along
+similar lines.</p>
+
+<p>In giving you some insight into the hypnotic procedure,
+I am trying to point out certain problems in regard to acquiring
+self-hypnosis. For the most part, it is not a simple
+procedure that is accomplished immediately. You can't
+just will it. It requires working toward a specific goal and
+following definite procedures which eventually lead to
+success.</p>
+
+<p>The hypnotist is usually endowed by the subject with an
+omniscience and infallibility which logically is unjustified.
+The subject is naturally extremely disappointed if he
+doesn't respond immediately. If he loses confidence in the
+hypnotist, he may never achieve hypnosis with this particular
+hypnotist. I have hypnotized subjects who have
+been to several other hypnotists without success, and I
+have had some of my unsuccessful subjects hypnotized by
+other hypnotists. How and why does it happen? I believe
+that some of the reasons are so intangible that it would
+be impossible to explain all of them with any degree of
+exactitude.</p>
+
+<p>I once saw an individual about 12 times who wanted to
+learn self-hypnosis and had been unsuccessful in every
+approach. I asked him if he would volunteer as a subject
+for a class in techniques of hypnosis that I was teaching
+for nurses. He readily volunteered and showed up at the
+designated time. Much to my amazement as well as his
+own, he responded within a relatively short time as one of
+the nurses hypnotized him before the group. She had used
+a standard eye closure technique, requesting him to look
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page18" id="page18"></a>[<a href="./images/18.png">18</a>]</span>
+at a spinning hypnodisc that I had previously used with
+him every time he was in the office. Her manner was extremely
+affable, she had used the identical technique I had
+used unsuccessfully, and the subject responded excellently
+to cap the climax. He was the first subject the nurse had
+ever hypnotized, since this was only her third lesson.</p>
+
+<p>How would you account for it? Here was one of my
+students with two weeks' experience hypnotizing a subject
+where I had failed while using every procedure that I felt
+would work. Was it because she was a better hypnotist?
+Perhaps! However, I'd like to recall at this time our discussion
+about subconscious responses. I'm inclined to feel
+that being hypnotized by a middle-aged female nurse
+created certain favorable unconscious responses which
+accounted for his going under hypnosis at that time. It
+created the initial break-through which was needed. I was
+able to hypnotize him easily at his next appointment, and
+he acquired self-hypnosis readily from that time on.</p>
+
+<p>I have tried the same approach with other subjects who
+did not respond favorably and have failed to attain the
+success that I did in the above case. Why the impasse? It
+is one of the difficulties that we encounter in hypnosis,
+and as yet it has not been resolved.</p>
+
+<p>We know that the easiest way to achieve self-hypnosis
+is to be hypnotized and given a posthypnotic suggestion
+that you will respond to hypnosis by a key word, phrase
+or gesture. I have tried to point out some problems that
+can arise. Needless to say, these problems do not always
+arise, and the attainment of self-hypnosis can be a relatively
+simple procedure. There is usually some way of
+reaching a subject who does not respond in a reasonable
+length of time.</p>
+
+<p>Now we come to the point where the subject wishes to
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page19" id="page19"></a>[<a href="./images/19.png">19</a>]</span>
+hypnotize himself. What happens in this situation? It
+would appear that the subject would go under hypnosis
+immediately. After all, isn't he controlling the hypnotic
+session? Of course, this does happen time and time again,
+and the results seem miraculous. I receive mail constantly
+from readers of several of my other books on hypnosis
+telling me how they were able to achieve certain goals that
+they never dreamed possible. They write that they have
+achieved self-confidence and complete self-mastery and
+have been able to overcome problems that have plagued
+them for many years. These problems not only include
+strictly psychological troubles but many psychosomatic
+symptoms as well. Many have remarked at the ease in
+which they were able to achieve self-hypnosis and the
+results they wanted. For them it was as simple as following
+a do-it-yourself book.</p>
+
+<p>Others write about the difficulty they encounter and
+ask what to do about it. It is my hope that this book will
+shed some light for those who have experienced difficulty
+in learning self-hypnosis. We shall discuss many phases
+of hypnosis with the emphasis on self-hypnosis. We'll discuss
+its many ramifications and try not to leave out anything
+helpful in our discussion.</p>
+
+<p>If you follow the instructions and exercises that I give
+you assiduously, you should be able to achieve a depth of
+self-hypnosis suitable for solving many of your personal
+problems.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page20" id="page20"></a>[<a href="./images/20.png">20</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page21" id="page21"></a>[<a href="./images/21.png">21</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter2" id="chapter2"></a><i>Chapter 2</i></h2>
+
+<h3>What About the Dangers of Hypnosis?</h3>
+
+
+<p>One of the objections that you hear to hypnosis is that
+it can be dangerous in the hands of those not trained in
+the psychodynamics of human behavior. Inasmuch as psychiatrists
+and clinical psychologists are the only ones who
+are thoroughly trained in the analysis of human behavior,
+this objection, if valid, could limit hypnosis to a comparative
+handful of therapists. Fortunately, it is not valid.
+This was proved several years ago when the "Bridey
+Murphy" craze gripped the country. Despite the fact that
+thousands of amateur hypnotists were practicing hypnosis,
+little or no harm resulted. I have personally instructed
+several thousand medical and non-medical individuals
+and have yet to hear of a single case where a crisis was
+precipitated or anything of a dangerous or detrimental
+nature occurred as a result of hypnosis. I have also taught
+several thousand persons self-hypnosis and can report the
+same findings.</p>
+
+<p>Many patients who seek treatment from competent
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page22" id="page22"></a>[<a href="./images/22.png">22</a>]</span>
+psychiatrists, psychoanalysts and psychologists do not always
+obtain satisfactory results. This doesn't mean that
+everyone should stop seeking help from these specialists.
+Even a specialist doesn't have a perfect record of successful
+therapy.</p>
+
+<p>What then is the objection to hypnosis? The theory that
+if you get rid of one symptom another symptom will take
+its place really holds no truth and is usually advanced by
+those who have had little or no experience in the hypnosis
+field. However, a difference of opinion does exist even
+with those practicing hypnosis in this area. Some hypnotists
+"trade down" symptoms by replacing a serious symptom
+with a minor one, while others just remove the
+symptom. The latter is what a doctor does when he
+recommends aspirin for arthritis. He knows the aspirin
+will not cure the arthritis, but he wants to alleviate the
+symptom. To say that another symptom will replace the
+pain is unscientific&mdash;and untrue. The same is true of
+hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>Lewis R. Wolberg, M.D., clinical professor of psychiatry,
+New York Medical College, recently canvassed
+30 experts in the field of hypnosis and found a few who
+felt symptom removal was "irrational, temporary&mdash;or
+outright dangerous." The large majority, however, "employed
+symptom removal where indicated, and minimized
+or ridiculed any possible bad effects."</p>
+
+<p>A further objection to hypnosis is that the results are
+temporary as well as symptomatic. It is well to remember
+that most medical therapy is specifically directed to symptom
+removal. How permanent is most medical treatment?
+Once you couple hetero-hypnosis with self-hypnosis, you
+afford the patient the opportunity of utilizing suggestions
+for his own benefit any time they are needed. This,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page23" id="page23"></a>[<a href="./images/23.png">23</a>]</span>
+of course, can make symptom relief permanent. As an
+example, I would see no harm in teaching a patient self-hypnosis
+for symptomatic relief from a problem of
+insomnia. It would certainly be better than physically
+depressing the higher brain centers with sleeping pills
+to produce unconsciousness every night. I needn't tell you
+that millions of dollars are spent every year on sleeping
+pills and patients become dependent upon them, needing
+more and more pills in order to produce sleep. Many accidental
+suicides stem from an overdose of sleeping pills.
+Yet, despite the inherent dangers of sleeping pills which
+are glaringly apparent, they are prescribed by the millions,
+to say nothing of those that reach the market through
+illegal channels. Furthermore, how much effort is really
+made to get the patient off the sleeping pills? There are
+also more voluntary suicides by sleeping pills than by any
+other method. Perhaps if these drugs weren't so readily
+available, many of these unfortunate individuals would
+be with us today.</p>
+
+<p>What about the often-quoted statement that "you might
+do some damage"? Let's explore this area. I assume that
+the reader is somewhat familiar with the work of Emile
+Cou&eacute; or at least has heard of his famous autosuggestion
+formula of "Day by day, in every way, I'm getting better
+and better." During our time, thousands upon thousands
+of seemingly helpless and hopeless cases have been cured
+by repeating this affirmation over and over again, day
+after day, as the individual falls asleep.</p>
+
+<p>I think we should make it clear that whether we call it
+autosuggestion, positive thinking, meditation, yoga, affirmations
+or self-hypnosis, we are, in reality, talking about
+the same thing. All require certain basic prerequisites before
+they will work effectively for the individual. We'll
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page24" id="page24"></a>[<a href="./images/24.png">24</a>]</span>
+discuss these prerequisites in <a href="#chapter3">the next chapter</a>.</p>
+
+<p>What should be remembered is that the suggestions are
+being filtered into the subconscious mind which does not
+question, doubt, analyze or dispute the efficacy of these
+beneficial thoughts. You can be sure that the constant
+repetition will have its effect. Hasn't the mind, in the past,
+accepted the individual's diagnosis when he said, "I'm
+sick," "I have an inferiority complex," "I can't stop smoking,"
+"I can't lose weight," "I can't concentrate," "I can
+remember a person's face, but I can't remember names,"
+"I have a difficult time falling asleep," "I just can't seem
+to relax." Isn't such an individual, in effect, using self-hypnosis?
+And hasn't the person convinced himself of the
+validity of his present state? This is truly dangerous. It is
+negative hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>The question that I raise is: "Why shouldn't the subconscious
+mind be even more convinced and respond
+strongly to suggestions which are in conformity with the
+natural desire to be of sound body and mind?" I have never
+been able to find a logical answer.</p>
+
+<p>I think this is what happens many times. A person seeks
+help with a problem which, in reality, has nothing to do
+with hypnosis. His cure is not contingent on being hypnotized
+or on suggestions he or the hypnotist feel are
+indicated. You will read in nearly every book and article
+dealing with hypnosis that "hypnotism is not a cure-all."
+No one has suggested or implied that it should be used
+exclusively for all emotional problems. You may read a
+newspaper article warning about the "dangers" of hypnosis.
+It may tell of a person who rid himself of one symptom
+and developed another in its place. You usually get a
+grossly distorted picture of what happened, with many
+aspects of the case not included. It's a matter of taking
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page25" id="page25"></a>[<a href="./images/25.png">25</a>]</span>
+what you want to prove out of context. Propagandists use
+this technique all the time to get across their message. It's
+the old story of telling a half truth.</p>
+
+<p>Honest criticism and a sincere difference of opinion are
+always welcome. But criticism must be well-founded from
+a scientific point of view and not stem from an emotional
+reaction. You have probably heard the remark, "I won't
+let anyone hypnotize me." What are they really saying,
+and what does hypnosis represent to such an individual?
+To them, hypnosis represents some sort of "magic spell"
+which invokes a state of complete helplessness and dependency
+upon the hypnotist. We previously discussed
+how this erroneous conception can take place because of
+the manner in which hypnosis is usually interwoven with
+bizarre fictional stories.</p>
+
+<p>For many, the hypnotic state represents a period in
+which the conscious guard is dropped. They feel they may
+compulsively reveal the darker side of their nature, confess
+their hostility or relate information they would never
+voluntarily divulge to anyone. This is the real danger they
+see in hypnosis. To protect themselves from it, they attack
+it. It is much like the fanatic vice crusader who militantly
+attacks sin in order to alleviate his own feelings of guilt
+stemming from the fact that vice actually attracts him.</p>
+
+<p>Fear of hypnosis takes different forms, but basically it
+is the fear of revealing one's true feelings. An employee,
+for instance, at a gathering which included the employer
+he dislikes, would never volunteer as a subject for hypnosis
+if the occasion arose. He would be afraid he would
+do or say something which might endanger his position.
+Hypnosis for him would be "dangerous" because he
+would be afraid to take the chance. The truth is, however,
+that this individual would be taking no chance. The hypnotic
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page26" id="page26"></a>[<a href="./images/26.png">26</a>]</span>
+state is not a confessional period. The subject is
+aware at all times of what he is saying. If the subject does
+not wish to pursue a line of questioning, he tells the hypnotist.
+If the hypnotist persisted further along this line,
+the subject would shake off the hypnotic state.</p>
+
+<p>Another misconception about hypnosis is the widely
+held belief that the subject is unconscious. This represents
+a threat to the security of the individual. Actually, the
+hypnotic state is a period of extreme awareness in which
+the subject is hyperacute. Furthermore, the subject is not
+asleep, nor is he in a trance state in the correct meaning of
+that term. He is in an altered state of awareness with his
+faculties and reasoning ability intact. Inducing hypnosis
+merely creates a mood or state in which the powers of
+suggestibility are heightened.</p>
+
+<p>When the general public and the medical profession
+become familiar with the true nature of hypnosis, we shall
+have a greater acceptance and utilization of this power. It
+is a slow process but one which will finally evolve. In the
+final analysis, I believe the only danger that exists is in the
+mind of the individual who fears hypnosis because of
+whatever subjective qualms he has about his own emotional
+involvement in the hypnotic process.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, all persons using hypnosis for the alleviation
+of pain should consult their family physician. Pain is
+nature's way of indicating that something is wrong with
+the organism. It would be foolish to suggest that a pain in
+the stomach will disappear when this may be a sign of a
+needed appendix operation. The same may be said of
+constant migraine headaches. It must be determined that
+the headache is not a symptom of a brain tumor or some
+other pathological condition. It may be of interest to know
+that hypnosis is presently being used to relieve pain in
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page27" id="page27"></a>[<a href="./images/27.png">27</a>]</span>
+terminal cancer patients. There is an excellent article on
+this subject, and I recommend it to doctors reading this
+book. It is called "The Use of Hypnosis in the Case of the
+Cancer Patient" which appeared in the January 1954 issue
+of <i>Cancer</i>.<a name="fnanchor1" id="fnanchor1" href="#footnote1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>
+
+<p>There are at present several thousand dentists throughout
+the country using hypnosis. They have formed their
+own society and publish a quarterly journal, <i>The Journal
+of the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry</i>. One
+of the best books in this field is called <i>Dental Hypnosis
+Handbook</i> by Jacob Stolzenberg, D.D.S.</p>
+
+<p>An excellent article is "Danger! Hypnotherapist at
+Work" by M. Abramson.<a name="fnanchor2" id="fnanchor2" href="#footnote2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a>
+The author reviews briefly
+the pros and cons regarding the medical use of hypnosis.
+He concludes: "It is the author's opinion, based on an
+extensive personal experience of over 15 years, that the
+use of hypnotherapy by a physician or dentist who has
+been properly trained and who uses this technique strictly
+within his field of competence carries with it no more
+(and probably less) 'danger' than the use of many other
+techniques of treatment used in medicine today."</p>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a name="footnote1" id="footnote1" href="#fnanchor1">[1]</a>
+At the same time, I would highly recommend the booklet, <i>Helping the Dying
+Patient and His Family</i>, published by the National Association of Social Workers,
+2 Park Avenue, New York 16, New York. Price: 75 cents.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a name="footnote2" id="footnote2"></a><a href="#fnanchor2">[2]</a>
+Bull. Hennepin Co. Med. Soc., 1960, 31:101-106</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page28" id="page28"></a>[<a href="./images/28.png">28</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page29" id="page29"></a>[<a href="./images/29.png">29</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter3" id="chapter3"></a><i>Chapter 3</i></h2>
+
+<h3>Is Hypnosis the Answer?</h3>
+
+
+<p>Dr. George Estabrooks, professor of psychology at Colgate
+University and author of the book, <i>Hypnotism</i>, made
+the following two statements in a paper called "The
+Future of Hypnosis" given as part of a program on "The
+Nature of Hypnosis" at the annual meeting of the American
+Psychological Association in 1959:</p>
+
+<p>"It would be well to sound a word of caution against
+certain attitudes which have become prevalent and which
+can be well illustrated in the field of medicine. In this
+respect, direct suggestion is under the ban. For example, a
+dictum, 'Never remove the symptom unless the cause is
+understood,' is much emphasized. Its validity is greatly
+open to question, since much of medical practice is direct
+symptom removal, as only a little thought makes apparent.</p>
+
+<p>"Another dictum generally followed is that the unconscious
+background of symptom-complexes must necessarily
+be made conscious to effect a cure. Reasonable and
+thoughtful consideration of the extensive role of the unconscious
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page30" id="page30"></a>[<a href="./images/30.png">30</a>]</span>
+in daily living and functioning renders this
+dictum much less creditable."</p>
+
+<p>I should like to discuss both of these statements in some
+detail as they invariably arise in the mind of the individual
+seeking help through hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>The first thought that comes to mind is that all the religious
+healings cited in the Bible involve direct symptom
+removal. The cures that are effected by religious devotees
+traveling to sacred shrines are also in the realm of direct
+symptom removal. I have yet to hear a criticism of this
+type of treatment directed at religious leaders or condemnation
+of the religious shrines. These cures are accepted as
+evidence of the power of faith or attributed to the super-natural.
+In these cases, nothing is ever done to make the
+person cured understand the nature of the unconscious
+mechanisms which contributed to his problem.</p>
+
+<p>Religious healing cannot be dismissed by merely saying,
+"It isn't scientific." A methodology is only scientific when
+it works. It is of no value if it doesn't help the individual
+seeking help. We must face the fact that not all people
+can be helped by the same psychological treatment. We
+can readily see this in the following extreme example: An
+aborigine suffering from a psychological problem certainly
+wouldn't be a candidate for psychoanalysis as we know it.
+He could, no doubt, be helped much more readily by a
+witch doctor. It also stands to reason that the sophisticated
+Westerner would not be influenced by the incantations of
+a tribal medicine man.</p>
+
+<p>Going further, we find there are many schools of psychotherapy
+and many approaches to solving man's emotional
+problems. The cure rate for all of them, however,
+is approximately the same. I think we must accept the
+fact that there is no <i>one</i> sound, logical, scientific approach.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page31" id="page31"></a>[<a href="./images/31.png">31</a>]</span>
+I believe that so long as the end result is achieved, the
+methodology was scientific for that individual's needs.
+The goal of all therapies is to help the patient free himself
+from whatever emotional problems beset him.</p>
+
+<p>This approach, to some readers, may seem an oversimplification
+of a very complex problem, but I think it's
+time that we had a simple, workable formula devoid of
+technical jargon. Too often, complex technical terms and
+theories have been glibly used to explain away failures.
+I believe we need more and more emphasis on measures
+to make the patient feel better rather than spending most
+of the time trying to find out why he doesn't feel well.
+This, of course, is symptom removal again.</p>
+
+<p>I should like to point out an interesting fact pertaining
+to Biblical healers. So long as the fame of the healer preceded
+his arrival in any country, he was able to heal the
+sick. However, where his fame as a healer was either unknown
+or discredited, he found no faith and subsequently
+no cure. The earliest reference to hypnosis is in the Bible,
+Genesis ii, 21. "And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to
+fall upon Adam, and he slept..."</p>
+
+<p>Dr. William Malamud, 86th president of the American
+Psychiatric Association, in an address delivered at the
+annual meeting in 1960, stated the following in a paper
+called "Psychiatric Research: Setting and Motivation":</p>
+
+<p>"During the last few years we have witnessed a growing
+trend of overemphasizing the value of 'exact' methodology
+and uniformity of standards. This trend, which
+could be characterized as a 'cult of objectivity,' has already
+had an important influence on psychiatric research.
+It is true that in its emphasis on critical judgment and
+valid criteria, it has helped to curb unrestrained flights of
+imagination and sloppy methodology. But the overglorification
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page32" id="page32"></a>[<a href="./images/32.png">32</a>]</span>
+of objectivity and the insistence on rigidly single
+standards of acceptable methods have resulted in a concentration
+on certain phases of the science of human behavior
+at the expense of other very important ones."</p>
+
+<p>I believe that most individuals have a fairly good
+understanding of how they came to have the problem that
+they have. I have yet to encounter the person who protests
+he has no idea why he doesn't function as he would like
+to in a certain area. From a practical standpoint, not many
+have the time nor money required to delve into the unconscious
+background of the problem. The high cost of treatment
+is a very real objection and cannot be discounted
+lightly. People suffering from emotional problems usually
+suffer financial reverses as well. Who is to help these
+people? There are very few places in the country where
+they can receive competent psychiatric help at a reasonable
+fee. Is there this type of help in your own community?
+It is only when the individual is destitute that the
+state provides whatever help it can. However, at this point
+it's a long hard struggle back to good emotional health.</p>
+
+<p>The National Association for Mental Health and its
+affiliates issue about 10 million copies of 200 different
+pamphlets on various aspects of mental health. To assess
+the value of these pamphlets, 47 mental hygiene experts
+held a conference at Cornell University. A report on this
+outstanding conference has been published. It is called
+"Mental Health Education: A Critique." A feature by
+Ernest Havemann in the August 8, 1960 issue of <i>Life</i> contains
+a very worthwhile article on this conference called
+"Who's Normal? Nobody, But We All Keep On Trying.
+In Dissent From 'Mental Health' Approach, Experts Decry
+Futile Search For An Unreal Goal." The following
+paragraph is taken from the <i>Life</i> article:
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page33" id="page33"></a>[<a href="./images/33.png">33</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>"What about psychiatry and psychoanalysis? This is
+a different matter. Many unhappy and problem-ridden
+people, though by no means all who have tried it, have
+profited from psychotherapy. Indeed, all the mental health
+pamphlets, as a postscript to the self-help methods they
+advocate, wind up by advising the reader to seek professional
+care if his problems are serious enough. But the
+skeptics at Cornell cited statistics which to them show that
+psychiatric treatment is as remote for the average person
+as a trip to the moon. Aside from the expense, which most
+people would find prohibitive, there simply are not enough
+therapists to go around. The U. S. has around 11,000
+psychiatrists and 10,000 clinical psychologists&mdash;in all,
+about one for every 8,500 citizens. If everybody with
+emotional problems decided to see a psychiatrist, the lines
+at the doctors' offices would stretch for miles."</p>
+
+<p>I assume that most readers of this book know that state
+hospitals are understaffed and unable to provide proper
+care for the mentally ill. Mike Gorman, executive director
+of the National Mental Health Committee, has written a
+crusading report on this very theme called <i>Every Other
+Bed</i>. In this book he tells us that every other hospital bed
+in the United States is occupied by a mental case. Mental
+illness costs the country two and a half billion dollars a
+year besides the more important untold human suffering
+that can never be equated in dollars. The book is a shocking
+story of how we have let this happen; are still letting
+it happen; and of how little, for the most part, we, the
+general public as well as the medical and psychological
+professions, are doing to correct this deplorable situation.</p>
+
+<p>It is time that we re-examined the dictums that say a
+symptom can never be removed unless the cause is understood
+and the unconscious background of symptom-complexes
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page34" id="page34"></a>[<a href="./images/34.png">34</a>]</span>
+must be made conscious and understood before a
+cure is effected.</p>
+
+<p>There are many positive thinking groups functioning in
+the religious field. Many of these religious groups are in
+existence primarily because of the dynamic philosophy or
+psychology they offer for every day living. Couple this
+with a strong faith in God, and you have a combination
+which approaches infallibility. Recently we have had a
+series of best-selling books which expound this very theme.
+Does it work? Of course it does when used properly.</p>
+
+<p>You can be sure that there has been criticism of this
+religious psychology. The criticism is that the basic causes
+of the problem are never dealt with and the unconscious
+conflict is not resolved. It's the same argument over and
+over again. What about the people helped? They seem to
+have made tremendous strides and are leading lives as
+well adjusted as anyone else. Once imbued with this spirit
+or feeling of well-being, it permeates every phase of their
+relationships in a constructive manner. The only reason
+that there isn't more criticism is that this type of psychotherapy
+is incorporated into the religious tenets of these
+groups, and criticizing another man's religion makes the
+detractor's entire philosophy unacceptable. I am strongly
+in favor of these groups because I would prefer having a
+religion that keeps pointing out the positive side of life
+and that "life can be beautiful" if you put your faith in
+God and practice positive thinking. It is certainly better
+than the cynical philosophy of its detractors or the grim
+religions which stress punishment. Think of the guilt feelings
+involved in the latter. No one can live up to such a
+formidable creed.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, if you suggest to positive thinking, religious
+individuals that they are using a form of self-hypnosis,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page35" id="page35"></a>[<a href="./images/35.png">35</a>]</span>
+they will emphatically deny and debate the issue. Since we
+are primarily interested in mental hygiene and not in winning
+a debate, it is well to leave the matter as it stands.
+The point to keep in mind is that so long as a person feels
+that this methodology is the answer to his needs and so
+long as no one is being hurt by his belief, I feel he should
+cling to his conviction. He should not allow it to be destroyed
+by those who are thinking in different semantic
+terms.</p>
+
+<p>I would like to bring up another common example pertaining
+to the two basic concepts that we have been discussing.
+It is the example of the many individuals who
+have taken public speaking courses to overcome stage
+fright. In most cases, the person involved hasn't had too
+much opportunity to be a public speaker. Because of this,
+he suddenly feels he may not say the right thing or forget
+what he wants to say. This anxiety can create the very
+situation or block that he fears. What is the solution?
+Certainly not psychoanalysis to find out why he functions
+the way he does. You could use this approach, but I don't
+think it's the most constructive one. It is like asking,
+"What am I doing that's wrong?" instead of "What can
+I do that's right?" The most constructive approach is to
+take a course of instruction to get the actual practice and
+experience in the techniques of public speaking.</p>
+
+<p>Before proceeding further, I believe it is necessary to
+point out that I am not just being critical of the convictions
+of other sincere and dedicated individuals engaged
+in the field of mental hygiene. It is always good to re-evaluate
+our present thinking on any subject, no matter
+how sincere or convinced we may be that what we are
+doing is correct. At times, we can become so immersed in
+our convictions that we cannot take criticism and respond
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page36" id="page36"></a>[<a href="./images/36.png">36</a>]</span>
+emotionally to ideas or interpretations that do not coincide
+with logical thinking.</p>
+
+<p>What, then, is the answer to mental health problems?
+There is no single answer. It is a very complex situation.
+There are many promising drugs and treatments which, if
+adequately developed and widely used, could do a great
+deal toward promoting good mental health. Fundamentally,
+the problem will always be that of trying to understand
+human behavior and helping those in distress with
+an efficacious formula.</p>
+
+<p>What is that formula? I believe hypnosis can contribute
+in part to the answer. Needless to say, hypnosis is contraindicated
+in many emotional problems because of the
+very nature of the problem itself. Some emotional difficulties
+must first be worked out on a conscious level. After
+this, hypnosis can be instrumental in achieving the final
+goal.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Frank S. Caprio, a prominent psychiatrist, in his
+book, <i>Helping Yourself with Psychiatry</i>, states the following:
+"A whole new world of self-confidence and
+positive living is open to every person, young and old,
+through hypnosis, self-hypnosis and self-suggestion or
+auto-hypnosis."</p>
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page37" id="page37"></a>[<a href="./images/37.png">37</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter4" id="chapter4"></a><i>Chapter 4</i></h2>
+
+<h3>How Does Self-Hypnosis Work?</h3>
+
+
+<p>There's an old Chinese proverb that states: "One picture
+is worth a thousand words." In conveying suggestions
+to the subconscious, we have found that picture images
+are more effective than the words that are implanted. For
+example, it isn't sufficient to say, "I will be confident."
+The words must be augmented by a picture of yourself as
+the confident person you want to be. If you say, "I can't
+visualize myself as a confident person because I have
+never been that way," you can "borrow" those personality
+traits that you want for yourself. Imagine yourself endowed
+with the characteristics of some confident person
+that you know. The qualities that you seek may even be
+borrowed from a famous person. If this isn't possible,
+make up a personality which is a composite of all the
+things you want to be. See yourself walking, talking and
+carrying on activities. Keep fortifying this image with the
+mental suggestions that are needed. It won't be long
+before these mental impressions give rise to the confident
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page38" id="page38"></a>[<a href="./images/38.png">38</a>]</span>
+feelings that you seek. As you keep implanting these
+images, they will become a natural part of your conscious
+personality.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. S. J. Van Pelt, president of the British Society of
+Medical Hypnotists and editor of the <i>British Journal of
+Medical Hypnotism</i>, writes about this technique in his
+book, <i>Secrets of Hypnotism</i>. He calls it "'3-D' Technique
+in Medical Hypnotherapy." As you read the following
+paragraph, it would be well to remember that it contains
+the essence of making the self-hypnosis technique work
+once you have achieved the hypnotic state, per se. Incidentally,
+the same procedure can be used in attaining the
+hypnotic state itself. You see yourself entering the state
+of hypnosis in your initial attempts. This, in turn, sets up
+a conditioned response and a favorable emotional reaction
+which is necessary.</p>
+
+<p>"The writer has found (visualization) of the greatest
+value in the re-education of the patient, which is an essential
+part of hypnotherapy. In this method, after the cause
+of the trouble has been discovered and as a part of his
+re-education, the patient is instructed while under only
+light hypnosis to 'form a picture' in his mind. He is asked
+to imagine a movie screen and to see himself 'just like an
+actor' on this screen playing a part. He is told that the
+picture looks 'very real'&mdash;'3-D' in fact&mdash;and that he can
+see himself acting and looking the way he really wants to
+look and act. Various scenes are suggested such as ... the
+patient will have to face in real life. In each he is instructed
+to see himself&mdash;'as in real life'&mdash;always succeeding.
+For instance, the stammerer might be asked to
+picture himself speaking easily to people, and feeling perfectly
+at ease. The patient is also instructed how to form
+these 'success pictures' for himself, and it is stressed that
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page39" id="page39"></a>[<a href="./images/39.png">39</a>]</span>
+he will only be able to see himself as he wants to be&mdash;successful.
+Since the pictures give rise to the appropriate
+feelings, it is not long before the patient begins to show
+the benefit of his private '3-D' film shows."</p>
+
+<p>After explaining this technique to students, many have
+inquired, "Is that all there is to it? It seems so simple."
+Of course, there is more to it in that the individual must
+follow through with the instruction. This is one of the
+difficult aspects of this type of program. Let me enumerate
+some of the problems I have encountered in teaching self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>As mentioned, one of the difficulties is that the technique
+seems too simple. Students become skeptical. They
+feel it should be more complicated and involved in order
+to get results. I suppose people better appreciate something
+that comes only after a hard struggle. This procedure
+is devoid of this. Of course, I am not saying that
+once a person begins to use this technique his problems
+will automatically vanish and his life will be cheery forever
+after. We have been conditioned to think that success
+in anything can only come after a long, hard struggle.
+This is the basic theme of the American way of life. We
+have been accustomed to believe that conflict and struggle
+are part of life and large doses of it are necessary before
+we achieve success in any field. I can only reiterate that the
+information contained in this book is all you need to get
+results. It is necessary that you follow through and not
+give up after you have tried the program for a short while
+and have obtained no appreciable results. This brings us
+to another point.</p>
+
+<p>Many persons expect immediate results when they begin
+to use self-hypnosis. If they don't get the results they
+anticipated immediately, they want to know "what's
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page40" id="page40"></a>[<a href="./images/40.png">40</a>]</span>
+wrong?" My answer is usually that "nothing is wrong"
+and that they need only keep steadily applying the instructions.
+Certainly, one doesn't become a proficient typist,
+musician, actor or sportsman because he has mastered the
+basic techniques. It takes time to acquire proficiency.</p>
+
+<p>Let me assure you that anyone using and applying this
+technique can benefit from it. One of the troubles in dealing
+with any problem is routing defeatism and hopelessness.
+You can incorporate posthypnotic corrective measures
+in the suggestions that you give yourself. However, I believe
+that they must be dealt with on a conscious level as
+well. You must believe that you can conquer your difficulties
+no matter how long you have had them. If you are
+prepared to work with self-hypnosis in an unremitting
+manner, you will achieve the self-help that you seek. Now
+and then, you can anticipate a setback in your progress,
+but this needn't discourage you from your overall task.
+Recount the progress already made. If you have a "let-down"
+because you expected quicker and more dramatic
+results, remember that this is a common feeling shared by
+many with emotional problems. Remember, also, how
+long you have had the problem.</p>
+
+<p>No doubt, you have tried other methods and became
+discouraged because you weren't making the progress you
+had anticipated. You dropped the idea and landed back
+where you started. Make up your mind, consciously, that
+you will work with untiring sincerity and a perseverance
+that will not falter because your chosen goal is not
+achieved immediately. I know of no therapy that leads
+straight to positive results without obstacles and intermittent
+failure. Success comes in spite of intervening failures
+because the ultimate direction has been clearly thought
+out and charted. Self-hypnosis will finally work because
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page41" id="page41"></a>[<a href="./images/41.png">41</a>]</span>
+you are constantly conditioning your subconscious to react
+in a positive, constructive manner. The program must, of
+necessity, become automatic in nature. When it does, you
+will suddenly find yourself feeling the way you wanted to
+and doing the things that you set out to do with the aid of
+self-hypnosis. You actually cultivate those feelings that
+you want.</p>
+
+<p>Hypnosis will not work with skeptics. Every so often
+such a person comes to my office seeking help. He tells me
+that his family physician or his spouse feels he should take
+my course in self-hypnosis. I inquire if he feels he might
+benefit from the course. If his answer is not positive, and
+if after talking to him at length about the benefits of hypnosis,
+I still feel he is not ready for the course, I suggest
+another mode of treatment for him. The reason for this is
+that unless the person is optimistic and enthusiastic about
+self-hypnosis, it just isn't going to work as effectively as it
+would otherwise. The very nature of a skeptical attitude
+limits the constructive forces that we wish to harness.</p>
+
+<p>Occasionally, individuals want indisputable proof that
+hypnosis is going to help them. It is impossible to give
+them the proof and unqualified reassurance that they seek.
+Yet, these same people do not require proof from their
+physicians. No one can guarantee success. However, I do
+point out that the continued and intelligent use of self-hypnosis
+can be instrumental in directing the healing,
+curative, constructive forces of nature.</p>
+
+<p>Many times, a metaphysical rather than a scientific approach
+is required. It's a matter of trying to satisfy the
+patient's needs. At times, it is helpful to allow the patient
+to attend a class in self-hypnosis. Being able to communicate
+and identify with other individuals seeking self-hypnosis
+often is enough to change his attitude. This is
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page42" id="page42"></a>[<a href="./images/42.png">42</a>]</span>
+especially true when one or more of the students relates
+dramatic changes.</p>
+
+<p>Self-hypnosis works because we are able to condition
+ourselves to various stimuli. We condition ourselves consciously
+and unconsciously to many activities. When we
+experience anxiety, it stems from a conditioning process
+which could have been conscious or unconscious. In self-hypnosis,
+the individual consciously works toward implementing
+and strengthening his own inherent strength and
+resources. These objectives, when attained, result in feelings
+of confidence, relaxation, self-mastery and well-being.</p>
+
+<p>Furthermore, hypnosis utilizes a natural mental process.
+We all know that placebos work admirably in numerous
+cases. The dictionary defines the word placebo as, "an
+inactive substance or preparation, administered to please
+or gratify a patient, also used in controlled studies to
+determine the efficiency of medicinal substances." Many
+controlled experiments have shown that people achieve
+similar results whether they take a placebo (which they
+think is the real medication) or real medication that was
+prescribed. Several years ago many such tests were carried
+out with antihistamines to prevent colds. The results were
+always the same.</p>
+
+<p>We are interested in what makes the placebo act as
+effectively as the true medication. It stands to reason that
+a chain reaction is set up, actually causing a physiological
+result from a psychological reaction. The unsuspecting
+patient declares, "I've never felt so good in my life." Yet,
+this would never have happened if he didn't think he was
+taking the marvelous new medicine. A recent scientific
+study by one of the leading pharmaceutical houses concluded
+that one third of the effectiveness of any medication
+depends upon the faith and trust that the patient has
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page43" id="page43"></a>[<a href="./images/43.png">43</a>]</span>
+in the prescribing physician.</p>
+
+<p>I am sure that the placebo results and the patient's faith
+in the physician as contributing factors to the effectiveness
+of medications do not come as a revelation. We are all
+aware of such information. Our problem is how to harness
+this unconscious process for constructive goals. The
+answer is through self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>Self-hypnosis, as we have explained it, uses a technique
+called visual-imagery. This has been referred to by many
+different names, but for our purposes we'll call it visual-imagery.
+Within this technique lies one of the keys for
+achieving the goals that you want. There have been many
+famous books written incorporating this technique as a
+basis for achievement. Perhaps the most famous of all is
+called <i>Think and Grow Rich</i> by Napoleon Hill. In recent
+years, <i>The Magic of Believing</i> by Claude M. Bristol and
+<i>The Power of Positive Thinking</i>, already mentioned, have
+become well-known. The book which gives direction
+to most of the books in this field is called <i>Self-Mastery
+Through Conscious Auto-Suggestion</i> by Dr. Emile Cou&eacute;.
+I am sure the older readers of this book have heard of his
+famous saying, which I will repeat here for emphasis.
+"Day by day, in every way, I am getting better and better."
+Invariably, in all these books, there is reference to the
+Biblical quotation, "As a man thinketh in his heart, so
+is he."</p>
+
+<p>As the reader can deduce, we are not theorizing about a
+startling new discovery. The technique is as ancient as
+man himself and his dream of a better tomorrow. All
+books using the visual-imagery technique tell you to paint
+a vivid, mental picture of the material things you wish to
+acquire, if it is a case of material wealth. For personal improvement,
+they tell you to paint a vivid picture of the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page44" id="page44"></a>[<a href="./images/44.png">44</a>]</span>
+individual you want to be. In most cases, you are told to
+do this in a relaxed or meditative state with as few distractions
+as possible. The next two requirements are constant
+repetition (conditioning) and a "burning desire"
+(motivation) to achieve what you set out to do.</p>
+
+<p>Aren't these books really talking about self-hypnosis?
+Aren't they describing precisely the techniques of self-hypnosis?
+The terminology is different, but the approach
+is the same. With these techniques there is an aim to direct
+thinking, picturization, positive thinking, suggestions and
+constructive thoughts or images to the "inner self" or
+"real self." Aren't they once again really talking about
+the subconscious mind? I have no argument with any
+workable approach to emotional maturity, but in many
+cases we are actually becoming involved with the meaning
+of words (semantics). The quickest way to the subconscious
+is through self-hypnosis. In this self-hypnotic state,
+you are able to consciously direct suggestions to your subconscious
+mind.</p>
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page45" id="page45"></a>[<a href="./images/45.png">45</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter5" id="chapter5"></a><i>Chapter 5</i></h2>
+
+<h3>How to Arouse Yourself from the
+Self-Hypnotic State</h3>
+
+
+<p>You will note that this chapter precedes instruction on
+how to attain self-hypnosis. The reason for this is to alleviate
+whatever anxiety you may have in regard to the question,
+"If I'm hypnotized, how do I awaken myself?" It is
+important to understand that even though you are hypnotized,
+you are in control, are aware of your surroundings,
+what is going on about you, can think clearly and can
+arouse yourself very easily. It is only necessary to say or
+think, "I shall now open my eyes and wake up feeling
+fine." You could also give yourself a specific count and
+say, "As I count to five, I'll open my eyes and wake up
+feeling wonderfully well and refreshed. One ... two ...
+three ... four ... five."</p>
+
+<p>It should be remembered that while we sometimes use
+the word "sleep" to describe the hypnotic state, we are
+not actually referring to true sleep. This accounts for much
+of the confusion. The individual thinks, "If I'm asleep,
+how can I awaken myself?" If the subject were asleep
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page46" id="page46"></a>[<a href="./images/46.png">46</a>]</span>
+in the true sense of the word, this would be impossible.
+Actually, the subject is in a special or heightened state of
+awareness. In self-hypnosis, he is extremely conscious although
+his general physical appearance is one of passiveness.
+In the self-hypnotic state, the individual consciously
+gives himself whatever suggestions he desires. This proves
+he <i>is</i> conscious and, therefore, can awaken himself with
+the appropriate suggestions.</p>
+
+<p>Occasionally, the subject falls asleep while giving himself
+suggestions or while relaxing to get into the right
+psychological mood. Naturally, in this case, the subject
+will awaken in due course. If the subject practices hypnosis
+when he is normally set to fall asleep in bed, he would
+awaken refreshed in the morning at his usual time.</p>
+
+<p>Before beginning to give yourself therapeutic suggestions,
+you could give yourself the following suggestions
+which give you a <i>specific length of time</i> that you will work
+with self-hypnosis:</p>
+
+<p>"I shall work with self-hypnosis for 15 minutes. At the
+end of that time, I shall open my eyes and wake up feeling
+wonderfully well, wide awake, confident, cheerful and
+optimistic. The moment I open my eyes, I'll feel refreshed.
+In case of any outside danger, I'll be able to awaken immediately,
+be fully alert and act accordingly."</p>
+
+<p>You will notice that these suggestions take into consideration
+the possibility of something happening of
+danger to the individual, such as fire, etc. These points
+arise in the minds of most individuals attempting self-hypnosis
+and are well taken. You could also set an alarm
+clock to awaken you at a designated time.</p>
+
+<p>Let us assume to arouse yourself you gave yourself
+a suggestion to open your eyes and be wide awake at
+the count of five. You count to five and for some reason
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page47" id="page47"></a>[<a href="./images/47.png">47</a>]</span>
+you are unable to open your eyes. First of all, DON'T
+WORRY. Remain relaxed and give yourself the suggestions
+over again, emphasizing to yourself that at the count
+of five you will absolutely, positively be able to open your
+eyes very easily and will feel fine. You then begin the
+count again reiterating between each number that you will
+positively open your eyes at the count of five and be wide
+awake. This should do it. Should this not do it, may I
+reassure you again, DON'T BECOME ALARMED. Relax
+for a few minutes and try again. You'll be able to open
+your eyes and wake up.</p>
+
+<p>I hope I haven't frightened you with the prospect of
+not being able to awaken. I bring this up only to acquaint
+you with the procedure to use. Actually, the problem of
+dehypnotization is a rare one. I should point out a very
+important fact. <i>I have never had a subject practicing or
+using self-hypnosis tell me he had the least bit of difficulty
+in awakening himself from the self-induced hypnotic
+state.</i></p>
+
+<p>I have had persons tell me that they heard or read of a
+case where the hypnotist could not bring the subject out
+of the hypnotic state, and, as a result, the subject slept for
+so many days. Not one of the stories could be documented.
+Years ago, for publicity purposes, stage hypnotists would
+have a subject sleep in a store window for several days.
+This was on a voluntary basis, though, and should not
+be confused with what we are discussing.</p>
+
+<p>In working with subjects, I have <i>very rarely</i> had a subject
+who did not awaken at a specific count, but I have had
+this experience. I have usually found that the subject is
+so relaxed that he just didn't want to awaken for fear of
+losing this pleasant sensation. When the subject doesn't
+awaken, I merely ask him in a calm manner, "Why don't
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page48" id="page48"></a>[<a href="./images/48.png">48</a>]</span>
+you wish to wake up? You can answer me without awakening
+from the hypnotic state." He usually replies he'd
+like to remain in this state for another five minutes or so.
+I agree to this extended period while getting a firm commitment
+from him that he will awaken after this period.
+This is usually sufficient to bring the subject out of the
+hypnotic state.</p>
+
+<p>Occasionally, the instructions to wake up are not clear
+to the subject. If this is the case, clearer instructions should
+be given. You could also deepen the hypnotic state and
+then give suggestions to awaken at a specific count in a
+very authoritarian manner. Every so often, I have found
+that the subject has fallen into a natural sleep and just
+hasn't heard the instructions. In this case I raise my voice
+which is usually sufficient or gently shake the subject
+awakening him as you would any sleeping person.</p>
+
+<p>I would like to relate a rather interesting experience
+that I had with a male subject. I had worked with this
+particular subject six times previous to this occasion. He
+was a good hypnotic subject, and he failed to awaken in
+the usual manner. Since he had carried out several posthypnotic
+suggestions, it was rather perplexing to analyze
+what had happened. After about ten minutes, he finally
+agreed while he was under hypnosis to awaken at a given
+count. I asked him what was the nature of the difficulty.
+He replied, "I wanted to see how you would react."</p>
+
+<p>In conclusion, having difficulty in dehypnotizing yourself
+is extremely rare. Should it happen, <i>keep calm</i>, and
+repeat the suggestions with emphasis. Even in hetero-hypnosis,
+where the hypnotist hypnotizes a subject, it is
+extremely rare. There are explainable psychodynamic factors
+for this. However, they can be met adequately while
+the subject is under hypnosis.</p>
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page49" id="page49"></a>[<a href="./images/49.png">49</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter6" id="chapter6"></a><i>Chapter 6</i></h2>
+
+<h3>How to Attain Self-Hypnosis</h3>
+
+
+<p>Let us begin with the hypothesis that anyone can learn
+and practice, to some degree, the science of self-hypnosis.
+We shall assume that you have carefully thought out what
+you want to accomplish. You have, through self-analysis,
+come up with reasonable goals of therapy and self-improvement.
+The next step is the acquisition of the hypnotic
+state, per se.</p>
+
+<p>Before giving you the specific instructions, I would like
+to clarify a question which invariably arises in teaching
+a student self-hypnosis. It is: "Are the suggestions that I
+give myself as effective as the ones you would give me in
+hetero-hypnosis?"</p>
+
+<p>It is natural to assume that the suggestions of the hypnotist
+would be more effective than those given by the subject
+himself, but both have the same intrinsic value. It is well
+to remember that all hypnosis is really self-hypnosis, and
+all hetero-suggestions are transposed into self-suggestions.
+If the hypnotist firmly suggests, "From this moment, you
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page50" id="page50"></a>[<a href="./images/50.png">50</a>]</span>
+will feel very confident in all life situations," the subject
+automatically and unconsciously rephrases the statement,
+"From this moment, I will feel very confident in all life
+situations." The subject, ordinarily, mentally or aloud,
+repeats all suggestions using the pronoun "I" instead of
+"you".</p>
+
+<p>The easiest and quickest way to learn self-hypnosis is
+to be hypnotized and given a posthypnotic suggestion to
+the effect that you will be able to put yourself into the
+hypnotic state at a given stimulus whenever you desire to
+do so. The hypnotist need not be a professional. Anyone
+understanding the rudiments of hypnosis can do this.
+However, let us assume you want to learn self-hypnosis
+and cannot find help. If you understand and consciously
+practice the instructions that I shall outline, you will attain
+your goal.</p>
+
+<p>Sit in an easy chair or recline on a sofa or bed. Next,
+choose a point of eye fixation on the ceiling, preferably a
+spot behind you which would normally cause eye fatigue
+or strain. Now, breathe very slowly and deeply. As you
+do this, repeat, aloud or mentally, the word "sleep" as
+you inhale and "deep sleep" as you exhale. Do this for
+several minutes in a very monotonous manner until such
+time as you find yourself getting drowsy. Next, suggest to
+yourself that your eyelids are becoming heavy and tired.
+The goal is to acquire eye closure using this method. You
+want to reach a state where it is uncomfortable to keep the
+eyes open. Once you get your eyes closing, seemingly of
+their own volition, you have reached the first step in
+achieving self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>You can repeat to yourself such suggestions as, "My
+eyelids are becoming very heavy and tired ... My eyes are
+becoming very watery ... My eyelids are blinking ... I just
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page51" id="page51"></a>[<a href="./images/51.png">51</a>]</span>
+want to close my eyes ... The moment I close my eyelids, I
+shall fall into a deep, sound, hypnotic sleep ... Even though
+in a deep state of hypnosis, I shall be aware of my surroundings
+and be able to direct posthypnotic suggestions
+to my subconscious mind."</p>
+
+<p>When your eyelids actually become heavy or when your
+eyes actually begin to water, you intensify these feelings
+by repeating affirmative suggestions along these very lines.
+This is known as "the feed-back technique" and helps to
+reinforce the actual condition that exists. Proceeding in
+this way hastens the actual closing of the eyes and attainment
+of the hypnotic state, per se.</p>
+
+<p>Let us assume that you practice this procedure and
+seemingly nothing happens. Continue to practice it again
+and again until such time as you are able to achieve an
+eye closure. You will eventually be able to do this within
+a relatively short period of time.</p>
+
+<p>One of the best times to practice the technique just
+given is when you are falling asleep at night. The lights
+are out and you are lying in bed. Choose an imaginary
+spot above and behind your eye level so there is some
+strain on the eye muscles. Now begin giving yourself
+suggestions that your eyelids are becoming heavy, etc.</p>
+
+<p>The reason this period is such an excellent time to practice
+self-hypnosis is that the suggestions you give yourself
+spill over into your subconscious as you drift from consciousness
+to unconsciousness. It's like telling yourself to
+wake up at a certain time in the morning. The suggestion
+reaches your subconscious and activates you consciously
+to waken. Using this approach, you can give yourself
+dynamic, constructive suggestions at this time as well as
+giving yourself the posthypnotic suggestion that the next
+time you practice self-hypnosis, you will fall into a deeper,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page52" id="page52"></a>[<a href="./images/52.png">52</a>]</span>
+sound, hypnotic state at the count of three. You also
+emphasize that your eyelids will close involuntarily whenever
+you relax for five minutes and afterwards count to
+three. This conditioning process will be augmented by
+the use of the sleep period. The suggestions will tend to
+work unconsciously during this period and hasten your
+attainment of the constructive goals as well as the self-hypnotic
+goal itself.</p>
+
+<p>Once you have achieved eye closure, deepen the hypnotic
+state by the following suggestions: "As I count to
+three, I shall go deeper and deeper into a profound, hypnotic
+state. As I count to three, I shall find myself becoming
+more and more relaxed. As I count to three, I shall
+fall into a deep, hypnotic sleep." You repeat these suggestions
+many times, actually trying on a conscious level to
+feel sleepier, more relaxed, more at ease. In doing this,
+you take on the characteristics of a deeply hypnotized
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>Part of the difficulty in learning self-hypnosis is that the
+subject is aiming at a state of mind in which he has no
+experience. If I say, "Act happy" or "Act sad," there is an
+immediate reaction from your experiential background,
+and you can react accordingly. If you have never seen
+anyone hypnotized and I say, "Act as though you were
+hypnotized," you must, of necessity, act in a manner that
+you would assume approximated that of hypnosis. If you
+had actually seen someone hypnotized, you would naturally
+take on the characteristics you had observed. This
+would either be done consciously or unconsciously.</p>
+
+<p>Some individuals describe the hypnotic state as a state
+of "complete relaxation." Many get a feeling of "detachment;"
+others a feeling of "disassociation," as though
+their entire being was only thought. Some get a "floating"
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page53" id="page53"></a>[<a href="./images/53.png">53</a>]</span>
+or "drifting" feeling, likening the experience to lying on
+deep clouds. Others experience a heavy, pleasant, "sinking"
+feeling. Still others get a feeling of "peace and
+serenity." Many describe the hypnotic state as being akin
+to the state just prior to falling asleep or like daydreaming,
+and they experience the same reactions. Yet, there are
+some who do not feel a definite change. They describe
+it by saying, "I just felt that I had my eyes closed. I heard
+everything and was completely aware at all times." Since
+it is possible to direct your feelings (reactions), I would
+suggest that you aim for a completely relaxed, comfortable
+state.</p>
+
+<p>You have now reached the point where your eyes are
+closed, and you have given yourself further suggestions
+to deepen the state of hypnosis. This has taken from about
+six to ten minutes. You are not sure, though, that you are
+under hypnosis. There are many ways to test this, and I
+shall outline one of these tests later in this chapter; however,
+for your initial attempts, it isn't too important
+whether or not you are under hypnosis. You are still to
+give yourself the posthypnotic suggestion that the next
+time you attempt to hypnotize yourself you will fall into
+a deeper and sounder state after you have relaxed for
+about five minutes and counted to three.</p>
+
+<p>In your initial attempts, you will be trying to establish
+a conditioned response to the count of three which will
+subsequently cause your eyes to close and put you under
+hypnosis. Eventually, you should react instantly to the
+count of three or any other cue you may use to trigger the
+response. The key words or stimulus become associated
+with the action that you seek. Through repetition, just
+thinking about the stimulus can bring on the response.
+This is known as ideomotor action and is present in the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page54" id="page54"></a>[<a href="./images/54.png">54</a>]</span>
+waking as well as the hypnotic state. Pavlov's famous
+experiments which induced dogs to salivate when a bell
+was rung after previously having had food fed to them
+at the same time are examples of this type of conditioning.
+Don't we generally become hungry if someone tells
+us it's noon and time for lunch when, in fact, it's only 11
+o'clock?</p>
+
+<p>I had a common experience recently that I am sure many
+readers have shared. One of my neighbors, seeing my car
+was parked in front of my house and knowing I was home,
+called to say he was dropping in to see me. While working
+on the manuscript of this book, I thought I heard the
+doorbell as I was typing. I went to the front door and no
+one was there. I even walked around the house looking
+for him because I was so certain I heard the bell. This is
+another example of an ideomotor action. I told my friend
+about it when he arrived approximately 30 minutes later.
+He looked at me rather whimsically, and we both shared
+a laugh. Haven't you thought you heard the phone ring
+when you were waiting for a call?</p>
+
+<p>In the chapter, <a href="#chapter4">"How Does Self-Hypnosis Work,"</a> stress
+was laid on the importance of the visual-imagery technique.
+During every attempt to achieve self-hypnosis, you
+attempt to visualize yourself going into the hypnotic state.
+Once you have deepened the state, you begin the process
+of visualizing yourself exactly the way you want to be.
+You may experience difficulty at first, but as you keep at
+it, you will be able to picture yourself the way you want.
+<i>You use the visual-imagery technique whether you think
+you are under hypnosis or not.</i> These images become clear
+as you constantly hammer home these suggestions. This is
+the exact procedure necessary, and you needn't complicate
+it.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page55" id="page55"></a>[<a href="./images/55.png">55</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Let us suppose that you are getting your eyelids to close
+at the count of three and have achieved a good state of
+relaxation. With these prerequisites, you can anticipate
+going deeper into the hypnotic state. Actually, being able
+to get the eyes to close at a specific count is the first test
+in determining if the subject has gone under hypnosis.
+If you have conditioned yourself this far, then you can go
+to the next step. The next test is called the "swallowing"
+test. You mentally give yourself suggestions that as you
+slowly, to yourself, count to 10, you will get an irresistible
+urge to swallow one time. You further suggest that this
+will happen even before you reach the count of 10. You
+then begin the count. "One ... My throat is parched, and
+I feel an irresistible urge to swallow one time. Two ... My
+lips are becoming very dry, and I feel an irresistible urge
+to swallow. Three ... My throat feels very dry, and I feel
+an irresistible urge to swallow one time. Four ... Before
+I reach the count of 10, the urge to swallow one time will
+become irresistible because my lips and throat are so dry.
+Five ... Once I swallow, I shall no longer have the urge
+to swallow again, and as I swallow one time, I shall fall
+into a deeper and sounder state of hypnosis." Continue
+with similar suggestions, repeating and affirming the suggestions
+about swallowing. Once you actually swallow,
+you discontinue the suggestions and, instead, give yourself
+suggestions that you are falling deeper and deeper into
+a sound hypnotic state and that the constructive suggestions
+you now give yourself will work for you. Once again
+you practice visual-imagery, seeing yourself the way you
+want to be, while fortifying this image with forceful,
+positive suggestions. You close by giving yourself suggestions
+that you will enter the hypnotic state whenever
+you relax for five minutes and count to three.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page56" id="page56"></a>[<a href="./images/56.png">56</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The suggestions are just as effective whether given aloud
+or mentally. Many subjects report that they are reluctant
+when it comes to giving suggestions to themselves. I can
+only say that as you continue to work with yourself, you
+will develop confidence in giving yourself suggestions.
+In order for the suggestions to be effective, they cannot
+be given in a reticent or hesitant manner. They must be
+given with enthusiasm and anticipation. If you assiduously
+follow these instructions, you will derive the benefits you
+seek in the shortest possible time and witness the positive,
+tangible results of your suggestions and efforts. In the next
+chapter, you'll learn how to deepen the self-hypnotic state.</p>
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page57" id="page57"></a>[<a href="./images/57.png">57</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter7" id="chapter7"></a><i>Chapter 7</i></h2>
+
+<h3>Deepening the Self-Hypnotic State</h3>
+
+
+<p>For each progressive test, it is usually necessary to have
+accomplished the preceding tests. However, this is not an
+absolute rule. Frequently, a subject responds to tests at the
+beginning of the depth scale and then to others at the end
+of the depth scale. Certain tests in between do not work.
+I have had the following experience more than once while
+teaching one of my classes in self-hypnosis. In testing the
+depth of hypnosis, I run the gamut of all of the tests from
+light to deep. In this way, the subject can ascertain how
+far he has progressed. One frequent test for the deep state
+is to give the subject a posthypnotic suggestion to the
+effect that the next cigarette he smokes will have a vile
+taste and it will be absolutely impossible for him to take
+more than three puffs. It is further suggested that after the
+third puff, the cigarette taste will be so unbearable it will
+become necessary for him to extinguish the cigarette.</p>
+
+<p>We can expect an excellent hypnotic subject to comply
+with these posthypnotic suggestions, but a subject who
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page58" id="page58"></a>[<a href="./images/58.png">58</a>]</span>
+hasn't even passed the eye closure test (test No. 1) or any
+other test may unexpectedly react perfectly to the cigarette
+test which we know is a standard test for determining if
+the subject has entered into a deep state of hypnosis. How
+can you account for it? There is no simple or positive
+answer. If we hadn't given him this particular test, he
+would have felt that he wasn't making progress in his
+determination to become a good hypnotic subject. Because
+of this, he might not have given himself therapeutic suggestions
+because he would feel he hadn't reached a state
+of hypnosis which would benefit him. Remember, follow
+the instructions of giving yourself whatever therapeutic
+suggestions you want, regardless of the fact that you feel
+that "nothing has happened." I have seen many subjects
+who were bewildered because certain tests did not work,
+yet were pleased because of very gratifying overall results
+from using self-hypnosis. They were baffled because of
+their inability to pass certain tests which they felt were a
+prerequisite to the success of constructive suggestions they
+gave themselves.</p>
+
+<p>It is commonly felt that the deeper the state of hypnosis,
+the better the results. In actual practice, I have not found
+this to be so. I have had excellent results in a relatively
+short period of time with subjects who only achieved a
+light state, and it has been necessary to work with others
+who achieved a deep state of hypnosis for a longer period
+before lasting results were in evidence. Naturally, each
+individual presents a different set of needs and even
+though the symptoms may be basically the same, each
+will respond favorably when his requirements are met.
+This happens on a conscious as well as unconscious level.
+For example, the mere assurance by a physician that the
+patient is all right and has nothing to worry about is
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page59" id="page59"></a>[<a href="./images/59.png">59</a>]</span>
+often sufficient to bring about desirable results. Another
+example is the mother who stops the sobbing of her hurt
+child by a loving kiss. A logical approach, pointing out
+to the child that he really didn't hurt himself, would never
+have worked. We have all heard stories of primitive tribesmen
+who have died because they knew they were the objects
+of "death wishes" by another member of the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>The key to achieving a greater depth of self-hypnosis
+lies in the use of the visual-imagery technique. You "see"
+yourself going into the hypnotic state deeper and deeper.
+You even picture yourself, using this technique, passing
+various progressive hypnotic tests. The second part of the
+key lies in giving yourself a posthypnotic suggestion that
+each succeeding attempt will put you into a deeper state
+as a result of a given stimulus&mdash;such as the count of three.</p>
+
+<p>The following instructions should not be attempted
+usually unless you have been successful in achieving the
+two basic tests&mdash;the eye closure as well as the uncontrollable
+urge to swallow followed by the physical act of
+swallowing at a specific count. If the conditioning process
+works for these two tests, you have achieved the lethargic
+state of hypnosis. This is the first state of hypnosis and is
+generally referred to as the "light" state. Therapeutic
+suggestions can work admirably in this state. The next
+stage of hypnosis is known as the cataleptic state and is
+referred to as the "medium" state. Generally, hypnosis is
+divided into three states: the lethargic (light state); the
+cataleptic (medium state); and the somnambulistic (deep
+state).</p>
+
+<p>As you deepen the hypnotic state, you can accomplish
+the progressive tests that I shall outline for you. I'll also
+number these tests for the convenience of having a reference.
+Deepening the hypnotic state requires the same type
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page60" id="page60"></a>[<a href="./images/60.png">60</a>]</span>
+of practice or conditioning as the first two steps. Let us
+call eye closure&mdash;No. 1, and swallowing&mdash;No. 2. We
+are now ready to proceed to the "hand tingling" test&mdash;No.
+3.</p>
+
+<p>You have just completed tests No. 1 and 2; you are in
+a completely relaxed state. Now give yourself the following
+suggestions: "As I count to ten and even before I
+reach the count of ten, I shall feel a light tingling or numb
+feeling in my right hand." As you slowly begin the count
+of ten, you keep repeating suggestions to the effect that
+your right hand is beginning to tingle. Once again, you
+practice the technique of visual-imagery, tapping your experiential
+background for this feeling. You can recall how
+it feels when your hand goes to sleep. Once you get an
+initial feeling of lightness, tingling or numbness, reinforce
+this feeling by the feed-back technique as you did with the
+eye closure test. As you practice this procedure, it will
+work with greater effectiveness. The following is a very
+important point to remember. Be sure that you give yourself
+a posthypnotic suggestion that the tingling, light or
+numb sensation will disappear as you continue to count
+to 15. For example, "As I count to 15, the tingling feeling
+in my right hand will disappear, and I shall experience
+only normal sensations. Eleven ... The tingling feeling is
+leaving. Twelve ... Now it is leaving faster. Thirteen ... I
+can feel my hand returning to normal. Fourteen ... The
+tingling feeling has left. Fifteen ... My right hand feels
+perfectly normal." You could try a variation of this test
+by saying your nose or one of your toes will itch at a
+specific count. Once this test is accomplished, you are
+ready for the "foot" test&mdash;No. 4.</p>
+
+<p>You will remember that the key to achieving a greater
+depth of hypnosis lies in visualizing yourself going deeper
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page61" id="page61"></a>[<a href="./images/61.png">61</a>]</span>
+with each attempt and accomplishing progressive hypnotic
+tests. Keep this in mind. For a moment, let us go back to
+the hand tingling test&mdash;No. 3. Once you have been successful
+in accomplishing this test, use the visual-imagery
+technique to see yourself successfully responding to the
+foot test. When you have actually accomplished test No.
+4, you see yourself accomplishing the "hand levitation"
+test&mdash;No. 5. In other words, you use each step to enhance
+a greater receptivity for the following progressive test.
+As you couple this approach with posthypnotic suggestions
+that you will go deeper and deeper into the hypnotic
+state at a given stimulus, you set into motion a conditioned
+response mechanism which must ultimately guide
+you into a profound state of hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>The foot test can be accomplished while sitting or lying
+down. The idea of this test is to imagine that your feet are
+stuck to the floor or that your legs are so heavy that they
+are impossible to raise until you reach a certain count.
+It is best to begin this test by trying to capture a heavy,
+relaxed feeling in your legs. You give yourself specific
+suggestions along these lines: "As I count to five, I shall
+notice a very heavy, relaxed, pleasant feeling in both legs.
+It will be a very comfortable feeling; a feeling of complete
+relaxation." You then begin the count of ten, following
+out the idea of the other tests you have successfully
+accomplished. You should remember that there is no time
+limit and you take as much time as you need in order to
+get the relaxed, heavy feeling. Once you get the relaxed,
+heavy feeling, you use the visual-imagery technique to try
+to picture your legs stuck to the floor. If you are lying
+down, imagine you are covered by a heavy blanket which
+is tightly tucked under the mattress, making it impossible
+for you to raise your legs. If sitting up, I tell the subject
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page62" id="page62"></a>[<a href="./images/62.png">62</a>]</span>
+to imagine that his shoes are stuck to the floor with "iron
+glue," and since his feet are in the shoes, it is impossible
+to lift them until the specific count which will enable him
+to do so.</p>
+
+<p>Here are the suggestions you can use for the second
+part of this test. "As I continue to count to ten, I shall find
+that it will be impossible for me to raise my legs. I shall
+try at the count of ten, but it will be absolutely impossible
+to raise my legs until I count to 15. At that time, I shall
+be able to raise my legs easily, and the heavy feeling will
+leave as well." You then continue with the count, giving
+yourself appropriate suggestions. Once this test is accomplished,
+you use the visual-imagery technique to see yourself
+accomplishing the hand levitation test&mdash;No. 5. Be
+sure you give yourself the posthypnotic suggestion that
+the next time you hypnotize yourself, you will fall into a
+deeper and sounder state.</p>
+
+<p>I'll assume that you have been able to get a relaxed,
+heavy feeling in your legs. You have reached the count of
+five and are ready to proceed further. Here are sample
+suggestions you can use: "Six ... My legs are becoming
+extremely heavy. Seven ... I'll be unable to lift them until
+I count to 15. Eight ... I feel very comfortable; my legs
+are becoming heavier and heavier. Nine ... My entire body
+is completely relaxed, and my legs are so heavy that they
+are impossible to lift. Ten ... I'm in a very deep hypnotic
+state, and it is absolutely impossible for me to move my
+legs until I count to 15." At this point, you actually try to
+raise your legs. If you can't do it, you have reached the
+cataleptic stage.</p>
+
+<p>Should you not be able to raise your legs, don't become
+frightened. All you need to say is: "I can now move my
+legs." You could also say: "As I count to three, I'll be
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page63" id="page63"></a>[<a href="./images/63.png">63</a>]</span>
+able to move my legs." However, since we have elected
+originally to be able to move the legs at the count of 15,
+it would be best to follow out this pattern. You could at
+this time merely continue to count to 15, at which time
+you would be able to move your legs. I prefer giving suggestions
+between each count as follows: "Eleven ... The
+heavy feeling is leaving, and I shall be able to raise my
+legs at the count of 15. Twelve ... I can feel the heavy,
+relaxed feeling leaving. Thirteen ... I am beginning to
+move my legs. Fourteen ... I am lifting my legs more and
+more. Fifteen ... I have perfect control over my bodily
+functions and legs; I am lifting and moving my legs;
+the heavy feeling is dissipating; I am in complete control;
+I can now give myself posthypnotic suggestions that will
+be very effective and beneficial." Give yourself whatever
+suggestions you want at this time.</p>
+
+<p>Let us suppose that you tried the foot test for some
+time and were unsuccessful. Perhaps this puzzles you, and
+you wonder why it didn't work. Perhaps you were able to
+get a heavy feeling in the legs, but the second part of the
+test didn't work. The following information will help you
+to understand why you were unable to complete this cataleptic
+test. Either you had not conditioned yourself sufficiently,
+or you weren't really "letting go" enough to enter
+into a deeper state of hypnosis. Most subjects need to test
+themselves and feel secure every step of the way. They
+don't just plunge into the cataleptic or somnambulistic
+stages immediately. In this connection, I believe it can be
+compared with the bather who goes into the water one
+step at a time. Even the playful splashing directed at him
+by friends does not compel him to duck under the water.
+Instead, he continues to slowly go deeper and deeper
+until he is completely submerged. Wouldn't it have been
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page64" id="page64"></a>[<a href="./images/64.png">64</a>]</span>
+easier to duck under all at once? Perhaps, but I'm sure you
+have either experienced the same thing yourself or seen it
+happen.</p>
+
+<p>The analogy should be clear. The subject is reluctant to
+do what he considers as "giving up his control" when, in
+reality, he is really more and more in control of himself as
+he penetrates the deeper levels of hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>In reality, the subject who does not or cannot raise his
+feet really could move in case of emergency, even without
+counting to 15. He has, in effect, entered into a state in
+which it is too much bother to lift his feet. A common
+example of this frame of mind is when you remain in bed
+in the morning even though you know you will be late to
+work. You are just too comfortable to move, and your
+initiative seems paralyzed.</p>
+
+<p>Let us assume, at this point, that you have finally succeeded
+in getting the foot test to work. You are now ready
+for the hand levitation test&mdash;No. 5. In this test, the goal
+is to get your hand to slowly rise and touch your chin.
+Once it touches your chin, you enter into a still deeper
+state and lower your hand slowly to your side. This test
+is actually combined with the hand tingling test&mdash;No. 3.
+Since you have been successful with test No. 3, the rest is
+rather simple. This time as you work test No. 3, aim for a
+light, pleasant feeling in your right hand. Once you get
+this reaction, you give yourself suggestions that your right
+hand will now rise and touch your chin. As soon as it does,
+you will fall into a deeper state and lower your hand.
+Here are the suggestions that you can use: "As I count to
+ten and even before I reach the count of ten, I shall have
+an irresistible impulse to slowly raise my hand to my chin.
+As I progress with the counting, my hand will slowly rise,
+and the impulse will become stronger and stronger. As
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page65" id="page65"></a>[<a href="./images/65.png">65</a>]</span>
+soon as my hand touches my chin, the impulse will leave.
+I will then lower my hand and fall into a very deep hypnotic
+state. I shall be fully aware of what is happening,
+my surroundings, and will be able to give myself beneficial
+posthypnotic suggestions."</p>
+
+<p>At this point you start counting to ten, giving yourself
+suggestions that your right hand which already has a light
+feeling will begin to slowly rise to your chin. Time the
+counting to coincide with the actual physical act of raising
+your hand. You are trying to feel an involuntary urge to
+raise your hand. The movement itself should also be of an
+unconscious rather than conscious nature. A conscious raising
+of your hand to your chin is not what you are looking
+for in this test. Should you experience difficulty in attaining
+the first movement of your hand, you can give yourself
+assistance by consciously and slowly raising your hand just
+to get it started. The rest of the movement, as mentioned,
+must be automatic. Should you find it necessary to start
+your hand rising, use the feed-back technique to continue
+the movement. You can give yourself the following suggestions:</p>
+
+<p>"One ... My right hand is beginning to rise. Two ... My
+right hand is very, very light, and I am getting an irresistible
+urge to slowly raise it. Three ... This feeling is getting
+stronger and stronger. Four ... My right hand is rising
+more and more. Five ... My hand is rising toward my chin.
+Six ... As soon as my hand touches my chin, I shall fall into
+a deeper and sounder state of hypnosis. Seven ... My hand
+is rising closer and closer toward my chin. Eight ... The
+feeling of lightness is becoming stronger and stronger.
+Nine ... My right hand is about to touch my chin; as soon
+as it does, I'll fall into a very deep hypnotic state. Ten ...
+My right hand is touching my chin; I'm falling deeper and
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page66" id="page66"></a>[<a href="./images/66.png">66</a>]</span>
+deeper into a sound hypnotic state; I'll now slowly lower
+my hand and continue falling into a deep, sound, pleasant
+state of hypnosis. The light feeling has left my hand."</p>
+
+<p>You should not attempt to memorize the exact phraseology
+for any of the tests. You are to merely use the suggestions
+that have been written out for you as a guide.
+The timing of the suggestions is the paramount consideration
+in attaining successful results. Don't be impatient.
+Take as much time as you need. Should you find yourself
+unsuccessful after ten or fifteen minutes, drop the test and
+come back to it another day. I haven't found that working
+at a specific test all day long accomplishes the end result.</p>
+
+<p>It is best to work for a specific period every day. In this
+way, the conditioned response pattern is established for
+the success of the tests as well as the success of the posthypnotic
+suggestions that you have given yourself. You
+should bear in mind that if you have been successful in
+achieving the first five tests, you have reached a medium
+state of hypnosis, and posthypnotic suggestions will be
+extremely effective. In the next chapter, you'll learn, psychologically,
+how to go even deeper into hypnosis. You'll
+learn those psychological factors that are important to
+know and that can contribute to your development into an
+excellent hypnotic subject. Following this, <a href="#chapter9">the subsequent
+chapter</a> will give you further tests and instructions for
+developing into a somnambulistic subject.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page67" id="page67"></a>[<a href="./images/67.png">67</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter8" id="chapter8"></a><i>Chapter 8</i></h2>
+
+<h3>What You Should Know About Becoming
+An Excellent Subject</h3>
+
+
+<p>Becoming an excellent subject follows the same general
+rules for becoming proficient in any other endeavor. It
+depends upon your motivation, persistence and willingness
+to devote time and study to the subject. Let us agree
+that most individuals can learn to play a musical instrument
+to some degree. This degree is usually sufficient for
+their own needs. To become a virtuoso, however, it is
+necessary to study the instrument and devote a great deal
+of energy and time to practice. The same example could
+be given for most undertakings. Anyone can learn to hit
+a golf ball, but being able to control the direction and
+distance and become a skilled golfer is quite another
+matter.</p>
+
+<p>If you have been successful in accomplishing the first
+five tests, you can consider yourself a good hypnotic subject.
+Becoming an excellent subject entails following the
+same procedure used in accomplishing the first five tests.
+Some may proceed very easily into the somnambulistic
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page68" id="page68"></a>[<a href="./images/68.png">68</a>]</span>
+state, and others may have a difficult time reaching this
+deepest stage. Understanding some of the psychology involved
+and assuming the right psychological frame of
+mind for the attainment of the somnambulistic state is
+more important than just working blindly in an attempt
+to get the somnambulistic tests to work. Being irritable,
+disgusted and despondent because of your inability to go
+further into hypnosis is not the answer and will only lead
+to frustration and failure. The reader is not to assume he
+will be a difficult subject. If you have come this far, you'll
+be able to continue in the same manner. The topic under
+discussion now is brought up to prepare readers for any
+contingency that may arise. It's like having a life preserver
+on a boat. You hope you never need it, but you should
+be prepared to use it in case of an emergency.</p>
+
+<p>It is natural to assume that if you are willing and trying
+to go into the lethargic, cataleptic or somnambulistic state,
+you will be able to do so in a relatively short period of
+time. Unfortunately, this is by no means the case. Many of
+the principles of learning and conditioning can be applied
+to hypnosis, but with many subjects these laws do not
+seem applicable. Let us assume you wanted to learn to
+become an excellent typist. This is a reasonable goal and
+all that is necessary is to continue practicing until you
+have reached the proficiency you set out to achieve. This
+proficiency would, as a rule, follow application of the
+laws of learning and conditioning.</p>
+
+<p>This isn't always so in a subject's attempt to become
+somnambulistic. When the subject progresses from one
+stage to another in a classical manner, the theory works
+admirably, but what happens when a subject cannot seem
+to progress any further? He has reached a plateau and is
+unable to climb higher. He seems to have reached a psychological
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page69" id="page69"></a>[<a href="./images/69.png">69</a>]</span>
+impasse or stalemate. It is easy to say that the
+subject is thwarted by a subconscious block and let it go
+at that. This, however, doesn't help him in his dilemma.
+It's like telling the stranded motorist that the reason his
+car has stalled is because the motor isn't running. The following
+information will be helpful to those who haven't
+been able to reach the first stages of hypnosis, as well as
+those who apparently can go only so far. Actually, the
+same principles are involved.</p>
+
+<p>If the subject doesn't respond or responds to a limited
+degree, there evidently is a cause or reason for this poor
+response. In order to continue this discussion, it will be
+necessary for us to agree that the resistance can be either
+conscious or unconscious. If the subject insists that he is
+trying to "let go," has nothing to hide, is not afraid of
+hypnosis, understands what is involved and has strong
+motivation, we can only assume that the resistance must
+be unconscious. Usually, it will be necessary to work
+through this unconscious resistance before the subject
+responds. If the subject is conditioning himself, this will
+involve a great deal of introspection, and even then it is
+an extremely difficult job. One doesn't usually have proper
+insight into one's own emotional make-up. The end result
+is that one can only rationalize about his behavior.</p>
+
+<p>Let us explore some interesting aspects of hypnosis with
+a view toward helping you if you are having difficulty
+responding the way you desire. I have had the following
+paradoxical situation happen many times. A subject calls
+my office, requesting to be conditioned for self-hypnosis.
+He further requests that he be allowed to bring along a
+member of his family or a friend for the hypnotic session.
+These individuals usually ask if I object to this procedure.
+I interpreted this request as a sign of distrust during my
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page70" id="page70"></a>[<a href="./images/70.png">70</a>]</span>
+early career as a professional hypnotist. I was affronted by
+the idea of the unspoken insinuation verbalized by this
+request. Didn't they trust me? Between trying to defend
+myself and assuring them that there was no need for
+another person being present, since my secretary could
+observe the procedure, I usually "won" the argument but
+lost the client. As I developed understanding into the
+needs of these persons, I began to realize that the request
+was not directed at my integrity, but was a safeguard for
+their ego.</p>
+
+<p>Here is an interesting sidelight that has happened frequently
+in regard to the foregoing situation. I would request
+the subject to sit near my desk and tell the onlooker
+to sit in back and to the side of the subject, away from the
+subject's view so as not to distract him. In this situation, I
+invariably place the hypnodisc on a spinning, portable
+phonograph turntable and turn it upright for the subject
+to look at. The hypnodisc, which is made of stiff cardboard,
+looks like a 12-inch phonograph record and has
+concentric heavy lines drawn on it. As it spins, the subject
+feels he is being pulled toward the center. At the same
+time, it causes his eyes to become very tired. I have included
+a drawing of it on this page for those who are not
+familiar with this hypnotic device. The revolving hypnodisc
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page71" id="page71"></a>[<a href="./images/71.png">71</a>]</span>
+causes a physiological reaction and must work with
+everyone. You feed back certain known physiological
+responses for the successful attainment of hypnosis.</p>
+
+<div class="centre">
+<img src="images/130-illus-1.png"
+alt="hypnodisc"
+title="hypnodisc" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The onlooker has no choice but to look at the hypnodisc
+as well. As I suggest to the subject that his eyes are becoming
+heavy and tired and that soon he'll have an irresistible
+impulse to close them, the onlooker is naturally
+hearing the same suggestion. Because this person feels
+apart from the hypnotic situation, there can be no conscious
+resistance. Since these defenses are not hampering
+the attainment of hypnosis, the onlooker may readily fall
+under hypnosis. More than once, the onlooker has confided
+to me that he was getting a better night's sleep, was
+feeling wonderfully well or had derived other benefits
+since coming to my office as an "observer." The exact
+situation happens when the stage hypnotist is hypnotizing
+subjects on the stage. Many times a person in the audience
+who had no intention of becoming hypnotized becomes
+influenced in the same manner. Incidentally, these individuals
+make the best subjects.</p>
+
+<p>There are interesting theories as to why a subject responds
+or does not respond to hypnosis. I think the reader
+would find some of these theories interesting and perhaps
+gain some insight into his own hypnotic behavior. These
+theories are based primarily on a psychoanalytical approach
+to hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>The most prevalent theory is that the hypnotist represents
+either the father image (paternal or fear hypnosis)
+or the mother image (maternal or love hypnosis). The
+father usually represents an authoritarian figure. The
+subject's identification can be on a conscious or subconscious
+level. Let us suppose the subject has ambivalent
+feelings toward his father. Because of this, he may not
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page72" id="page72"></a>[<a href="./images/72.png">72</a>]</span>
+respond. Here is an opportunity to frustrate the authoritative
+(father) figure. The only trouble with this theory
+is that if there is an excellent relationship between the
+father and subject, it doesn't necessarily mean that the
+subject will respond easily. The stage hypnotist invariably
+uses a strong, authoritative approach with a great deal of
+success, but this approach generally does not work best in
+private practice.</p>
+
+<p>I have found that for the majority of subjects the
+maternal approach works best. Perhaps the process of
+hypnosis awakens early unconscious memories of being
+put to sleep as a child. Some techniques that are used in
+hypnosis are quite similar to this. The subject, who is
+lying down, is told to close his eyes and is spoken to in a
+quiet, reassuring, monotonous tone of voice. The hypnotist
+is seated near him. The hypnotist even uses the same
+words that the subject has heard as a child: "Sleep. Go to
+sleep. When you awaken, you'll feel wonderfully well."
+In fact, I use some special music that I had recorded for
+inducing hypnosis. The first musical selection is Brahms'
+"Lullaby." Children's music boxes invariably contain this
+selection, and the melody cannot help but activate a pleasant
+nostalgia. It is a memory associated with love and
+tenderness. This brings us to the fact that hypnosis may
+offer the subject a chance to escape from the reality of
+pressing problems into a state of complete irresponsibility.
+In fact, one theory of hypnosis equates the hypnotic state
+as a form of unconscious regression and need for submission.</p>
+
+<p>The male subject may have a strong, positive identification
+with his mother rather than his father. It is part of
+the unresolved Oedipus complex. He sees his mother as a
+kind, loving individual, always ready to help. Even if the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page73" id="page73"></a>[<a href="./images/73.png">73</a>]</span>
+mother did something socially unacceptable, the individual
+would defend her vehemently. The father who
+might do something wrong would rarely be excused. Just
+the opposite is true with the female subject. When asking
+the female child, "Whose girl are you?", the answer is
+invariably, "Daddy's girl." When asking the male child,
+"Whose boy are you?", the answer is invariably, "Momma's
+boy." We accept this transference of identification as
+a normal process of growing up. When it isn't normally
+resolved, it can account for severe personality problems.
+One might assume, therefore, that a woman hypnotist
+could better hypnotize a male subject, and a male hypnotist
+could better hypnotize a female subject, but this is
+not true except for cases such as we have just mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>One school of thought feels that there is a strong submissive
+tendency in all of us and hypnosis gratifies this
+wish. The individual's need for dependence is also met.
+In this case, the hypnotist becomes omnipotent, being able
+to alter feelings that ordinarily distress the individual.
+Normally, adults, when confronted by a particularly upsetting
+experience, might want to be held closely by an
+intimate friend or member of the family. Don't we frequently
+put our arm around a friend in grief trying to
+comfort him? The inner strength which is created by
+hypnosis within the total personality structure of the
+subject lessens dependency upon the hypnotist, much in
+the same fashion that we need the doctor less as we start
+to recover from an illness. Self-hypnosis further lessens
+dependency for no authoritarian figure is used.</p>
+
+<p>The subject's attitude towards authority is important to
+know. It is well-known that officers in the army are more
+difficult to hypnotize than noncommissioned men. The
+enlisted man, by a process of indoctrination and conditioning,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page74" id="page74"></a>[<a href="./images/74.png">74</a>]</span>
+is taught to obey and follow orders without
+reasoning. The transference of authority to the hypnotist
+is readily accomplished because of this conditioning
+process. The army doctor, when treating patients psychologically,
+replaces his army jacket with a regular white
+medical jacket to increase rapport.</p>
+
+<p>One interesting theory is that the subject responds as
+he thinks the hypnotist would like him to. This is termed
+"role playing." When asking a subject under hypnosis
+his name, you usually get a very slow, deliberate answer,
+as though the subject were in a trance. You tell him that
+he can answer in a normal speaking voice and tempo and
+his further replies are to be in the same manner as his
+waking state.</p>
+
+<p>Another theory along these lines is that the subject acts
+as he believes a hypnotized person would act. This, too, is
+role playing, but it does not explain analgesia, such as
+when the dentist hypnotizes the patient and proceeds to
+drill a tooth. No one (with the possible exception of a
+highly neurotic psychic masochist) is going to endure
+excruciating pain just to please the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>One theory about hypnosis states that it allows the
+subject an opportunity of identifying with the hypnotist,
+whom he sees as a powerful figure. Through this identification,
+the subject is able to gain inner strength. On the
+other hand, the subject might rebel against the submissive
+nature of the hypnotic setting. This could easily create
+anxiety which, in turn, could create hostility resulting in
+resistance of various kinds. As a result of this, the subject
+might begin to criticize the hypnotist, find fault with the
+way he (the subject) is being handled, question the judgment
+of the hypnotist, or doubt the effectiveness of the
+hypnotic procedure.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page75" id="page75"></a>[<a href="./images/75.png">75</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Many investigators assert that the "rapport," meaning
+the relationship between the subject and hypnotist, is all
+important. This is true and the relationship can and does
+have many ramifications. In psychotherapy, the term
+"transference" is used to denote this relationship. The
+relationship is further described as a good or bad transference.
+There is also a countertransference which indicates
+the reaction of the therapist to the patient. Naturally,
+in order for the subject to respond, there must be
+good rapport.</p>
+
+<p>I have tried to indicate that there are complexities that
+may arise in the hypnotic setting. There are many conflicting
+theories as to why a subject does or does not
+respond. There are no set rules to follow, and one's intuition,
+experience and judgment help solve any problem
+that arises.</p>
+
+<p>Let me relate another frequent incident. I have had
+subjects come to me after they were unable to be hypnotized
+by several other professional hypnotists. They have
+complained that the hypnotists weren't "good hypnotists"
+because they couldn't hypnotize them. After all, they ask,
+hadn't they been willing subjects? My usual answer is
+that the fault, if there is one, is not with the hypnotists
+and really not with the subjects. It is a matter of exploring
+what has happened and then deciding on a course of
+action to insure success.</p>
+
+<p>I am firmly convinced that the subject responds when
+he is positively, without equivocation, ready to do so. He
+keeps testing the response to make sure he is in control.
+He fears a reduction in his voluntary level of reality attachment
+and control. Unresponsiveness proves to him
+that he has this control. As long as he does this, which is
+a natural response, he never lets go sufficiently to attain
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page76" id="page76"></a>[<a href="./images/76.png">76</a>]</span>
+hypnosis. Hypnosis, as we know, is a very sensitive state.
+It requires complete faith and trust in the hypnotist. If it
+is lacking, the subject never does respond. The phenomenon
+of hypnosis is entirely subjective in nature, and its
+success lies within the total personality structure of the
+subject. If there is resistance to hypnosis itself or to deepening
+the state, the subject by his own honest evaluation
+and verbalization of his resistance can do much to become
+a better subject. Hypnosis must begin with the acceptance
+by the subject of certain basic fundamentals that we have
+already discussed rather than of the forcefulness of the
+hypnotist. The deepening of the hypnotic state lies in the
+intensification of the conditioned response mechanism
+once it has been initiated.</p>
+
+<p>You should not expect to achieve immediate results
+although sometimes this does happen. As you continue
+to work with perseverance, intelligence and enthusiasm,
+you will definitely achieve the goals that you have set for
+yourself. It is well to remember that you guide yourself
+toward the somnambulistic state, depending upon your
+belief and acceptance of those principles that have been
+outlined for you.</p>
+
+<p>I have attempted to point out some of the salient points
+and theories to keep in mind in your attempt to develop
+into an excellent hypnotic subject. Some of these only pertain
+to the situations where the hypnotist works with the
+subject. Many of the problems inherent in this setting are
+not applicable to the situation where the subject is hypnotizing
+himself. Both settings have their advantages and
+disadvantages. As long as you proceed to follow the instructions
+given you, you can feel assured that you will
+finally achieve self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>It should be emphasized that it is vital to adopt the right
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page77" id="page77"></a>[<a href="./images/77.png">77</a>]</span>
+frame of mind in your attempt to achieve self-hypnosis,
+particularly a deep state. If you approach hypnosis with a
+"prove-it-to-me" attitude, nothing is going to happen.
+Self-hypnosis requires practicing a set of mental exercises
+or mental gymnastics. To acquire the ultimate from this
+training requires systematic conditioning. The word "training"
+is used quite extensively in hypnotic literature. The
+use of the word implies that hypnosis can be attained by
+a training period. The literature speaks frequently of a
+subject being trained to respond in a certain way. Obviously,
+this means over a certain period of time. It also
+means you train yourself to become a good hypnotic subject.
+It is a skill that all can acquire.</p>
+
+<p>There are four books dealing specifically with self-hypnosis
+that I would recommend to you for further
+reading. They are: <i>What is Hypnosis</i> by Andrew Salter,
+<i>Hypnosis and Self-Hypnosis</i> by Bernard Hollander, M.D.,
+<i>Autogenic Training</i> by Johannes H. Schultz, M.D., and
+<i>Self-Hypnosis&mdash;Its Theory, Technique and Application</i>
+by Melvin Powers.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page78" id="page78"></a>[<a href="./images/78.png">78</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page79" id="page79"></a>[<a href="./images/79.png">79</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter9" id="chapter9"></a><i>Chapter 9</i></h2>
+
+<h3>Techniques for Reaching the
+Somnambulistic State</h3>
+
+
+<p>As indicated in <a href="#chapter8">the last chapter</a>, the attainment of the
+somnambulistic stage of hypnosis can represent an extremely
+intricate procedure. Because of certain inherent
+characteristics of this stage, it is easier to attain by hetero-hypnosis.
+However, this does not preclude the fact that
+it can be reached without the aid of a hypnotist. More
+important than the testing and deepening procedures that
+I shall outline for you in this chapter are an <i>understanding</i>
+and an <i>awareness</i> of some of the complexities involved,
+first in achieving the hypnotic state, then deepening, and,
+finally, reaching somnambulism. There are no absolute
+or final answers to many of the problems that can arise.
+You can become entangled with rationalization so easily
+when you want the facts to fit a particular theory. I point
+this out to the reader because, as the subject goes deeper,
+the procedure can become more complicated.</p>
+
+<p>There are many interesting phenomena which can be
+elicited in the somnambulistic state. They are of interest
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page80" id="page80"></a>[<a href="./images/80.png">80</a>]</span>
+for the most part, to students of abnormal behavior and
+are pertinent from an academic viewpoint. They do not
+fall within the province of this book or of hypnosis for
+therapeutic purposes and might lead the reader astray.
+Should readers be interested in further hypnotic phenomena,
+I refer them to <i>Modern Hypnosis</i> by Leslie Kuhn
+and Salvadore Russo, Ph.D., <i>Experimental Hypnosis</i> by
+Leslie LeCron, <i>Time Distortion in Hypnosis</i> by Milton
+Erickson, M.D. and Lynn F. Cooper, M.D., and <i>Hypnotism&mdash;An
+Objective Study in Suggestibility</i> by Andr&eacute; M.
+Weitzenhoffer, Ph.D.</p>
+
+<p>As discussed previously, some individuals experience
+difficulty in attaining the deeper hypnotic states. My advice
+is to be patient and to continue working with yourself.
+It is not imperative or vital to reach the somnambulistic
+stage for therapeutic results. It is a misconception
+on the part of many students that they must go into the
+deepest state possible to obtain results. Dramatic changes
+can come about at all levels of hypnosis. The somnambulistic
+state is necessary in hypnotherapy when there is a
+need for the patient to relive some traumatic episode. It is
+also useful when the patient is reluctant to consciously
+discuss certain aspects of his problem. Many hypnotherapeutic
+techniques such as amnesia, hypermnesia, progression,
+paramnesia, automatic writing, dream induction,
+regression, production of experimental conflicts and crystal
+or mirror gazing require a somnambulistic state. For
+those of you interested in hypnotherapy, I can recommend
+no finer book than <i>Hypnotherapy of War Neuroses</i> by
+John G. Watkins, Ph.D. In this book, the theory of hypnotherapy
+has been diagramatically presented for easy comprehension
+and shown to be an amalgamation of concepts
+and practices from various schools of thought.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page81" id="page81"></a>[<a href="./images/81.png">81</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Most students of hypnosis equate the phenomenon of
+amnesia with the somnambulistic state. The mistake they
+make is in trying to achieve amnesia. It's similar to the
+dog trying to catch his tail. It is impossible for the subject
+to effectively suggest amnesia to himself. If he remembers
+what he was supposed to forget, he has failed. If he truly
+doesn't remember what he was supposed to forget, he
+doesn't even remember the amnesia suggestion and can
+take no satisfaction from his success because he is not
+aware that he has accomplished the posthypnotic suggestion.
+Unless an elaborate set of posthypnotic suggestions
+are worked out, it is an impossible test for self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>I know the reader is anxious to begin his conditioning
+for the somnambulistic state, but there are still a few
+pertinent remarks which should be remembered before
+proceeding further. The reader should not memorize verbatim
+any of the tests involved in proving the somnambulistic
+state. All that is necessary to remember is the general
+form and the goal you seek. The goal is to increase your
+suggestibility which, in turn, means deepening of the
+hypnotic state. After each step, you are to give yourself
+suggestions that you will go still deeper the next time.
+You should also designate a specific length of time to
+work with self-hypnosis. The suggestions are as follows:
+"I shall work with self-hypnosis for 15 minutes. At the
+end of that time, I shall open my eyes and wake up feeling
+wonderfully well. I'll be wide awake and refreshed. In
+case of any danger, I'll be able to awaken immediately
+and act accordingly."</p>
+
+<p>Some hypnotists tell their subjects to "make your mind
+a blank." I suppose what they really mean is that you must
+try to think of only what the hypnotist is saying. Have
+you ever tried to make your mind a blank? Try it for a
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page82" id="page82"></a>[<a href="./images/82.png">82</a>]</span>
+moment. It's an impossibility. Should the hypnotist persist
+along these lines, he'll never be successful. It is the wrong
+approach. The subject, because of his inability to comply
+with this suggestion, is fighting a losing battle. It is also
+almost impossible for the subject to concentrate only
+on what the hypnotist is saying. Any word the hypnotist
+says can start a conscious as well as unconscious train of
+thought. Therefore, in reality, this, too, is impossible.
+However, it really isn't necessary that the subject keep
+his thoughts concentrated solely on what is being said so
+long as they are kept in the general area. At times, the
+more you try to concentrate, the more your thoughts become
+scattered. Suppose I say to you, "Forget the address
+8721 Sunset Boulevard." What happens? The more you
+try to forget it, the more you remember it. Therefore,
+don't be concerned if you experience stray thoughts during
+the induction and deepening of hypnosis. You are
+now ready to continue with further tests. The first five tests
+should be mastered before continuing.</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 6 is referred to as the "fly" test. In this test,
+once under hypnosis, you picture that a fly is crawling on
+the back of your right or left hand. Once you feel the fly,
+you know you are deeply hypnotized. You might even get
+an urge to move your hand and flick the fly off your hand.
+When this happens, you know, of course, that you are
+deeply hypnotized. Here is a sample of the type of suggestions
+to give:</p>
+
+<p>"As I count to ten and even before I reach the count of
+ten, I shall feel a fly crawling on the back of my right
+hand. This illusion will seem very real to me. One ... My
+right hand is completely relaxed. Two ... I feel completely
+at ease. Three ... I am beginning to feel a pleasant
+tingling feeling on the back of my right hand. Four ...
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page83" id="page83"></a>[<a href="./images/83.png">83</a>]</span>
+This feeling is becoming strong. Five ... It feels as though
+a fly is moving on the back of my hand. Six ... I have had
+this same feeling before. Seven ... I can feel the fly. Eight
+... The feeling is very definite. Nine ... As I flick my hand
+the fly will disappear (If you have felt the fly, move your
+hand). Ten ... It is gone."</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 7 is known as the "cigarette" test and naturally
+is only for those of you who smoke. In this test, you give
+yourself posthypnotic suggestions during the hypnotic
+state, awaken yourself, and then note the effects of the
+posthypnotic suggestions. If the cigarette tastes bitter or
+has a repugnant taste or odor, and if you furthermore find
+it impossible to smoke more than three puffs, necessitating
+your putting out the cigarette, you know the posthypnotic
+suggestions are working perfectly and that you are an excellent
+hypnotic subject. Here are the suggestions to give
+yourself while you are under hypnosis:</p>
+
+<p>"When I count to three, I shall open my eyes and wake
+up feeling wonderfully well and shall have a strong desire
+to smoke a cigarette. Upon lighting the cigarette, I shall
+notice that there is a very bitter, strong and repugnant
+taste to the cigarette. As I continue to smoke the cigarette,
+the distasteful effect will become stronger and stronger.
+Even though I realize that I have given myself these posthypnotic
+suggestions, they will exert a strong force outside
+of my conscious control, and I shall find it necessary to
+extinguish the cigarette after three puffs. As I now count
+to three, I shall open my eyes and wake up feeling fine.
+One, two, three."</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 8 is called the "sun" test. In this test, you picture
+yourself in a bathing suit, shorts or playsuit at the
+beach or some other familiar place taking a sunbath. You
+imagine that it is a beautiful summer day. As you see
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page84" id="page84"></a>[<a href="./images/84.png">84</a>]</span>
+yourself relaxed, you imagine that a cloud is blocking out
+the sun, but as you count to three, the cloud will move
+away and you will feel the warm, pleasant glow of the
+sun's rays on your face and hands. Here are the suggestions
+you can use:</p>
+
+<p>"As I count to three, I shall feel the warm, pleasant
+rays of the sun on my face and hands. One ... The cloud
+is moving, and I can begin to feel the warm, pleasant rays
+of the sun. Two ... The cloud is moving more and more,
+exposing more and more of the sun. I can feel the warmth
+of the sun's rays. Three ... The cloud has moved away
+from the sun, and I can feel the full, warm strength of
+the sun. It is a pleasant feeling, but as I continue to count
+to five, the warm feeling will dissipate. Four ... The warm
+feeling is leaving. Five ... The warm feeling has left, and
+I feel perfectly normal in every respect."</p>
+
+<p>A variation of this test is to see yourself lying comfortably
+in front of a fireplace. In this instance, you imagine
+someone is adding wood to the fire. As this is done, you
+feel the warm glow of the fire more and more. Should
+you use the fireplace technique, try to incorporate the
+sound of rain into the picture. If you "hear" rain you
+have created a positive auditory hallucination and can
+consider yourself an excellent subject.</p>
+
+<p>You can also visualize a situation where you would be
+cold. This is not as pleasant as the picture that one can
+conjure up about a fireplace and thus creates a bit more
+resistance since no one wants to feel uncomfortable.</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 9 is the "breeze" test. It can be combined with
+the previous test. After you attain the feeling of warmth,
+you give yourself a count of three (or whatever number
+you want), suggesting that you will feel the cool ocean
+breeze (if you are at the beach) on your face and hands.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page85" id="page85"></a>[<a href="./images/85.png">85</a>]</span>
+You can even carry this step further, suggesting that you'll
+even smell the odor of the salt water. This is known as an
+olfactory illusion and should you be able to create this
+effect, you can be sure that you are a somnambulistic subject.
+Here are suggestions you can use:</p>
+
+<p>"As I count to three, I shall gradually feel the cool
+ocean breeze coming over the waves. It will be a very
+pleasant feeling. One ... I am beginning to feel the cool
+ocean breeze, especially on my face and hands. Two ...
+The breeze is becoming stronger and stronger. Three ... I
+can definitely feel the cool ocean breeze. As I continue to
+count to five, I shall smell the pleasant, healthy aroma of
+the salt water. Four ... I am beginning to smell the salt
+water. Five ... I can definitely smell the salt water."</p>
+
+<p>Now you give yourself appropriate suggestions that the
+feeling (illusion) will vanish as you awaken or at a specific
+count. It can be as simple as this: "As I count to three,
+I shall open my eyes and awaken feeling very refreshed.
+The feeling of the cool ocean breeze and smell of the salt
+air will have vanished completely." At this point you
+count to three and open your eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 10 is the "handclasp" test. This is used frequently
+to test the depth of hypnosis. You fold your hands
+with your fingers tightly interlocked and place your palms
+together. You then give yourself a hypnotic suggestion
+that at the count of three, it will be impossible for you
+to unlock your hands. After you try and are unable to
+unlock your hands, you continue counting to five, suggesting
+that you will be able to do so when you reach the count
+of five. Incidentally, you should remove any ring you may
+be wearing before trying this test. Here are the suggestions
+you can follow:</p>
+
+<p>"As I complete the count of three, I shall try to unlock
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page86" id="page86"></a>[<a href="./images/86.png">86</a>]</span>
+my hands but will be unable to do so until I count to five.
+One ... My hands are locked tightly together. Two ... My
+fingers are locked tighter and tighter. Three ... It is impossible
+for me to unlock my hands until I count to five.
+Four ... As I reach the count of five, I shall be able to
+unlock my hands very easily. Five ... I can now unlock
+my hands very easily."</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 11 is the "arm" test. Here is another test used
+frequently to test the receptiveness to hypnosis. Make a
+tight fist and extend your arm in front of you as far as
+possible. Visualize your arm as one solid mass, as stiff
+and rigid as a bar of steel. After your arm is extended,
+give yourself a hypnotic suggestion that you will be unable
+to bend your arm when you complete the count of
+three. As you continue to count to five, you will be able
+to bend your arm very easily. Here is a form of suggestion
+you can use:</p>
+
+<p>"As I reach the count of three, I shall try to bend my
+arm, but it will be impossible to do so until I count to
+five. No matter how hard I try, it will be absolutely impossible.
+One ... My arm is stiff and rigid as a bar of steel.
+Two ... I can feel the rigidity in my arm. Three ... It is
+impossible for me to bend my arm until I count to five.
+Four ... I can feel the stiffness slowly leaving. Five ... I
+can now bend my arm easily and it feels normal in every
+respect."</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 12 is the "eye" test. This is probably the most
+widely used test in hypnosis. Many subjects equate the
+inability to open the eyes with hypnosis. Many assume that
+if they can open their eyes, they have not been hypnotized.
+I must emphatically point out that this is not true. The
+subject can fail the eye test and yet have been under
+hypnosis. In the deep, somnambulistic state, the subject
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page87" id="page87"></a>[<a href="./images/87.png">87</a>]</span>
+can open his eyes without affecting the depth of the hypnotic
+state. In fact, this is done many times in getting the
+subject to do automatic writing, crystal gazing, mirror
+gazing, hypnodrama and revivification. In carrying out
+posthypnotic suggestions in any state, the subject is frequently
+told that he will open his eyes and carry out the
+suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>I have found that there is more anxiety connected with
+the eye test than with any other test. I feel that it is a
+normal reaction and one that must be anticipated by the
+hypnotist as well as the subject. Occasionally, while hypnotizing
+a new subject, he will open his eyes. This can
+happen when the subject feels he is losing consciousness.
+His ability to open his eyes proves to him that he is in
+control. One of the main fears that the subject has is his
+belief that he will lose voluntary control of himself. The
+fact that he can open his eyes lessens his anxiety.</p>
+
+<p>If there seems to be too much threat to the individual,
+I use a method that you can follow. Instead of suggesting
+that the subject will be unable to open his eyes at a
+specific count, I suggest that he will be so relaxed that it
+will be too much effort to open his eyes until a further
+count is given. Actually, what could take less effort? Here
+are suggestions you can use:</p>
+
+<p>"As I count to three, I shall try to open my eyes, but I
+shall be unable to do so because I feel so relaxed. It will
+just take too much effort to open my eyes until I reach the
+count of five or tell myself to awaken. One ... My eyes are
+closed, and I am in a very deep state of hypnosis. Two ...
+My eyelids are stuck tightly together. Three ... It is now
+impossible for me to open my eyes. I shall be able to open
+them though at the count of five. Four ... I shall be able
+to open my eyes very easily at the count of five. Five ... I
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page88" id="page88"></a>[<a href="./images/88.png">88</a>]</span>
+can now open my eyes and wake up feeling alert and fully
+refreshed."</p>
+
+<p>In accomplishing the eye test, you try to create a vivid
+picture of yourself being completely and fully relaxed.
+If you really exerted a great deal of effort, you could open
+your eyes, but because of the pleasantness of the completely
+relaxed state, you prefer not to do so. It can be
+likened to your enduring the cold winter air when you
+are half asleep in bed instead of getting up to close the
+window which has been left open too much. You can,
+of course, get up and close the window, but it becomes a
+matter of expending too much energy. Instead, you choose
+to endure the discomfort or suggest that your spouse close
+the window.</p>
+
+<p>For the following three tests, you give yourself the suggestions
+as outlined in the previous tests. It should be
+pointed out again that at the conclusion of the test, you
+give yourself a suggestion that you will feel normal in
+every respect.</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 13 is the "music" test. This test involves creating
+an auditory hallucination. Give yourself the suggestion
+that at a specific count you will hear your favorite
+song. It will last for one minute and then fade out.</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 14 is the "dream" test. It is incorporated in a
+great deal of hypnotherapy. The subject is told that as
+the hypnotist counts to three, the subject will have a dream
+lasting for several minutes which he will remember. This
+dream, furthermore, will call his attention to an important
+incident that he has long forgotten, yet which will be
+relevant to his problem. In self-hypnosis, you suggest to
+yourself that at a specific count you will have a very pleasant
+dream lasting for several minutes, at the end of which
+time you will awaken feeling refreshed. For those readers
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page89" id="page89"></a>[<a href="./images/89.png">89</a>]</span>
+further interested in producing dreams, I can highly recommend
+a very fascinating book called <i>The Experimental
+Production of Dreams During Hypnosis</i> by Professor
+David Ballin Klein.</p>
+
+<p>Test No. 15 is the "anesthesia" test. This is conducted
+by telling yourself that you will not feel the pain associated
+with the act of pinching yourself. You suggest that
+you will feel the pressure of your fingers but will not feel
+the pain involved. <i>I urge the reader not to stick pins in
+himself to test the anesthesia. This can be dangerous, lead
+to infection and cause other harmful results.</i> You should
+also not dig your nails into your skin to make sure that you
+don't feel pain.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page90" id="page90"></a>[<a href="./images/90.png">90</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page91" id="page91"></a>[<a href="./images/91.png">91</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter10" id="chapter10"></a><i>Chapter 10</i></h2>
+
+<h3>A New Approach to Self-Hypnosis
+When All Else Fails</h3>
+
+
+<p>Let us assume that you have tried diligently to learn
+self-hypnosis for a month or more but have failed. You
+have worked faithfully following the instructions outlined
+in this book and other books on self-hypnosis, but somehow
+the state of hypnosis eludes you. Should you give up
+in despair, or is there still hope for you? Let me assure
+you that you can still become an excellent subject. Let us
+examine several areas of this problem and a new approach
+that will help you achieve your ends.</p>
+
+<p>You must, first of all, ask yourself if you are feeling
+better and whether you have made strides in the direction
+you desire while giving yourself suggestions in whatever
+stage of hypnosis you have achieved. If your evaluation
+is affirmative to any degree, you can expect even greater
+results. "But," you may say, "how can I expect greater
+results when I haven't achieved self-hypnosis?" My answer
+is you may be achieving self-hypnosis and not know
+it! The change to the self-hypnotic state from the waking
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page92" id="page92"></a>[<a href="./images/92.png">92</a>]</span>
+state can be imperceptible. Many times, prior to testing
+subjects under hypnosis, I ask them if they think they are
+in the hypnotic state. The answer is invariably no. When
+asking the subjects for a cogent reason for this answer,
+they usually exclaim that they are aware of what is going
+on and do not feel any different than they did before I
+started working with them. They are amazed to find that
+various tests work so perfectly.</p>
+
+<p>Some subjects do not respond to hypnotic tests no
+matter how long you work with them. For these persons,
+I usually de-emphasize the need for passing the tests and
+concentrate on the therapeutic results which are desired.
+This approach lessens anxiety and usually results in a
+deepening of the hypnotic state. It is my feeling that many
+subjects resist any tests as the implication is that once the
+tests work, the subject is under complete control of the
+hypnotist. The subject may fear this supposed subjection on
+one hand and yet want it on the other hand. These forces
+can work unconsciously, and thus the attainment of
+hypnosis becomes a very intricate, perplexing and trying
+procedure. Even though this may be so, I can assure you
+that the problem and attainment of hypnosis can be resolved.
+It is only a matter of motivation on the part of the
+subject. This is the main ingredient necessary for successful
+hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>Let me now explain a technique which has worked
+admirably for many who have been frustrated because of
+their inability to achieve self-hypnosis. It involves <i>pretending
+you are hypnotized</i> and going through the motions
+of the various tests <i>as though you were a perfect subject</i>.
+You will recall that one theory of hypnosis is that the subject
+behaves in a manner that he believes is in keeping
+with hypnotic behavior. This role playing is the basis for
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page93" id="page93"></a>[<a href="./images/93.png">93</a>]</span>
+our unique approach. As the subject continues this procedure,
+he takes on the conditioned response mechanism
+necessary for self-hypnosis. Let us look at the following
+examples of role playing.</p>
+
+<p>During the war, many soldiers who wanted to leave the
+army would pretend something was wrong with them.
+They would convince the authorities of the authenticity
+of their "illness," and since nothing seemed to make them
+better, they eventually were separated from the service because
+of the incapacitating disorder. But what happened
+to many of these malingerers after they were released from
+the service? I'm sure you know the rest of the story. The
+constant malingering was transformed by this role playing
+into a conditioned response pattern, eventually bringing
+about the very undesirable condition responsible for their
+leaving the service. I saw some of these individuals and
+more than once they told me that they had unwittingly
+hypnotized themselves into having the ailment. They
+wanted me to dehypnotize them. They actually turned out
+to be very easy subjects as they had become highly suggestible.
+Unfortunately, their super-ego structure was
+weak, they had difficulty in identifying strongly with anyone,
+and the relationship in hypnosis was superficial and
+without depth.</p>
+
+<p>I am going to relate another example which I hope will
+help you understand the role-playing technique for self-hypnosis.
+I have had the following experience many times
+in giving hypnotic demonstrations before various organizations.
+For some reason, even though I carefully ask that
+only those who desire to be hypnotized volunteer as subjects
+for the hypnotic demonstrations, an individual who
+has no intention of cooperating comes up on the stage to
+poke fun at the hypnotist. In giving public demonstrations,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page94" id="page94"></a>[<a href="./images/94.png">94</a>]</span>
+I usually work with about ten subjects and simultaneously
+give them the same suggestions and posthypnotic
+suggestions. Once the subjects are hypnotized, I work with
+them with their eyes open. Using this technique, with each
+subject carrying out a posthypnotic suggestion, intensifies
+the responses of other subjects. There is also competitiveness
+to become the best subject.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the individual who is really not under
+hypnosis has let the audience know about it by winking
+or making a grimace when I was not looking at him. Observing
+laughter and other audience reactions which are
+not in keeping with what is happening at the precise moment
+during my lecture is my cue that I have an egocentric
+person on stage. You might ask, "Can't you tell when
+someone is faking?" It is extremely difficult many times
+to do so. Once you are aware of it, however, you give
+certain tests to the group. The exhibitionist doesn't know
+how to respond each time and you soon pick him out.</p>
+
+<p>Even when I know specifically who it is, I do not dismiss
+him. Interestingly, it is invariably a man. I continue
+with the lecture-demonstration; but I let the audience
+know that I am aware of the situation. This is the interesting
+part of this example. The bumptious subject, by giving
+himself autosuggestions to comply with various posthypnotic
+suggestions, is actually engaging in our technique of
+role playing. The inevitable happens. He finds himself
+hypnotized despite his obvious intention not to be affected
+in any way. Any hypnotist can recount similar incidents.</p>
+
+<p>What can you learn by the example just presented?
+What if you purposely set about doing the same thing in
+your attempt to achieve self-hypnosis? The obvious answer
+is that the technique has a good chance of working,
+and as a result you will achieve self-hypnosis. This method
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page95" id="page95"></a>[<a href="./images/95.png">95</a>]</span>
+has worked with many recalcitrant subjects. To follow
+this plan, go back to <a href="#chapter6">chapter six</a>, "How To Attain Self-Hypnosis,"
+and use the role-playing technique. You'll be
+pleasantly surprised at how this approach will act as a
+catalyst. Remember, once you obtain the eye closure, give
+yourself whatever therapeutic suggestion you desire plus
+the posthypnotic suggestion that the next time you will
+fall into a deeper and sounder state of hypnosis at the
+count of three or any other cue you desire.</p>
+
+<p>I know you may protest using the role-playing technique
+with the question, "If I'm not under hypnosis, why
+give myself therapeutic posthypnotic suggestions to condition
+myself to go under hypnosis at a specific count?"
+You may further protest that you are only fooling yourself.
+My answer is, "What if you are?" What is lost by doing it?
+You have everything to gain and nothing to lose. Are you
+not really interested in the end result and not the means?
+The attainment of the self-hypnotic state is not in itself the
+end result; it is a means to help you achieve your goal.</p>
+
+<p>Don't many people carry or wear good-luck charms of
+a religious or nonreligious nature? Don't we accept these
+items in our society? The four-leaf clover and rabbit's foot
+as symbols of good luck have been part of our culture for
+a long time. We are all sophisticated enough to know that
+they do not have an intrinsic value, but don't they do
+something for our mental attitude? This same pattern is
+precisely what you are to follow in using the role-playing
+technique. If you believe, expect and imagine that you will
+be successful in this approach to self-hypnosis, I can assure
+you that you will.</p>
+
+<p>May I urge you not to reject this novel and unorthodox
+approach. Many have had excellent results when other
+methods, even those of a professional hypnotist, have
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page96" id="page96"></a>[<a href="./images/96.png">96</a>]</span>
+failed. Some of you may recognize this approach as another
+means of applying the visual-imagery technique.
+Whatever you choose to call it, I reiterate you can expect
+good results. It is only necessary that you follow the instructions
+and adopt the right attitude. By the right attitude,
+I mean that you should adopt the conviction that
+you are going to achieve self-hypnosis even though you
+might have experienced difficulty up to now. Hypnosis
+is a conviction phenomenon.</p>
+
+<p>It is possible you may say you are not suggestible.
+Actually, your lack of response proves your suggestibility.
+You have been influenced by negative suggestions. Everyone
+is suggestible to some degree. You have become extremely
+suggestible to conscious or unconscious stimuli
+which are definitely affecting your ability to respond. You
+need only use this latent suggestibility and make it work
+for you. What would you say about the suggestibility of
+a person who doesn't want to talk about hypnosis? This
+person has never read a book on hypnosis and absolutely
+doesn't want you or anyone else to hypnotize him. Would
+you believe this person is a potentially good hypnotic
+subject? I can tell you by practical experience that once
+this person allows himself to be hypnotized, he turns out
+to be a perfect subject. Responding to either end of the
+suggestibility scale is indicative of success with hypnosis.
+It becomes a matter of manipulating this suggestibility
+skillfully in order to achieve results.</p>
+
+<p>Let me give you another example which may help.
+Which one of the two lines drawn on this page is longer?
+Line AB or line CD?</p>
+
+<div class="centre">
+<img src="images/lines1.png"
+alt="Two lines, AB and CD. AB has an outward pointing arrow
+on each side, while CD has them pointing the opposite way.
+A &lt;----&gt; B
+C &gt;----&lt; D"
+title="Two lines, AB and CD. AB has an outward pointing arrow
+on each side, while CD has them pointing the opposite way.
+A &lt;----&gt; B
+C &gt;----&lt; D" />
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page97" id="page97"></a>[<a href="./images/97.png">97</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>What is your answer? Did you think both were the same?
+Take a ruler and actually measure them. You'll find line
+AB longer than CD. "But," you reply, "every other time
+both lines were the same." This is a familiar optical
+illusion which is used many times in basic courses in psychology.
+It is known as the Muller-Lyer illusion. My contention
+is that if you said, "Both are the same size," you
+are potentially a good subject. You respond perfectly to
+previous conditioning; thus, you are responding as anticipated.
+If, on the other hand, you picked line AB, you are
+normally suggestible. If you honestly picked line CD, you
+are extremely cautious and respond best to "reverse psychology."
+Once again you are highly suggestible, but
+toward one extreme.</p>
+
+<div class="centre">
+<img src="images/lines2.png"
+alt="Radiating straight lines bisecting
+two parallel horizons, AB and CD."
+title="Radiating straight lines bisecting
+two parallel horizons, AB and CD." />
+
+<img src="images/lines3.png"
+alt="Converging straight lines bisecting
+two parallel horizons, AB and CD."
+title="Converging straight lines bisecting
+two parallel horizons, AB and CD." />
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Here's another interesting experiment. Would you say
+that lines AB and CD were perfectly straight? I'll let you
+figure out what your response means to this test by yourself.
+You can take a ruler to determine if the lines are
+straight.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page98" id="page98"></a>[<a href="./images/98.png">98</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>We all respond unconsciously to stimuli of some sort.
+Word association tests are based on this principle. Aren't
+your reactions automatic to the following terms: democratic
+party, republican party, communist party, mother,
+father, movie star? If I mention the name of a famous person,
+city or country, the same immediate unconscious reaction
+takes place. Let's try it. Theodore Roosevelt, Harry
+Truman, Dwight D. Eisenhower, John F. Kennedy, Albert
+Einstein, Albert Schweitzer, Eleanor Roosevelt, Boston,
+New York City, Hollywood, Miami Beach, United
+States, England, France, Italy, Israel, Africa, Russia, China,
+India and South America. The response and image keep
+changing, don't they?</p>
+
+<p>I am trying to point out that this reaction is automatic
+because of previous conditioning. I could mention almost
+anything and the same automatic reaction would take
+place. The reaction would always be the same unless something
+had happened to change or alter your response. Let
+us mention the word hypnosis. Some sort of reaction must
+take place. This can either be positive, negative, or neutral
+for our purposes. You really don't have to think about
+your response as it is automatic. The point to remember is
+that a definite response has taken place which will either
+help or hinder your attainment of hypnosis. If the response
+should be negative, it can be changed by gaining knowledge
+and actual experience in hypnosis. It is natural to
+have a bit of uneasiness when first experiencing or thinking
+about being hypnotized. After all, you haven't been
+exposed to hypnosis in a therapeutic setting and couldn't
+have formed a favorable reaction. Your response is probably
+derived from a fictionization of hypnosis. The initial
+task of the hypnotist is to create, by educating the prospective
+subject, a favorable attitude so that the subject
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page99" id="page99"></a>[<a href="./images/99.png">99</a>]</span>
+allows himself to be hypnotized.</p>
+
+<p>What does this mean specifically to you if you are having
+difficulty learning self-hypnosis? It means that through
+repeated exposures, you will finally respond. You will
+realize there is no need for anxiety in regard to your response.
+This inner feeling will, in turn, have a cumulative,
+favorable effect upon your unconscious which will result
+in your finally responding to hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>Suppose you still maintain and insist that you are not
+suggestible and wonder if you will ever respond to hypnosis.
+Furthermore, the assurance I have given you up to this
+point doesn't seem to convince you. If you have tried diligently
+to achieve self-hypnosis, you cannot be blamed, but
+let's try an experiment to test your suggestibility. It is well
+to ponder my statement that if you do not respond, it is a
+sign of being suggestible, but in a negative sense. Lack of
+response is a manifestation of this negative suggestibility.
+My contention is that you are definitely suggestible. Let us
+see what happens to you in trying the following classical
+experiment. It is called the Chevreul's Pendulum test.</p>
+
+<p>Draw a circle with about a six-inch diameter and mark
+it as shown in the illustration.</p>
+
+<div class="centre">
+<img src="images/circle.png"
+alt="The circle is divided into quarters, and marked
+with the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4."
+title="The circle is divided into quarters, and marked
+with the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4." />
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Next, take a ring and attach a string to it. If you have
+a locket, it will do as well. The hypnotist uses a crystal
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page100" id="page100"></a>[<a href="./images/100.png">100</a>]</span>
+ball and chain for this experiment. Hold the end of the
+string or chain and keep the ring or whatever object you
+are using about three inches above the center of the circle.</p>
+
+<p>Now, concentrate and fix your gaze on the ring, crystal
+ball, or locket. Mentally suggest to yourself that the object
+will begin to revolve in a circular manner following
+the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Picture in your mind's eye
+that this circular motion is becoming wider and wider.
+Work at this image for several minutes. Did the object
+begin turning to the right following the numbers? Did the
+circle become larger and larger? If it did, you are absolutely
+suggestible, are influenced by your own suggestions
+and, therefore, if you follow instructions, can learn self-hypnosis.
+You can be trained to acquire this skill.</p>
+
+<p>If the experience did not work, try it again. Concentrate
+harder and try to visualize more intently the object revolving
+in a circular manner. You are not to rotate the
+object consciously or help it in any way. The action must
+stem from your subconscious. The thought of the crystal
+ball or ring revolving in a clockwise or counterclockwise
+direction invariably causes an involuntary muscular reflex
+action to take place. This phenomenon is known as an
+ideomotor action. Usually, as the subject concentrates
+more intensely, the reflex action becomes more profound,
+causing greater unconscious movement of the hand which,
+in turn, is transmitted to the object in the form of larger
+circles and greater momentum. The time required for the
+successful accomplishment of this test depends upon the
+degree of suggestibility of the subject. An interesting action
+is to see the object revolve in an opposite direction
+than suggested. It gives a clue to the personality structure
+of the individual.</p>
+
+<p>The Ouija board works on the same principle as the
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page101" id="page101"></a>[<a href="./images/101.png">101</a>]</span>
+Chevreul's Pendulum test. Many times the aspirant will
+remark, "I swear I didn't make it move!" Mentalists find
+hidden objects in an audience using basically the same
+approach, combined with clever techniques of distraction.
+The term given for this is "muscle reading."</p>
+
+<p>This is the point in question. If the crystal ball, ring or
+locket moves without conscious direction, you have successfully
+influenced your subconscious mind. Self-hypnosis
+involves the same procedure. The goal is to consciously
+cause a subconscious reaction. If the experiment does not
+work with your eyes open, try it with your eyes closed for
+about five minutes. You will be pleasantly surprised with
+the results. Should you want to prove to yourself that you
+are suggestible with your eyes open, practice the technique
+every day for a week or two. The idea of the practice
+sessions is to reinforce and increase the response of the
+unconscious movement until you develop proficiency. It
+follows the laws of the conditioned reflex theory expounded
+by Dr. Ivan P. Pavlov (1849-1936), the famous
+Russian psychologist. If, after several weeks, you should
+still not be successful, use the role-playing technique. Consciously
+make the object revolve. After a while, it will
+move automatically whenever you attempt the experiment.</p>
+
+<p>When this happens you will have proof of your suggestibility.
+It is highly improbable that you will not be successful.
+It would be a rare occurrence. By the same systematic
+efforts, I can assure you that you can achieve self-hypnosis.
+If you are still not affected favorably, you might consider
+one of the psychological means of inducing hypnosis. The
+next chapter will discuss this topic.</p>
+
+<p>I would recommend Pavlov's book called <i>Conditioned
+Reflexes</i>. Pavlov's book will further explain and clarify
+the concept of the conditioned response mechanism. It
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page102" id="page102"></a>[<a href="./images/102.png">102</a>]</span>
+covers necessary conditions for the development of conditioned
+responses, their formation by means of conditioned
+and direct stimuli, plus a tremendous amount of
+material which will help you in your understanding of the
+significance of the role-playing technique in relationship
+to learning self-hypnosis.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page103" id="page103"></a>[<a href="./images/103.png">103</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter11" id="chapter11"></a><i>Chapter 11</i></h2>
+
+<h3>Psychological Aids and Their Function</h3>
+
+
+<p>Psychological or mechanical aids are used to help put
+the subject in a state of hypnosis. The use of the aids helps
+increase the suggestibility of the subject toward hypnosis.
+The two most widely used hypnotic aids are the crystal
+ball and chain and the 12-inch hypnodisc. One reason is
+that these two items have no other use or function outside
+of the area of hypnosis. Therefore, when the hypnotist
+proceeds to use one of these hypnotic devices, it must follow
+that a certain mental set, readiness, or receptivity must
+follow as a result of its introduction into the hypnotic setting.
+If the subject is uneasy about the hypnotic setting
+or his response, the introduction of the hypnotic aid can
+mobilize the subject's defenses which may be on a conscious
+or unconscious level. Generally, the mental set
+which follows helps augment whatever hypnotic suggestions
+are given. Certainly the same mental set would not
+follow if the hypnotist used a paper clip as a means of
+helping with the induction of hypnosis. It would only
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page104" id="page104"></a>[<a href="./images/104.png">104</a>]</span>
+start the subject wondering about the relationship of the
+paper clip to hypnosis. It obviously isn't in keeping with
+what the subject expects.</p>
+
+<p>It is important to utilize the subject's expectation as to
+what he believes takes place in the setting as long as this
+expectation does not hinder the induction of hypnosis.
+The mere act of turning down the lights or drawing the
+curtains before the hypnotist begins to work with the subject
+is a non-verbal suggestion which can be considered
+as a psychological aid. The subject knows that the hypnotist
+is ready to begin at this point. Actually, it isn't necessary
+to darken the room at any time to induce hypnosis.
+Doesn't the stage hypnotist work with glaring lights? The
+room is darkened (and I might add that I use this procedure
+myself) mainly for the psychological effect. If I
+feel that this procedure might cause anxiety, I proceed
+with the room undarkened.</p>
+
+<p>In discussing psychological aids, it is agreed that we
+are primarily interested in seeing the subject feel better
+or achieve whatever goals he seeks through the intelligent
+application of self-hypnosis. If a hypnotic aid will help
+the subject achieve hypnosis, we can concur it is justified.
+It is not to be considered a subterfuge. If the physician
+administers a placebo to a patient with the remark, "Here
+is a new medication that can help your condition" and if
+this technique does help alleviate the patient's condition,
+it is considered good medicine.</p>
+
+<p>You know beforehand that in using the 12-inch hypnodisc,
+the subject's eyes must begin to water, his eyelids
+must get heavy, and eventually he must close them. Even
+before you begin to use the hypnodisc, you suggest that
+these conditions will take place. During the induction of
+hypnosis, as these reactions are noted by the subject, a
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page105" id="page105"></a>[<a href="./images/105.png">105</a>]</span>
+favorable, psychological attitude automatically develops
+which, in turn, helps further suggestions. If the subject
+reacts favorably to suggestions A, B, and C, it follows that
+he is more prone to accept suggestions D, E, and F which
+are therapeutic in nature. The subject can relate better to
+the latter suggestions when he has seen proof of his initial
+suggestibility. This approach works better than beginning
+immediately with the latter suggestions. The build-up of
+suggestions convinces the subject he is in a heightened
+state of suggestibility and can benefit from the therapeutic
+suggestions of the hypnotist or his own. Perhaps this
+needed assurance is so helpful because it eliminates the
+anxiety of the subject concerning his suggestibility. He
+seeks and needs the satisfaction of knowing he has attained
+the prerequisites necessary before any therapeutic
+program can benefit him. The subject's prerequisites need
+not be actually related to the hypnotic process, per se, but
+merely match his preconceived ideas about what is necessary.
+Let me give you an example.</p>
+
+<p>Many subjects feel that they must experience amnesia
+before they can benefit from hypnotic suggestions. This
+premise is inaccurate since favorable and lasting results
+can be achieved in any degree of hypnosis, depending, of
+course, on the nature of the problem. Let me relate several
+interesting occurrences that take place every so often in
+my own practice as a professional hypnotist. A subject
+who is responding well to hypnosis, but not to the point
+of amnesia, insists that he will not benefit until he is
+"knocked out" and doesn't remember what happened.
+Trying to convince him otherwise proves fatal. He just
+refuses to accept whatever explanation you give him. My
+own method is not to insist that the subject is wrong, but
+somehow to use his misconception in a constructive manner.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page106" id="page106"></a>[<a href="./images/106.png">106</a>]</span>
+After getting him into a cataleptic state, I suggest that
+I am going to stop talking for five minutes, during which
+time he is to mentally repeat "sleep" as he slowly and
+deeply inhales and "deep sleep" as he slowly exhales. At
+the end of this time, he'll be in a very deep hypnotic state.
+Instead of remaining quiet for five minutes, I take ten
+minutes. I then begin to whisper suggestions to the subject
+to determine if he is still under hypnosis or asleep. If he is
+asleep, I let him remain asleep for a still longer period of
+time, after which interval I awaken him. I ask him if he
+remembers what I said to him during the time he was
+deeply hypnotized. If he says, "No," I remark, "Very
+good." I further point out to him that he has now experienced
+amnesia and will now make rapid strides. The subject,
+on the other hand, is pleased to see that I now agree
+with him, and, in fact, the interesting result is that he does
+make excellent progress because his preconceived requirements
+have been met. It should be pointed out that I keep
+working with the subject until such time that he falls
+asleep. The transition from hypnosis to sleep is normal.
+It is easy for the subject to fall asleep because he is so
+relaxed.</p>
+
+<p>Let me tell you of a similar experience. Before telling
+you of this psychological technique, it is only fair to point
+out that the professional hypnotist varies his approach
+from subject to subject, not only to suit the needs of the
+subject but to break the monotony of using only a few
+successful procedures. His experimentation helps develop
+not only new procedures, but new concepts relative to the
+general nature of hypnosis and its many ramifications. I
+was interested to see what would happen to a subject if
+he thought he was deeply hypnotized without ever giving
+him verbal suggestions or reassurance that he would feel
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page107" id="page107"></a>[<a href="./images/107.png">107</a>]</span>
+better or overcome his problem. Of course, if the technique
+did not work quickly, I would drop the procedure
+for a more orthodox approach. Instead of trying to really
+hypnotize the subject, my aim is to get him to sleep. Once
+he is asleep, I let him remain so for about 30 minutes.
+Without having ever given him a therapeutic suggestion,
+I awaken him and inquire if he remembered what happened.
+If the answer is, "No," I tell him I'll "hypnotize"
+him again next week and this concludes the visit. When
+he returns next week, I ask him, "How did you feel during
+the week?" The answer is generally, "Much better." I
+keep repeating this procedure until such time that the
+individual has attained the goals that he seeks.</p>
+
+<p>I know that the reader may be surprised that I would
+divulge such an unconventional procedure. The principle
+is the same as the physician using a placebo. I do so to
+illustrate the point that I made earlier in this chapter that
+so long as certain of the subject's requirements are met,
+whether valid or invalid, the subject's suggestibility is
+greatly enhanced. Naturally, the unsuspecting subject
+equated the period of not remembering, which was, as
+we know, true sleep, with the somnambulistic state. Actually,
+he was helped by self-hypnosis because he felt he
+would now make progress because he proved to be such
+an excellent subject. It is true, he was not using self-hypnosis
+as has been outlined in this book, but he had now
+achieved a heightened state of suggestibility (hypnosis)
+and was using this state to further his own ends.</p>
+
+<p>The attainment of self-hypnosis can be an intricate and
+elusive procedure as I have already pointed out. The purpose
+of the entire book is to instruct, point out and give
+you the necessary understanding and knowledge required
+to achieve this end. Without this understanding, this can
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page108" id="page108"></a>[<a href="./images/108.png">108</a>]</span>
+become a very frustrating effort. It is hoped that by understanding
+and being aware of some of the ramifications of
+hypnosis, you will be able to achieve your goal in the
+quickest possible time. It should also be pointed out that
+no two subjects react in the same way and that different
+methods and requirements are necessary to suit the individual.
+It is a mistake to try to make the subject adhere to
+a rigid methodology. The greater flexibility of the hypnotic
+procedures, the greater the chance for success. Let
+me, at this time, further discuss some of the hypnotic aids
+that are used in the induction of hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>We have already discussed the use of the hypnodisc and
+crystal ball and chain. The same principles are involved
+in any other object which is used as a means of fixation or
+of tiring the eyes. Hypnotic phonograph records and hypnotic
+tape recordings represent new devices that have been
+instrumental in conditioning subjects for self-hypnosis.
+The subject plays the record or tape on his phonograph
+or tape recorder and is conditioned over a period of time
+to respond to hypnosis at a given signal or phrase. He, in
+turn, can change this key phrase to one of his own choosing.
+Should you own or have access to a tape recorder, I
+would suggest recording an induction of hypnosis and
+playing it back to yourself in this manner as though you
+were hypnotizing someone else.</p>
+
+<p>I have produced three different hypnotic records and a
+30-minute hypnotic tape containing the three records
+which are sold commercially. One record, called the
+Musical Hypnotic Record, has a very pleasant, relaxing
+musical background as the voice of the hypnotist induces
+hypnosis. The second record, called the Metronome Hypnotic
+Record, incorporates the monotonous and lulling
+beat of an electric metronome in the background. The
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page109" id="page109"></a>[<a href="./images/109.png">109</a>]</span>
+subject is instructed to mentally repeat "sleep" as he
+slowly inhales and "deep sleep" as he slowly exhales in
+rhythm with the beat of the metronome. While the subject
+is concentrating on this activity, the voice of the hypnotist
+induces hypnosis. The third record, called Self-Hypnosis
+Record No. 3, contains only the voice of the hypnotist
+inducing hypnosis. It features a unique approach and
+technique.</p>
+
+<p>I have had a great deal of correspondence with those
+who have used these phonograph records and the hypnotic
+tape for conditioning themselves for self-hypnosis. The
+results are quite interesting and run the range of immediate
+results to no results. One person wrote that one of the
+records hypnotized him at the first playing and conditioned
+him for self-hypnosis, whereas he had failed to
+respond to hypnosis after many visits to one of the country's
+foremost authorities. I have had similar experiences
+after having failed to hypnotize a subject despite many
+attempts. I can only speculate that the subjects in these
+cases unconsciously resist the hypnotist because they feel
+a personal threat. Since the record is impersonal, they are
+better able to relax and subsequently be hypnotized. Interestingly,
+this occurred when the subject was convinced
+that he was a very difficult subject. It would seem that
+only then was the conditioned response pattern finally
+established. The basic function of the hypnotic records
+and hypnotic tape is to establish a conditioned response
+pattern to a given stimulus. In time, most subjects are
+conditioned by the intelligent and systematic use of these
+recordings.</p>
+
+<p>Let me describe another varied approach to achieving
+self-hypnosis. One of the chief assets of a good hypnotist
+is to be flexible in his approach in hypnotizing his subjects.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page110" id="page110"></a>[<a href="./images/110.png">110</a>]</span>
+As I have already pointed out, it is necessary many
+times to adopt a technique that is suitable to the subject
+and not to make the subject adapt himself to the method
+of induction.</p>
+
+<p>We know that with somnambulistic subjects any procedure
+will put the subject under hypnosis immediately.
+The hypnotist gains complete control of his subject as the
+subject is able to put himself in the proper psychological
+frame of mind for hypnosis. Unfortunately, most subjects
+do not respond at the first session or sessions because of
+conscious or subconscious fears that must be gradually
+eliminated. Once you get the subject to relax, or "let go,"
+he will naturally succumb to hypnosis. This is the problem
+that confronts all hypnotists.</p>
+
+<p>Merely suggesting to the subject to relax is not sufficient,
+as a rule, to bring about this desired mental state.
+The subject, at this point, cannot easily turn on or off his
+mental and physical feelings. Even if we have the subject
+lie down, this does not assure the hypnotic state as the
+subject can still be tense. Our main problem is to get the
+subject relaxed. Our situation is similar to the physician
+telling his patient to go home and forget about a certain
+problem. I'm sure you'll agree that the advice is virtually
+impossible to follow.</p>
+
+<p>One of the major stumbling blocks in hypnotizing a
+subject or in self-hypnosis lies in the fact that although we
+use terms such as "relax," "let yourself go," and others,
+the subject cannot readily put the meaning of these words
+into effect. It is difficult for most people to let go when we
+live in a society that beckons us to "look sharp," "be
+sharp," "be alert," "be on the ball" and "make every minute
+count." Emphasis on productivity does not lend to a
+society of relaxed individuals.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page111" id="page111"></a>[<a href="./images/111.png">111</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>In my long experience as a professional hypnotist, I
+have tried many novel innovations for inducing hypnosis
+and teaching individuals self-hypnosis. Some have met
+with a great deal of success and others have failed. It is,
+furthermore, difficult to determine the causal factors for
+success or failure. We can only theorize.</p>
+
+<p>I have used the following unorthodox technique for
+about a period of 15 years. Exceptionally good results
+have been attained with it, although it must be admitted
+that it is not infallible. It is suggested to you as another
+good technique. In order to help the subject relax, I have
+been using a phonograph record or tape that I recorded
+containing the continuous sound of various degrees of
+rain. One side has a half hour of very soft, light rainfall
+such as you have experienced in listening to rain falling
+on grass, canvas or a tent top. The other side or track contains
+a half hour of rain effects such as one would hear in
+a heavy downfall with loud splatterings of water on the
+pavement. The record and tape were originally designed
+to help insomnia sufferers and later incorporated into the
+hypnotic procedure.</p>
+
+<p>The subject is instructed to close his eyes and listen to
+the sound of the rain while picturing himself relaxing
+near a warm, glowing fireplace. As you can note, the subject
+again incorporates the visual-imagery technique. The
+relaxing effect thus produced over a period of time enhances
+his chances of success in attaining a deep, hypnotic
+state.</p>
+
+<p>There are many other interesting and unique devices
+and aids you can use for inducing hypnosis. Rather than
+present them all in this book, I have fully described them
+and their technique of operation in a 144-page illustrated
+catalog. This catalog not only contains a list of hypnotic
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page112" id="page112"></a>[<a href="./images/112.png">112</a>]</span>
+aids, but a description and listing of over 450 hypnotism
+and self-help books. Upon request, I shall be pleased to
+send it to you. Write to: Melvin Powers, 12015 Sherman
+Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605 and ask for Hypnotic
+Catalog No. 7. Should you have any questions on
+self-hypnosis or hetero-hypnosis, I shall be pleased to
+answer you.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page113" id="page113"></a>[<a href="./images/113.png">113</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter12" id="chapter12"></a><i>Chapter 12</i></h2>
+
+<h3>The Nature of Hypnosis</h3>
+
+
+<p>Although the nature and phenomena of hypnosis are
+still incompletely understood, there are a multitude of
+theories which attempt to explain its mechanism and results.
+The most that can be done at this time is to explore
+various views which are held by leading authorities at
+present. It can be said, however, that a majority of authorities
+agree that hypnosis ensues as a result of natural laws
+which have been incorporated in the human organism
+since the beginning of man as he is today.</p>
+
+<p>The older theories show almost as much disparity as today,
+but for the purposes of history it is probably necessary
+to enumerate only the "animal magnetism" of Frederick
+Anton Mesmer, and a mention of the "hysteria syndrome"
+of Jean Martin Charcot. Both names loom large in the
+history of hypnosis. Mesmer, an 18th century physician,
+believed that hypnosis occurred as a result of "vital fluids"
+drawn from a magnet or lodestone and which drew their
+unique qualities from the sun, moon and stars. Charcot,
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page114" id="page114"></a>[<a href="./images/114.png">114</a>]</span>
+as well as Pierre Janet and others, was convinced that
+hypnosis was a form of hysteria and that only hysterics
+could be hypnotized. The former (Mesmer) thought further
+that metal became imbued by the solar qualities, and
+his system is also known as metalogy by which he meant
+the proper application of metals. Naturally, these theories
+have been largely abandoned today, although there are
+still a few who think that hypnosis is a form of hysteria.</p>
+
+<p>Some pioneers, notably Dr. William S. Kroger, a psychiatrically-oriented
+obstetrician and gynecologist who
+limits his practice to hypnotherapy, believe hypnosis is
+a conviction phenomenon which produces results that
+parallel the phenomena produced at Lourdes and other
+religious healing shrines. His formula is that faith, hope,
+belief and expectation, all catalyzed by the imagination,
+lead inevitably to hypnosis. He, like Emile Cou&eacute; before
+him, is convinced that you cannot "will" yourself to be
+hypnotized, and that whenever the will and the imagination
+come into conflict, the imagination wins out. This fits
+in perfectly, of course, with the author's already discussed
+visual-imagery technique which requires a high degree of
+imagination. Dr. Kroger, like a few others, has proved to
+his own satisfaction that all hypnotic phenomena can be
+produced at a non-hypnotic level.</p>
+
+<p>A large number of hypnotists, including the author, has
+come to believe that hypnosis is a semantic problem in
+which words are the building blocks to success. Not just
+any words, but words which "ring a bell" or tap the experiential
+background of the subject. This is why "sleep"
+continues to be in the lexicon of the hypnotist even though
+hypnosis is the antithesis of sleep. The word is used because
+hypnosis superficially resembles sleep inasmuch as
+the eyes usually are closed, the body in a posture of complete
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page115" id="page115"></a>[<a href="./images/115.png">115</a>]</span>
+relaxation. Actually, the mind is hyperacute. Pavlov,
+however, believed that there was an analogy between
+sleep and hypnosis in that each involved cerebral inhibition.
+Words, of course, would be of little use without the
+added effect of his conditioned reflexology.</p>
+
+<p>Probably the most widely held theory is that hypnosis
+is a transference phenomenon in which the prestige of the
+hypnotist and his relationship to the subject plays an important
+role. This theory is bolstered by the fact that all
+schools of psychotherapy yield approximately the same
+results even though the methods differ. This would logically
+indicate that the relationship between the therapist
+and the subject was the determining factor. The only
+trouble with this theory is that it does not explain self-hypnosis.
+On the other hand, we know that a strong interpersonal
+relationship is necessary for hypnosis.</p>
+
+<p>In <a href="#chapter1">the opening chapter of the book</a>, I explained that
+hypnosis was a state of heightened suggestion in which
+the subject adopted an uncritical attitude, allowing him
+to accept suggestions and to take appropriate action. This
+is excellent as far as it goes, but it does not explain how
+suggestion works. This is the crux of the hypnotic dilemma
+and the answer is far from solved. Hypnotists are
+much like those who use electricity every day of their
+lives, but have no idea of the nature of electricity. It is
+enough for them to know it has been harnessed for their
+use.</p>
+
+<p>If there is one thing virtually certain about hypnosis
+it is that some parts of the brain are inhibited and other
+parts expanded by the process. Pin-point concentration
+is given as the reason for this selective procedure which
+narrows the horizon of the subject to what the hypnotist
+(or he, himself) is saying, screening out all other stimuli.
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page116" id="page116"></a>[<a href="./images/116.png">116</a>]</span>
+But why is this high order of concentration so easy under
+hypnosis when Asians, notably the Chinese, have been trying
+for centuries to concentrate on one subject for as long
+as four or five seconds. We do not know the mechanics
+of this metamorphosis of an ordinary brain into an organ
+of concentrated power. According to Janet, this is accomplished
+through the formation of a group of unconscious
+memories and activities which takes over the usual stream-of-consciousness
+type of thinking. It is implied that the
+process may be atavistic.</p>
+
+<p>One of the newer theories&mdash;one held by Dr. Lewis R.
+Wolberg, a psychoanalyst&mdash;is that hypnosis is a psychosomatic
+process in that it is both physiological and psychological
+in character. Physiologically, Wolberg believes
+that hypnosis represents an inhibition of the higher cortical
+centers, and a limitation of sensory channels such as
+takes place in sleep. He also believes that the psychological
+process operates through transference. Others agree
+that it is a transference process, but that it is more of an
+extension of the subject's own psychic processes which is
+enlarged to include the voice of the hypnotist or his own
+thoughts or voice. Incidentally, an excellent book along
+these theoretical lines is <i>Hypnotism&mdash;An Objective Study
+in Suggestibility</i> by Andr&eacute; M. Weitzenhoffer, Ph.D.</p>
+
+<p>The newest theory in the field is of particular interest
+to those reading this book inasmuch as it postulates that
+all hypnosis is self-hypnosis, that the patient always hypnotizes
+himself and that it is a wise hypnotist who knows
+who is hypnotizing whom. This is a logical conclusion and
+it disperses any ideas that hypnotic patients become dependent
+on their therapists. Actually, hypnotists today
+always teach their subjects self-hypnosis so that any
+chance of dependency is obviated.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page117" id="page117"></a>[<a href="./images/117.png">117</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Milton V. Kline, professor of psychology at Long
+Island University, postulates that hypnosis is primarily
+retrogressive. He has written that the organism functions
+differently on various levels of behavior (regression), and
+that the behavior breaks down into component parts. The
+theory that regression can spotlight personality disorders
+found in more infantile states is also widely held. He also
+is a proponent of the idea that hypnosis is an abnormal
+manifestation of a normal process, an opinion he shares
+with many.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Kline thinks that retrogression and regression alter
+perceptions and feelings, and, in the case of the latter,
+causes us to go backward in time to the point where re-education
+may be employed. This is a legitimate use of
+regression although it is not used so much these days to
+uncover past traumatic incidents. Actually, regression, by
+duplicating the exact earlier age, manner of speech and
+thought, etc., makes us once more as little children, a condition
+to be desired for certain forms of therapy.</p>
+
+<p>An atavistic theory, held to some extent by Dr. Jerome
+M. Schneck, clinical associate professor of psychiatry,
+State University of New York College of Medicine, is
+that hypnosis should be equated with states of immobilization
+on the basis of his observation that some subjects
+equate hypnosis with "death." He suggests this is comparable
+to the "death-feint" of animals to avoid danger.
+Others, primarily Europeans, have pointed out the analogy
+between the hypnotic state of animals and man.</p>
+
+<p>Another widely-held theory is that hypnosis is a state
+of dissociation, meaning that it constitutes a group of unconscious
+memories and activities which may be dredged
+up to replace the stream of consciousness. Automaticism,
+of course, is inherently part of this view, and is presumed
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page118" id="page118"></a>[<a href="./images/118.png">118</a>]</span>
+to negate volition. Activity of the cerebrum, which controls
+the conscious and voluntary system, is rendered non-operational.</p>
+
+<p>My own thoughts on the matter are that hypnosis results
+from, first of all, a good transference; secondly, from a
+conditioned reflex; thirdly, from the person acting as a
+hypnotized person (role playing), and, fourthly, from a
+suspension of the critical faculties. Along the last-named
+line, I believe that hypnotic suggestions have an autonomy
+of their own which supersede all else in the hypnotic
+situation. There are many more theories I believe are partially
+correct, but the ones named will do for the purposes
+of this volume. Incidentally, all the hypnosis theories presented
+are equally applicable to self-hypnosis except where,
+as in transference, it is obvious a therapist is needed.</p>
+
+<p>In conclusion, the author would like to take issue with
+those who believe that it is the monotonous intonations of
+the therapist that cause the subject to lapse from the
+deeply relaxed state into true sleep. I have observed many
+times, by comparing verbalization with silence, that the
+former gives the subject's mind a focal point of attention
+which prevents him from entering a sleep state where hypnotherapy
+is impossible. Like the man who cannot sleep
+because of an active mind, sleep and myriad thoughts and
+suggestions are incompatible, and I believe, once a hypnotic
+state has been attained, that the subject is kept awake
+(unless definite sleep suggestions are given) by the therapist's
+series of suggestions. We have discussed the effect
+of the experiential background at length, and surely nothing
+connotates sleep more than closing one's eyes&mdash;test
+No. 1. And so, in my view, you are doing two things when
+you talk to the subject; you are giving him helpful suggestions,
+but you are also keeping him awake and hyperacute
+so that these suggestions will sink in.</p>
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page119" id="page119"></a>[<a href="./images/119.png">119</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="chapter13" id="chapter13"></a><i>Chapter 13</i></h2>
+
+<h3>Practical Applications of Self-Hypnosis</h3>
+
+
+<p>With hypnosis on the march, there is practically no
+limit to its uses in the field of medicine, and new applications
+are being discovered every day. It should not be
+necessary to add, however, that some of these uses should
+remain as they are&mdash;in the hands of professionals with
+years of experience in the area. One of the themes of this
+book has been that laymen should use hypnosis discriminately
+and intelligently. No responsible therapist would
+ever recommend masking or removing a symptom which
+was indicative of organic disease. For that reason, the
+practical uses of self-hypnosis will be limited to measures
+that can be taken safely by the layman. The only possible
+exception to this will be instructions on how to curb obesity,
+but even here it is suggested that a physician be consulted
+before embarking on a weight-reducing program.</p>
+
+<p>The foremost use of hypnosis has been for relaxation,
+and it becomes more and more important as world tensions,
+anxiety and strain increase daily and millions seek
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page120" id="page120"></a>[<a href="./images/120.png">120</a>]</span>
+vainly to "get away from it all." Inasmuch as all methods
+of hypnosis discussed in this book utilized relaxation as
+the first step, it should not be necessary to go over this
+material. Simply review the many induction techniques.</p>
+
+<p>Lung cancer has become a very real threat to many
+people today, and the professional hypnotist is besieged
+with men and women who wish to curtail or quit smoking.
+This is easier said than done because smoking, although
+there are no physical withdrawal symptoms when one
+stops, is a strong, conditioned reflex and cannot (except
+in rare instances) be accomplished by the will alone. The
+best way to stop smoking is to make it an impossibility,
+and that is exactly what you do when you follow the
+method touched on in an earlier chapter.</p>
+
+<p>All of us have tasted or smelled certain foods or medicines
+that nauseate us. The subject who wishes to quit
+smoking is asked to conjure up the vision and the actual
+taste and smell of the substances which upset his stomach
+and offend his nostrils, transferring its properties to cigarettes.
+This, of course, must be done under hypnosis. The
+subject then conditions himself in the following manner:
+One ... This cigarette tastes and smells just like (mention
+name of repugnant substance). Two ... It is the most vile
+and repugnant taste I have ever encountered, and I shall
+not be able to continue after the third puff. At the third
+puff, I will develop a paroxysm of coughing. Three ... I
+cannot smoke the cigarette any longer, and I will have to
+put it out.</p>
+
+<p>This sounds like a simple procedure, and yet it has
+worked for thousands. Some switch to chewing gum or
+candy, but the cure essentially lies in substituting one conditioned
+reflex for another. This is comparatively easy
+with hypnosis because, unlike narcotics, barbiturates or
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page121" id="page121"></a>[<a href="./images/121.png">121</a>]</span>
+alcohol, smoking is purely a psychological addiction.
+There is no need for tapering off.</p>
+
+<p>Stopping drinking, unlike smoking, doesn't involve
+merely the creation of a physical aversion to the drug.
+The patient's entire personality should be changed and
+more mature viewpoints substituted for the unrealistic
+and infantile viewpoints which lead to the addiction in
+the first place. The subject should give himself suggestions
+that he will be able to "face up" to the problems of
+every day life without recourse to the crutch of alcohol.
+It is a well-known fact that nothing is as bad as we think
+it is going to be once we confront it.</p>
+
+<p>One of the strange aspects of drinking is that it is
+actually a form of self-hypnosis, and the cure lies in substituting
+a new viewpoint for the old. This fact can be
+demonstrated by the fact that drinking is begun in the
+first place so that the individual can be "one of the boys"
+or because it is the thing to do. Those who do not drink,
+at least as a social lubricant, according to this code, are
+"squares." Because of this, self-hypnosis must be directed
+toward reorienting one's sense of values. Sober reflection
+should convince anyone that the truly intelligent person
+does not drink to excess.</p>
+
+<p>Nail biting is an unsightly habit, one that may even
+hinder one's social acceptance. The help lies in a therapeutic
+approach similar to that for cigarettes.</p>
+
+<p>It is not hard to predict that many of those reading these
+pages are suffering from overweight. With 30 million
+Americans in this category, it has become one of the nation's
+chief health problems, and it is the predisposing
+factor in many other diseases such as heart trouble, diabetes,
+hypertension and atherosclerosis. If you are overweight,
+it is well to remember that (unless you are one in
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page122" id="page122"></a>[<a href="./images/122.png">122</a>]</span>
+a million) you cannot blame your glands. The plain truth
+is that you eat too much.</p>
+
+<p>We know today that overeating for some is an emotional
+problem, stemming from feelings of rejection and
+insecurity. Individuals who feel unloved, whether this is
+truly the case or not, make up for this lack to themselves
+by stuffing in large quantities of food. It would even
+appear that these people are masochistic, making themselves
+even more unloved by their gross gastronomical
+habits. A big factor in overweight in women is "raiding
+the refrigerator" while doing their housework. Most of
+them do this so unconsciously that they swear they eat
+less than most people.</p>
+
+<p>There are a number of appetite-curbing drugs on the
+market today, but they should not be necessary for anyone
+who has acquired self-hypnosis. If you have learned to
+visualize yourself (visual-imagery) in different situations,
+you will have no trouble in picturing yourself having a
+slim, attractive figure, exactly as you were when you felt
+you looked your best. Keep this figure ever in mind and use
+it along with conditioning yourself against certain fatty
+and starchy foods. A trick used by some hypnotherapists
+is to have the subject purchase a dress or suit several sizes
+too small and then work toward being able to wear it.
+This actually has worked in many cases because it adds
+the element of competitiveness to the procedure.</p>
+
+<p>Not all people overeat because of emotional problems.
+Some come from families where "licking the platter
+clean" was the rule because food was scarce. Others come
+from rich families where overeating by the parents established
+a habit pattern in the children. Certain races and
+nationalities look on fat as a badge of wealth and prestige,
+and children in such an environment are likely to be deliberately
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page123" id="page123"></a>[<a href="./images/123.png">123</a>]</span>
+overfed. Regardless of the reason for overweight,
+however, the use of self-hypnosis is one of the
+answers to the problem.</p>
+
+<p>Simple headaches, arthritis, neuritis and other painful
+symptoms yield readily to hypnotic suggestion. If physicians
+have given up on the problem and placed a subject
+on a maintenance drug dosage for pain, hypnosis can
+potentiate the drugs or even obviate them.</p>
+
+<p>Two of the major uses of hypnosis are in childbirth and
+for intractable pain of cancer or some other incurable
+diseases. Although patients usually start with hetero-hypnosis,
+they are put on self-hypnosis as soon as possible,
+and there are many cases of women waiting too long
+and having their babies at home painlessly through self-hypnosis.
+The father invariably is the only one excited
+in such cases. The mother knows that she is an excellent
+subject and has been instructed in prenatal classes about
+every contingency that could arise. Inasmuch as stopping
+the birth pangs is similar to stopping other pain, the
+method should be learned so that it can be accomplished
+in a minimum of time.</p>
+
+<p>The best way to stop pain is to let your right arm
+slowly rise while you are under hypnotic suggestion. Do not
+help it. If the suggestions are strong enough, it will "float"
+up. As soon as the arm is straight overhead, you should
+give yourself the suggestion that it is as rigid and unbending
+as a bar of steel. Following this, a suggestion is given
+that the hand is beginning to tingle and become numb. As
+soon as the numbness has spread through the entire hand,
+it will be insensible to pain. The hand is then placed
+against the part of the body where pain exists, and you
+will feel the numbness flowing from the hand to the
+affected area. This happens as a result of your suggestions
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page124" id="page124"></a>[<a href="./images/124.png">124</a>]</span>
+and is the method followed by most subjects. Only a deep
+somnambulistic subject is able to remove pain by direct
+suggestion to the painful part.</p>
+
+<p>There are many people today using self-hypnosis in the
+realm of sports, and an entire book has been written on
+improving one's golf game with this method. It is called
+<i>How You Can Play Better Golf Using Self-Hypnosis</i> by
+Jack Heise (Wilshire Book Company&mdash;Publishers).</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Huber Grimm, team physician of the Seattle University
+basketball team, recently related the results when
+Dave Mills, a six-foot five-inch junior forward, asked for
+his help because he "froze" during competition. He had
+been benched on the eve of the West Coast Athletic Conference
+tournament in San Francisco. Spectators made
+Mills so fearful that he was afraid he would make mistakes&mdash;and
+in this frame of mind, of course, he did. Under
+hypnosis, Dr. Grimm suggested to Dave that he would be
+unaware of the spectators, be completely relaxed and
+would play exceedingly well. Dr. Grimm asked coach
+Vince Cazzeta to allow Dave to play and the result was
+astounding. Mills scored 60 points and cleared 63 re-bounds,
+and his brilliant play led to his selection on the
+all-tournament team.</p>
+
+<p>"All I did was free his spirit," Dr. Grimm reported.
+"He was in need of confidence, and I gave it to him
+through hypnosis." The Associated Press told the story as
+follows: "Dave Mills, a vacuum cleaner off the back-boards,
+led a fast-breaking Seattle University team to victory
+last night. It was hard to recognize Mills as the same
+player who has been with the Chieftains all year."</p>
+
+<p>Dr. William S. Kroger, a pioneer in hypnosis, undertook
+to improve the batting of a professional baseball
+player with equally sensational results. The player had
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page125" id="page125"></a>[<a href="./images/125.png">125</a>]</span>
+been "beaned," and his fear of a recurrence was so strong
+that he became "plate shy." He had changed his batting
+stance so that he always had "one foot in the bucket" so
+that he could back away from the plate more quickly. He
+was given a posthypnotic suggestion that such an event
+happening again was exceedingly remote, and this was
+amplified by suggestions of confidence that he would
+immediately start slugging as well as ever. His batting
+average soared immediately.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Michio Ikai, professor of physiology at Tokyo
+University, and Dr. Arthur H. Steinhaus of the George
+Williams Laboratory of Physiologic Research in Physical
+Education, Chicago, have proved that track men can far
+surpass their best previous times under hypnosis. Their
+tests, incidentally, proved that there is no danger of an
+athlete going beyond his physiologic limit while bettering
+his former marks. They attribute the superior performances
+to the removal of inhibitions, which psychologically
+prevent an athlete from doing his best. This report was
+made before the International Congress on Health and
+Fitness in the Modern World held in Rome during the
+last Olympic games.</p>
+
+<p>All reports, as a matter of fact, show that athletic performances
+are improved by psychological, not physical,
+means, and that built-in automatic reflexes protect the
+athlete against the danger of overexertion at all levels of
+awareness&mdash;hypnotic or non-hypnotic.</p>
+
+<p>Psychologists are using hypnosis more and more to
+facilitate concentration and learning, and it is likely this
+use of the ancient science will become even more popular
+than its medical applications. The reason one learns so
+quickly under hypnosis is because of time distortion which
+allows you to obtain the equivalent of many hours of study
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page126" id="page126"></a>[<a href="./images/126.png">126</a>]</span>
+in a relatively short length of time.</p>
+
+<p>Undoubtedly, you have had experience with time distortion
+in your daily life. Remember how slowly time goes
+when you are not interested in what you are doing and
+how fast it speeds by when you are? And the drowning
+man, who sees his whole life go by, is an excellent example
+of this. Enough people have been saved to know
+that this actually happens. The point is that the subconscious
+mind does not record the passage of time the same
+way as the conscious mind.</p>
+
+<p>The conscious mind records time physically, by means
+of a clock. It is objective and tells you that a thought or
+movement requires a certain number of seconds, minutes,
+hours or days.</p>
+
+<p>Your subconscious mind has an entirely different concept
+of time that has nothing to do with the physical
+world. It is called subjective because your own sense of
+the passage of time is used.</p>
+
+<p>Personal time varies according to the circumstances in
+which you find yourself. Haven't you noticed that when
+you are happy or extremely interested in something, time
+passes quickly? On the other hand, if you are sad or anxious,
+time seems to drag.</p>
+
+<p>This is called time distortion. When you continue in a
+happy state, time is automatically shortened. When you
+are in a state of unhappiness, pain or anxiety, time automatically
+lengthens. This explains why the drowning man
+can review his entire life within seconds. Psychologists
+know this is possible, because your subconscious mind
+contains a complete record of everything that has happened
+to you since birth. Therefore, in moments of extreme
+distress your subconscious has the ability to distort
+and manipulate time.<span class="pagenum"><a name="page127" id="page127"></a>[<a href="./images/127.png">127</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>If you have ever encountered danger or had a narrow
+escape, you probably experienced time distortion. Everything
+about you went into slow motion, and time seemed
+to stand still until the action was over. At that point,
+objective time started up again and everything returned
+to normal.</p>
+
+<p>Many of you no doubt read an Associated Press report
+from Chicago on February 11, 1958, which reported how
+movie actress Linda Darnell had used hypnosis to help
+her with her first stage role. She had been asked to do the
+part on short notice and had no time for preparation. Miss
+Darnell telephoned her California physician for aid. He
+flew to Chicago.</p>
+
+<p>Overnight, through hypnosis, Miss Darnell learned her
+part and astounded the cast by knowing everyone's lines.
+Not only did she learn the part, but she was coached in
+the character of the artist she was portraying. As a result,
+"Late Love" was a hit play. Miss Darnell was under the
+impression she had been learning the part for a week
+although only about 48 hours were involved and these
+hours were not continuous. After her first performance,
+she said: "I never felt so secure about playing a role in my
+life. Hypnosis helped me feel the part completely."</p>
+
+<p>Imagine how much more we are going to be able to
+learn when study under hypnosis becomes widespread.
+And the best part of it is that the learning is in your
+mind for a long time. Forgetting or mental blocks that
+interfere with your recall of the information at any time,
+are reduced to a minimum.</p>
+
+<p>In conclusion, I should like to recommend the entire
+field of self-hypnosis to everyone. It is a therapy which is
+positive, dynamic and constructive. An excellent example
+of this is contained in the autobiography, <i>Rachmaninoff's</i>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page128" id="page128"></a>[<a href="./images/128.png">128</a>]</span>
+<i>Recollections</i>. In this book, immortal Rachmaninoff describes
+in detail his success in overcoming a severe case of
+mental depression. He had stopped composing and kept to
+himself, seldom leaving his room. After meeting with failure,
+using the available therapeutic remedies available at
+that time, he was persuaded by his relatives, the Satins,
+to seek the help of a hypnotist called Dr. Dahl. With
+much reluctance, he agreed to see Dr. Dahl and be
+treated specifically with hypnosis. Rachmaninoff's own
+words read as follows: "Although it may sound incredible,
+hypnosis really helped me. Already at the beginning
+of the summer I began again to compose. The material
+grew in bulk, and new musical ideas began to stir within
+me&mdash;far more than I needed for my concerto. I felt that
+Dr. Dahl's treatment had strengthened my nervous system
+to a miraculous degree. Out of gratitude, I dedicated my
+second concerto to him. As the piece had a great success
+in Moscow, everyone began to wonder what possible connection
+it could have with Dr. Dahl. The truth, however,
+was known to Dr. Dahl, the Satins, and myself."</p>
+
+<p>Does this story sound incredible? You have the word
+of one of the world's greatest musical composers that
+hypnosis alleviated his severe despondency. This is proof
+that the emotions of the individual can be changed by the
+ideas he builds up about himself.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Leland E. Hinsie, professor of psychiatry, Columbia
+University, writing in his book, <i>The Person in the Body</i>,
+(W. W. Norton &amp; Co.) states, "In some persons the fear
+of disease is often the only damaging evidence of disease,
+yet it can be so strong as to disable the person in all his
+daily activities." The entire field of psychosomatic medicine,
+which deals with the interrelationship between body
+and mind, has as one of its basic tenets that suggestion not
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="page129" id="page129"></a>[<a href="./images/129.png">129</a>]</span>
+only can cause psychological personality disorders, but
+many physical disorders as well.</p>
+
+<p>It is, therefore, logical to conclude that the systematic
+use of positive mental attitudes in an organized, progressive,
+self-improvement program can be a vital influence in
+helping you lead a healthier life, both emotionally and
+physically.</p>
+
+<p>Many people in need of help are at a loss as to where
+they can locate reputable hypnotherapists in their area.
+You may consult your family physician, county medical
+society or mental hygiene society. The chairman of the
+psychology department at your nearest college or university
+would usually have this information. I maintain a file
+of over 4,000 doctors located all over the world who practice
+hypnosis and would be pleased to refer you to doctors
+located in your locality.</p>
+
+<p>The following national organizations maintain a specialized
+list:</p>
+
+<p>
+American Academy of Child Psychiatry<br />
+335 S. Franklin St.<br />
+Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+American Academy of Psychoanalysis<br />
+750 Park Avenue<br />
+New York 21, N. Y.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+American Group Psychotherapy Association<br />
+2 E. 103rd St.<br />
+New York 29, N. Y.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+American Psychiatric Association<br />
+1700 18th St., N. W.<br />
+Washington 9, D. C.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+American Psychological Association<br />
+1333 16th St., N. W.<br />
+Washington, D. C.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+American Speech and Hearing Association<br />
+10801 Rockville Pike<br />
+Rockville, Maryland 20852
+</p>
+
+<p>
+National Association for Mental Health<br />
+10 Columbus Circle<br />
+New York 19, New York
+</p>
+
+<p>
+National Association for Retarded Children, Inc.<br />
+99 University Place<br />
+New York 3, New York
+</p>
+
+<p>
+National Council on Alcoholism, Inc.<br />
+2 E. 103rd St.<br />
+New York 29, N. Y.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+National Health Council<br />
+1790 Broadway<br />
+New York 19, N. Y.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+National Institute of Mental Health<br />
+U. S. Public Health Service<br />
+Bethesda 14, Maryland
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Veterans' Administration<br />
+Psychiatry &amp; Neurology Service<br />
+Department of Medicine</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page130" id="page130"></a>[<a href="./images/130.png">130</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="ad1" id="ad1"></a>[<a href="./images/ad1.png">Ad 1</a>]</span></p>
+
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+
+<div class="centre">
+<img src="images/129-illus-1.png"
+alt="Powers Hypnotic Eyes"
+title="Powers Hypnotic Eyes" />
+</div>
+
+<h2>THE POWERS HYPNOTIC EYES</h2>
+
+<p>Here is an original technique that can be used very successfully in
+inducing hypnosis. The technique consists of using two glass eyes
+with eyelashes that close as you rotate the mechanism that holds
+the eyes in place. This action is similar to closing your eyes when
+falling asleep. You suggest to the subject as you hold these two
+eyes between your thumb and first finger that his eyes will become
+extremely heavy and tired as the eyes that you are holding begin to
+close. You then gradually begin to rotate your hand which causes
+the eyes to partially close. The subject, finding it extremely difficult
+to look at the eyes, begins to close his own eyes in unison with
+those that you are holding. You continue giving suggestions of
+hypnosis and before you know it the subject is under hypnosis.
+The eyes are the size of human eyes and are colored blue with
+brown eyelashes in order to give the exact effect of looking into
+real eyes.</p>
+
+<p>The advantage comes in the fact that the subject begins to blink
+his eyes immediately and you suggest to him that this is the beginning
+of the hypnosis. It is just about impossible to look into anyone's
+eyes without blinking and this technique accomplishes this purpose.
+Using this knowledge, you incorporate it into your technique
+and induce the deep hypnosis accordingly. You can, of
+course, use this technique for self-hypnosis as well.</p>
+
+
+<p class="right">The Powers Hypnotic Eyes (1 pair)  $1</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+
+
+
+<h2>HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL &amp; CHAIN</h2>
+
+<div class="clearfix"><div class="figleft">
+<img src="images/129-illus-2.png"
+alt="hypnotic crystal ball and chain"
+title="hypnotic crystal ball and chain" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have had many requests for a hypnotic crystal
+ball and chain. I finally have been able to secure
+these and am offering them now for the
+first time. The crystal ball measures one inch in
+diameter and is actually made of genuine methacrylate
+which is crystal clear. A ten inch chain is
+secured to the crystal ball. You use this device
+the same as the regular crystal ball but this time
+you incorporate the pendulum effect which naturally
+causes the quick tiring of the eyes.</p></div>
+
+<p style="text-align: right;">Professional Size&mdash;Hypnotic Crystal Ball &amp; Chain $2.00</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="ad2" id="ad2"></a>[<a href="./images/ad2.png">Ad 2</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+
+<h2>THE HAND HYPNODISC</h2>
+
+<div class="clearfix"><div class="figleft">
+<img src="images/130-illus-1.png"
+alt="hand hypnodisc"
+title="hand hypnodisc" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The hand hypnodisc is the size of the hypnodisc
+illustrated in this circular. It is rigid with
+a special lens-like plastic surface. The miniature
+hypnodisc is held between the first finger
+and thumb like the crystal ball and is used incorporating
+the techniques of the large hypnodisc
+as well as the crystal ball.</p>
+
+<p>As you slowly revolve this hypnodisc, the
+lens-like surface causes a series of optical illusions
+to appear before the eyes of the subject.
+These moving illusions are ever present as you
+change the slightest distance of the hypnodisc
+from the subject.</p>
+
+<p>This remarkable effect is achieved by the use
+of countless plastic linear lenses which separate
+the multiple images laminated behind
+them, permitting a different picture to change
+continuously as you change the angle of view
+or distance. Naturally this device is extremely
+helpful in capturing the full attention of the
+conscious mind of the subject and helps you to
+achieve the hypnotic state in the shortest possible
+time.</p></div>
+
+<p style="margin-left: 35%;" class="centre">
+<b>Send for<br />
+THE HAND HYPNODISC<br />
+Price    $1</b><br />
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+
+<h2>POWERS HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL</h2>
+
+<div class="clearfix"><div class="figleft">
+<img src="images/130-illus-2.png"
+alt="Powers hypnotic crystal ball"
+title="Powers hypnotic crystal ball" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The Powers hypnotic crystal ball is extremely
+useful as an aid in inducing the hypnotic state.
+It is desirable to use it as an object of concentration
+for your subject while he is being
+hypnotized.</p>
+
+<p>The crystal ball lends an air of "mysticism"
+to the attainment of the hypnotic sleep and for
+some of your subjects this is the best approach
+in obtaining hypnotic control. There are individuals
+who will not react to a strict scientific
+approach to hypnosis and it is with these subjects
+that the use of such a device as the crystal
+ball is of inestimable value.</p>
+
+<p>The crystal ball is held between your thumb
+and first finger, about twelve inches from the
+subject's eyes and slightly above eye level. The
+hypnotic crystal ball can easily be carried with
+you at all times.</p>
+
+<p>As you know, the employment of a crystal to
+induce the hypnotic sleep is one of the oldest
+methods used in hypnosis. I personally favor
+this device and my students as well as myself
+have always had excellent results using this
+technique.</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p style="margin-left: 30%;" class="centre">
+<b>Send for POWERS HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL<br />
+Price $1</b><br />
+</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="ad3" id="ad3"></a>[<a href="./images/ad3.png">Ad 3</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+<h2>THE POWERS HYPNODISC</h2>
+
+<div class="figleft">
+<img src="images/131-illus.png"
+alt="Powers hypnodisc"
+title="Powers hypnodisc" />
+</div>
+
+<p><b>Copyright 1951 by Melvin Powers</b></p>
+
+<p>An effective yet inexpensive method
+of inducing hypnosis is with the aid
+of the hypnodisc spiral. In my book,
+"Hypnotism Revealed," a picture of
+the hypnodisc unit with the hypnodisc
+spiral attached is shown. Above
+is a picture of my latest hypnodisc
+spiral. I am now offering the hypnodisc
+spiral as a separate unit which
+can be used with your phonograph
+turntable.</p>
+
+<p>The spinning spiral will cause a
+series of optical illusions, causing immediate
+eye strain and fatigue. The
+subject feels that he is being drawn into a deep, dark revolving cone. By your
+suggestions of hypnotic sleep, you can place your subject in the somnambulistic
+state very easily. With some subjects, hypnosis will take place almost
+instantaneously. This technique is often employed in stage hypnotism.</p>
+
+<p>The use of the hypnodisc spiral is also an excellent method of achieving
+self-hypnosis. As you concentrate on the revolving hypnodisc spiral, you give
+yourself suggestions of hypnotic sleep. You will note the optical illusions as
+they occur and the pleasant, relaxing feeling that accompanies these illusions.
+Giving yourself further suggestions of hypnotic sleep, you find that you are
+easily able to attain the desired state of self-hypnosis. This method is one of
+the most successful and popular techniques yet known for achieving hetero-hypnosis
+and self-hypnosis. At the Wilshire School of Hypnotism, all students
+in the self-hypnosis class are conditioned with the aid of the hypnodisc spiral.</p>
+
+<p>During my lectures, I place the entire hypnodisc unit on the platform without
+having the spiral revolve. Continuing with the lecture, I note individuals
+in the audience gazing intently at the hypnodisc spiral. Invariably before the
+end of the lecture, many will have put themselves into a deep hypnotic state.
+This group self-hypnosis was achieved without my mentioning anything about
+the hypnodisc. These individuals assumed that the unit is used to induce
+hypnosis and their looking at it with that thought in mind produced the hypnotic
+state.</p>
+
+<p>The hypnodisc spiral is printed on firm cardboard, measures twelve inches
+in diameter, and has a hole in the center so you can place it on your own
+phonograph turntable. It has the general appearance of a twelve-inch phonograph
+record. I am sure that you will be pleased with your purchase of the
+hypnodisc.</p>
+
+<p>The hypnodisc is also available with four of the white spiraling areas colored
+in four different shades. The coloring is extremely interesting, fascinating,
+and very effective in inducing hypnosis as the hypnodisc revolves. The
+COLORED HYPNODISC sells for $3.00.</p>
+
+<p class="centre">
+<b>Send for POWERS HYPNODISC<br />
+Price $2.00</b><br />
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+
+<h2>CASSETTE TAPES</h2>
+
+<table summary="">
+<tr><td><b>ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RECORDS ON CASSETTE TAPE</b></td><td></td>
+<td align="right"><b>$10.00</b></td></tr>
+<tr><td><b>ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD ON CASSETTE TAPE</b></td><td></td>
+<td align="right"><b>5.00</b></td></tr>
+<tr><td><b>TWO HOURS OF MENTAL POWER RECORDS ON CASSETTE TAPE</b></td><td></td>
+<td align="right"><b>10.00</b></td></tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="ad4" id="ad4"></a>[<a href="./images/ad4.png">Ad 4</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+
+<h2>ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN TAPE (3-3/4 IPS)</h2>
+
+<p>One of the chief assets of a good hypnotist is to be flexible in his approach in
+hypnotizing his subjects. As you know, it is necessary many times to adapt a technique
+that is suitable to the subject, and not to make the subject adapt himself to the
+method of induction.</p>
+
+<p>We know that with somnambulistic subjects any procedure will put the subject
+under hypnosis immediately. The hypnotist gains complete control of his subject
+just as fast as he wants. Unfortunately, most subjects do not respond at the first
+session because of conscious or subconscious fears that must be gradually eliminated.
+Once you get the subject to relax, or "let go," he will naturally succumb to hypnosis.
+This is the problem that confronts all hypnotists.</p>
+
+<p>Merely suggesting to the subject to relax or to "let go" is not sufficient, as
+a rule, to bring about this desired state. The subject, at this point, cannot turn
+on or off his mental and physical state of being this easily. Even if we have the
+subject lie down, this does not assure the hypnotic state, as the subject can still
+be tense. Our problem is how to get the subject to relax. Our situation is similar
+to the physician telling his patient to go home and forget about a certain
+problem. I'm sure that you'll agree that the advice is virtually impossible to follow.</p>
+
+<p>One of the major stumbling blocks in hypnotizing a subject, or in self-hypnosis,
+lies in the fact that although we use words such as: "relax," "let yourself go," and
+other similar terminology, the subject cannot readily put the meaning of these
+words into effect. It is difficult for most people to "let go" when we live in a society
+that beckons us to "look sharp," "be sharp," "be alert," "be on the ball" and "make
+every minute count." Emphasis on productivity does not lend to a society of relaxed
+individuals.</p>
+
+<p>In my long experience as a professional hypnotist, I have tried many novel
+innovations for inducing hypnosis. Some have met with a great deal of success
+and others have failed. It is difficult to determine the causative factors for success
+or failure. We can only theorize.</p>
+
+<p>I have used, over the last ten years, a technique that I shall describe now. Exceptionally
+good results have been attained with it; however, it is not infallible. It is
+suggested to you as another good technique. In order to help the subject relax, I
+have been using a one hour tape recorder recording containing the continuous sound
+of various degrees of rain. One half hour has a rain effect of very soft, light rainfall,
+as on grass, canvas or tent top. The other side contains a half hour of a rain effect such
+as one would hear in a heavy downfall with prominent patter of water on pavement.</p>
+
+<p>The subject is instructed to close his eyes and listen to the sound of the rain while
+picturing himself relaxing near a warm, glowing fireplace. The relaxing effect thus
+produced enhances our chances for success in attaining a deep, hypnotic state.</p>
+
+<p>The tape will play on all standard recorders and comes recorded at a speed of
+3-3/4 IPS. The tape alone is worth $2.50. You therefore only pay $2.50 for the actual
+recording.</p>
+
+<p class="right"><b>ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN TAPE . . . $5</b></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class="bbox2">
+
+<h2>HALF-HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD (33-1/3 RPM)</h2>
+
+
+<div class="clearfix"><div class="figleft">
+<img src="images/132-illus.png"
+alt="Hypnotic rain record"
+title="Hypnotic rain record" />
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Should you not have a tape recorder we have a record
+(33-1/3 RPM) containing the sound of 15 minutes of light
+rain on one side and 15 minutes of heavy rain on the other
+side. The record sells for $5.</p></div>
+
+<p class="right"><b>HALF-HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD   $5</b></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="ad5" id="ad5"></a>[<a href="./images/ad5.png">Ad 5</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2>A PERSONAL WORD FROM MELVIN POWERS<br />
+PUBLISHER, WILSHIRE BOOK COMPANY</h2>
+
+
+<p>Dear Friend:</p>
+
+<p>My goal is to publish interesting, informative, and inspirational
+books. You can help me accomplish this by
+answering the following questions, either by phone or by
+mail. Or, if convenient for you, I would welcome the opportunity
+to visit with you in my office and hear your comments
+in person.</p>
+
+<p>Did you enjoy reading this book? Why?</p>
+
+<p>Would you enjoy reading another similar book?</p>
+
+<p>What idea in the book impressed you the most?</p>
+
+<p>If applicable to your situation, have you incorporated
+this idea in your daily life?</p>
+
+<p>Is there a chapter that could serve as a theme for an
+entire book? Please explain.</p>
+
+<p>If you have an idea for a book, I would welcome discussing
+it with you. If you already have one in progress,
+write or call me concerning possible publication. I can be
+reached at (213) 875-1711 or (213) 983-1105.</p>
+
+<p style="text-align: right; margin-right: 20%;">
+Sincerely yours,<br />
+MELVIN POWERS<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<i>12015 Sherman Road<br />
+North Hollywood, California 91605</i></p>
+
+
+<hr class="longer" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="ad6" id="ad6"></a>[<a href="./images/ad6.png">Ad 6</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h2>MELVIN POWERS SELF-IMPROVEMENT LIBRARY</h2>
+
+
+<table summary="self-improvement library">
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>ASTROLOGY</h3></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td>ASTROLOGY: HOW TO CHART YOUR HOROSCOPE <i>Max Heindel</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ASTROLOGY: YOUR PERSONAL SUN-SIGN GUIDE <i>Beatrice Ryder</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ASTROLOGY FOR EVERYDAY LIVING <i>Janet Harris</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ASTROLOGY MADE EASY <i>Astarte</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ASTROLOGY MADE PRACTICAL <i>Alexandra Kayhle</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ASTROLOGY, ROMANCE, YOU AND THE STARS <i>Anthony Norvell</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MY WORLD OF ASTROLOGY <i>Sydney Omarr</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>THOUGHT DIAL <i>Sydney Omarr</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WHAT THE STARS REVEAL ABOUT THE MEN IN YOUR LIFE <i>Thelma White</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ZODIAC REVEALED <i>Rupert Gleadow</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>BRIDGE</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BRIDGE BIDDING MADE EASY <i>Edwin B. Kantar</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BRIDGE CONVENTIONS <i>Edwin B. Kantar</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BRIDGE HUMOR <i>Edwin B. Kantar</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COMPETITIVE BIDDING IN MODERN BRIDGE <i>Edgar Kaplan</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DEFENSIVE BRIDGE PLAY COMPLETE <i>Edwin B. Kantar</i></td>
+<td align="right">10.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR BRIDGE <i>Alfred Sheinwold</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>INTRODUCTION TO DEFENDER'S PLAY <i>Edwin B. Kantar</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SHORT CUT TO WINNING BRIDGE <i>Alfred Sheinwold</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TEST YOUR BRIDGE PLAY <i>Edwin B. Kantar</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING DECLARER PLAY <i>Dorothy Hayden Truscott</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>BUSINESS, STUDY &amp; REFERENCE</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CONVERSATION MADE EASY <i>Elliot Russell</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>EXAM SECRET <i>Dennis B. Jackson</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>FIX-IT BOOK <i>Arthur Symons</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO DEVELOP A BETTER SPEAKING VOICE <i>M. Hellier</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO MAKE A FORTUNE IN REAL ESTATE <i>Albert Winnikoff</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>INCREASE YOUR LEARNING POWER <i>Geoffrey A. Dudley</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MAGIC OF NUMBERS <i>Robert Tocquet</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL GUIDE TO BETTER CONCENTRATION <i>Melvin Powers</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL GUIDE TO PUBLIC SPEAKING <i>Maurice Forley</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>7 DAYS TO FASTER READING <i>William S. Schaill</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SONGWRITERS RHYMING DICTIONARY <i>Jane Shaw Whitfield</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SPELLING MADE EASY <i>Lester D. Basch &amp; Dr. Milton Finkelstein</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STUDENT'S GUIDE TO BETTER GRADES <i>J. A. Rickard</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TEST YOURSELF&mdash;Find Your Hidden Talent <i>Jack Shafer</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WORLD WIDE MAIL ORDER SHOPPER'S GUIDE <i>Eugene V. Moller</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR WILL &amp; WHAT TO DO ABOUT IT <i>Attorney Samuel G. Kling</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>CALLIGRAPHY</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ADVANCED CALLIGRAPHY <i>Katherine Jeffares</i></td><td align="right">6.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CALLIGRAPHY&mdash;The Art of Beautiful Writing <i>Katherine Jeffares</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>CHESS &amp; CHECKERS</h3></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO WINNING CHESS <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BETTER CHESS&mdash;How to Play <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHECKERS MADE EASY <i>Tom Wiswell</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS IN TEN EASY LESSONS <i>Larry Evans</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS MADE EASY <i>Milton L. Hanauer</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS MASTERY&mdash;A New Approach <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS PROBLEMS FOR BEGINNERS <i>edited by Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS SECRETS REVEALED <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS STRATEGY&mdash;An Expert's Guide <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS TACTICS FOR BEGINNERS <i>edited by Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHESS THEORY &amp; PRACTICE <i>Morry &amp; Mitchell</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO WIN AT CHECKERS <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>1001 BRILLIANT WAYS TO CHECKMATE <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>1001 WINNING CHESS SACRIFICES &amp; COMBINATIONS <i>Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SOVIET CHESS <i>Edited by R. G. Wade</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="ad7" id="ad7"></a>[<a href="./images/ad7.png">Ad 7</a>]</span></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>COOKERY &amp; HERBS</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CULPEPER'S HERBAL REMEDIES <i>Dr. Nicholas Culpeper</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>FAST GOURMET COOKBOOK <i>Poppy Cannon</i></td><td align="right">2.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GINSENG The Myth &amp; The Truth <i>Joseph P. Hou</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HEALING POWER OF HERBS <i>May Bethel</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HEALING POWER OF NATURAL FOODS <i>May Bethel</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HERB HANDBOOK <i>Dawn MacLeod</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HERBS FOR COOKING AND HEALING <i>Dr. Donald Law</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HERBS FOR HEALTH&mdash;How to Grow &amp; Use Them <i>Louise Evans Doole</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOME GARDEN COOKBOOK&mdash;Delicious Natural Food Recipes <i>Ken Kraft</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MEDICAL HERBALIST <i>edited by Dr. J. R. Yemm</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NATURAL FOOD COOKBOOK <i>Dr. Harry C. Bond</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NATURE'S MEDICINES <i>Richard Lucas</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>VEGETABLE GARDENING FOR BEGINNERS <i>Hugh Wiberg</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>VEGETABLES FOR TODAY'S GARDENS <i>R. Milton Carleton</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>VEGETARIAN COOKERY <i>Janet Walker</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>VEGETARIAN COOKING MADE EASY &amp; DELECTABLE <i>Veronica Vezza</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>VEGETARIAN DELIGHTS&mdash;A Happy Cookbook for Health <i>K. R. Mehta</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>VEGETARIAN GOURMET COOKBOOK <i>Joyce McKinnel</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>GAMBLING &amp; POKER</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ADVANCED POKER STRATEGY &amp; WINNING PLAY <i>A. D. Livingston</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW NOT TO LOSE AT POKER <i>Jeffrey Lloyd Castle</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO WIN AT DICE GAMES <i>Skip Frey</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO WIN AT POKER <i>Terence Reese &amp; Anthony T. Watkins</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SECRETS OF WINNING POKER <i>George S. Coffin</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING AT CRAPS <i>Dr. Lloyd T. Commins</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING AT GIN <i>Chester Wander &amp; Cy Rice</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING AT POKER&mdash;An Expert's Guide <i>John Archer</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING AT 21&mdash;An Expert's Guide <i>John Archer</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING POKER SYSTEMS <i>Norman Zadeh</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>HEALTH</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DR. LINDNER'S SPECIAL WEIGHT CONTROL METHOD
+<i>P. G. Lindner, M.D.</i></td><td align="right">1.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HELP YOURSELF TO BETTER SIGHT <i>Margaret Darst Corbett</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR VISION <i>Dr. Robert A. Kraskin</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW YOU CAN STOP SMOKING PERMANENTLY <i>Ernest Caldwell</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MIND OVER PLATTER <i>Peter G. Lindner, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NATURE'S WAY TO NUTRITION &amp; VIBRANT HEALTH <i>Robert J. Scrutton</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NEW CARBOHYDRATE DIET COUNTER <i>Patti Lopez-Pereira</i></td>
+<td align="right">1.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PSYCHEDELIC ECSTASY <i>William Marshall &amp; Gilbert W. Taylor</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>REFLEXOLOGY <i>Dr. Maybelle Segal</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOU CAN LEARN TO RELAX <i>Dr. Samuel Gutwirth</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR ALLERGY&mdash;What To Do About It <i>Allan Knight, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>HOBBIES</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BEACHCOMBING FOR BEGINNERS <i>Norman Hickin</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BLACKSTONE'S MODERN CARD TRICKS <i>Harry Blackstone</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BLACKSTONE'S SECRETS OF MAGIC <i>Harry Blackstone</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BUTTERFLIES</td><td align="right">2.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COIN COLLECTING FOR BEGINNERS <i>Burton Hobson &amp; Fred Reinfeld</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ENTERTAINING WITH ESP <i>Tony 'Doc' Shiels</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>400 FASCINATING MAGIC TRICKS YOU CAN DO <i>Howard Thurston</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW I TURN JUNK INTO FUN AND PROFIT <i>Sari</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO WRITE A HIT SONG &amp; SELL IT <i>Tommy Boyce</i></td>
+<td align="right">7.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>JUGGLING MADE EASY <i>Rudolf Dittrich</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MAGIC MADE EASY <i>Byron Wels</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STAMP COLLECTING FOR BEGINNERS <i>Burton Hobson</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STAMP COLLECTING FOR FUN &amp; PROFIT <i>Frank Cetin</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>HORSE PLAYERS' WINNING GUIDES</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BETTING HORSES TO WIN <i>Les Conklin</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ELIMINATE THE LOSERS <i>Bob McKnight</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO PICK WINNING HORSES <i>Bob McKnight</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO WIN AT THE RACES <i>Sam (The Genius) Lewin</i>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="ad8" id="ad8"></a>[<a href="./images/ad8.png">Ad 8</a>]</span></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW YOU CAN BEAT THE RACES <i>Jack Kavanagh</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MAKING MONEY AT THE RACES <i>David Barr</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PAYDAY AT THE RACES <i>Les Conklin</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SMART HANDICAPPING MADE EASY <i>William Bauman</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SUCCESS AT THE HARNESS RACES <i>Barry Meadow</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING AT THE HARNESS RACES&mdash;An Expert's Guide <i>Nick Cammarano</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>HUMOR</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO BE A COMEDIAN FOR FUN &amp; PROFIT <i>King &amp; Laufer</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO FLATTEN YOUR TUSH <i>Coach Marge Reardon</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>JOKE TELLER'S HANDBOOK <i>Bob Orben</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>JOKES FOR ALL OCCASIONS <i>Al Schock</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>HYPNOTISM</h3></td></tr>
+
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ADVANCED TECHNIQUES OF HYPNOSIS <i>Melvin Powers</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BRAINWASHING AND THE CULTS <i>Paul A. Verdier, Ph.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CHILDBIRTH WITH HYPNOSIS <i>William S. Kroger, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO SOLVE Your Sex Problems with Self-Hypnosis <i>Frank S. Caprio, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO STOP SMOKING THRU SELF-HYPNOSIS <i>Leslie M. LeCron</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO USE AUTO-SUGGESTION EFFECTIVELY <i>John Duckworth</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW YOU CAN BOWL BETTER USING SELF-HYPNOSIS <i>Jack Heise</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW YOU CAN PLAY BETTER GOLF USING SELF-HYPNOSIS <i>Jack Heise</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HYPNOSIS AND SELF-HYPNOSIS <i>Bernard Hollander, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HYPNOTISM (Originally published in 1893) <i>Carl Sextus</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HYPNOTISM &amp; PSYCHIC PHENOMENA <i>Simeon Edmunds</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HYPNOTISM MADE EASY <i>Dr. Ralph Winn</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HYPNOTISM MADE PRACTICAL <i>Louis Orton</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HYPNOTISM REVEALED <i>Melvin Powers</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HYPNOTISM TODAY <i>Leslie LeCron and Jean Bordeaux, Ph.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MODERN HYPNOSIS <i>Lesley Kuhn &amp; Salvatore Russo, Ph.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NEW CONCEPTS OF HYPNOSIS <i>Bernard C. Gindes, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NEW SELF-HYPNOSIS <i>Paul Adams</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>POST-HYPNOTIC INSTRUCTIONS&mdash;Suggestions for Therapy <i>Arnold Furst</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS <i>Melvin Powers</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL HYPNOTISM <i>Philip Magonet, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SECRETS OF HYPNOTISM <i>S. J. Van Pelt, M.D.</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SELF-HYPNOSIS Its Theory, Technique &amp; Application <i>Melvin Powers</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SELF-HYPNOSIS A Conditioned-Response Technique <i>Laurence Sparks</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>THERAPY THROUGH HYPNOSIS <i>edited by Raphael H. Rhodes</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>JUDAICA</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO LIVE A RICHER &amp; FULLER LIFE <i>Rabbi Edgar F. Magnin</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MODERN ISRAEL <i>Lily Edelman</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ROMANCE OF HASSIDISM <i>Jacob S. Minkin</i></td><td align="right">2.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SERVICE OF THE HEART <i>Evelyn Garfiel, Ph.D.</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STORY OF ISRAEL IN COINS <i>Jean &amp; Maurice Gould</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STORY OF ISRAEL IN STAMPS <i>Maxim &amp; Gabriel Shamir</i></td>
+<td align="right">1.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TONGUE OF THE PROPHETS <i>Robert St. John</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TREASURY OF COMFORT <i>edited by Rabbi Sidney Greenberg</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>JUST FOR WOMEN</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COSMOPOLITAN'S GUIDE TO MARVELOUS MEN Fwd. by <i>Helen Gurley Brown</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COSMOPOLITAN'S HANG-UP HANDBOOK Foreword by <i>Helen Gurley Brown</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COSMOPOLITAN'S LOVE BOOK&mdash;A Guide to Ecstasy in Bed</td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COSMOPOLITAN'S NEW ETIQUETTE GUIDE Fwd. by <i>Helen Gurley Brown</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>I AM A COMPLEAT WOMAN <i>Doris Hagopian &amp; Karen O'Connor Sweeney</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>JUST FOR WOMEN&mdash;A Guide to the Female Body <i>Richard E. Sand, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NEW APPROACHES TO SEX IN MARRIAGE <i>John E. Eichenlaub, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SEXUALLY ADEQUATE FEMALE <i>Frank S. Caprio, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR FIRST YEAR OF MARRIAGE <i>Dr. Tom McGinnis</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>MARRIAGE, SEX &amp; PARENTHOOD</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ABILITY TO LOVE <i>Dr. Allan Fromme</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MODERN SEX &amp; LOVE TECHNIQUES <i>Macandrew</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GUIDE TO SUCCESSFUL MARRIAGE <i>Drs. Albert Ellis &amp; Robert Harper</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO RAISE AN EMOTIONALLY HEALTHY, HAPPY CHILD <i>A. Ellis</i>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="ad9" id="ad9"></a>[<a href="./images/ad9.png">Ad 9</a>]</span></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>IMPOTENCE &amp; FRIGIDITY <i>Edwin W. Hirsch, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SEX WITHOUT GUILT <i>Albert Ellis, Ph.D.</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SEXUALLY ADEQUATE MALE <i>Frank S. Caprio, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>METAPHYSICS &amp; OCCULT</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BOOK OF TALISMANS, AMULETS &amp; ZODIACAL GEMS <i>William Pavitt</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CONCENTRATION&mdash;A Guide to Mental Mastery <i>Mouni Sadhu</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CRITIQUES OF GOD <i>Edited by Peter Angeles</i></td><td align="right">7.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DREAMS &amp; OMENS REVEALED <i>Fred Gettings</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>EXTRASENSORY PERCEPTION <i>Simeon Edmunds</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL INTELLIGENCE&mdash;The First Encounter</td>
+<td align="right">6.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>FORTUNE TELLING WITH CARDS <i>P. Foli</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HANDWRITING ANALYSIS MADE EASY <i>John Marley</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HANDWRITING TELLS <i>Nadya Olyanova</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO UNDERSTAND YOUR DREAMS <i>Geoffrey A. Dudley</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ILLUSTRATED YOGA <i>William Zorn</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>IN DAYS OF GREAT PEACE <i>Mouni Sadhu</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>KING SOLOMON'S TEMPLE IN THE MASONIC TRADITION <i>Alex Horne</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>LSD&mdash;THE AGE OF MIND <i>Bernard Roseman</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MAGICIAN&mdash;His training and work <i>W. E. Butler</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MEDITATION <i>Mouni Sadhu</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MODERN NUMEROLOGY <i>Morris C. Goodman</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NUMEROLOGY&mdash;ITS FACTS AND SECRETS <i>Ariel Yvon Taylor</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NUMEROLOGY MADE EASY <i>W. Mykian</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PALMISTRY MADE EASY <i>Fred Gettings</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PALMISTRY MADE PRACTICAL <i>Elizabeth Daniels Squire</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PALMISTRY SECRETS REVEALED <i>Henry Frith</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL YOGA <i>Ernest Wood</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PROPHECY IN OUR TIME <i>Martin Ebon</i></td><td align="right">2.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PSYCHOLOGY OF HANDWRITING <i>Nadya Olyanova</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SUPERSTITION&mdash;Are you superstitious? <i>Eric Maple</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TAROT <i>Mouni Sadhu</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TAROT OF THE BOHEMIANS <i>Papus</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TEST YOUR ESP <i>Martin Ebon</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WAYS TO SELF-REALIZATION <i>Mouni Sadhu</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WHAT YOUR HANDWRITING REVEALS <i>Albert E. Hughes</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC &amp; OCCULTISM&mdash;A Fascinating History <i>W. B. Crow</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WITCHCRAFT&mdash;THE SIXTH SENSE <i>Justine Glass</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WORLD OF PSYCHIC RESEARCH <i>Hereward Carrington</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOU CAN ANALYZE HANDWRITING <i>Robert Holder</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>SELF-HELP &amp; INSPIRATIONAL</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CYBERNETICS WITHIN US <i>Y. Saparina</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DAILY POWER FOR JOYFUL LIVING <i>Dr. Donald Curtis</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DOCTOR PSYCHO-CYBERNETICS <i>Maxwell Maltz, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DYNAMIC THINKING <i>Melvin Powers</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>EXUBERANCE&mdash;Your Guide to Happiness &amp; Fulfillment <i>Dr. Paul Kurtz</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GREATEST POWER IN THE UNIVERSE <i>U. S. Andersen</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GROW RICH WHILE YOU SLEEP <i>Ben Sweetland</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GROWTH THROUGH REASON <i>Albert Ellis, Ph.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GUIDE TO DEVELOPING YOUR POTENTIAL <i>Herbert A. Otto, Ph.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GUIDE TO LIVING IN BALANCE <i>Frank S. Caprio, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HELPING YOURSELF WITH APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY <i>R. Henderson</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HELPING YOURSELF WITH PSYCHIATRY <i>Frank S. Caprio, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO ATTRACT GOOD LUCK <i>A. H. Z. Carr</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO CONTROL YOUR DESTINY <i>Norvell</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO DEVELOP A WINNING PERSONALITY <i>Martin Panzer</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO DEVELOP AN EXCEPTIONAL MEMORY <i>Young &amp; Gibson</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO OVERCOME YOUR FEARS <i>M. P. Leahy, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW YOU CAN HAVE CONFIDENCE AND POWER <i>Les Giblin</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HUMAN PROBLEMS &amp; HOW TO SOLVE THEM <i>Dr. Donald Curtis</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>I CAN <i>Ben Sweetland</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>I WILL <i>Ben Sweetland</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>LEFT-HANDED PEOPLE <i>Michael Barsley</i>
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="ad10" id="ad10"></a>[<a href="./images/ad10.png">Ad 10</a>]</span></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MAGIC IN YOUR MIND <i>U. S. Andersen</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MAGIC OF THINKING BIG <i>Dr. David J. Schwartz</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MAGIC POWER OF YOUR MIND <i>Walter M. Germain</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MENTAL POWER THROUGH SLEEP SUGGESTION <i>Melvin Powers</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>NEW GUIDE TO RATIONAL LIVING <i>Albert Ellis, Ph.D. &amp; R. Harper, Ph.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>OUR TROUBLED SELVES <i>Dr. Allan Fromme</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PSYCHO-CYBERNETICS <i>Maxwell Maltz, M.D.</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SCIENCE OF MIND IN DAILY LIVING <i>Dr. Donald Curtis</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SECRET OF SECRETS <i>U. S. Andersen</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SECRET POWER OF THE PYRAMIDS <i>U. S. Andersen</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STUTTERING AND WHAT YOU CAN DO ABOUT IT <i>W. Johnson, Ph.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SUCCESS-CYBERNETICS <i>U. S. Andersen</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>10 DAYS TO A GREAT NEW LIFE <i>William E. Edwards</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>THINK AND GROW RICH <i>Napoleon Hill</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>THREE MAGIC WORDS <i>U. S. Andersen</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TREASURY OF THE ART OF LIVING <i>Sidney S. Greenberg</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOU ARE NOT THE TARGET <i>Laura Huxley</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR SUBCONSCIOUS POWER <i>Charles M. Simmons</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR THOUGHTS CAN CHANGE YOUR LIFE <i>Dr. Donald Curtis</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>SPORTS</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ARCHERY&mdash;An Expert's Guide <i>Dan Stamp</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BICYCLING FOR FUN AND GOOD HEALTH <i>Kenneth E. Luther</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BILLIARDS&mdash;Pocket &middot; Carom &middot;
+Three Cushion <i>Clive Cottingham, Jr.</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CAMPING-OUT 101 Ideas &amp; Activities <i>Bruno Knobel</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COMPLETE GUIDE TO FISHING <i>Vlad Evanoff</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR RACQUETBALL <i>Lubarsky, Kaufman, &amp; Scagnetti</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO WIN AT POCKET BILLIARDS <i>Edward D. Knuchell</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>JOY OF WALKING <i>Jack Scagnetti</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>LEARNING &amp; TEACHING SOCCER SKILLS <i>Eric Worthington</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MOTORCYCLING FOR BEGINNERS <i>I. G. Edmonds</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>RACQUETBALL MADE EASY <i>Steve Lubarsky, Rod Delson &amp; Jack Scagnetti</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SECRET OF BOWLING STRIKES <i>Dawson Taylor</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SECRET OF PERFECT PUTTING <i>Horton Smith &amp; Dawson Taylor</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SOCCER&mdash;The game &amp; how to play it <i>Gary Rosenthal</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STARTING SOCCER <i>Edward F. Dolan, Jr.</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TABLE TENNIS MADE EASY <i>Johnny Leach</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>TENNIS LOVERS' LIBRARY</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO WINNING TENNIS <i>Helen Hull Jacobs</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO BEAT BETTER TENNIS PLAYERS <i>Loring Fiske</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR TENNIS&mdash;Style, Strategy &amp; Analysis
+<i>C. Wilson</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>INSIDE TENNIS&mdash;Techniques of Winning <i>Jim Leighton</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PLAY TENNIS WITH ROSEWALL <i>Ken Rosewall</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PSYCH YOURSELF TO BETTER TENNIS <i>Dr. Walter A. Luszki</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SUCCESSFUL TENNIS <i>Neale Fraser</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TENNIS FOR BEGINNERS <i>Dr. H. A. Murray</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TENNIS MADE EASY <i>Joel Brecheen</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WEEKEND TENNIS&mdash;How to have fun &amp;
+win at the same time <i>Bill Talbert</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WINNING WITH PERCENTAGE TENNIS&mdash;Smart Strategy
+<i>Jack Lowe</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3"><h3>WILSHIRE PET LIBRARY</h3></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DOG OBEDIENCE TRAINING <i>Gust Kessopulos</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DOG TRAINING MADE EASY &amp; FUN <i>John W. Kellogg</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO BRING UP YOUR PET DOG <i>Kurt Unkelbach</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO RAISE &amp; TRAIN YOUR PUPPY <i>Jeff Griffen</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PIGEONS: HOW TO RAISE &amp; TRAIN THEM <i>William H. Allen, Jr.</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p class="centre"><i>The books listed above can be obtained from your book dealer or directly from
+Melvin Powers. When ordering, please remit 50&cent; per book postage &amp; handling.
+Send for our free illustrated catalog of self-improvement books.</i></p>
+
+<p class="centre">
+<b>Melvin Powers<br />
+12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605</b><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="ad11" id="ad11"></a>[<a href="./images/ad11.png">Ad 11</a>]</span></p>
+
+<h3>WILSHIRE HORSE LOVERS' LIBRARY</h3>
+
+<table summary="horse lovers' library">
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td>AMATEUR HORSE BREEDER <i>A. C. Leighton Hardman</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>AMERICAN QUARTER HORSE IN PICTURES <i>Margaret Cabell Self</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>APPALOOSA HORSE <i>Donna &amp; Bill Richardson</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ARABIAN HORSE <i>Reginald S. Summerhays</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ART OF WESTERN RIDING <i>Suzanne Norton Jones</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>AT THE HORSE SHOW <i>Margaret Cabell Self</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BACK-YARD FOAL <i>Peggy Jett Pittinger</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BACK-YARD HORSE <i>Peggy Jett Pittinger</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BASIC DRESSAGE <i>Jean Froissard</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO HORSEBACK RIDING <i>Sheila Wall</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO THE WESTERN HORSE <i>Natlee Kenoyer</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BITS&mdash;THEIR HISTORY, USE AND MISUSE <i>Louis Taylor</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BREAKING &amp; TRAINING THE DRIVING HORSE <i>Doris Ganton</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>BREAKING YOUR HORSE'S BAD HABITS <i>W. Dayton Sumner</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>CAVALRY MANUAL OF HORSEMANSHIP <i>Gordon Wright</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>COMPLETE TRAINING OF HORSE AND RIDER <i>Colonel Alois Podhaisky</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DISORDERS OF THE HORSE &amp; WHAT TO DO ABOUT THEM <i>E. Hanauer</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DRESSAGE&mdash;A Study of the Finer Points in Riding <i>Henry Wynmalen</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>DRIVING HORSES <i>Sallie Walrond</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ENDURANCE RIDING <i>Ann Hyland</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>EQUITATION <i>Jean Froissard</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>FIRST AID FOR HORSES <i>Dr. Charles H. Denning, Jr.</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>FUN OF RAISING A COLT <i>Rubye &amp; Frank Griffith</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>FUN ON HORSEBACK <i>Margaret Cabell Self</i></td><td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>GYMKHANA GAMES <i>Natlee Kenoyer</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HORSE DISEASES&mdash;Causes, Symptoms &amp; Treatment <i>Dr. H. G. Belschner</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HORSE OWNER'S CONCISE GUIDE <i>Elsie V. Hanauer</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HORSE SELECTION &amp; CARE FOR BEGINNERS <i>George H. Conn</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HORSE SENSE&mdash;A complete guide to riding and care <i>Alan Deacon</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HORSEBACK RIDING FOR BEGINNERS <i>Louis Taylor</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HORSEBACK RIDING MADE EASY &amp; FUN <i>Sue Henderson Coen</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HORSES&mdash;Their Selection, Care &amp; Handling <i>Margaret Cabell Self</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO BUY A BETTER HORSE &amp; SELL THE HORSE YOU OWN</td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HOW TO ENJOY YOUR QUARTER HORSE <i>Williard H. Porter</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>HUNTER IN PICTURES <i>Margaret Cabell Self</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ILLUSTRATED BOOK OF THE HORSE <i>S. Sidney</i> (8-1/2" &times; 11")</td>
+<td align="right">10.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ILLUSTRATED HORSE MANAGEMENT&mdash;400 Illustrations <i>Dr. E. Mayhew</i></td>
+<td align="right">6.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ILLUSTRATED HORSE TRAINING <i>Captain M. H. Hayes</i></td>
+<td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>ILLUSTRATED HORSEBACK RIDING FOR BEGINNERS <i>Jeanne Mellin</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>JUMPING&mdash;Learning &amp; Teaching <i>Jean Froissard</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>KNOW ALL ABOUT HORSES <i>Harry Disston</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>LAME HORSE&mdash;Causes, Symptoms &amp; Treatment
+<i>Dr. James R. Rooney</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>LAW &amp; YOUR HORSE <i>Edward H. Greene</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>LIPIZZANERS &amp; THE SPANISH RIDING SCHOOL
+<i>W. Reuter</i> (4-1/4" &times; 6")</td><td align="right">2.50</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MANUAL OF HORSEMANSHIP <i>Harold Black</i></td><td align="right">5.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MORGAN HORSE IN PICTURES <i>Margaret Cabell Self</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>MOVIE HORSES&mdash;The Fascinating Techniques of Training
+<i>Anthony Amaral</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>POLICE HORSES <i>Judith Campbell</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL GUIDE TO HORSESHOEING</td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL GUIDE TO OWNING YOUR OWN HORSE <i>Steven D. Price</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PRACTICAL HORSE PSYCHOLOGY <i>Moyra Williams</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>PROBLEM HORSES Guide for Curing Serious Behavior Habits <i>Summerhays</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>REINSMAN OF THE WEST&mdash;BRIDLES &amp; BITS <i>Ed Connell</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>RESCHOOLING THE THOROUGHBRED <i>Peggy Jett Pittinger</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>RIDE WESTERN <i>Louis Taylor</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>SCHOOLING YOUR YOUNG HORSE <i>George Wheatley</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STABLE MANAGEMENT FOR THE OWNER-GROOM <i>George Wheatley</i></td>
+<td align="right">4.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>STALLION MANAGEMENT&mdash;A Guide for Stud Owners <i>A. C. Hardman</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TEACHING YOUR HORSE TO JUMP <i>W. J. Froud</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TRAIL HORSES &amp; TRAIL RIDING <i>Anne &amp; Perry Westbrook</i></td>
+<td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TRAINING YOUR HORSE TO SHOW <i>Neale Haley</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TREATING COMMON DISEASES OF YOUR HORSE <i>Dr. George H. Conn</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>TREATING HORSE AILMENTS <i>G. W. Serth</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>WESTERN HORSEBACK RIDING <i>Glen Balch</i></td><td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOU AND YOUR PONY <i>Pepper Mainwaring Healey</i>
+(8-1/2" &times; 11")</td><td align="right">6.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR FIRST HORSE <i>George C. Saunders, M.D.</i></td>
+<td align="right">3.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR PONY BOOK <i>Hermann Wiederhold</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="bb">&nbsp;</td><td>YOUR WESTERN HORSE <i>Nelson C. Nye</i></td><td align="right">2.00</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p class="centre"><i>The books listed above can be obtained from your book dealer or directly from
+Melvin Powers. When ordering, please remit 50&cent; per book postage &amp; handling.
+Send for our free illustrated catalog of self improvement books.</i></p>
+
+<p class="centre">
+<b>Melvin Powers<br />
+12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605</b><br />
+</p>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="note">
+<p class="centre">Transcriber's notes:</p>
+
+<p>The heading "Chapter 13" was missing in the original and has been added.</p>
+
+<p>In the same chapter there is a list of addresses for organisations. The
+addresses for the American Group Psychotherapy Association and the
+National Council on Alcoholism are the same in the original; it is
+unclear whether this is intentional.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis, by 
+Melvin Powers
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22814-h.htm or 22814-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/8/1/22814/
+
+Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Annika Feilbach and the
+booksmiths at http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/22814-h/images/10.png b/22814-h/images/10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/10.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/100.png b/22814-h/images/100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7a402b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/100.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/101.png b/22814-h/images/101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff9ed61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/101.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/102.png b/22814-h/images/102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06b17aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/102.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/103.png b/22814-h/images/103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66af180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/103.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/104.png b/22814-h/images/104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bd8343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/104.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/105.png b/22814-h/images/105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13734de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/105.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/106.png b/22814-h/images/106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a2c4dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/106.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/107.png b/22814-h/images/107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a8bf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/107.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/108.png b/22814-h/images/108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a80621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/108.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/109.png b/22814-h/images/109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a19ea17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/109.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/11.png b/22814-h/images/11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07c7825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/11.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/110.png b/22814-h/images/110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53b5336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/110.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/111.png b/22814-h/images/111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed359d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/111.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/112.png b/22814-h/images/112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aaab3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/112.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/113.png b/22814-h/images/113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1719c69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/113.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/114.png b/22814-h/images/114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9540661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/114.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/115.png b/22814-h/images/115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..711aed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/115.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/116.png b/22814-h/images/116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb6b3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/116.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/117.png b/22814-h/images/117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2934c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/117.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/118.png b/22814-h/images/118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f4f8b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/118.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/119.png b/22814-h/images/119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4dc6e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/119.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/12.png b/22814-h/images/12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e04ee49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/12.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/120.png b/22814-h/images/120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1ef90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/120.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/121.png b/22814-h/images/121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a501db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/121.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/122.png b/22814-h/images/122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88127f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/122.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/123.png b/22814-h/images/123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036b5fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/123.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/124.png b/22814-h/images/124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdf1e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/124.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/125.png b/22814-h/images/125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a56e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/125.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/126.png b/22814-h/images/126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0a0869
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/126.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/127.png b/22814-h/images/127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0dd1d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/127.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/128.png b/22814-h/images/128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b42df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/128.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/129-illus-1.png b/22814-h/images/129-illus-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b06e482
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/129-illus-1.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/129-illus-2.png b/22814-h/images/129-illus-2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42f8745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/129-illus-2.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/129.png b/22814-h/images/129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a69001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/129.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/13.png b/22814-h/images/13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba8f7b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/13.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/130-illus-1.png b/22814-h/images/130-illus-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d432d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/130-illus-1.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/130-illus-2.png b/22814-h/images/130-illus-2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..942162b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/130-illus-2.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/130.png b/22814-h/images/130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/130.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/131-illus.png b/22814-h/images/131-illus.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddca2f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/131-illus.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/132-illus.png b/22814-h/images/132-illus.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d40dd7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/132-illus.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/14.png b/22814-h/images/14.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..715ed88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/14.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/15.png b/22814-h/images/15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c4a946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/15.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/16.png b/22814-h/images/16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3932d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/16.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/17.png b/22814-h/images/17.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f049876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/17.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/18.png b/22814-h/images/18.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fbfc39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/18.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/19.png b/22814-h/images/19.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bbe909
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/19.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/20.png b/22814-h/images/20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/20.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/21.png b/22814-h/images/21.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa60504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/21.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/22.png b/22814-h/images/22.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..677d1fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/22.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/23.png b/22814-h/images/23.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4f850c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/23.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/24.png b/22814-h/images/24.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a7150a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/24.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/25.png b/22814-h/images/25.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d19f15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/25.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/26.png b/22814-h/images/26.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb9d301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/26.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/27.png b/22814-h/images/27.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a1ccff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/27.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/28.png b/22814-h/images/28.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/28.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/29.png b/22814-h/images/29.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be59a43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/29.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/3.png b/22814-h/images/3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec3fcfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/3.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/30.png b/22814-h/images/30.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afbad4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/30.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/31.png b/22814-h/images/31.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0f2ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/31.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/32.png b/22814-h/images/32.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4749367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/32.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/33.png b/22814-h/images/33.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab2f80f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/33.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/34.png b/22814-h/images/34.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3aac01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/34.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/35.png b/22814-h/images/35.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4a8b93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/35.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/36.png b/22814-h/images/36.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a96a8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/36.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/37.png b/22814-h/images/37.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1984509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/37.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/38.png b/22814-h/images/38.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2884c68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/38.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/39.png b/22814-h/images/39.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..193175e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/39.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/4.png b/22814-h/images/4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa8ede3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/4.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/40.png b/22814-h/images/40.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..899cbf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/40.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/41.png b/22814-h/images/41.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a3ec43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/41.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/42.png b/22814-h/images/42.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..114a95d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/42.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/43.png b/22814-h/images/43.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5040676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/43.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/44.png b/22814-h/images/44.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60f090e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/44.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/45.png b/22814-h/images/45.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c00e93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/45.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/46.png b/22814-h/images/46.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a1dd46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/46.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/47.png b/22814-h/images/47.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9adf88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/47.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/48.png b/22814-h/images/48.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b83873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/48.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/49.png b/22814-h/images/49.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c7d794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/49.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/5.png b/22814-h/images/5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d393e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/5.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/50.png b/22814-h/images/50.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfdc411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/50.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/51.png b/22814-h/images/51.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10994a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/51.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/52.png b/22814-h/images/52.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdbe99e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/52.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/53.png b/22814-h/images/53.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bb411d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/53.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/54.png b/22814-h/images/54.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e972927
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/54.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/55.png b/22814-h/images/55.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f3eaf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/55.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/56.png b/22814-h/images/56.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e81121d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/56.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/57.png b/22814-h/images/57.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e98695c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/57.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/58.png b/22814-h/images/58.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e60b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/58.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/59.png b/22814-h/images/59.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82ade09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/59.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/6.png b/22814-h/images/6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/6.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/60.png b/22814-h/images/60.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61c62a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/60.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/61.png b/22814-h/images/61.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..606e15b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/61.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/62.png b/22814-h/images/62.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aa93f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/62.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/63.png b/22814-h/images/63.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11d4642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/63.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/64.png b/22814-h/images/64.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d9e615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/64.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/65.png b/22814-h/images/65.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30c8fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/65.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/66.png b/22814-h/images/66.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1267721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/66.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/67.png b/22814-h/images/67.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16b23a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/67.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/68.png b/22814-h/images/68.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9ecd3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/68.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/69.png b/22814-h/images/69.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aadfdc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/69.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/7.png b/22814-h/images/7.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e5f0f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/7.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/70.png b/22814-h/images/70.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2842169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/70.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/71.png b/22814-h/images/71.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed8246b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/71.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/72.png b/22814-h/images/72.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6737b91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/72.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/73.png b/22814-h/images/73.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2416c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/73.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/74.png b/22814-h/images/74.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6204aad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/74.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/75.png b/22814-h/images/75.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9780e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/75.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/76.png b/22814-h/images/76.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b9f2b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/76.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/77.png b/22814-h/images/77.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e41bf04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/77.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/78.png b/22814-h/images/78.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/78.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/79.png b/22814-h/images/79.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b437fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/79.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/8.png b/22814-h/images/8.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..645f169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/8.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/80.png b/22814-h/images/80.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f17dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/80.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/81.png b/22814-h/images/81.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e6830a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/81.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/82.png b/22814-h/images/82.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f87ffb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/82.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/83.png b/22814-h/images/83.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d6d82b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/83.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/84.png b/22814-h/images/84.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..022b099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/84.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/85.png b/22814-h/images/85.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed04751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/85.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/86.png b/22814-h/images/86.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9196024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/86.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/87.png b/22814-h/images/87.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..049f49f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/87.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/88.png b/22814-h/images/88.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..613df22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/88.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/89.png b/22814-h/images/89.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3d3edf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/89.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/9.png b/22814-h/images/9.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f849549
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/9.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/90.png b/22814-h/images/90.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..706894c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/90.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/91.png b/22814-h/images/91.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c5b6be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/91.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/92.png b/22814-h/images/92.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6db1258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/92.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/93.png b/22814-h/images/93.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c08fea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/93.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/94.png b/22814-h/images/94.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e30360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/94.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/95.png b/22814-h/images/95.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8a7868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/95.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/96.png b/22814-h/images/96.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a58eb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/96.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/97.png b/22814-h/images/97.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc3197b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/97.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/98.png b/22814-h/images/98.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ae51fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/98.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/99.png b/22814-h/images/99.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e6d004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/99.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad1.png b/22814-h/images/ad1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..196ab24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad1.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad10.png b/22814-h/images/ad10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e64601
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad10.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad11.png b/22814-h/images/ad11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13a45fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad11.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad2.png b/22814-h/images/ad2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32a5563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad2.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad3.png b/22814-h/images/ad3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6ec343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad3.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad4.png b/22814-h/images/ad4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99a72a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad4.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad5.png b/22814-h/images/ad5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e4fa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad5.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad6.png b/22814-h/images/ad6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0414843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad6.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad7.png b/22814-h/images/ad7.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ff1b47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad7.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad8.png b/22814-h/images/ad8.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae18714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad8.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/ad9.png b/22814-h/images/ad9.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5805d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/ad9.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/circle.png b/22814-h/images/circle.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee26a84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/circle.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/lines1.png b/22814-h/images/lines1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81d0a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/lines1.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/lines2.png b/22814-h/images/lines2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d422d7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/lines2.png
diff --git a/22814-h/images/lines3.png b/22814-h/images/lines3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc08498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814-h/images/lines3.png
diff --git a/22814.txt b/22814.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307b369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,4595 @@
+Project Gutenberg's A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis, by Melvin Powers
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis
+
+Author: Melvin Powers
+
+Release Date: September 30, 2007 [EBook #22814]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Annika Feilbach and the
+booksmiths at http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS
+
+by Melvin Powers
+
+
+
+Published by
+
+  Melvin Powers
+  WILSHIRE BOOK COMPANY
+  12015 Sherman Road
+  No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+Telephone: (213) 875-1711
+
+
+
+Copyright
+1961
+
+
+Wilshire Book Company
+
+
+
+Printed by
+
+  HAL LEIGHTON PRINTING COMPANY
+  P.O. Box 3952
+  North Hollywood, California 91605
+
+Telephone: (213) 983-1105
+
+
+
+All Rights Reserved
+
+
+Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 61-10664
+
+Printed in the United States of America
+
+
+ISBN-0-87980-122-0
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+CHAPTER                                                             PAGE
+
+ 1. WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT SELF-HYPNOSIS                          11
+
+ 2. WHAT ABOUT THE DANGERS OF HYPNOSIS?                               21
+
+ 3. IS HYPNOSIS THE ANSWER?                                           29
+
+ 4. HOW DOES SELF-HYPNOSIS WORK?                                      37
+
+ 5. HOW TO AROUSE YOURSELF FROM THE SELF-HYPNOTIC STATE               45
+
+ 6. HOW TO ATTAIN SELF-HYPNOSIS                                       49
+
+ 7. DEEPENING THE SELF-HYPNOTIC STATE                                 57
+
+ 8. WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT BECOMING AN EXCELLENT SUBJECT          67
+
+ 9. TECHNIQUES FOR REACHING THE SOMNAMBULISTIC STATE                  79
+
+10. A NEW APPROACH TO SELF-HYPNOSIS WHEN ALL ELSE FAILS               91
+
+11. PSYCHOLOGICAL AIDS AND THEIR FUNCTION                            103
+
+12. THE NATURE OF HYPNOSIS                                           113
+
+13. PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS OF SELF-HYPNOSIS                          119
+
+
+
+
+FOREWORD
+
+
+All of us like to think that our actions and reactions are a result of
+logical thought processes, but the fact is that suggestion influences
+our thinking a great deal more than logic. Consciously or unconsciously,
+our feelings about almost everything are largely molded by ready-made
+opinions and attitudes fostered by our mass methods of communication. We
+cannot buy a bar of soap or a filtered cigarette without paying tribute
+to the impact of suggestion. Right or wrong, most of us place more
+confidence in what "they" say than we do in our own powers of reason.
+This is the basic reason why psychiatrists are in short supply. We
+distrust our own mental processes and want an expert to tell us what to
+think and feel.
+
+Despite this tendency to adopt our attitudes from others, man has always
+been dimly aware that he can influence his own destiny by directing his
+thoughts and actions into constructive channels. He has always, to some
+extent, known that his mind exerts a powerful influence on his body, and
+that thoughts can have harmful or helpful effects on his emotional and
+physical health. The ancient Egyptian sleep temples and the attempts by
+early physicians to drive evil spirits out of the body were both
+attempts to influence the body through the mind.
+
+The unprecedented sale of _The Power of Positive Thinking_ by Norman
+Vincent Peale and other inspirational literature proves that millions of
+modern people recognize the efficacy of constructive thoughts. What most
+of them do not recognize is that they are capable of implanting these
+beneficial thoughts in their own minds without reference to any outside
+agencies. This can be done through self-hypnosis.
+
+In modern society we have many cults, religions and methodologies which
+have mental discipline as their goal. The best example of a methodology
+is psychosomatic medicine which deals with the interrelationship of the
+mind and body in the production of mental or physical illness. The rapid
+growth of hypnosis in the last few years is another example, and it is
+gratifying to see that the emphasis in this field is now shifting from
+hetero-hypnosis to self-hypnosis.
+
+Self-hypnosis is a highly suggestible state wherein the individual can
+direct suggestions to himself. It is a powerful tool in any therapeutic
+process, and highly motivated subjects can parallel the success of
+hetero-hypnosis through their own efforts. Self-hypnosis can be used as
+a palliative agent and can even afford lasting results in many areas of
+the organism. Self-hypnosis can alleviate distressing symptoms,
+substitute strong responses for weak responses, help overcome bad
+habits, create good habits and help one's power of concentration. The
+total personality is eventually changed to the point where it can
+function adequately in an increasingly difficult environment.
+
+In learning self-hypnosis, the subject does not relinquish control of
+himself as is commonly believed. Actually, more control is gained.
+Self-sufficiency and self-confidence are inevitable results. It is well
+to remember, however, that even good things may be overdone, and good
+judgment is necessary for favorable results. Neither hypnosis nor
+self-hypnosis should ever be used indiscriminately. The effectiveness of
+self-hypnosis depends upon many factors. Strong motivation, intelligent
+application of suggestions and diligence are prerequisites.
+
+We are not suggesting that self-hypnosis can take the place of all forms
+of psychotherapy. We do recommend it as an adjunct to therapy when
+indicated. Used judiciously, it can contribute a great deal to the
+individual's physical and emotional well-being and happiness.
+
+As a professional hypnotist for many years, I have seen astounding and
+apparently miraculous results by individuals using self-hypnosis. Many
+of these cases seem unbelievable to those not familiar with hypnotic
+phenomena. It should be remembered, though, that many individuals seek
+hypnosis only when all other forms of therapy have failed. This is so
+common that hypnosis has come to be known as a port of last call. Yet,
+despite the seeming hopelessness of such cases, medical literature lists
+thousands of remarkable recoveries.
+
+There is nothing hit or miss about hypnosis. Used intelligently, the
+results are the same for all those who are properly motivated. Nor are
+the results singular to modern hypnotists alone. In reviewing the
+literature going back more than 100 years, the same gratifying results
+were obtained. The reader would do well to scan some out-of-print books
+on hypnosis at the library to understand the point further.
+
+This book is written in terms that are comprehensible to the layman. The
+step-by-step instructions should afford the reader a means of acquiring
+self-hypnosis. The necessary material is here. The reader need only
+follow the instructions as they are given.
+
+The author wishes to thank Robert S. Starrett, member of the American
+Medical Writers' Association, for his valuable help in the editorial
+preparation of this book.
+
+It is the author's hope that you will, through the selective use of
+self-hypnosis, arrive at a more rewarding, well-adjusted and fuller
+life.
+
+                                                           MELVIN POWERS
+
+
+  12015 Sherman Road
+  No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 1
+
+What You Should Know About Self-Hypnosis
+
+
+Hypnosis has been defined as a state of heightened suggestibility in
+which the subject is able to uncritically accept ideas for
+self-improvement and act on them appropriately. When a hypnotist
+hypnotizes his subject, it is known as hetero-hypnosis. When an
+individual puts himself into a state of hypnosis, it is known as
+self-hypnosis. In both cases, the subject has achieved a heightened
+state of suggestibility. Even in hetero-hypnosis, the subject really
+controls the response to suggestions. Actually, all hypnosis is really a
+matter of self-hypnosis. The subject enters into the hypnotic state when
+he is completely ready to do so. This may require from one to many
+attempts before it is achieved. Even if the subject insists that he
+wants to be hypnotized immediately, he may be resisting hypnosis
+unconsciously.
+
+In self-hypnosis the same thing usually takes place. The subject is
+anxious to achieve self-hypnosis, but somehow the state eludes him.
+What's wrong? It may be that he is unconsciously resisting it, hasn't
+conditioned himself sufficiently, or has achieved the hypnotic state and
+doesn't know he is in the state. This last statement may be surprising,
+but we will examine it in detail a little later on.
+
+Most experts agree that about 90 percent of the population can be
+hypnotized. My own feeling is that probably 99 percent can be
+hypnotized. Who among us is not influenced by suggestion? Aren't we all,
+as we have seen, influenced by the suggestions of advertising? Don't we
+all have a tendency to believe what we read in the paper, hear on the
+radio or see on television? Aren't we all convinced that a name-brand
+article is better than one that is not so well-known?
+
+Suggestion plays a tremendously important role in our daily lives. It
+begins from naming the baby with an appropriate name to securing a
+suitable place for interment. I would like to call the reader's
+attention to a fascinating book dealing with the unconscious reasons why
+we do many of the things that we do. You will be intrigued with every
+page of the book. It is called _The Hidden Persuaders_ by Vance Packard.
+
+My contention is that we are all suggestible and, therefore, being
+hypnotized or hypnotizing ourselves is just a matter of increasing the
+suggestibility that we already possess. Doesn't the hypnotist begin by
+suggesting relaxation? Doesn't he usually begin by requesting the
+subject to fix his attention on a particular object? Next, he suggests
+to the subject that his eyes are becoming heavy and tired. As soon as
+the subject closes his eyes, he suggests that he will be in a deep
+hypnotic state. I am sure that you are familiar with this procedure.
+With each step, the hypnotist is guiding the subject along directed
+lines to get him to accept further suggestions without question or
+doubt. When the subject achieves the ultimate state in this procedure,
+he has been hypnotized. He then accepts suggestions without
+equivocation.
+
+Let us continue with this same thought. Suppose I say to you, "I'm going
+to stick you with this pin. It won't hurt." Would you let me stick you
+with the pin? Obviously not. Let us suppose that you have been
+hypnotized and I repeat the same suggestion. What happens then? You
+readily accept the suggestion as being factual. Should I proceed to
+stick you with the pin, you do not even flinch. In fact, you do not even
+feel the pain. Does this sound incredible? Isn't this exactly the same
+procedure that the dentist uses with his patient when he has hypnotized
+him for the purpose of painless dentistry?
+
+Achieving hypnosis, therefore, is a matter of directing this
+suggestibility that we all possess into the channels that will finally
+produce the hypnotic state. It can be much more complicated than this
+explanation in many cases, but let us use this as a working premise.
+
+Everyone can be hypnotized. The time required for achieving hypnosis
+will vary from subject to subject. We will discuss some of the reasons
+for this in a subsequent chapter, but for our discussion at this time we
+need to understand this point. I have encountered numerous individuals
+who were extremely disappointed because they did not respond to hypnosis
+immediately or after several attempts. They wanted to know "what was
+wrong." An explanation that nothing was wrong somehow did not satisfy
+these individuals. "After all," they argued, "didn't I go to a hypnotist
+especially to be hypnotized?" Some insinuated that perhaps the hypnotist
+wasn't too good.
+
+Let me explain that most subjects need to be conditioned for hypnosis,
+and this conditioning is helped when the subject practices certain
+conditioning exercises that I shall discuss in detail in chapter six,
+titled "How To Attain Self-Hypnosis." In my teaching, I have found that
+about one out of ten subjects responds to the first attempt at hypnosis.
+One cannot make a definite statement as to the length of time necessary
+to learn self-hypnosis, but it is my experience that this usually takes
+about one month. I have had subjects learn self-hypnosis in about 30
+minutes, but I must also relate that I have worked with subjects for one
+year before they achieved it.
+
+For the most part, the laws of learning apply to self-hypnosis as with
+anything else that one would want to learn. It can be a relatively
+simple procedure, or it can be very perplexing. The answer lies not so
+much with the hypnotist as with the subject.
+
+One question that arises is: "If I'm under hypnosis, how can I give
+myself suggestions?" During the hypnotic state, it must be remembered,
+the subject is always aware of what is going on. He hears what is said,
+follows directions and terminates the state when told to do so. In the
+self-hypnotic state, the subject is in full control. Therefore, he can
+think, reason, act, criticize, suggest or do whatever he desires. He can
+audibly give himself suggestions, or he can mentally give himself
+suggestions. In either case, he does not rouse from the hypnotic state
+until he gives himself specific suggestions to do so. Many feel if they
+audibly give themselves suggestions, they will "awaken." In
+hypno-analysis, the subject answers questions during the hypnotic state.
+Having the subject talk does not terminate the state. You can keep the
+talkative subject under hypnosis as long as you want. Furthermore, the
+subject can be sitting erect with his eyes open and still be under
+hypnosis. Carrying this further, the subject may not even be aware that
+he is under hypnosis. He can be given a cue not to remember when the
+therapist makes a certain motion or says a certain word that he will go
+back into the hypnotic state but still keep his eyes open. Only an
+experienced hypnotist could detect the change.
+
+Another frequent question is: "How do I arouse myself from the
+self-hypnotic state?" You merely say to yourself that upon counting to
+five you will open your eyes and wake up feeling fine. Many times the
+subject falls asleep while giving himself posthypnotic suggestions. This
+is not undesirable since the suggestions will spill over into the
+subconscious mind as he goes from consciousness to unconsciousness.
+
+A popular opinion about hypnosis is that the subject surrenders his will
+to the hypnotist in the process of being hypnotized. Furthermore, many
+believe that once the subject is hypnotized, the hypnotist has complete
+control of the subject and the subject is powerless to resist
+suggestion. Both beliefs are erroneous. I believe the first
+misconception comes from seeing techniques where the hypnotist requests
+the subject to look into his eyes. The hypnotist suggests to the subject
+that as he continues to look into his eyes he will fall into a deep
+hypnotic state. This, then, becomes a matter of who can outstare whom.
+The subject usually begins to blink his eyes and the hypnotist follows
+this up with rapid suggestions that the subject's eyes are becoming
+watery and heavy and that the subject will fall into a deep hypnotic
+sleep just as soon as he (the subject) closes his eyes. This procedure
+gives the impression to the observer that the subject is "willed" to go
+under hypnosis. It appears that once the hypnotist concentrates or wills
+sufficiently, the subject succumbs. Actually, the hypnotist in this
+technique is not looking into the eyes of the subject. He fixes his
+attention on the bridge of the nose of the subject.
+
+The concept that the subject is a helpless automaton stems from the
+weird movies where the "mad scientist" has hypnotized subjects into
+behaving like zombies. Naturally, there is usually a beautiful girl in
+the movie and she, too, has been hypnotized. Even though the audience is
+sophisticated enough to realize that this science-fiction drama is
+purely entertainment, the theme is repeated sufficiently in novels,
+comics, and television to make an indelible impression on the
+subconscious mind. It's the technique of telling the "big lie" so many
+times that it becomes believable. We are all influenced by this
+procedure. There is an excellent book explaining this very premise. It
+is called _Battle For The Mind_ by William Sargent. It describes in
+detail the technique by which evangelists, psychiatrists, politicians
+and advertising men can change your beliefs and behavior.
+
+Following the reasoning that the subconscious mind can be affected, you
+can see that a problem could present itself even though the subject
+consciously wishes to be hypnotized. Unconsciously, there may be a poor
+interrelationship with the hypnotist which can create an unfavorable
+climate for hypnosis. When this is the case, the subject doesn't respond
+until such time that he relates well to the hypnotist. Even the most
+calculated procedures will fail until a positive transference
+relationship is established. I am sure that you sometimes have said,
+"For some reason I don't like that person." If pressed for an answer,
+you'll usually reply, "I can't explain it, but I just have a feeling
+about him." Actually, your subconscious reactions are influencing your
+thinking and you "feel" a certain way. The same thing takes place in
+business transactions. You either like or dislike the proposition
+presented to you. You may say, "I have a certain feeling about this
+deal." You may not be conscious of the reasons, but your subconscious
+has reacted automatically because of previous experience along similar
+lines.
+
+In giving you some insight into the hypnotic procedure, I am trying to
+point out certain problems in regard to acquiring self-hypnosis. For the
+most part, it is not a simple procedure that is accomplished
+immediately. You can't just will it. It requires working toward a
+specific goal and following definite procedures which eventually lead to
+success.
+
+The hypnotist is usually endowed by the subject with an omniscience and
+infallibility which logically is unjustified. The subject is naturally
+extremely disappointed if he doesn't respond immediately. If he loses
+confidence in the hypnotist, he may never achieve hypnosis with this
+particular hypnotist. I have hypnotized subjects who have been to
+several other hypnotists without success, and I have had some of my
+unsuccessful subjects hypnotized by other hypnotists. How and why does
+it happen? I believe that some of the reasons are so intangible that it
+would be impossible to explain all of them with any degree of
+exactitude.
+
+I once saw an individual about 12 times who wanted to learn
+self-hypnosis and had been unsuccessful in every approach. I asked him
+if he would volunteer as a subject for a class in techniques of hypnosis
+that I was teaching for nurses. He readily volunteered and showed up at
+the designated time. Much to my amazement as well as his own, he
+responded within a relatively short time as one of the nurses hypnotized
+him before the group. She had used a standard eye closure technique,
+requesting him to look at a spinning hypnodisc that I had previously
+used with him every time he was in the office. Her manner was extremely
+affable, she had used the identical technique I had used unsuccessfully,
+and the subject responded excellently to cap the climax. He was the
+first subject the nurse had ever hypnotized, since this was only her
+third lesson.
+
+How would you account for it? Here was one of my students with two
+weeks' experience hypnotizing a subject where I had failed while using
+every procedure that I felt would work. Was it because she was a better
+hypnotist? Perhaps! However, I'd like to recall at this time our
+discussion about subconscious responses. I'm inclined to feel that being
+hypnotized by a middle-aged female nurse created certain favorable
+unconscious responses which accounted for his going under hypnosis at
+that time. It created the initial break-through which was needed. I was
+able to hypnotize him easily at his next appointment, and he acquired
+self-hypnosis readily from that time on.
+
+I have tried the same approach with other subjects who did not respond
+favorably and have failed to attain the success that I did in the above
+case. Why the impasse? It is one of the difficulties that we encounter
+in hypnosis, and as yet it has not been resolved.
+
+We know that the easiest way to achieve self-hypnosis is to be
+hypnotized and given a posthypnotic suggestion that you will respond to
+hypnosis by a key word, phrase or gesture. I have tried to point out
+some problems that can arise. Needless to say, these problems do not
+always arise, and the attainment of self-hypnosis can be a relatively
+simple procedure. There is usually some way of reaching a subject who
+does not respond in a reasonable length of time.
+
+Now we come to the point where the subject wishes to hypnotize himself.
+What happens in this situation? It would appear that the subject would
+go under hypnosis immediately. After all, isn't he controlling the
+hypnotic session? Of course, this does happen time and time again, and
+the results seem miraculous. I receive mail constantly from readers of
+several of my other books on hypnosis telling me how they were able to
+achieve certain goals that they never dreamed possible. They write that
+they have achieved self-confidence and complete self-mastery and have
+been able to overcome problems that have plagued them for many years.
+These problems not only include strictly psychological troubles but many
+psychosomatic symptoms as well. Many have remarked at the ease in which
+they were able to achieve self-hypnosis and the results they wanted. For
+them it was as simple as following a do-it-yourself book.
+
+Others write about the difficulty they encounter and ask what to do
+about it. It is my hope that this book will shed some light for those
+who have experienced difficulty in learning self-hypnosis. We shall
+discuss many phases of hypnosis with the emphasis on self-hypnosis.
+We'll discuss its many ramifications and try not to leave out anything
+helpful in our discussion.
+
+If you follow the instructions and exercises that I give you
+assiduously, you should be able to achieve a depth of self-hypnosis
+suitable for solving many of your personal problems.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 2
+
+What About the Dangers of Hypnosis?
+
+
+One of the objections that you hear to hypnosis is that it can be
+dangerous in the hands of those not trained in the psychodynamics of
+human behavior. Inasmuch as psychiatrists and clinical psychologists are
+the only ones who are thoroughly trained in the analysis of human
+behavior, this objection, if valid, could limit hypnosis to a
+comparative handful of therapists. Fortunately, it is not valid. This
+was proved several years ago when the "Bridey Murphy" craze gripped the
+country. Despite the fact that thousands of amateur hypnotists were
+practicing hypnosis, little or no harm resulted. I have personally
+instructed several thousand medical and non-medical individuals and have
+yet to hear of a single case where a crisis was precipitated or anything
+of a dangerous or detrimental nature occurred as a result of hypnosis. I
+have also taught several thousand persons self-hypnosis and can report
+the same findings.
+
+Many patients who seek treatment from competent psychiatrists,
+psychoanalysts and psychologists do not always obtain satisfactory
+results. This doesn't mean that everyone should stop seeking help from
+these specialists. Even a specialist doesn't have a perfect record of
+successful therapy.
+
+What then is the objection to hypnosis? The theory that if you get rid
+of one symptom another symptom will take its place really holds no truth
+and is usually advanced by those who have had little or no experience in
+the hypnosis field. However, a difference of opinion does exist even
+with those practicing hypnosis in this area. Some hypnotists "trade
+down" symptoms by replacing a serious symptom with a minor one, while
+others just remove the symptom. The latter is what a doctor does when he
+recommends aspirin for arthritis. He knows the aspirin will not cure the
+arthritis, but he wants to alleviate the symptom. To say that another
+symptom will replace the pain is unscientific--and untrue. The same is
+true of hypnosis.
+
+Lewis R. Wolberg, M.D., clinical professor of psychiatry, New York
+Medical College, recently canvassed 30 experts in the field of hypnosis
+and found a few who felt symptom removal was "irrational, temporary--or
+outright dangerous." The large majority, however, "employed symptom
+removal where indicated, and minimized or ridiculed any possible bad
+effects."
+
+A further objection to hypnosis is that the results are temporary as
+well as symptomatic. It is well to remember that most medical therapy is
+specifically directed to symptom removal. How permanent is most medical
+treatment? Once you couple hetero-hypnosis with self-hypnosis, you
+afford the patient the opportunity of utilizing suggestions for his own
+benefit any time they are needed. This, of course, can make symptom
+relief permanent. As an example, I would see no harm in teaching a
+patient self-hypnosis for symptomatic relief from a problem of insomnia.
+It would certainly be better than physically depressing the higher brain
+centers with sleeping pills to produce unconsciousness every night. I
+needn't tell you that millions of dollars are spent every year on
+sleeping pills and patients become dependent upon them, needing more and
+more pills in order to produce sleep. Many accidental suicides stem from
+an overdose of sleeping pills. Yet, despite the inherent dangers of
+sleeping pills which are glaringly apparent, they are prescribed by the
+millions, to say nothing of those that reach the market through illegal
+channels. Furthermore, how much effort is really made to get the patient
+off the sleeping pills? There are also more voluntary suicides by
+sleeping pills than by any other method. Perhaps if these drugs weren't
+so readily available, many of these unfortunate individuals would be
+with us today.
+
+What about the often-quoted statement that "you might do some damage"?
+Let's explore this area. I assume that the reader is somewhat familiar
+with the work of Emile Coue or at least has heard of his famous
+autosuggestion formula of "Day by day, in every way, I'm getting better
+and better." During our time, thousands upon thousands of seemingly
+helpless and hopeless cases have been cured by repeating this
+affirmation over and over again, day after day, as the individual falls
+asleep.
+
+I think we should make it clear that whether we call it autosuggestion,
+positive thinking, meditation, yoga, affirmations or self-hypnosis, we
+are, in reality, talking about the same thing. All require certain basic
+prerequisites before they will work effectively for the individual.
+We'll discuss these prerequisites in the next chapter.
+
+What should be remembered is that the suggestions are being filtered
+into the subconscious mind which does not question, doubt, analyze or
+dispute the efficacy of these beneficial thoughts. You can be sure that
+the constant repetition will have its effect. Hasn't the mind, in the
+past, accepted the individual's diagnosis when he said, "I'm sick," "I
+have an inferiority complex," "I can't stop smoking," "I can't lose
+weight," "I can't concentrate," "I can remember a person's face, but I
+can't remember names," "I have a difficult time falling asleep," "I just
+can't seem to relax." Isn't such an individual, in effect, using
+self-hypnosis? And hasn't the person convinced himself of the validity
+of his present state? This is truly dangerous. It is negative hypnosis.
+
+The question that I raise is: "Why shouldn't the subconscious mind be
+even more convinced and respond strongly to suggestions which are in
+conformity with the natural desire to be of sound body and mind?" I have
+never been able to find a logical answer.
+
+I think this is what happens many times. A person seeks help with a
+problem which, in reality, has nothing to do with hypnosis. His cure is
+not contingent on being hypnotized or on suggestions he or the hypnotist
+feel are indicated. You will read in nearly every book and article
+dealing with hypnosis that "hypnotism is not a cure-all." No one has
+suggested or implied that it should be used exclusively for all
+emotional problems. You may read a newspaper article warning about the
+"dangers" of hypnosis. It may tell of a person who rid himself of one
+symptom and developed another in its place. You usually get a grossly
+distorted picture of what happened, with many aspects of the case not
+included. It's a matter of taking what you want to prove out of
+context. Propagandists use this technique all the time to get across
+their message. It's the old story of telling a half truth.
+
+Honest criticism and a sincere difference of opinion are always welcome.
+But criticism must be well-founded from a scientific point of view and
+not stem from an emotional reaction. You have probably heard the remark,
+"I won't let anyone hypnotize me." What are they really saying, and what
+does hypnosis represent to such an individual? To them, hypnosis
+represents some sort of "magic spell" which invokes a state of complete
+helplessness and dependency upon the hypnotist. We previously discussed
+how this erroneous conception can take place because of the manner in
+which hypnosis is usually interwoven with bizarre fictional stories.
+
+For many, the hypnotic state represents a period in which the conscious
+guard is dropped. They feel they may compulsively reveal the darker side
+of their nature, confess their hostility or relate information they
+would never voluntarily divulge to anyone. This is the real danger they
+see in hypnosis. To protect themselves from it, they attack it. It is
+much like the fanatic vice crusader who militantly attacks sin in order
+to alleviate his own feelings of guilt stemming from the fact that vice
+actually attracts him.
+
+Fear of hypnosis takes different forms, but basically it is the fear of
+revealing one's true feelings. An employee, for instance, at a gathering
+which included the employer he dislikes, would never volunteer as a
+subject for hypnosis if the occasion arose. He would be afraid he would
+do or say something which might endanger his position. Hypnosis for him
+would be "dangerous" because he would be afraid to take the chance. The
+truth is, however, that this individual would be taking no chance. The
+hypnotic state is not a confessional period. The subject is aware at
+all times of what he is saying. If the subject does not wish to pursue a
+line of questioning, he tells the hypnotist. If the hypnotist persisted
+further along this line, the subject would shake off the hypnotic state.
+
+Another misconception about hypnosis is the widely held belief that the
+subject is unconscious. This represents a threat to the security of the
+individual. Actually, the hypnotic state is a period of extreme
+awareness in which the subject is hyperacute. Furthermore, the subject
+is not asleep, nor is he in a trance state in the correct meaning of
+that term. He is in an altered state of awareness with his faculties and
+reasoning ability intact. Inducing hypnosis merely creates a mood or
+state in which the powers of suggestibility are heightened.
+
+When the general public and the medical profession become familiar with
+the true nature of hypnosis, we shall have a greater acceptance and
+utilization of this power. It is a slow process but one which will
+finally evolve. In the final analysis, I believe the only danger that
+exists is in the mind of the individual who fears hypnosis because of
+whatever subjective qualms he has about his own emotional involvement in
+the hypnotic process.
+
+Of course, all persons using hypnosis for the alleviation of pain should
+consult their family physician. Pain is nature's way of indicating that
+something is wrong with the organism. It would be foolish to suggest
+that a pain in the stomach will disappear when this may be a sign of a
+needed appendix operation. The same may be said of constant migraine
+headaches. It must be determined that the headache is not a symptom of a
+brain tumor or some other pathological condition. It may be of interest
+to know that hypnosis is presently being used to relieve pain in
+terminal cancer patients. There is an excellent article on this subject,
+and I recommend it to doctors reading this book. It is called "The Use
+of Hypnosis in the Case of the Cancer Patient" which appeared in the
+January 1954 issue of _Cancer_.[1]
+
+[1] At the same time, I would highly recommend the booklet,
+    _Helping the Dying Patient and His Family_, published by the
+    National Association of Social Workers, 2 Park Avenue, New York
+    16, New York. Price: 75 cents.
+
+There are at present several thousand dentists throughout the country
+using hypnosis. They have formed their own society and publish a
+quarterly journal, _The Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic
+Dentistry_. One of the best books in this field is called _Dental
+Hypnosis Handbook_ by Jacob Stolzenberg, D.D.S.
+
+An excellent article is "Danger! Hypnotherapist at Work" by M.
+Abramson.[2] The author reviews briefly the pros and cons regarding the
+medical use of hypnosis. He concludes: "It is the author's opinion,
+based on an extensive personal experience of over 15 years, that the use
+of hypnotherapy by a physician or dentist who has been properly trained
+and who uses this technique strictly within his field of competence
+carries with it no more (and probably less) 'danger' than the use of
+many other techniques of treatment used in medicine today."
+
+[2] Bull. Hennepin Co. Med. Soc., 1960, 31:101-106
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 3
+
+Is Hypnosis the Answer?
+
+
+Dr. George Estabrooks, professor of psychology at Colgate University and
+author of the book, _Hypnotism_, made the following two statements in a
+paper called "The Future of Hypnosis" given as part of a program on "The
+Nature of Hypnosis" at the annual meeting of the American Psychological
+Association in 1959:
+
+"It would be well to sound a word of caution against certain attitudes
+which have become prevalent and which can be well illustrated in the
+field of medicine. In this respect, direct suggestion is under the ban.
+For example, a dictum, 'Never remove the symptom unless the cause is
+understood,' is much emphasized. Its validity is greatly open to
+question, since much of medical practice is direct symptom removal, as
+only a little thought makes apparent.
+
+"Another dictum generally followed is that the unconscious background of
+symptom-complexes must necessarily be made conscious to effect a cure.
+Reasonable and thoughtful consideration of the extensive role of the
+unconscious in daily living and functioning renders this dictum much
+less creditable."
+
+I should like to discuss both of these statements in some detail as they
+invariably arise in the mind of the individual seeking help through
+hypnosis.
+
+The first thought that comes to mind is that all the religious healings
+cited in the Bible involve direct symptom removal. The cures that are
+effected by religious devotees traveling to sacred shrines are also in
+the realm of direct symptom removal. I have yet to hear a criticism of
+this type of treatment directed at religious leaders or condemnation of
+the religious shrines. These cures are accepted as evidence of the power
+of faith or attributed to the super-natural. In these cases, nothing is
+ever done to make the person cured understand the nature of the
+unconscious mechanisms which contributed to his problem.
+
+Religious healing cannot be dismissed by merely saying, "It isn't
+scientific." A methodology is only scientific when it works. It is of no
+value if it doesn't help the individual seeking help. We must face the
+fact that not all people can be helped by the same psychological
+treatment. We can readily see this in the following extreme example: An
+aborigine suffering from a psychological problem certainly wouldn't be a
+candidate for psychoanalysis as we know it. He could, no doubt, be
+helped much more readily by a witch doctor. It also stands to reason
+that the sophisticated Westerner would not be influenced by the
+incantations of a tribal medicine man.
+
+Going further, we find there are many schools of psychotherapy and many
+approaches to solving man's emotional problems. The cure rate for all of
+them, however, is approximately the same. I think we must accept the
+fact that there is no _one_ sound, logical, scientific approach. I
+believe that so long as the end result is achieved, the methodology was
+scientific for that individual's needs. The goal of all therapies is to
+help the patient free himself from whatever emotional problems beset
+him.
+
+This approach, to some readers, may seem an oversimplification of a very
+complex problem, but I think it's time that we had a simple, workable
+formula devoid of technical jargon. Too often, complex technical terms
+and theories have been glibly used to explain away failures. I believe
+we need more and more emphasis on measures to make the patient feel
+better rather than spending most of the time trying to find out why he
+doesn't feel well. This, of course, is symptom removal again.
+
+I should like to point out an interesting fact pertaining to Biblical
+healers. So long as the fame of the healer preceded his arrival in any
+country, he was able to heal the sick. However, where his fame as a
+healer was either unknown or discredited, he found no faith and
+subsequently no cure. The earliest reference to hypnosis is in the
+Bible, Genesis ii, 21. "And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall
+upon Adam, and he slept ..."
+
+Dr. William Malamud, 86th president of the American Psychiatric
+Association, in an address delivered at the annual meeting in 1960,
+stated the following in a paper called "Psychiatric Research: Setting
+and Motivation":
+
+"During the last few years we have witnessed a growing trend of
+overemphasizing the value of 'exact' methodology and uniformity of
+standards. This trend, which could be characterized as a 'cult of
+objectivity,' has already had an important influence on psychiatric
+research. It is true that in its emphasis on critical judgment and valid
+criteria, it has helped to curb unrestrained flights of imagination and
+sloppy methodology. But the overglorification of objectivity and the
+insistence on rigidly single standards of acceptable methods have
+resulted in a concentration on certain phases of the science of human
+behavior at the expense of other very important ones."
+
+I believe that most individuals have a fairly good understanding of how
+they came to have the problem that they have. I have yet to encounter
+the person who protests he has no idea why he doesn't function as he
+would like to in a certain area. From a practical standpoint, not many
+have the time nor money required to delve into the unconscious
+background of the problem. The high cost of treatment is a very real
+objection and cannot be discounted lightly. People suffering from
+emotional problems usually suffer financial reverses as well. Who is to
+help these people? There are very few places in the country where they
+can receive competent psychiatric help at a reasonable fee. Is there
+this type of help in your own community? It is only when the individual
+is destitute that the state provides whatever help it can. However, at
+this point it's a long hard struggle back to good emotional health.
+
+The National Association for Mental Health and its affiliates issue
+about 10 million copies of 200 different pamphlets on various aspects of
+mental health. To assess the value of these pamphlets, 47 mental hygiene
+experts held a conference at Cornell University. A report on this
+outstanding conference has been published. It is called "Mental Health
+Education: A Critique." A feature by Ernest Havemann in the August 8,
+1960 issue of _Life_ contains a very worthwhile article on this
+conference called "Who's Normal? Nobody, But We All Keep On Trying. In
+Dissent From 'Mental Health' Approach, Experts Decry Futile Search For
+An Unreal Goal." The following paragraph is taken from the _Life_
+article:
+
+"What about psychiatry and psychoanalysis? This is a different matter.
+Many unhappy and problem-ridden people, though by no means all who have
+tried it, have profited from psychotherapy. Indeed, all the mental
+health pamphlets, as a postscript to the self-help methods they
+advocate, wind up by advising the reader to seek professional care if
+his problems are serious enough. But the skeptics at Cornell cited
+statistics which to them show that psychiatric treatment is as remote
+for the average person as a trip to the moon. Aside from the expense,
+which most people would find prohibitive, there simply are not enough
+therapists to go around. The U. S. has around 11,000 psychiatrists and
+10,000 clinical psychologists--in all, about one for every 8,500
+citizens. If everybody with emotional problems decided to see a
+psychiatrist, the lines at the doctors' offices would stretch for
+miles."
+
+I assume that most readers of this book know that state hospitals are
+understaffed and unable to provide proper care for the mentally ill.
+Mike Gorman, executive director of the National Mental Health Committee,
+has written a crusading report on this very theme called _Every Other
+Bed_. In this book he tells us that every other hospital bed in the
+United States is occupied by a mental case. Mental illness costs the
+country two and a half billion dollars a year besides the more important
+untold human suffering that can never be equated in dollars. The book is
+a shocking story of how we have let this happen; are still letting it
+happen; and of how little, for the most part, we, the general public as
+well as the medical and psychological professions, are doing to correct
+this deplorable situation.
+
+It is time that we re-examined the dictums that say a symptom can never
+be removed unless the cause is understood and the unconscious background
+of symptom-complexes must be made conscious and understood before a
+cure is effected.
+
+There are many positive thinking groups functioning in the religious
+field. Many of these religious groups are in existence primarily because
+of the dynamic philosophy or psychology they offer for every day living.
+Couple this with a strong faith in God, and you have a combination which
+approaches infallibility. Recently we have had a series of best-selling
+books which expound this very theme. Does it work? Of course it does
+when used properly.
+
+You can be sure that there has been criticism of this religious
+psychology. The criticism is that the basic causes of the problem are
+never dealt with and the unconscious conflict is not resolved. It's the
+same argument over and over again. What about the people helped? They
+seem to have made tremendous strides and are leading lives as well
+adjusted as anyone else. Once imbued with this spirit or feeling of
+well-being, it permeates every phase of their relationships in a
+constructive manner. The only reason that there isn't more criticism is
+that this type of psychotherapy is incorporated into the religious
+tenets of these groups, and criticizing another man's religion makes the
+detractor's entire philosophy unacceptable. I am strongly in favor of
+these groups because I would prefer having a religion that keeps
+pointing out the positive side of life and that "life can be beautiful"
+if you put your faith in God and practice positive thinking. It is
+certainly better than the cynical philosophy of its detractors or the
+grim religions which stress punishment. Think of the guilt feelings
+involved in the latter. No one can live up to such a formidable creed.
+
+Of course, if you suggest to positive thinking, religious individuals
+that they are using a form of self-hypnosis, they will emphatically
+deny and debate the issue. Since we are primarily interested in mental
+hygiene and not in winning a debate, it is well to leave the matter as
+it stands. The point to keep in mind is that so long as a person feels
+that this methodology is the answer to his needs and so long as no one
+is being hurt by his belief, I feel he should cling to his conviction.
+He should not allow it to be destroyed by those who are thinking in
+different semantic terms.
+
+I would like to bring up another common example pertaining to the two
+basic concepts that we have been discussing. It is the example of the
+many individuals who have taken public speaking courses to overcome
+stage fright. In most cases, the person involved hasn't had too much
+opportunity to be a public speaker. Because of this, he suddenly feels
+he may not say the right thing or forget what he wants to say. This
+anxiety can create the very situation or block that he fears. What is
+the solution? Certainly not psychoanalysis to find out why he functions
+the way he does. You could use this approach, but I don't think it's the
+most constructive one. It is like asking, "What am I doing that's
+wrong?" instead of "What can I do that's right?" The most constructive
+approach is to take a course of instruction to get the actual practice
+and experience in the techniques of public speaking.
+
+Before proceeding further, I believe it is necessary to point out that I
+am not just being critical of the convictions of other sincere and
+dedicated individuals engaged in the field of mental hygiene. It is
+always good to re-evaluate our present thinking on any subject, no
+matter how sincere or convinced we may be that what we are doing is
+correct. At times, we can become so immersed in our convictions that we
+cannot take criticism and respond emotionally to ideas or
+interpretations that do not coincide with logical thinking.
+
+What, then, is the answer to mental health problems? There is no single
+answer. It is a very complex situation. There are many promising drugs
+and treatments which, if adequately developed and widely used, could do
+a great deal toward promoting good mental health. Fundamentally, the
+problem will always be that of trying to understand human behavior and
+helping those in distress with an efficacious formula.
+
+What is that formula? I believe hypnosis can contribute in part to the
+answer. Needless to say, hypnosis is contraindicated in many emotional
+problems because of the very nature of the problem itself. Some
+emotional difficulties must first be worked out on a conscious level.
+After this, hypnosis can be instrumental in achieving the final goal.
+
+Dr. Frank S. Caprio, a prominent psychiatrist, in his book, _Helping
+Yourself with Psychiatry_, states the following: "A whole new world of
+self-confidence and positive living is open to every person, young and
+old, through hypnosis, self-hypnosis and self-suggestion or
+auto-hypnosis."
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 4
+
+How Does Self-Hypnosis Work?
+
+
+There's an old Chinese proverb that states: "One picture is worth a
+thousand words." In conveying suggestions to the subconscious, we have
+found that picture images are more effective than the words that are
+implanted. For example, it isn't sufficient to say, "I will be
+confident." The words must be augmented by a picture of yourself as the
+confident person you want to be. If you say, "I can't visualize myself
+as a confident person because I have never been that way," you can
+"borrow" those personality traits that you want for yourself. Imagine
+yourself endowed with the characteristics of some confident person that
+you know. The qualities that you seek may even be borrowed from a famous
+person. If this isn't possible, make up a personality which is a
+composite of all the things you want to be. See yourself walking,
+talking and carrying on activities. Keep fortifying this image with the
+mental suggestions that are needed. It won't be long before these mental
+impressions give rise to the confident feelings that you seek. As you
+keep implanting these images, they will become a natural part of your
+conscious personality.
+
+Dr. S. J. Van Pelt, president of the British Society of Medical
+Hypnotists and editor of the _British Journal of Medical Hypnotism_,
+writes about this technique in his book, _Secrets of Hypnotism_. He
+calls it "'3-D' Technique in Medical Hypnotherapy." As you read the
+following paragraph, it would be well to remember that it contains the
+essence of making the self-hypnosis technique work once you have
+achieved the hypnotic state, per se. Incidentally, the same procedure
+can be used in attaining the hypnotic state itself. You see yourself
+entering the state of hypnosis in your initial attempts. This, in turn,
+sets up a conditioned response and a favorable emotional reaction which
+is necessary.
+
+"The writer has found (visualization) of the greatest value in the
+re-education of the patient, which is an essential part of hypnotherapy.
+In this method, after the cause of the trouble has been discovered and
+as a part of his re-education, the patient is instructed while under
+only light hypnosis to 'form a picture' in his mind. He is asked to
+imagine a movie screen and to see himself 'just like an actor' on this
+screen playing a part. He is told that the picture looks 'very
+real'--'3-D' in fact--and that he can see himself acting and looking the
+way he really wants to look and act. Various scenes are suggested such
+as ... the patient will have to face in real life. In each he is
+instructed to see himself--'as in real life'--always succeeding. For
+instance, the stammerer might be asked to picture himself speaking
+easily to people, and feeling perfectly at ease. The patient is also
+instructed how to form these 'success pictures' for himself, and it is
+stressed that he will only be able to see himself as he wants to
+be--successful. Since the pictures give rise to the appropriate
+feelings, it is not long before the patient begins to show the benefit
+of his private '3-D' film shows."
+
+After explaining this technique to students, many have inquired, "Is
+that all there is to it? It seems so simple." Of course, there is more
+to it in that the individual must follow through with the instruction.
+This is one of the difficult aspects of this type of program. Let me
+enumerate some of the problems I have encountered in teaching
+self-hypnosis.
+
+As mentioned, one of the difficulties is that the technique seems too
+simple. Students become skeptical. They feel it should be more
+complicated and involved in order to get results. I suppose people
+better appreciate something that comes only after a hard struggle. This
+procedure is devoid of this. Of course, I am not saying that once a
+person begins to use this technique his problems will automatically
+vanish and his life will be cheery forever after. We have been
+conditioned to think that success in anything can only come after a
+long, hard struggle. This is the basic theme of the American way of
+life. We have been accustomed to believe that conflict and struggle are
+part of life and large doses of it are necessary before we achieve
+success in any field. I can only reiterate that the information
+contained in this book is all you need to get results. It is necessary
+that you follow through and not give up after you have tried the program
+for a short while and have obtained no appreciable results. This brings
+us to another point.
+
+Many persons expect immediate results when they begin to use
+self-hypnosis. If they don't get the results they anticipated
+immediately, they want to know "what's wrong?" My answer is usually
+that "nothing is wrong" and that they need only keep steadily applying
+the instructions. Certainly, one doesn't become a proficient typist,
+musician, actor or sportsman because he has mastered the basic
+techniques. It takes time to acquire proficiency.
+
+Let me assure you that anyone using and applying this technique can
+benefit from it. One of the troubles in dealing with any problem is
+routing defeatism and hopelessness. You can incorporate posthypnotic
+corrective measures in the suggestions that you give yourself. However,
+I believe that they must be dealt with on a conscious level as well. You
+must believe that you can conquer your difficulties no matter how long
+you have had them. If you are prepared to work with self-hypnosis in an
+unremitting manner, you will achieve the self-help that you seek. Now
+and then, you can anticipate a setback in your progress, but this
+needn't discourage you from your overall task. Recount the progress
+already made. If you have a "let-down" because you expected quicker and
+more dramatic results, remember that this is a common feeling shared by
+many with emotional problems. Remember, also, how long you have had the
+problem.
+
+No doubt, you have tried other methods and became discouraged because
+you weren't making the progress you had anticipated. You dropped the
+idea and landed back where you started. Make up your mind, consciously,
+that you will work with untiring sincerity and a perseverance that will
+not falter because your chosen goal is not achieved immediately. I know
+of no therapy that leads straight to positive results without obstacles
+and intermittent failure. Success comes in spite of intervening failures
+because the ultimate direction has been clearly thought out and charted.
+Self-hypnosis will finally work because you are constantly conditioning
+your subconscious to react in a positive, constructive manner. The
+program must, of necessity, become automatic in nature. When it does,
+you will suddenly find yourself feeling the way you wanted to and doing
+the things that you set out to do with the aid of self-hypnosis. You
+actually cultivate those feelings that you want.
+
+Hypnosis will not work with skeptics. Every so often such a person comes
+to my office seeking help. He tells me that his family physician or his
+spouse feels he should take my course in self-hypnosis. I inquire if he
+feels he might benefit from the course. If his answer is not positive,
+and if after talking to him at length about the benefits of hypnosis, I
+still feel he is not ready for the course, I suggest another mode of
+treatment for him. The reason for this is that unless the person is
+optimistic and enthusiastic about self-hypnosis, it just isn't going to
+work as effectively as it would otherwise. The very nature of a
+skeptical attitude limits the constructive forces that we wish to
+harness.
+
+Occasionally, individuals want indisputable proof that hypnosis is going
+to help them. It is impossible to give them the proof and unqualified
+reassurance that they seek. Yet, these same people do not require proof
+from their physicians. No one can guarantee success. However, I do point
+out that the continued and intelligent use of self-hypnosis can be
+instrumental in directing the healing, curative, constructive forces of
+nature.
+
+Many times, a metaphysical rather than a scientific approach is
+required. It's a matter of trying to satisfy the patient's needs. At
+times, it is helpful to allow the patient to attend a class in
+self-hypnosis. Being able to communicate and identify with other
+individuals seeking self-hypnosis often is enough to change his
+attitude. This is especially true when one or more of the students
+relates dramatic changes.
+
+Self-hypnosis works because we are able to condition ourselves to
+various stimuli. We condition ourselves consciously and unconsciously to
+many activities. When we experience anxiety, it stems from a
+conditioning process which could have been conscious or unconscious. In
+self-hypnosis, the individual consciously works toward implementing and
+strengthening his own inherent strength and resources. These objectives,
+when attained, result in feelings of confidence, relaxation,
+self-mastery and well-being.
+
+Furthermore, hypnosis utilizes a natural mental process. We all know
+that placebos work admirably in numerous cases. The dictionary defines
+the word placebo as, "an inactive substance or preparation, administered
+to please or gratify a patient, also used in controlled studies to
+determine the efficiency of medicinal substances." Many controlled
+experiments have shown that people achieve similar results whether they
+take a placebo (which they think is the real medication) or real
+medication that was prescribed. Several years ago many such tests were
+carried out with antihistamines to prevent colds. The results were
+always the same.
+
+We are interested in what makes the placebo act as effectively as the
+true medication. It stands to reason that a chain reaction is set up,
+actually causing a physiological result from a psychological reaction.
+The unsuspecting patient declares, "I've never felt so good in my life."
+Yet, this would never have happened if he didn't think he was taking the
+marvelous new medicine. A recent scientific study by one of the leading
+pharmaceutical houses concluded that one third of the effectiveness of
+any medication depends upon the faith and trust that the patient has in
+the prescribing physician.
+
+I am sure that the placebo results and the patient's faith in the
+physician as contributing factors to the effectiveness of medications do
+not come as a revelation. We are all aware of such information. Our
+problem is how to harness this unconscious process for constructive
+goals. The answer is through self-hypnosis.
+
+Self-hypnosis, as we have explained it, uses a technique called
+visual-imagery. This has been referred to by many different names, but
+for our purposes we'll call it visual-imagery. Within this technique
+lies one of the keys for achieving the goals that you want. There have
+been many famous books written incorporating this technique as a basis
+for achievement. Perhaps the most famous of all is called _Think and
+Grow Rich_ by Napoleon Hill. In recent years, _The Magic of Believing_
+by Claude M. Bristol and _The Power of Positive Thinking_, already
+mentioned, have become well-known. The book which gives direction to
+most of the books in this field is called _Self-Mastery Through
+Conscious Auto-Suggestion_ by Dr. Emile Coue. I am sure the older
+readers of this book have heard of his famous saying, which I will
+repeat here for emphasis. "Day by day, in every way, I am getting better
+and better." Invariably, in all these books, there is reference to the
+Biblical quotation, "As a man thinketh in his heart, so is he."
+
+As the reader can deduce, we are not theorizing about a startling new
+discovery. The technique is as ancient as man himself and his dream of a
+better tomorrow. All books using the visual-imagery technique tell you
+to paint a vivid, mental picture of the material things you wish to
+acquire, if it is a case of material wealth. For personal improvement,
+they tell you to paint a vivid picture of the individual you want to
+be. In most cases, you are told to do this in a relaxed or meditative
+state with as few distractions as possible. The next two requirements
+are constant repetition (conditioning) and a "burning desire"
+(motivation) to achieve what you set out to do.
+
+Aren't these books really talking about self-hypnosis? Aren't they
+describing precisely the techniques of self-hypnosis? The terminology is
+different, but the approach is the same. With these techniques there is
+an aim to direct thinking, picturization, positive thinking, suggestions
+and constructive thoughts or images to the "inner self" or "real self."
+Aren't they once again really talking about the subconscious mind? I
+have no argument with any workable approach to emotional maturity, but
+in many cases we are actually becoming involved with the meaning of
+words (semantics). The quickest way to the subconscious is through
+self-hypnosis. In this self-hypnotic state, you are able to consciously
+direct suggestions to your subconscious mind.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 5
+
+How to Arouse Yourself from the Self-Hypnotic State
+
+
+You will note that this chapter precedes instruction on how to attain
+self-hypnosis. The reason for this is to alleviate whatever anxiety you
+may have in regard to the question, "If I'm hypnotized, how do I awaken
+myself?" It is important to understand that even though you are
+hypnotized, you are in control, are aware of your surroundings, what is
+going on about you, can think clearly and can arouse yourself very
+easily. It is only necessary to say or think, "I shall now open my eyes
+and wake up feeling fine." You could also give yourself a specific count
+and say, "As I count to five, I'll open my eyes and wake up feeling
+wonderfully well and refreshed. One ... two ... three ... four ...
+five."
+
+It should be remembered that while we sometimes use the word "sleep" to
+describe the hypnotic state, we are not actually referring to true
+sleep. This accounts for much of the confusion. The individual thinks,
+"If I'm asleep, how can I awaken myself?" If the subject were asleep in
+the true sense of the word, this would be impossible. Actually, the
+subject is in a special or heightened state of awareness. In
+self-hypnosis, he is extremely conscious although his general physical
+appearance is one of passiveness. In the self-hypnotic state, the
+individual consciously gives himself whatever suggestions he desires.
+This proves he _is_ conscious and, therefore, can awaken himself with
+the appropriate suggestions.
+
+Occasionally, the subject falls asleep while giving himself suggestions
+or while relaxing to get into the right psychological mood. Naturally,
+in this case, the subject will awaken in due course. If the subject
+practices hypnosis when he is normally set to fall asleep in bed, he
+would awaken refreshed in the morning at his usual time.
+
+Before beginning to give yourself therapeutic suggestions, you could
+give yourself the following suggestions which give you a _specific
+length of time_ that you will work with self-hypnosis:
+
+"I shall work with self-hypnosis for 15 minutes. At the end of that
+time, I shall open my eyes and wake up feeling wonderfully well, wide
+awake, confident, cheerful and optimistic. The moment I open my eyes,
+I'll feel refreshed. In case of any outside danger, I'll be able to
+awaken immediately, be fully alert and act accordingly."
+
+You will notice that these suggestions take into consideration the
+possibility of something happening of danger to the individual, such as
+fire, etc. These points arise in the minds of most individuals
+attempting self-hypnosis and are well taken. You could also set an alarm
+clock to awaken you at a designated time.
+
+Let us assume to arouse yourself you gave yourself a suggestion to open
+your eyes and be wide awake at the count of five. You count to five and
+for some reason you are unable to open your eyes. First of all, DON'T
+WORRY. Remain relaxed and give yourself the suggestions over again,
+emphasizing to yourself that at the count of five you will absolutely,
+positively be able to open your eyes very easily and will feel fine. You
+then begin the count again reiterating between each number that you will
+positively open your eyes at the count of five and be wide awake. This
+should do it. Should this not do it, may I reassure you again, DON'T
+BECOME ALARMED. Relax for a few minutes and try again. You'll be able to
+open your eyes and wake up.
+
+I hope I haven't frightened you with the prospect of not being able to
+awaken. I bring this up only to acquaint you with the procedure to use.
+Actually, the problem of dehypnotization is a rare one. I should point
+out a very important fact. _I have never had a subject practicing or
+using self-hypnosis tell me he had the least bit of difficulty in
+awakening himself from the self-induced hypnotic state._
+
+I have had persons tell me that they heard or read of a case where the
+hypnotist could not bring the subject out of the hypnotic state, and, as
+a result, the subject slept for so many days. Not one of the stories
+could be documented. Years ago, for publicity purposes, stage hypnotists
+would have a subject sleep in a store window for several days. This was
+on a voluntary basis, though, and should not be confused with what we
+are discussing.
+
+In working with subjects, I have _very rarely_ had a subject who did not
+awaken at a specific count, but I have had this experience. I have
+usually found that the subject is so relaxed that he just didn't want to
+awaken for fear of losing this pleasant sensation. When the subject
+doesn't awaken, I merely ask him in a calm manner, "Why don't you wish
+to wake up? You can answer me without awakening from the hypnotic
+state." He usually replies he'd like to remain in this state for another
+five minutes or so. I agree to this extended period while getting a firm
+commitment from him that he will awaken after this period. This is
+usually sufficient to bring the subject out of the hypnotic state.
+
+Occasionally, the instructions to wake up are not clear to the subject.
+If this is the case, clearer instructions should be given. You could
+also deepen the hypnotic state and then give suggestions to awaken at a
+specific count in a very authoritarian manner. Every so often, I have
+found that the subject has fallen into a natural sleep and just hasn't
+heard the instructions. In this case I raise my voice which is usually
+sufficient or gently shake the subject awakening him as you would any
+sleeping person.
+
+I would like to relate a rather interesting experience that I had with a
+male subject. I had worked with this particular subject six times
+previous to this occasion. He was a good hypnotic subject, and he failed
+to awaken in the usual manner. Since he had carried out several
+posthypnotic suggestions, it was rather perplexing to analyze what had
+happened. After about ten minutes, he finally agreed while he was under
+hypnosis to awaken at a given count. I asked him what was the nature of
+the difficulty. He replied, "I wanted to see how you would react."
+
+In conclusion, having difficulty in dehypnotizing yourself is extremely
+rare. Should it happen, _keep calm_, and repeat the suggestions with
+emphasis. Even in hetero-hypnosis, where the hypnotist hypnotizes a
+subject, it is extremely rare. There are explainable psychodynamic
+factors for this. However, they can be met adequately while the subject
+is under hypnosis.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 6
+
+How to Attain Self-Hypnosis
+
+
+Let us begin with the hypothesis that anyone can learn and practice, to
+some degree, the science of self-hypnosis. We shall assume that you have
+carefully thought out what you want to accomplish. You have, through
+self-analysis, come up with reasonable goals of therapy and
+self-improvement. The next step is the acquisition of the hypnotic
+state, per se.
+
+Before giving you the specific instructions, I would like to clarify a
+question which invariably arises in teaching a student self-hypnosis. It
+is: "Are the suggestions that I give myself as effective as the ones you
+would give me in hetero-hypnosis?"
+
+It is natural to assume that the suggestions of the hypnotist would be
+more effective than those given by the subject himself, but both have
+the same intrinsic value. It is well to remember that all hypnosis is
+really self-hypnosis, and all hetero-suggestions are transposed into
+self-suggestions. If the hypnotist firmly suggests, "From this moment,
+you will feel very confident in all life situations," the subject
+automatically and unconsciously rephrases the statement, "From this
+moment, I will feel very confident in all life situations." The subject,
+ordinarily, mentally or aloud, repeats all suggestions using the pronoun
+"I" instead of "you".
+
+The easiest and quickest way to learn self-hypnosis is to be hypnotized
+and given a posthypnotic suggestion to the effect that you will be able
+to put yourself into the hypnotic state at a given stimulus whenever you
+desire to do so. The hypnotist need not be a professional. Anyone
+understanding the rudiments of hypnosis can do this. However, let us
+assume you want to learn self-hypnosis and cannot find help. If you
+understand and consciously practice the instructions that I shall
+outline, you will attain your goal.
+
+Sit in an easy chair or recline on a sofa or bed. Next, choose a point
+of eye fixation on the ceiling, preferably a spot behind you which would
+normally cause eye fatigue or strain. Now, breathe very slowly and
+deeply. As you do this, repeat, aloud or mentally, the word "sleep" as
+you inhale and "deep sleep" as you exhale. Do this for several minutes
+in a very monotonous manner until such time as you find yourself getting
+drowsy. Next, suggest to yourself that your eyelids are becoming heavy
+and tired. The goal is to acquire eye closure using this method. You
+want to reach a state where it is uncomfortable to keep the eyes open.
+Once you get your eyes closing, seemingly of their own volition, you
+have reached the first step in achieving self-hypnosis.
+
+You can repeat to yourself such suggestions as, "My eyelids are becoming
+very heavy and tired ... My eyes are becoming very watery ... My eyelids
+are blinking ... I just want to close my eyes ... The moment I close my
+eyelids, I shall fall into a deep, sound, hypnotic sleep ... Even though
+in a deep state of hypnosis, I shall be aware of my surroundings and be
+able to direct posthypnotic suggestions to my subconscious mind."
+
+When your eyelids actually become heavy or when your eyes actually begin
+to water, you intensify these feelings by repeating affirmative
+suggestions along these very lines. This is known as "the feed-back
+technique" and helps to reinforce the actual condition that exists.
+Proceeding in this way hastens the actual closing of the eyes and
+attainment of the hypnotic state, per se.
+
+Let us assume that you practice this procedure and seemingly nothing
+happens. Continue to practice it again and again until such time as you
+are able to achieve an eye closure. You will eventually be able to do
+this within a relatively short period of time.
+
+One of the best times to practice the technique just given is when you
+are falling asleep at night. The lights are out and you are lying in
+bed. Choose an imaginary spot above and behind your eye level so there
+is some strain on the eye muscles. Now begin giving yourself suggestions
+that your eyelids are becoming heavy, etc.
+
+The reason this period is such an excellent time to practice
+self-hypnosis is that the suggestions you give yourself spill over into
+your subconscious as you drift from consciousness to unconsciousness.
+It's like telling yourself to wake up at a certain time in the morning.
+The suggestion reaches your subconscious and activates you consciously
+to waken. Using this approach, you can give yourself dynamic,
+constructive suggestions at this time as well as giving yourself the
+posthypnotic suggestion that the next time you practice self-hypnosis,
+you will fall into a deeper, sound, hypnotic state at the count of
+three. You also emphasize that your eyelids will close involuntarily
+whenever you relax for five minutes and afterwards count to three. This
+conditioning process will be augmented by the use of the sleep period.
+The suggestions will tend to work unconsciously during this period and
+hasten your attainment of the constructive goals as well as the
+self-hypnotic goal itself.
+
+Once you have achieved eye closure, deepen the hypnotic state by the
+following suggestions: "As I count to three, I shall go deeper and
+deeper into a profound, hypnotic state. As I count to three, I shall
+find myself becoming more and more relaxed. As I count to three, I shall
+fall into a deep, hypnotic sleep." You repeat these suggestions many
+times, actually trying on a conscious level to feel sleepier, more
+relaxed, more at ease. In doing this, you take on the characteristics of
+a deeply hypnotized subject.
+
+Part of the difficulty in learning self-hypnosis is that the subject is
+aiming at a state of mind in which he has no experience. If I say, "Act
+happy" or "Act sad," there is an immediate reaction from your
+experiential background, and you can react accordingly. If you have
+never seen anyone hypnotized and I say, "Act as though you were
+hypnotized," you must, of necessity, act in a manner that you would
+assume approximated that of hypnosis. If you had actually seen someone
+hypnotized, you would naturally take on the characteristics you had
+observed. This would either be done consciously or unconsciously.
+
+Some individuals describe the hypnotic state as a state of "complete
+relaxation." Many get a feeling of "detachment;" others a feeling of
+"disassociation," as though their entire being was only thought. Some
+get a "floating" or "drifting" feeling, likening the experience to
+lying on deep clouds. Others experience a heavy, pleasant, "sinking"
+feeling. Still others get a feeling of "peace and serenity." Many
+describe the hypnotic state as being akin to the state just prior to
+falling asleep or like daydreaming, and they experience the same
+reactions. Yet, there are some who do not feel a definite change. They
+describe it by saying, "I just felt that I had my eyes closed. I heard
+everything and was completely aware at all times." Since it is possible
+to direct your feelings (reactions), I would suggest that you aim for a
+completely relaxed, comfortable state.
+
+You have now reached the point where your eyes are closed, and you have
+given yourself further suggestions to deepen the state of hypnosis. This
+has taken from about six to ten minutes. You are not sure, though, that
+you are under hypnosis. There are many ways to test this, and I shall
+outline one of these tests later in this chapter; however, for your
+initial attempts, it isn't too important whether or not you are under
+hypnosis. You are still to give yourself the posthypnotic suggestion
+that the next time you attempt to hypnotize yourself you will fall into
+a deeper and sounder state after you have relaxed for about five minutes
+and counted to three.
+
+In your initial attempts, you will be trying to establish a conditioned
+response to the count of three which will subsequently cause your eyes
+to close and put you under hypnosis. Eventually, you should react
+instantly to the count of three or any other cue you may use to trigger
+the response. The key words or stimulus become associated with the
+action that you seek. Through repetition, just thinking about the
+stimulus can bring on the response. This is known as ideomotor action
+and is present in the waking as well as the hypnotic state. Pavlov's
+famous experiments which induced dogs to salivate when a bell was rung
+after previously having had food fed to them at the same time are
+examples of this type of conditioning. Don't we generally become hungry
+if someone tells us it's noon and time for lunch when, in fact, it's
+only 11 o'clock?
+
+I had a common experience recently that I am sure many readers have
+shared. One of my neighbors, seeing my car was parked in front of my
+house and knowing I was home, called to say he was dropping in to see
+me. While working on the manuscript of this book, I thought I heard the
+doorbell as I was typing. I went to the front door and no one was there.
+I even walked around the house looking for him because I was so certain
+I heard the bell. This is another example of an ideomotor action. I told
+my friend about it when he arrived approximately 30 minutes later. He
+looked at me rather whimsically, and we both shared a laugh. Haven't you
+thought you heard the phone ring when you were waiting for a call?
+
+In the chapter, "How Does Self-Hypnosis Work," stress was laid on the
+importance of the visual-imagery technique. During every attempt to
+achieve self-hypnosis, you attempt to visualize yourself going into the
+hypnotic state. Once you have deepened the state, you begin the process
+of visualizing yourself exactly the way you want to be. You may
+experience difficulty at first, but as you keep at it, you will be able
+to picture yourself the way you want. _You use the visual-imagery
+technique whether you think you are under hypnosis or not._ These images
+become clear as you constantly hammer home these suggestions. This is
+the exact procedure necessary, and you needn't complicate it.
+
+Let us suppose that you are getting your eyelids to close at the count
+of three and have achieved a good state of relaxation. With these
+prerequisites, you can anticipate going deeper into the hypnotic state.
+Actually, being able to get the eyes to close at a specific count is the
+first test in determining if the subject has gone under hypnosis. If you
+have conditioned yourself this far, then you can go to the next step.
+The next test is called the "swallowing" test. You mentally give
+yourself suggestions that as you slowly, to yourself, count to 10, you
+will get an irresistible urge to swallow one time. You further suggest
+that this will happen even before you reach the count of 10. You then
+begin the count. "One ... My throat is parched, and I feel an
+irresistible urge to swallow one time. Two ... My lips are becoming very
+dry, and I feel an irresistible urge to swallow. Three ... My throat
+feels very dry, and I feel an irresistible urge to swallow one time.
+Four ... Before I reach the count of 10, the urge to swallow one time
+will become irresistible because my lips and throat are so dry. Five ...
+Once I swallow, I shall no longer have the urge to swallow again, and as
+I swallow one time, I shall fall into a deeper and sounder state of
+hypnosis." Continue with similar suggestions, repeating and affirming
+the suggestions about swallowing. Once you actually swallow, you
+discontinue the suggestions and, instead, give yourself suggestions that
+you are falling deeper and deeper into a sound hypnotic state and that
+the constructive suggestions you now give yourself will work for you.
+Once again you practice visual-imagery, seeing yourself the way you want
+to be, while fortifying this image with forceful, positive suggestions.
+You close by giving yourself suggestions that you will enter the
+hypnotic state whenever you relax for five minutes and count to three.
+
+The suggestions are just as effective whether given aloud or mentally.
+Many subjects report that they are reluctant when it comes to giving
+suggestions to themselves. I can only say that as you continue to work
+with yourself, you will develop confidence in giving yourself
+suggestions. In order for the suggestions to be effective, they cannot
+be given in a reticent or hesitant manner. They must be given with
+enthusiasm and anticipation. If you assiduously follow these
+instructions, you will derive the benefits you seek in the shortest
+possible time and witness the positive, tangible results of your
+suggestions and efforts. In the next chapter, you'll learn how to deepen
+the self-hypnotic state.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 7
+
+Deepening the Self-Hypnotic State
+
+
+For each progressive test, it is usually necessary to have accomplished
+the preceding tests. However, this is not an absolute rule. Frequently,
+a subject responds to tests at the beginning of the depth scale and then
+to others at the end of the depth scale. Certain tests in between do not
+work. I have had the following experience more than once while teaching
+one of my classes in self-hypnosis. In testing the depth of hypnosis, I
+run the gamut of all of the tests from light to deep. In this way, the
+subject can ascertain how far he has progressed. One frequent test for
+the deep state is to give the subject a posthypnotic suggestion to the
+effect that the next cigarette he smokes will have a vile taste and it
+will be absolutely impossible for him to take more than three puffs. It
+is further suggested that after the third puff, the cigarette taste will
+be so unbearable it will become necessary for him to extinguish the
+cigarette.
+
+We can expect an excellent hypnotic subject to comply with these
+posthypnotic suggestions, but a subject who hasn't even passed the eye
+closure test (test No. 1) or any other test may unexpectedly react
+perfectly to the cigarette test which we know is a standard test for
+determining if the subject has entered into a deep state of hypnosis.
+How can you account for it? There is no simple or positive answer. If we
+hadn't given him this particular test, he would have felt that he wasn't
+making progress in his determination to become a good hypnotic subject.
+Because of this, he might not have given himself therapeutic suggestions
+because he would feel he hadn't reached a state of hypnosis which would
+benefit him. Remember, follow the instructions of giving yourself
+whatever therapeutic suggestions you want, regardless of the fact that
+you feel that "nothing has happened." I have seen many subjects who were
+bewildered because certain tests did not work, yet were pleased because
+of very gratifying overall results from using self-hypnosis. They were
+baffled because of their inability to pass certain tests which they felt
+were a prerequisite to the success of constructive suggestions they gave
+themselves.
+
+It is commonly felt that the deeper the state of hypnosis, the better
+the results. In actual practice, I have not found this to be so. I have
+had excellent results in a relatively short period of time with subjects
+who only achieved a light state, and it has been necessary to work with
+others who achieved a deep state of hypnosis for a longer period before
+lasting results were in evidence. Naturally, each individual presents a
+different set of needs and even though the symptoms may be basically the
+same, each will respond favorably when his requirements are met. This
+happens on a conscious as well as unconscious level. For example, the
+mere assurance by a physician that the patient is all right and has
+nothing to worry about is often sufficient to bring about desirable
+results. Another example is the mother who stops the sobbing of her hurt
+child by a loving kiss. A logical approach, pointing out to the child
+that he really didn't hurt himself, would never have worked. We have all
+heard stories of primitive tribesmen who have died because they knew
+they were the objects of "death wishes" by another member of the tribe.
+
+The key to achieving a greater depth of self-hypnosis lies in the use of
+the visual-imagery technique. You "see" yourself going into the hypnotic
+state deeper and deeper. You even picture yourself, using this
+technique, passing various progressive hypnotic tests. The second part
+of the key lies in giving yourself a posthypnotic suggestion that each
+succeeding attempt will put you into a deeper state as a result of a
+given stimulus--such as the count of three.
+
+The following instructions should not be attempted usually unless you
+have been successful in achieving the two basic tests--the eye closure
+as well as the uncontrollable urge to swallow followed by the physical
+act of swallowing at a specific count. If the conditioning process works
+for these two tests, you have achieved the lethargic state of hypnosis.
+This is the first state of hypnosis and is generally referred to as the
+"light" state. Therapeutic suggestions can work admirably in this state.
+The next stage of hypnosis is known as the cataleptic state and is
+referred to as the "medium" state. Generally, hypnosis is divided into
+three states: the lethargic (light state); the cataleptic (medium
+state); and the somnambulistic (deep state).
+
+As you deepen the hypnotic state, you can accomplish the progressive
+tests that I shall outline for you. I'll also number these tests for the
+convenience of having a reference. Deepening the hypnotic state requires
+the same type of practice or conditioning as the first two steps. Let
+us call eye closure--No. 1, and swallowing--No. 2. We are now ready to
+proceed to the "hand tingling" test--No. 3.
+
+You have just completed tests No. 1 and 2; you are in a completely
+relaxed state. Now give yourself the following suggestions: "As I count
+to ten and even before I reach the count of ten, I shall feel a light
+tingling or numb feeling in my right hand." As you slowly begin the
+count of ten, you keep repeating suggestions to the effect that your
+right hand is beginning to tingle. Once again, you practice the
+technique of visual-imagery, tapping your experiential background for
+this feeling. You can recall how it feels when your hand goes to sleep.
+Once you get an initial feeling of lightness, tingling or numbness,
+reinforce this feeling by the feed-back technique as you did with the
+eye closure test. As you practice this procedure, it will work with
+greater effectiveness. The following is a very important point to
+remember. Be sure that you give yourself a posthypnotic suggestion that
+the tingling, light or numb sensation will disappear as you continue to
+count to 15. For example, "As I count to 15, the tingling feeling in my
+right hand will disappear, and I shall experience only normal
+sensations. Eleven ... The tingling feeling is leaving. Twelve ... Now
+it is leaving faster. Thirteen ... I can feel my hand returning to
+normal. Fourteen ... The tingling feeling has left. Fifteen ... My right
+hand feels perfectly normal." You could try a variation of this test by
+saying your nose or one of your toes will itch at a specific count. Once
+this test is accomplished, you are ready for the "foot" test--No. 4.
+
+You will remember that the key to achieving a greater depth of hypnosis
+lies in visualizing yourself going deeper with each attempt and
+accomplishing progressive hypnotic tests. Keep this in mind. For a
+moment, let us go back to the hand tingling test--No. 3. Once you have
+been successful in accomplishing this test, use the visual-imagery
+technique to see yourself successfully responding to the foot test. When
+you have actually accomplished test No. 4, you see yourself
+accomplishing the "hand levitation" test--No. 5. In other words, you use
+each step to enhance a greater receptivity for the following progressive
+test. As you couple this approach with posthypnotic suggestions that you
+will go deeper and deeper into the hypnotic state at a given stimulus,
+you set into motion a conditioned response mechanism which must
+ultimately guide you into a profound state of hypnosis.
+
+The foot test can be accomplished while sitting or lying down. The idea
+of this test is to imagine that your feet are stuck to the floor or that
+your legs are so heavy that they are impossible to raise until you reach
+a certain count. It is best to begin this test by trying to capture a
+heavy, relaxed feeling in your legs. You give yourself specific
+suggestions along these lines: "As I count to five, I shall notice a
+very heavy, relaxed, pleasant feeling in both legs. It will be a very
+comfortable feeling; a feeling of complete relaxation." You then begin
+the count of ten, following out the idea of the other tests you have
+successfully accomplished. You should remember that there is no time
+limit and you take as much time as you need in order to get the relaxed,
+heavy feeling. Once you get the relaxed, heavy feeling, you use the
+visual-imagery technique to try to picture your legs stuck to the floor.
+If you are lying down, imagine you are covered by a heavy blanket which
+is tightly tucked under the mattress, making it impossible for you to
+raise your legs. If sitting up, I tell the subject to imagine that his
+shoes are stuck to the floor with "iron glue," and since his feet are in
+the shoes, it is impossible to lift them until the specific count which
+will enable him to do so.
+
+Here are the suggestions you can use for the second part of this test.
+"As I continue to count to ten, I shall find that it will be impossible
+for me to raise my legs. I shall try at the count of ten, but it will be
+absolutely impossible to raise my legs until I count to 15. At that
+time, I shall be able to raise my legs easily, and the heavy feeling
+will leave as well." You then continue with the count, giving yourself
+appropriate suggestions. Once this test is accomplished, you use the
+visual-imagery technique to see yourself accomplishing the hand
+levitation test--No. 5. Be sure you give yourself the posthypnotic
+suggestion that the next time you hypnotize yourself, you will fall into
+a deeper and sounder state.
+
+I'll assume that you have been able to get a relaxed, heavy feeling in
+your legs. You have reached the count of five and are ready to proceed
+further. Here are sample suggestions you can use: "Six ... My legs are
+becoming extremely heavy. Seven ... I'll be unable to lift them until I
+count to 15. Eight ... I feel very comfortable; my legs are becoming
+heavier and heavier. Nine ... My entire body is completely relaxed, and
+my legs are so heavy that they are impossible to lift. Ten ... I'm in a
+very deep hypnotic state, and it is absolutely impossible for me to move
+my legs until I count to 15." At this point, you actually try to raise
+your legs. If you can't do it, you have reached the cataleptic stage.
+
+Should you not be able to raise your legs, don't become frightened. All
+you need to say is: "I can now move my legs." You could also say: "As I
+count to three, I'll be able to move my legs." However, since we have
+elected originally to be able to move the legs at the count of 15, it
+would be best to follow out this pattern. You could at this time merely
+continue to count to 15, at which time you would be able to move your
+legs. I prefer giving suggestions between each count as follows: "Eleven
+... The heavy feeling is leaving, and I shall be able to raise my legs
+at the count of 15. Twelve ... I can feel the heavy, relaxed feeling
+leaving. Thirteen ... I am beginning to move my legs. Fourteen ... I am
+lifting my legs more and more. Fifteen ... I have perfect control over
+my bodily functions and legs; I am lifting and moving my legs; the heavy
+feeling is dissipating; I am in complete control; I can now give myself
+posthypnotic suggestions that will be very effective and beneficial."
+Give yourself whatever suggestions you want at this time.
+
+Let us suppose that you tried the foot test for some time and were
+unsuccessful. Perhaps this puzzles you, and you wonder why it didn't
+work. Perhaps you were able to get a heavy feeling in the legs, but the
+second part of the test didn't work. The following information will help
+you to understand why you were unable to complete this cataleptic test.
+Either you had not conditioned yourself sufficiently, or you weren't
+really "letting go" enough to enter into a deeper state of hypnosis.
+Most subjects need to test themselves and feel secure every step of the
+way. They don't just plunge into the cataleptic or somnambulistic stages
+immediately. In this connection, I believe it can be compared with the
+bather who goes into the water one step at a time. Even the playful
+splashing directed at him by friends does not compel him to duck under
+the water. Instead, he continues to slowly go deeper and deeper until he
+is completely submerged. Wouldn't it have been easier to duck under all
+at once? Perhaps, but I'm sure you have either experienced the same
+thing yourself or seen it happen.
+
+The analogy should be clear. The subject is reluctant to do what he
+considers as "giving up his control" when, in reality, he is really more
+and more in control of himself as he penetrates the deeper levels of
+hypnosis.
+
+In reality, the subject who does not or cannot raise his feet really
+could move in case of emergency, even without counting to 15. He has, in
+effect, entered into a state in which it is too much bother to lift his
+feet. A common example of this frame of mind is when you remain in bed
+in the morning even though you know you will be late to work. You are
+just too comfortable to move, and your initiative seems paralyzed.
+
+Let us assume, at this point, that you have finally succeeded in getting
+the foot test to work. You are now ready for the hand levitation
+test--No. 5. In this test, the goal is to get your hand to slowly rise
+and touch your chin. Once it touches your chin, you enter into a still
+deeper state and lower your hand slowly to your side. This test is
+actually combined with the hand tingling test--No. 3. Since you have
+been successful with test No. 3, the rest is rather simple. This time as
+you work test No. 3, aim for a light, pleasant feeling in your right
+hand. Once you get this reaction, you give yourself suggestions that
+your right hand will now rise and touch your chin. As soon as it does,
+you will fall into a deeper state and lower your hand. Here are the
+suggestions that you can use: "As I count to ten and even before I reach
+the count of ten, I shall have an irresistible impulse to slowly raise
+my hand to my chin. As I progress with the counting, my hand will slowly
+rise, and the impulse will become stronger and stronger. As soon as my
+hand touches my chin, the impulse will leave. I will then lower my hand
+and fall into a very deep hypnotic state. I shall be fully aware of what
+is happening, my surroundings, and will be able to give myself
+beneficial posthypnotic suggestions."
+
+At this point you start counting to ten, giving yourself suggestions
+that your right hand which already has a light feeling will begin to
+slowly rise to your chin. Time the counting to coincide with the actual
+physical act of raising your hand. You are trying to feel an involuntary
+urge to raise your hand. The movement itself should also be of an
+unconscious rather than conscious nature. A conscious raising of your
+hand to your chin is not what you are looking for in this test. Should
+you experience difficulty in attaining the first movement of your hand,
+you can give yourself assistance by consciously and slowly raising your
+hand just to get it started. The rest of the movement, as mentioned,
+must be automatic. Should you find it necessary to start your hand
+rising, use the feed-back technique to continue the movement. You can
+give yourself the following suggestions:
+
+"One ... My right hand is beginning to rise. Two ... My right hand is
+very, very light, and I am getting an irresistible urge to slowly raise
+it. Three ... This feeling is getting stronger and stronger. Four ... My
+right hand is rising more and more. Five ... My hand is rising toward my
+chin. Six ... As soon as my hand touches my chin, I shall fall into a
+deeper and sounder state of hypnosis. Seven ... My hand is rising closer
+and closer toward my chin. Eight ... The feeling of lightness is
+becoming stronger and stronger. Nine ... My right hand is about to touch
+my chin; as soon as it does, I'll fall into a very deep hypnotic state.
+Ten ... My right hand is touching my chin; I'm falling deeper and
+deeper into a sound hypnotic state; I'll now slowly lower my hand and
+continue falling into a deep, sound, pleasant state of hypnosis. The
+light feeling has left my hand."
+
+You should not attempt to memorize the exact phraseology for any of the
+tests. You are to merely use the suggestions that have been written out
+for you as a guide. The timing of the suggestions is the paramount
+consideration in attaining successful results. Don't be impatient. Take
+as much time as you need. Should you find yourself unsuccessful after
+ten or fifteen minutes, drop the test and come back to it another day. I
+haven't found that working at a specific test all day long accomplishes
+the end result.
+
+It is best to work for a specific period every day. In this way, the
+conditioned response pattern is established for the success of the tests
+as well as the success of the posthypnotic suggestions that you have
+given yourself. You should bear in mind that if you have been successful
+in achieving the first five tests, you have reached a medium state of
+hypnosis, and posthypnotic suggestions will be extremely effective. In
+the next chapter, you'll learn, psychologically, how to go even deeper
+into hypnosis. You'll learn those psychological factors that are
+important to know and that can contribute to your development into an
+excellent hypnotic subject. Following this, the subsequent chapter will
+give you further tests and instructions for developing into a
+somnambulistic subject.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 8
+
+What You Should Know About Becoming An Excellent Subject
+
+
+Becoming an excellent subject follows the same general rules for
+becoming proficient in any other endeavor. It depends upon your
+motivation, persistence and willingness to devote time and study to the
+subject. Let us agree that most individuals can learn to play a musical
+instrument to some degree. This degree is usually sufficient for their
+own needs. To become a virtuoso, however, it is necessary to study the
+instrument and devote a great deal of energy and time to practice. The
+same example could be given for most undertakings. Anyone can learn to
+hit a golf ball, but being able to control the direction and distance
+and become a skilled golfer is quite another matter.
+
+If you have been successful in accomplishing the first five tests, you
+can consider yourself a good hypnotic subject. Becoming an excellent
+subject entails following the same procedure used in accomplishing the
+first five tests. Some may proceed very easily into the somnambulistic
+state, and others may have a difficult time reaching this deepest stage.
+Understanding some of the psychology involved and assuming the right
+psychological frame of mind for the attainment of the somnambulistic
+state is more important than just working blindly in an attempt to get
+the somnambulistic tests to work. Being irritable, disgusted and
+despondent because of your inability to go further into hypnosis is not
+the answer and will only lead to frustration and failure. The reader is
+not to assume he will be a difficult subject. If you have come this far,
+you'll be able to continue in the same manner. The topic under
+discussion now is brought up to prepare readers for any contingency that
+may arise. It's like having a life preserver on a boat. You hope you
+never need it, but you should be prepared to use it in case of an
+emergency.
+
+It is natural to assume that if you are willing and trying to go into
+the lethargic, cataleptic or somnambulistic state, you will be able to
+do so in a relatively short period of time. Unfortunately, this is by no
+means the case. Many of the principles of learning and conditioning can
+be applied to hypnosis, but with many subjects these laws do not seem
+applicable. Let us assume you wanted to learn to become an excellent
+typist. This is a reasonable goal and all that is necessary is to
+continue practicing until you have reached the proficiency you set out
+to achieve. This proficiency would, as a rule, follow application of the
+laws of learning and conditioning.
+
+This isn't always so in a subject's attempt to become somnambulistic.
+When the subject progresses from one stage to another in a classical
+manner, the theory works admirably, but what happens when a subject
+cannot seem to progress any further? He has reached a plateau and is
+unable to climb higher. He seems to have reached a psychological
+impasse or stalemate. It is easy to say that the subject is thwarted by
+a subconscious block and let it go at that. This, however, doesn't help
+him in his dilemma. It's like telling the stranded motorist that the
+reason his car has stalled is because the motor isn't running. The
+following information will be helpful to those who haven't been able to
+reach the first stages of hypnosis, as well as those who apparently can
+go only so far. Actually, the same principles are involved.
+
+If the subject doesn't respond or responds to a limited degree, there
+evidently is a cause or reason for this poor response. In order to
+continue this discussion, it will be necessary for us to agree that the
+resistance can be either conscious or unconscious. If the subject
+insists that he is trying to "let go," has nothing to hide, is not
+afraid of hypnosis, understands what is involved and has strong
+motivation, we can only assume that the resistance must be unconscious.
+Usually, it will be necessary to work through this unconscious
+resistance before the subject responds. If the subject is conditioning
+himself, this will involve a great deal of introspection, and even then
+it is an extremely difficult job. One doesn't usually have proper
+insight into one's own emotional make-up. The end result is that one can
+only rationalize about his behavior.
+
+Let us explore some interesting aspects of hypnosis with a view toward
+helping you if you are having difficulty responding the way you desire.
+I have had the following paradoxical situation happen many times. A
+subject calls my office, requesting to be conditioned for self-hypnosis.
+He further requests that he be allowed to bring along a member of his
+family or a friend for the hypnotic session. These individuals usually
+ask if I object to this procedure. I interpreted this request as a sign
+of distrust during my early career as a professional hypnotist. I was
+affronted by the idea of the unspoken insinuation verbalized by this
+request. Didn't they trust me? Between trying to defend myself and
+assuring them that there was no need for another person being present,
+since my secretary could observe the procedure, I usually "won" the
+argument but lost the client. As I developed understanding into the
+needs of these persons, I began to realize that the request was not
+directed at my integrity, but was a safeguard for their ego.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here is an interesting sidelight that has happened frequently in regard
+to the foregoing situation. I would request the subject to sit near my
+desk and tell the onlooker to sit in back and to the side of the
+subject, away from the subject's view so as not to distract him. In this
+situation, I invariably place the hypnodisc on a spinning, portable
+phonograph turntable and turn it upright for the subject to look at. The
+hypnodisc, which is made of stiff cardboard, looks like a 12-inch
+phonograph record and has concentric heavy lines drawn on it. As it
+spins, the subject feels he is being pulled toward the center. At the
+same time, it causes his eyes to become very tired. I have included a
+drawing of it on this page for those who are not familiar with this
+hypnotic device. The revolving hypnodisc causes a physiological
+reaction and must work with everyone. You feed back certain known
+physiological responses for the successful attainment of hypnosis.
+
+The onlooker has no choice but to look at the hypnodisc as well. As I
+suggest to the subject that his eyes are becoming heavy and tired and
+that soon he'll have an irresistible impulse to close them, the onlooker
+is naturally hearing the same suggestion. Because this person feels
+apart from the hypnotic situation, there can be no conscious resistance.
+Since these defenses are not hampering the attainment of hypnosis, the
+onlooker may readily fall under hypnosis. More than once, the onlooker
+has confided to me that he was getting a better night's sleep, was
+feeling wonderfully well or had derived other benefits since coming to
+my office as an "observer." The exact situation happens when the stage
+hypnotist is hypnotizing subjects on the stage. Many times a person in
+the audience who had no intention of becoming hypnotized becomes
+influenced in the same manner. Incidentally, these individuals make the
+best subjects.
+
+There are interesting theories as to why a subject responds or does not
+respond to hypnosis. I think the reader would find some of these
+theories interesting and perhaps gain some insight into his own hypnotic
+behavior. These theories are based primarily on a psychoanalytical
+approach to hypnosis.
+
+The most prevalent theory is that the hypnotist represents either the
+father image (paternal or fear hypnosis) or the mother image (maternal
+or love hypnosis). The father usually represents an authoritarian
+figure. The subject's identification can be on a conscious or
+subconscious level. Let us suppose the subject has ambivalent feelings
+toward his father. Because of this, he may not respond. Here is an
+opportunity to frustrate the authoritative (father) figure. The only
+trouble with this theory is that if there is an excellent relationship
+between the father and subject, it doesn't necessarily mean that the
+subject will respond easily. The stage hypnotist invariably uses a
+strong, authoritative approach with a great deal of success, but this
+approach generally does not work best in private practice.
+
+I have found that for the majority of subjects the maternal approach
+works best. Perhaps the process of hypnosis awakens early unconscious
+memories of being put to sleep as a child. Some techniques that are used
+in hypnosis are quite similar to this. The subject, who is lying down,
+is told to close his eyes and is spoken to in a quiet, reassuring,
+monotonous tone of voice. The hypnotist is seated near him. The
+hypnotist even uses the same words that the subject has heard as a
+child: "Sleep. Go to sleep. When you awaken, you'll feel wonderfully
+well." In fact, I use some special music that I had recorded for
+inducing hypnosis. The first musical selection is Brahms' "Lullaby."
+Children's music boxes invariably contain this selection, and the melody
+cannot help but activate a pleasant nostalgia. It is a memory associated
+with love and tenderness. This brings us to the fact that hypnosis may
+offer the subject a chance to escape from the reality of pressing
+problems into a state of complete irresponsibility. In fact, one theory
+of hypnosis equates the hypnotic state as a form of unconscious
+regression and need for submission.
+
+The male subject may have a strong, positive identification with his
+mother rather than his father. It is part of the unresolved Oedipus
+complex. He sees his mother as a kind, loving individual, always ready
+to help. Even if the mother did something socially unacceptable, the
+individual would defend her vehemently. The father who might do
+something wrong would rarely be excused. Just the opposite is true with
+the female subject. When asking the female child, "Whose girl are you?",
+the answer is invariably, "Daddy's girl." When asking the male child,
+"Whose boy are you?", the answer is invariably, "Momma's boy." We accept
+this transference of identification as a normal process of growing up.
+When it isn't normally resolved, it can account for severe personality
+problems. One might assume, therefore, that a woman hypnotist could
+better hypnotize a male subject, and a male hypnotist could better
+hypnotize a female subject, but this is not true except for cases such
+as we have just mentioned.
+
+One school of thought feels that there is a strong submissive tendency
+in all of us and hypnosis gratifies this wish. The individual's need for
+dependence is also met. In this case, the hypnotist becomes omnipotent,
+being able to alter feelings that ordinarily distress the individual.
+Normally, adults, when confronted by a particularly upsetting
+experience, might want to be held closely by an intimate friend or
+member of the family. Don't we frequently put our arm around a friend in
+grief trying to comfort him? The inner strength which is created by
+hypnosis within the total personality structure of the subject lessens
+dependency upon the hypnotist, much in the same fashion that we need the
+doctor less as we start to recover from an illness. Self-hypnosis
+further lessens dependency for no authoritarian figure is used.
+
+The subject's attitude towards authority is important to know. It is
+well-known that officers in the army are more difficult to hypnotize
+than noncommissioned men. The enlisted man, by a process of
+indoctrination and conditioning, is taught to obey and follow orders
+without reasoning. The transference of authority to the hypnotist is
+readily accomplished because of this conditioning process. The army
+doctor, when treating patients psychologically, replaces his army jacket
+with a regular white medical jacket to increase rapport.
+
+One interesting theory is that the subject responds as he thinks the
+hypnotist would like him to. This is termed "role playing." When asking
+a subject under hypnosis his name, you usually get a very slow,
+deliberate answer, as though the subject were in a trance. You tell him
+that he can answer in a normal speaking voice and tempo and his further
+replies are to be in the same manner as his waking state.
+
+Another theory along these lines is that the subject acts as he believes
+a hypnotized person would act. This, too, is role playing, but it does
+not explain analgesia, such as when the dentist hypnotizes the patient
+and proceeds to drill a tooth. No one (with the possible exception of a
+highly neurotic psychic masochist) is going to endure excruciating pain
+just to please the doctor.
+
+One theory about hypnosis states that it allows the subject an
+opportunity of identifying with the hypnotist, whom he sees as a
+powerful figure. Through this identification, the subject is able to
+gain inner strength. On the other hand, the subject might rebel against
+the submissive nature of the hypnotic setting. This could easily create
+anxiety which, in turn, could create hostility resulting in resistance
+of various kinds. As a result of this, the subject might begin to
+criticize the hypnotist, find fault with the way he (the subject) is
+being handled, question the judgment of the hypnotist, or doubt the
+effectiveness of the hypnotic procedure.
+
+Many investigators assert that the "rapport," meaning the relationship
+between the subject and hypnotist, is all important. This is true and
+the relationship can and does have many ramifications. In psychotherapy,
+the term "transference" is used to denote this relationship. The
+relationship is further described as a good or bad transference. There
+is also a countertransference which indicates the reaction of the
+therapist to the patient. Naturally, in order for the subject to
+respond, there must be good rapport.
+
+I have tried to indicate that there are complexities that may arise in
+the hypnotic setting. There are many conflicting theories as to why a
+subject does or does not respond. There are no set rules to follow, and
+one's intuition, experience and judgment help solve any problem that
+arises.
+
+Let me relate another frequent incident. I have had subjects come to me
+after they were unable to be hypnotized by several other professional
+hypnotists. They have complained that the hypnotists weren't "good
+hypnotists" because they couldn't hypnotize them. After all, they ask,
+hadn't they been willing subjects? My usual answer is that the fault, if
+there is one, is not with the hypnotists and really not with the
+subjects. It is a matter of exploring what has happened and then
+deciding on a course of action to insure success.
+
+I am firmly convinced that the subject responds when he is positively,
+without equivocation, ready to do so. He keeps testing the response to
+make sure he is in control. He fears a reduction in his voluntary level
+of reality attachment and control. Unresponsiveness proves to him that
+he has this control. As long as he does this, which is a natural
+response, he never lets go sufficiently to attain hypnosis. Hypnosis,
+as we know, is a very sensitive state. It requires complete faith and
+trust in the hypnotist. If it is lacking, the subject never does
+respond. The phenomenon of hypnosis is entirely subjective in nature,
+and its success lies within the total personality structure of the
+subject. If there is resistance to hypnosis itself or to deepening the
+state, the subject by his own honest evaluation and verbalization of his
+resistance can do much to become a better subject. Hypnosis must begin
+with the acceptance by the subject of certain basic fundamentals that we
+have already discussed rather than of the forcefulness of the hypnotist.
+The deepening of the hypnotic state lies in the intensification of the
+conditioned response mechanism once it has been initiated.
+
+You should not expect to achieve immediate results although sometimes
+this does happen. As you continue to work with perseverance,
+intelligence and enthusiasm, you will definitely achieve the goals that
+you have set for yourself. It is well to remember that you guide
+yourself toward the somnambulistic state, depending upon your belief and
+acceptance of those principles that have been outlined for you.
+
+I have attempted to point out some of the salient points and theories to
+keep in mind in your attempt to develop into an excellent hypnotic
+subject. Some of these only pertain to the situations where the
+hypnotist works with the subject. Many of the problems inherent in this
+setting are not applicable to the situation where the subject is
+hypnotizing himself. Both settings have their advantages and
+disadvantages. As long as you proceed to follow the instructions given
+you, you can feel assured that you will finally achieve self-hypnosis.
+
+It should be emphasized that it is vital to adopt the right frame of
+mind in your attempt to achieve self-hypnosis, particularly a deep
+state. If you approach hypnosis with a "prove-it-to-me" attitude,
+nothing is going to happen. Self-hypnosis requires practicing a set of
+mental exercises or mental gymnastics. To acquire the ultimate from this
+training requires systematic conditioning. The word "training" is used
+quite extensively in hypnotic literature. The use of the word implies
+that hypnosis can be attained by a training period. The literature
+speaks frequently of a subject being trained to respond in a certain
+way. Obviously, this means over a certain period of time. It also means
+you train yourself to become a good hypnotic subject. It is a skill that
+all can acquire.
+
+There are four books dealing specifically with self-hypnosis that I
+would recommend to you for further reading. They are: _What is Hypnosis_
+by Andrew Salter, _Hypnosis and Self-Hypnosis_ by Bernard Hollander,
+M.D., _Autogenic Training_ by Johannes H. Schultz, M.D., and
+_Self-Hypnosis--Its Theory, Technique and Application_ by Melvin
+Powers.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 9
+
+Techniques for Reaching the Somnambulistic State
+
+
+As indicated in the last chapter, the attainment of the somnambulistic
+stage of hypnosis can represent an extremely intricate procedure.
+Because of certain inherent characteristics of this stage, it is easier
+to attain by hetero-hypnosis. However, this does not preclude the fact
+that it can be reached without the aid of a hypnotist. More important
+than the testing and deepening procedures that I shall outline for you
+in this chapter are an _understanding_ and an _awareness_ of some of the
+complexities involved, first in achieving the hypnotic state, then
+deepening, and, finally, reaching somnambulism. There are no absolute or
+final answers to many of the problems that can arise. You can become
+entangled with rationalization so easily when you want the facts to fit
+a particular theory. I point this out to the reader because, as the
+subject goes deeper, the procedure can become more complicated.
+
+There are many interesting phenomena which can be elicited in the
+somnambulistic state. They are of interest for the most part, to
+students of abnormal behavior and are pertinent from an academic
+viewpoint. They do not fall within the province of this book or of
+hypnosis for therapeutic purposes and might lead the reader astray.
+Should readers be interested in further hypnotic phenomena, I refer them
+to _Modern Hypnosis_ by Leslie Kuhn and Salvadore Russo, Ph.D.,
+_Experimental Hypnosis_ by Leslie LeCron, _Time Distortion in Hypnosis_
+by Milton Erickson, M.D. and Lynn F. Cooper, M.D., and _Hypnotism--An
+Objective Study in Suggestibility_ by Andre M. Weitzenhoffer, Ph.D.
+
+As discussed previously, some individuals experience difficulty in
+attaining the deeper hypnotic states. My advice is to be patient and to
+continue working with yourself. It is not imperative or vital to reach
+the somnambulistic stage for therapeutic results. It is a misconception
+on the part of many students that they must go into the deepest state
+possible to obtain results. Dramatic changes can come about at all
+levels of hypnosis. The somnambulistic state is necessary in
+hypnotherapy when there is a need for the patient to relive some
+traumatic episode. It is also useful when the patient is reluctant to
+consciously discuss certain aspects of his problem. Many
+hypnotherapeutic techniques such as amnesia, hypermnesia, progression,
+paramnesia, automatic writing, dream induction, regression, production
+of experimental conflicts and crystal or mirror gazing require a
+somnambulistic state. For those of you interested in hypnotherapy, I can
+recommend no finer book than _Hypnotherapy of War Neuroses_ by John G.
+Watkins, Ph.D. In this book, the theory of hypnotherapy has been
+diagramatically presented for easy comprehension and shown to be an
+amalgamation of concepts and practices from various schools of thought.
+
+Most students of hypnosis equate the phenomenon of amnesia with the
+somnambulistic state. The mistake they make is in trying to achieve
+amnesia. It's similar to the dog trying to catch his tail. It is
+impossible for the subject to effectively suggest amnesia to himself. If
+he remembers what he was supposed to forget, he has failed. If he truly
+doesn't remember what he was supposed to forget, he doesn't even
+remember the amnesia suggestion and can take no satisfaction from his
+success because he is not aware that he has accomplished the
+posthypnotic suggestion. Unless an elaborate set of posthypnotic
+suggestions are worked out, it is an impossible test for self-hypnosis.
+
+I know the reader is anxious to begin his conditioning for the
+somnambulistic state, but there are still a few pertinent remarks which
+should be remembered before proceeding further. The reader should not
+memorize verbatim any of the tests involved in proving the
+somnambulistic state. All that is necessary to remember is the general
+form and the goal you seek. The goal is to increase your suggestibility
+which, in turn, means deepening of the hypnotic state. After each step,
+you are to give yourself suggestions that you will go still deeper the
+next time. You should also designate a specific length of time to work
+with self-hypnosis. The suggestions are as follows: "I shall work with
+self-hypnosis for 15 minutes. At the end of that time, I shall open my
+eyes and wake up feeling wonderfully well. I'll be wide awake and
+refreshed. In case of any danger, I'll be able to awaken immediately and
+act accordingly."
+
+Some hypnotists tell their subjects to "make your mind a blank." I
+suppose what they really mean is that you must try to think of only what
+the hypnotist is saying. Have you ever tried to make your mind a blank?
+Try it for a moment. It's an impossibility. Should the hypnotist
+persist along these lines, he'll never be successful. It is the wrong
+approach. The subject, because of his inability to comply with this
+suggestion, is fighting a losing battle. It is also almost impossible
+for the subject to concentrate only on what the hypnotist is saying. Any
+word the hypnotist says can start a conscious as well as unconscious
+train of thought. Therefore, in reality, this, too, is impossible.
+However, it really isn't necessary that the subject keep his thoughts
+concentrated solely on what is being said so long as they are kept in
+the general area. At times, the more you try to concentrate, the more
+your thoughts become scattered. Suppose I say to you, "Forget the
+address 8721 Sunset Boulevard." What happens? The more you try to forget
+it, the more you remember it. Therefore, don't be concerned if you
+experience stray thoughts during the induction and deepening of
+hypnosis. You are now ready to continue with further tests. The first
+five tests should be mastered before continuing.
+
+Test No. 6 is referred to as the "fly" test. In this test, once under
+hypnosis, you picture that a fly is crawling on the back of your right
+or left hand. Once you feel the fly, you know you are deeply hypnotized.
+You might even get an urge to move your hand and flick the fly off your
+hand. When this happens, you know, of course, that you are deeply
+hypnotized. Here is a sample of the type of suggestions to give:
+
+"As I count to ten and even before I reach the count of ten, I shall
+feel a fly crawling on the back of my right hand. This illusion will
+seem very real to me. One ... My right hand is completely relaxed. Two
+... I feel completely at ease. Three ... I am beginning to feel a
+pleasant tingling feeling on the back of my right hand. Four ... This
+feeling is becoming strong. Five ... It feels as though a fly is moving
+on the back of my hand. Six ... I have had this same feeling before.
+Seven ... I can feel the fly. Eight ... The feeling is very definite.
+Nine ... As I flick my hand the fly will disappear (If you have felt the
+fly, move your hand). Ten ... It is gone."
+
+Test No. 7 is known as the "cigarette" test and naturally is only for
+those of you who smoke. In this test, you give yourself posthypnotic
+suggestions during the hypnotic state, awaken yourself, and then note
+the effects of the posthypnotic suggestions. If the cigarette tastes
+bitter or has a repugnant taste or odor, and if you furthermore find it
+impossible to smoke more than three puffs, necessitating your putting
+out the cigarette, you know the posthypnotic suggestions are working
+perfectly and that you are an excellent hypnotic subject. Here are the
+suggestions to give yourself while you are under hypnosis:
+
+"When I count to three, I shall open my eyes and wake up feeling
+wonderfully well and shall have a strong desire to smoke a cigarette.
+Upon lighting the cigarette, I shall notice that there is a very bitter,
+strong and repugnant taste to the cigarette. As I continue to smoke the
+cigarette, the distasteful effect will become stronger and stronger.
+Even though I realize that I have given myself these posthypnotic
+suggestions, they will exert a strong force outside of my conscious
+control, and I shall find it necessary to extinguish the cigarette after
+three puffs. As I now count to three, I shall open my eyes and wake up
+feeling fine. One, two, three."
+
+Test No. 8 is called the "sun" test. In this test, you picture yourself
+in a bathing suit, shorts or playsuit at the beach or some other
+familiar place taking a sunbath. You imagine that it is a beautiful
+summer day. As you see yourself relaxed, you imagine that a cloud is
+blocking out the sun, but as you count to three, the cloud will move
+away and you will feel the warm, pleasant glow of the sun's rays on your
+face and hands. Here are the suggestions you can use:
+
+"As I count to three, I shall feel the warm, pleasant rays of the sun on
+my face and hands. One ... The cloud is moving, and I can begin to feel
+the warm, pleasant rays of the sun. Two ... The cloud is moving more and
+more, exposing more and more of the sun. I can feel the warmth of the
+sun's rays. Three ... The cloud has moved away from the sun, and I can
+feel the full, warm strength of the sun. It is a pleasant feeling, but
+as I continue to count to five, the warm feeling will dissipate. Four
+... The warm feeling is leaving. Five ... The warm feeling has left, and
+I feel perfectly normal in every respect."
+
+A variation of this test is to see yourself lying comfortably in front
+of a fireplace. In this instance, you imagine someone is adding wood to
+the fire. As this is done, you feel the warm glow of the fire more and
+more. Should you use the fireplace technique, try to incorporate the
+sound of rain into the picture. If you "hear" rain you have created a
+positive auditory hallucination and can consider yourself an excellent
+subject.
+
+You can also visualize a situation where you would be cold. This is not
+as pleasant as the picture that one can conjure up about a fireplace and
+thus creates a bit more resistance since no one wants to feel
+uncomfortable.
+
+Test No. 9 is the "breeze" test. It can be combined with the previous
+test. After you attain the feeling of warmth, you give yourself a count
+of three (or whatever number you want), suggesting that you will feel
+the cool ocean breeze (if you are at the beach) on your face and hands.
+You can even carry this step further, suggesting that you'll even smell
+the odor of the salt water. This is known as an olfactory illusion and
+should you be able to create this effect, you can be sure that you are a
+somnambulistic subject. Here are suggestions you can use:
+
+"As I count to three, I shall gradually feel the cool ocean breeze
+coming over the waves. It will be a very pleasant feeling. One ... I am
+beginning to feel the cool ocean breeze, especially on my face and
+hands. Two ... The breeze is becoming stronger and stronger. Three ... I
+can definitely feel the cool ocean breeze. As I continue to count to
+five, I shall smell the pleasant, healthy aroma of the salt water. Four
+... I am beginning to smell the salt water. Five ... I can definitely
+smell the salt water."
+
+Now you give yourself appropriate suggestions that the feeling
+(illusion) will vanish as you awaken or at a specific count. It can be
+as simple as this: "As I count to three, I shall open my eyes and awaken
+feeling very refreshed. The feeling of the cool ocean breeze and smell
+of the salt air will have vanished completely." At this point you count
+to three and open your eyes.
+
+Test No. 10 is the "handclasp" test. This is used frequently to test the
+depth of hypnosis. You fold your hands with your fingers tightly
+interlocked and place your palms together. You then give yourself a
+hypnotic suggestion that at the count of three, it will be impossible
+for you to unlock your hands. After you try and are unable to unlock
+your hands, you continue counting to five, suggesting that you will be
+able to do so when you reach the count of five. Incidentally, you should
+remove any ring you may be wearing before trying this test. Here are the
+suggestions you can follow:
+
+"As I complete the count of three, I shall try to unlock my hands but
+will be unable to do so until I count to five. One ... My hands are
+locked tightly together. Two ... My fingers are locked tighter and
+tighter. Three ... It is impossible for me to unlock my hands until I
+count to five. Four ... As I reach the count of five, I shall be able to
+unlock my hands very easily. Five ... I can now unlock my hands very
+easily."
+
+Test No. 11 is the "arm" test. Here is another test used frequently to
+test the receptiveness to hypnosis. Make a tight fist and extend your
+arm in front of you as far as possible. Visualize your arm as one solid
+mass, as stiff and rigid as a bar of steel. After your arm is extended,
+give yourself a hypnotic suggestion that you will be unable to bend your
+arm when you complete the count of three. As you continue to count to
+five, you will be able to bend your arm very easily. Here is a form of
+suggestion you can use:
+
+"As I reach the count of three, I shall try to bend my arm, but it will
+be impossible to do so until I count to five. No matter how hard I try,
+it will be absolutely impossible. One ... My arm is stiff and rigid as a
+bar of steel. Two ... I can feel the rigidity in my arm. Three ... It is
+impossible for me to bend my arm until I count to five. Four ... I can
+feel the stiffness slowly leaving. Five ... I can now bend my arm easily
+and it feels normal in every respect."
+
+Test No. 12 is the "eye" test. This is probably the most widely used
+test in hypnosis. Many subjects equate the inability to open the eyes
+with hypnosis. Many assume that if they can open their eyes, they have
+not been hypnotized. I must emphatically point out that this is not
+true. The subject can fail the eye test and yet have been under
+hypnosis. In the deep, somnambulistic state, the subject can open his
+eyes without affecting the depth of the hypnotic state. In fact, this is
+done many times in getting the subject to do automatic writing, crystal
+gazing, mirror gazing, hypnodrama and revivification. In carrying out
+posthypnotic suggestions in any state, the subject is frequently told
+that he will open his eyes and carry out the suggestion.
+
+I have found that there is more anxiety connected with the eye test than
+with any other test. I feel that it is a normal reaction and one that
+must be anticipated by the hypnotist as well as the subject.
+Occasionally, while hypnotizing a new subject, he will open his eyes.
+This can happen when the subject feels he is losing consciousness. His
+ability to open his eyes proves to him that he is in control. One of the
+main fears that the subject has is his belief that he will lose
+voluntary control of himself. The fact that he can open his eyes lessens
+his anxiety.
+
+If there seems to be too much threat to the individual, I use a method
+that you can follow. Instead of suggesting that the subject will be
+unable to open his eyes at a specific count, I suggest that he will be
+so relaxed that it will be too much effort to open his eyes until a
+further count is given. Actually, what could take less effort? Here are
+suggestions you can use:
+
+"As I count to three, I shall try to open my eyes, but I shall be unable
+to do so because I feel so relaxed. It will just take too much effort to
+open my eyes until I reach the count of five or tell myself to awaken.
+One ... My eyes are closed, and I am in a very deep state of hypnosis.
+Two ... My eyelids are stuck tightly together. Three ... It is now
+impossible for me to open my eyes. I shall be able to open them though
+at the count of five. Four ... I shall be able to open my eyes very
+easily at the count of five. Five ... I can now open my eyes and wake
+up feeling alert and fully refreshed."
+
+In accomplishing the eye test, you try to create a vivid picture of
+yourself being completely and fully relaxed. If you really exerted a
+great deal of effort, you could open your eyes, but because of the
+pleasantness of the completely relaxed state, you prefer not to do so.
+It can be likened to your enduring the cold winter air when you are half
+asleep in bed instead of getting up to close the window which has been
+left open too much. You can, of course, get up and close the window, but
+it becomes a matter of expending too much energy. Instead, you choose to
+endure the discomfort or suggest that your spouse close the window.
+
+For the following three tests, you give yourself the suggestions as
+outlined in the previous tests. It should be pointed out again that at
+the conclusion of the test, you give yourself a suggestion that you will
+feel normal in every respect.
+
+Test No. 13 is the "music" test. This test involves creating an auditory
+hallucination. Give yourself the suggestion that at a specific count you
+will hear your favorite song. It will last for one minute and then fade
+out.
+
+Test No. 14 is the "dream" test. It is incorporated in a great deal of
+hypnotherapy. The subject is told that as the hypnotist counts to three,
+the subject will have a dream lasting for several minutes which he will
+remember. This dream, furthermore, will call his attention to an
+important incident that he has long forgotten, yet which will be
+relevant to his problem. In self-hypnosis, you suggest to yourself that
+at a specific count you will have a very pleasant dream lasting for
+several minutes, at the end of which time you will awaken feeling
+refreshed. For those readers further interested in producing dreams, I
+can highly recommend a very fascinating book called _The Experimental
+Production of Dreams During Hypnosis_ by Professor David Ballin Klein.
+
+Test No. 15 is the "anesthesia" test. This is conducted by telling
+yourself that you will not feel the pain associated with the act of
+pinching yourself. You suggest that you will feel the pressure of your
+fingers but will not feel the pain involved. _I urge the reader not to
+stick pins in himself to test the anesthesia. This can be dangerous,
+lead to infection and cause other harmful results._ You should also not
+dig your nails into your skin to make sure that you don't feel pain.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 10
+
+A New Approach to Self-Hypnosis When All Else Fails
+
+
+Let us assume that you have tried diligently to learn self-hypnosis for
+a month or more but have failed. You have worked faithfully following
+the instructions outlined in this book and other books on self-hypnosis,
+but somehow the state of hypnosis eludes you. Should you give up in
+despair, or is there still hope for you? Let me assure you that you can
+still become an excellent subject. Let us examine several areas of this
+problem and a new approach that will help you achieve your ends.
+
+You must, first of all, ask yourself if you are feeling better and
+whether you have made strides in the direction you desire while giving
+yourself suggestions in whatever stage of hypnosis you have achieved. If
+your evaluation is affirmative to any degree, you can expect even
+greater results. "But," you may say, "how can I expect greater results
+when I haven't achieved self-hypnosis?" My answer is you may be
+achieving self-hypnosis and not know it! The change to the self-hypnotic
+state from the waking state can be imperceptible. Many times, prior to
+testing subjects under hypnosis, I ask them if they think they are in
+the hypnotic state. The answer is invariably no. When asking the
+subjects for a cogent reason for this answer, they usually exclaim that
+they are aware of what is going on and do not feel any different than
+they did before I started working with them. They are amazed to find
+that various tests work so perfectly.
+
+Some subjects do not respond to hypnotic tests no matter how long you
+work with them. For these persons, I usually de-emphasize the need for
+passing the tests and concentrate on the therapeutic results which are
+desired. This approach lessens anxiety and usually results in a
+deepening of the hypnotic state. It is my feeling that many subjects
+resist any tests as the implication is that once the tests work, the
+subject is under complete control of the hypnotist. The subject may fear
+this supposed subjection on one hand and yet want it on the other hand.
+These forces can work unconsciously, and thus the attainment of hypnosis
+becomes a very intricate, perplexing and trying procedure. Even though
+this may be so, I can assure you that the problem and attainment of
+hypnosis can be resolved. It is only a matter of motivation on the part
+of the subject. This is the main ingredient necessary for successful
+hypnosis.
+
+Let me now explain a technique which has worked admirably for many who
+have been frustrated because of their inability to achieve
+self-hypnosis. It involves _pretending you are hypnotized_ and going
+through the motions of the various tests _as though you were a perfect
+subject_. You will recall that one theory of hypnosis is that the
+subject behaves in a manner that he believes is in keeping with hypnotic
+behavior. This role playing is the basis for our unique approach. As
+the subject continues this procedure, he takes on the conditioned
+response mechanism necessary for self-hypnosis. Let us look at the
+following examples of role playing.
+
+During the war, many soldiers who wanted to leave the army would pretend
+something was wrong with them. They would convince the authorities of
+the authenticity of their "illness," and since nothing seemed to make
+them better, they eventually were separated from the service because of
+the incapacitating disorder. But what happened to many of these
+malingerers after they were released from the service? I'm sure you know
+the rest of the story. The constant malingering was transformed by this
+role playing into a conditioned response pattern, eventually bringing
+about the very undesirable condition responsible for their leaving the
+service. I saw some of these individuals and more than once they told me
+that they had unwittingly hypnotized themselves into having the ailment.
+They wanted me to dehypnotize them. They actually turned out to be very
+easy subjects as they had become highly suggestible. Unfortunately,
+their super-ego structure was weak, they had difficulty in identifying
+strongly with anyone, and the relationship in hypnosis was superficial
+and without depth.
+
+I am going to relate another example which I hope will help you
+understand the role-playing technique for self-hypnosis. I have had the
+following experience many times in giving hypnotic demonstrations before
+various organizations. For some reason, even though I carefully ask that
+only those who desire to be hypnotized volunteer as subjects for the
+hypnotic demonstrations, an individual who has no intention of
+cooperating comes up on the stage to poke fun at the hypnotist. In
+giving public demonstrations, I usually work with about ten subjects
+and simultaneously give them the same suggestions and posthypnotic
+suggestions. Once the subjects are hypnotized, I work with them with
+their eyes open. Using this technique, with each subject carrying out a
+posthypnotic suggestion, intensifies the responses of other subjects.
+There is also competitiveness to become the best subject.
+
+In the meantime, the individual who is really not under hypnosis has let
+the audience know about it by winking or making a grimace when I was not
+looking at him. Observing laughter and other audience reactions which
+are not in keeping with what is happening at the precise moment during
+my lecture is my cue that I have an egocentric person on stage. You
+might ask, "Can't you tell when someone is faking?" It is extremely
+difficult many times to do so. Once you are aware of it, however, you
+give certain tests to the group. The exhibitionist doesn't know how to
+respond each time and you soon pick him out.
+
+Even when I know specifically who it is, I do not dismiss him.
+Interestingly, it is invariably a man. I continue with the
+lecture-demonstration; but I let the audience know that I am aware of
+the situation. This is the interesting part of this example. The
+bumptious subject, by giving himself autosuggestions to comply with
+various posthypnotic suggestions, is actually engaging in our technique
+of role playing. The inevitable happens. He finds himself hypnotized
+despite his obvious intention not to be affected in any way. Any
+hypnotist can recount similar incidents.
+
+What can you learn by the example just presented? What if you purposely
+set about doing the same thing in your attempt to achieve self-hypnosis?
+The obvious answer is that the technique has a good chance of working,
+and as a result you will achieve self-hypnosis. This method has worked
+with many recalcitrant subjects. To follow this plan, go back to chapter
+six, "How To Attain Self-Hypnosis," and use the role-playing technique.
+You'll be pleasantly surprised at how this approach will act as a
+catalyst. Remember, once you obtain the eye closure, give yourself
+whatever therapeutic suggestion you desire plus the posthypnotic
+suggestion that the next time you will fall into a deeper and sounder
+state of hypnosis at the count of three or any other cue you desire.
+
+I know you may protest using the role-playing technique with the
+question, "If I'm not under hypnosis, why give myself therapeutic
+posthypnotic suggestions to condition myself to go under hypnosis at a
+specific count?" You may further protest that you are only fooling
+yourself. My answer is, "What if you are?" What is lost by doing it? You
+have everything to gain and nothing to lose. Are you not really
+interested in the end result and not the means? The attainment of the
+self-hypnotic state is not in itself the end result; it is a means to
+help you achieve your goal.
+
+Don't many people carry or wear good-luck charms of a religious or
+nonreligious nature? Don't we accept these items in our society? The
+four-leaf clover and rabbit's foot as symbols of good luck have been
+part of our culture for a long time. We are all sophisticated enough to
+know that they do not have an intrinsic value, but don't they do
+something for our mental attitude? This same pattern is precisely what
+you are to follow in using the role-playing technique. If you believe,
+expect and imagine that you will be successful in this approach to
+self-hypnosis, I can assure you that you will.
+
+May I urge you not to reject this novel and unorthodox approach. Many
+have had excellent results when other methods, even those of a
+professional hypnotist, have failed. Some of you may recognize this
+approach as another means of applying the visual-imagery technique.
+Whatever you choose to call it, I reiterate you can expect good results.
+It is only necessary that you follow the instructions and adopt the
+right attitude. By the right attitude, I mean that you should adopt the
+conviction that you are going to achieve self-hypnosis even though you
+might have experienced difficulty up to now. Hypnosis is a conviction
+phenomenon.
+
+It is possible you may say you are not suggestible. Actually, your lack
+of response proves your suggestibility. You have been influenced by
+negative suggestions. Everyone is suggestible to some degree. You have
+become extremely suggestible to conscious or unconscious stimuli which
+are definitely affecting your ability to respond. You need only use this
+latent suggestibility and make it work for you. What would you say about
+the suggestibility of a person who doesn't want to talk about hypnosis?
+This person has never read a book on hypnosis and absolutely doesn't
+want you or anyone else to hypnotize him. Would you believe this person
+is a potentially good hypnotic subject? I can tell you by practical
+experience that once this person allows himself to be hypnotized, he
+turns out to be a perfect subject. Responding to either end of the
+suggestibility scale is indicative of success with hypnosis. It becomes
+a matter of manipulating this suggestibility skillfully in order to
+achieve results.
+
+Let me give you another example which may help. Which one of the two
+lines drawn on this page is longer? Line AB or line CD?
+
+[Illustration]
+
+What is your answer? Did you think both were the same? Take a ruler and
+actually measure them. You'll find line AB longer than CD. "But," you
+reply, "every other time both lines were the same." This is a familiar
+optical illusion which is used many times in basic courses in
+psychology. It is known as the Muller-Lyer illusion. My contention is
+that if you said, "Both are the same size," you are potentially a good
+subject. You respond perfectly to previous conditioning; thus, you are
+responding as anticipated. If, on the other hand, you picked line AB,
+you are normally suggestible. If you honestly picked line CD, you are
+extremely cautious and respond best to "reverse psychology." Once again
+you are highly suggestible, but toward one extreme.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here's another interesting experiment. Would you say that lines AB and
+CD were perfectly straight? I'll let you figure out what your response
+means to this test by yourself. You can take a ruler to determine if the
+lines are straight.
+
+We all respond unconsciously to stimuli of some sort. Word association
+tests are based on this principle. Aren't your reactions automatic to
+the following terms: democratic party, republican party, communist
+party, mother, father, movie star? If I mention the name of a famous
+person, city or country, the same immediate unconscious reaction takes
+place. Let's try it. Theodore Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Dwight D.
+Eisenhower, John F. Kennedy, Albert Einstein, Albert Schweitzer, Eleanor
+Roosevelt, Boston, New York City, Hollywood, Miami Beach, United States,
+England, France, Italy, Israel, Africa, Russia, China, India and South
+America. The response and image keep changing, don't they?
+
+I am trying to point out that this reaction is automatic because of
+previous conditioning. I could mention almost anything and the same
+automatic reaction would take place. The reaction would always be the
+same unless something had happened to change or alter your response. Let
+us mention the word hypnosis. Some sort of reaction must take place.
+This can either be positive, negative, or neutral for our purposes. You
+really don't have to think about your response as it is automatic. The
+point to remember is that a definite response has taken place which will
+either help or hinder your attainment of hypnosis. If the response
+should be negative, it can be changed by gaining knowledge and actual
+experience in hypnosis. It is natural to have a bit of uneasiness when
+first experiencing or thinking about being hypnotized. After all, you
+haven't been exposed to hypnosis in a therapeutic setting and couldn't
+have formed a favorable reaction. Your response is probably derived from
+a fictionization of hypnosis. The initial task of the hypnotist is to
+create, by educating the prospective subject, a favorable attitude so
+that the subject allows himself to be hypnotized.
+
+What does this mean specifically to you if you are having difficulty
+learning self-hypnosis? It means that through repeated exposures, you
+will finally respond. You will realize there is no need for anxiety in
+regard to your response. This inner feeling will, in turn, have a
+cumulative, favorable effect upon your unconscious which will result in
+your finally responding to hypnosis.
+
+Suppose you still maintain and insist that you are not suggestible and
+wonder if you will ever respond to hypnosis. Furthermore, the assurance
+I have given you up to this point doesn't seem to convince you. If you
+have tried diligently to achieve self-hypnosis, you cannot be blamed,
+but let's try an experiment to test your suggestibility. It is well to
+ponder my statement that if you do not respond, it is a sign of being
+suggestible, but in a negative sense. Lack of response is a
+manifestation of this negative suggestibility. My contention is that you
+are definitely suggestible. Let us see what happens to you in trying the
+following classical experiment. It is called the Chevreul's Pendulum
+test.
+
+Draw a circle with about a six-inch diameter and mark it as shown in the
+illustration.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Next, take a ring and attach a string to it. If you have a locket, it
+will do as well. The hypnotist uses a crystal ball and chain for this
+experiment. Hold the end of the string or chain and keep the ring or
+whatever object you are using about three inches above the center of the
+circle.
+
+Now, concentrate and fix your gaze on the ring, crystal ball, or locket.
+Mentally suggest to yourself that the object will begin to revolve in a
+circular manner following the numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4. Picture in your
+mind's eye that this circular motion is becoming wider and wider. Work
+at this image for several minutes. Did the object begin turning to the
+right following the numbers? Did the circle become larger and larger? If
+it did, you are absolutely suggestible, are influenced by your own
+suggestions and, therefore, if you follow instructions, can learn
+self-hypnosis. You can be trained to acquire this skill.
+
+If the experience did not work, try it again. Concentrate harder and try
+to visualize more intently the object revolving in a circular manner.
+You are not to rotate the object consciously or help it in any way. The
+action must stem from your subconscious. The thought of the crystal ball
+or ring revolving in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction
+invariably causes an involuntary muscular reflex action to take place.
+This phenomenon is known as an ideomotor action. Usually, as the subject
+concentrates more intensely, the reflex action becomes more profound,
+causing greater unconscious movement of the hand which, in turn, is
+transmitted to the object in the form of larger circles and greater
+momentum. The time required for the successful accomplishment of this
+test depends upon the degree of suggestibility of the subject. An
+interesting action is to see the object revolve in an opposite direction
+than suggested. It gives a clue to the personality structure of the
+individual.
+
+The Ouija board works on the same principle as the Chevreul's Pendulum
+test. Many times the aspirant will remark, "I swear I didn't make it
+move!" Mentalists find hidden objects in an audience using basically the
+same approach, combined with clever techniques of distraction. The term
+given for this is "muscle reading."
+
+This is the point in question. If the crystal ball, ring or locket moves
+without conscious direction, you have successfully influenced your
+subconscious mind. Self-hypnosis involves the same procedure. The goal
+is to consciously cause a subconscious reaction. If the experiment does
+not work with your eyes open, try it with your eyes closed for about
+five minutes. You will be pleasantly surprised with the results. Should
+you want to prove to yourself that you are suggestible with your eyes
+open, practice the technique every day for a week or two. The idea of
+the practice sessions is to reinforce and increase the response of the
+unconscious movement until you develop proficiency. It follows the laws
+of the conditioned reflex theory expounded by Dr. Ivan P. Pavlov
+(1849-1936), the famous Russian psychologist. If, after several weeks,
+you should still not be successful, use the role-playing technique.
+Consciously make the object revolve. After a while, it will move
+automatically whenever you attempt the experiment.
+
+When this happens you will have proof of your suggestibility. It is
+highly improbable that you will not be successful. It would be a rare
+occurrence. By the same systematic efforts, I can assure you that you
+can achieve self-hypnosis. If you are still not affected favorably, you
+might consider one of the psychological means of inducing hypnosis. The
+next chapter will discuss this topic.
+
+I would recommend Pavlov's book called _Conditioned Reflexes_. Pavlov's
+book will further explain and clarify the concept of the conditioned
+response mechanism. It covers necessary conditions for the development
+of conditioned responses, their formation by means of conditioned and
+direct stimuli, plus a tremendous amount of material which will help you
+in your understanding of the significance of the role-playing technique
+in relationship to learning self-hypnosis.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 11
+
+Psychological Aids and Their Function
+
+
+Psychological or mechanical aids are used to help put the subject in a
+state of hypnosis. The use of the aids helps increase the suggestibility
+of the subject toward hypnosis. The two most widely used hypnotic aids
+are the crystal ball and chain and the 12-inch hypnodisc. One reason is
+that these two items have no other use or function outside of the area
+of hypnosis. Therefore, when the hypnotist proceeds to use one of these
+hypnotic devices, it must follow that a certain mental set, readiness,
+or receptivity must follow as a result of its introduction into the
+hypnotic setting. If the subject is uneasy about the hypnotic setting or
+his response, the introduction of the hypnotic aid can mobilize the
+subject's defenses which may be on a conscious or unconscious level.
+Generally, the mental set which follows helps augment whatever hypnotic
+suggestions are given. Certainly the same mental set would not follow if
+the hypnotist used a paper clip as a means of helping with the induction
+of hypnosis. It would only start the subject wondering about the
+relationship of the paper clip to hypnosis. It obviously isn't in
+keeping with what the subject expects.
+
+It is important to utilize the subject's expectation as to what he
+believes takes place in the setting as long as this expectation does not
+hinder the induction of hypnosis. The mere act of turning down the
+lights or drawing the curtains before the hypnotist begins to work with
+the subject is a non-verbal suggestion which can be considered as a
+psychological aid. The subject knows that the hypnotist is ready to
+begin at this point. Actually, it isn't necessary to darken the room at
+any time to induce hypnosis. Doesn't the stage hypnotist work with
+glaring lights? The room is darkened (and I might add that I use this
+procedure myself) mainly for the psychological effect. If I feel that
+this procedure might cause anxiety, I proceed with the room undarkened.
+
+In discussing psychological aids, it is agreed that we are primarily
+interested in seeing the subject feel better or achieve whatever goals
+he seeks through the intelligent application of self-hypnosis. If a
+hypnotic aid will help the subject achieve hypnosis, we can concur it is
+justified. It is not to be considered a subterfuge. If the physician
+administers a placebo to a patient with the remark, "Here is a new
+medication that can help your condition" and if this technique does help
+alleviate the patient's condition, it is considered good medicine.
+
+You know beforehand that in using the 12-inch hypnodisc, the subject's
+eyes must begin to water, his eyelids must get heavy, and eventually he
+must close them. Even before you begin to use the hypnodisc, you suggest
+that these conditions will take place. During the induction of hypnosis,
+as these reactions are noted by the subject, a favorable, psychological
+attitude automatically develops which, in turn, helps further
+suggestions. If the subject reacts favorably to suggestions A, B, and C,
+it follows that he is more prone to accept suggestions D, E, and F which
+are therapeutic in nature. The subject can relate better to the latter
+suggestions when he has seen proof of his initial suggestibility. This
+approach works better than beginning immediately with the latter
+suggestions. The build-up of suggestions convinces the subject he is in
+a heightened state of suggestibility and can benefit from the
+therapeutic suggestions of the hypnotist or his own. Perhaps this needed
+assurance is so helpful because it eliminates the anxiety of the subject
+concerning his suggestibility. He seeks and needs the satisfaction of
+knowing he has attained the prerequisites necessary before any
+therapeutic program can benefit him. The subject's prerequisites need
+not be actually related to the hypnotic process, per se, but merely
+match his preconceived ideas about what is necessary. Let me give you an
+example.
+
+Many subjects feel that they must experience amnesia before they can
+benefit from hypnotic suggestions. This premise is inaccurate since
+favorable and lasting results can be achieved in any degree of hypnosis,
+depending, of course, on the nature of the problem. Let me relate
+several interesting occurrences that take place every so often in my own
+practice as a professional hypnotist. A subject who is responding well
+to hypnosis, but not to the point of amnesia, insists that he will not
+benefit until he is "knocked out" and doesn't remember what happened.
+Trying to convince him otherwise proves fatal. He just refuses to accept
+whatever explanation you give him. My own method is not to insist that
+the subject is wrong, but somehow to use his misconception in a
+constructive manner. After getting him into a cataleptic state, I
+suggest that I am going to stop talking for five minutes, during which
+time he is to mentally repeat "sleep" as he slowly and deeply inhales
+and "deep sleep" as he slowly exhales. At the end of this time, he'll be
+in a very deep hypnotic state. Instead of remaining quiet for five
+minutes, I take ten minutes. I then begin to whisper suggestions to the
+subject to determine if he is still under hypnosis or asleep. If he is
+asleep, I let him remain asleep for a still longer period of time, after
+which interval I awaken him. I ask him if he remembers what I said to
+him during the time he was deeply hypnotized. If he says, "No," I
+remark, "Very good." I further point out to him that he has now
+experienced amnesia and will now make rapid strides. The subject, on the
+other hand, is pleased to see that I now agree with him, and, in fact,
+the interesting result is that he does make excellent progress because
+his preconceived requirements have been met. It should be pointed out
+that I keep working with the subject until such time that he falls
+asleep. The transition from hypnosis to sleep is normal. It is easy for
+the subject to fall asleep because he is so relaxed.
+
+Let me tell you of a similar experience. Before telling you of this
+psychological technique, it is only fair to point out that the
+professional hypnotist varies his approach from subject to subject, not
+only to suit the needs of the subject but to break the monotony of using
+only a few successful procedures. His experimentation helps develop not
+only new procedures, but new concepts relative to the general nature of
+hypnosis and its many ramifications. I was interested to see what would
+happen to a subject if he thought he was deeply hypnotized without ever
+giving him verbal suggestions or reassurance that he would feel better
+or overcome his problem. Of course, if the technique did not work
+quickly, I would drop the procedure for a more orthodox approach.
+Instead of trying to really hypnotize the subject, my aim is to get him
+to sleep. Once he is asleep, I let him remain so for about 30 minutes.
+Without having ever given him a therapeutic suggestion, I awaken him and
+inquire if he remembered what happened. If the answer is, "No," I tell
+him I'll "hypnotize" him again next week and this concludes the visit.
+When he returns next week, I ask him, "How did you feel during the
+week?" The answer is generally, "Much better." I keep repeating this
+procedure until such time that the individual has attained the goals
+that he seeks.
+
+I know that the reader may be surprised that I would divulge such an
+unconventional procedure. The principle is the same as the physician
+using a placebo. I do so to illustrate the point that I made earlier in
+this chapter that so long as certain of the subject's requirements are
+met, whether valid or invalid, the subject's suggestibility is greatly
+enhanced. Naturally, the unsuspecting subject equated the period of not
+remembering, which was, as we know, true sleep, with the somnambulistic
+state. Actually, he was helped by self-hypnosis because he felt he would
+now make progress because he proved to be such an excellent subject. It
+is true, he was not using self-hypnosis as has been outlined in this
+book, but he had now achieved a heightened state of suggestibility
+(hypnosis) and was using this state to further his own ends.
+
+The attainment of self-hypnosis can be an intricate and elusive
+procedure as I have already pointed out. The purpose of the entire book
+is to instruct, point out and give you the necessary understanding and
+knowledge required to achieve this end. Without this understanding, this
+can become a very frustrating effort. It is hoped that by understanding
+and being aware of some of the ramifications of hypnosis, you will be
+able to achieve your goal in the quickest possible time. It should also
+be pointed out that no two subjects react in the same way and that
+different methods and requirements are necessary to suit the individual.
+It is a mistake to try to make the subject adhere to a rigid
+methodology. The greater flexibility of the hypnotic procedures, the
+greater the chance for success. Let me, at this time, further discuss
+some of the hypnotic aids that are used in the induction of hypnosis.
+
+We have already discussed the use of the hypnodisc and crystal ball and
+chain. The same principles are involved in any other object which is
+used as a means of fixation or of tiring the eyes. Hypnotic phonograph
+records and hypnotic tape recordings represent new devices that have
+been instrumental in conditioning subjects for self-hypnosis. The
+subject plays the record or tape on his phonograph or tape recorder and
+is conditioned over a period of time to respond to hypnosis at a given
+signal or phrase. He, in turn, can change this key phrase to one of his
+own choosing. Should you own or have access to a tape recorder, I would
+suggest recording an induction of hypnosis and playing it back to
+yourself in this manner as though you were hypnotizing someone else.
+
+I have produced three different hypnotic records and a 30-minute
+hypnotic tape containing the three records which are sold commercially.
+One record, called the Musical Hypnotic Record, has a very pleasant,
+relaxing musical background as the voice of the hypnotist induces
+hypnosis. The second record, called the Metronome Hypnotic Record,
+incorporates the monotonous and lulling beat of an electric metronome in
+the background. The subject is instructed to mentally repeat "sleep" as
+he slowly inhales and "deep sleep" as he slowly exhales in rhythm with
+the beat of the metronome. While the subject is concentrating on this
+activity, the voice of the hypnotist induces hypnosis. The third record,
+called Self-Hypnosis Record No. 3, contains only the voice of the
+hypnotist inducing hypnosis. It features a unique approach and
+technique.
+
+I have had a great deal of correspondence with those who have used these
+phonograph records and the hypnotic tape for conditioning themselves for
+self-hypnosis. The results are quite interesting and run the range of
+immediate results to no results. One person wrote that one of the
+records hypnotized him at the first playing and conditioned him for
+self-hypnosis, whereas he had failed to respond to hypnosis after many
+visits to one of the country's foremost authorities. I have had similar
+experiences after having failed to hypnotize a subject despite many
+attempts. I can only speculate that the subjects in these cases
+unconsciously resist the hypnotist because they feel a personal threat.
+Since the record is impersonal, they are better able to relax and
+subsequently be hypnotized. Interestingly, this occurred when the
+subject was convinced that he was a very difficult subject. It would
+seem that only then was the conditioned response pattern finally
+established. The basic function of the hypnotic records and hypnotic
+tape is to establish a conditioned response pattern to a given stimulus.
+In time, most subjects are conditioned by the intelligent and systematic
+use of these recordings.
+
+Let me describe another varied approach to achieving self-hypnosis. One
+of the chief assets of a good hypnotist is to be flexible in his
+approach in hypnotizing his subjects. As I have already pointed out, it
+is necessary many times to adopt a technique that is suitable to the
+subject and not to make the subject adapt himself to the method of
+induction.
+
+We know that with somnambulistic subjects any procedure will put the
+subject under hypnosis immediately. The hypnotist gains complete control
+of his subject as the subject is able to put himself in the proper
+psychological frame of mind for hypnosis. Unfortunately, most subjects
+do not respond at the first session or sessions because of conscious or
+subconscious fears that must be gradually eliminated. Once you get the
+subject to relax, or "let go," he will naturally succumb to hypnosis.
+This is the problem that confronts all hypnotists.
+
+Merely suggesting to the subject to relax is not sufficient, as a rule,
+to bring about this desired mental state. The subject, at this point,
+cannot easily turn on or off his mental and physical feelings. Even if
+we have the subject lie down, this does not assure the hypnotic state as
+the subject can still be tense. Our main problem is to get the subject
+relaxed. Our situation is similar to the physician telling his patient
+to go home and forget about a certain problem. I'm sure you'll agree
+that the advice is virtually impossible to follow.
+
+One of the major stumbling blocks in hypnotizing a subject or in
+self-hypnosis lies in the fact that although we use terms such as
+"relax," "let yourself go," and others, the subject cannot readily put
+the meaning of these words into effect. It is difficult for most people
+to let go when we live in a society that beckons us to "look sharp," "be
+sharp," "be alert," "be on the ball" and "make every minute count."
+Emphasis on productivity does not lend to a society of relaxed
+individuals.
+
+In my long experience as a professional hypnotist, I have tried many
+novel innovations for inducing hypnosis and teaching individuals
+self-hypnosis. Some have met with a great deal of success and others
+have failed. It is, furthermore, difficult to determine the causal
+factors for success or failure. We can only theorize.
+
+I have used the following unorthodox technique for about a period of 15
+years. Exceptionally good results have been attained with it, although
+it must be admitted that it is not infallible. It is suggested to you as
+another good technique. In order to help the subject relax, I have been
+using a phonograph record or tape that I recorded containing the
+continuous sound of various degrees of rain. One side has a half hour of
+very soft, light rainfall such as you have experienced in listening to
+rain falling on grass, canvas or a tent top. The other side or track
+contains a half hour of rain effects such as one would hear in a heavy
+downfall with loud splatterings of water on the pavement. The record and
+tape were originally designed to help insomnia sufferers and later
+incorporated into the hypnotic procedure.
+
+The subject is instructed to close his eyes and listen to the sound of
+the rain while picturing himself relaxing near a warm, glowing
+fireplace. As you can note, the subject again incorporates the
+visual-imagery technique. The relaxing effect thus produced over a
+period of time enhances his chances of success in attaining a deep,
+hypnotic state.
+
+There are many other interesting and unique devices and aids you can use
+for inducing hypnosis. Rather than present them all in this book, I have
+fully described them and their technique of operation in a 144-page
+illustrated catalog. This catalog not only contains a list of hypnotic
+aids, but a description and listing of over 450 hypnotism and self-help
+books. Upon request, I shall be pleased to send it to you. Write to:
+Melvin Powers, 12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605 and
+ask for Hypnotic Catalog No. 7. Should you have any questions on
+self-hypnosis or hetero-hypnosis, I shall be pleased to answer you.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 12
+
+The Nature of Hypnosis
+
+
+Although the nature and phenomena of hypnosis are still incompletely
+understood, there are a multitude of theories which attempt to explain
+its mechanism and results. The most that can be done at this time is to
+explore various views which are held by leading authorities at present.
+It can be said, however, that a majority of authorities agree that
+hypnosis ensues as a result of natural laws which have been incorporated
+in the human organism since the beginning of man as he is today.
+
+The older theories show almost as much disparity as today, but for the
+purposes of history it is probably necessary to enumerate only the
+"animal magnetism" of Frederick Anton Mesmer, and a mention of the
+"hysteria syndrome" of Jean Martin Charcot. Both names loom large in the
+history of hypnosis. Mesmer, an 18th century physician, believed that
+hypnosis occurred as a result of "vital fluids" drawn from a magnet or
+lodestone and which drew their unique qualities from the sun, moon and
+stars. Charcot, as well as Pierre Janet and others, was convinced that
+hypnosis was a form of hysteria and that only hysterics could be
+hypnotized. The former (Mesmer) thought further that metal became imbued
+by the solar qualities, and his system is also known as metalogy by
+which he meant the proper application of metals. Naturally, these
+theories have been largely abandoned today, although there are still a
+few who think that hypnosis is a form of hysteria.
+
+Some pioneers, notably Dr. William S. Kroger, a psychiatrically-oriented
+obstetrician and gynecologist who limits his practice to hypnotherapy,
+believe hypnosis is a conviction phenomenon which produces results that
+parallel the phenomena produced at Lourdes and other religious healing
+shrines. His formula is that faith, hope, belief and expectation, all
+catalyzed by the imagination, lead inevitably to hypnosis. He, like
+Emile Coue before him, is convinced that you cannot "will" yourself to
+be hypnotized, and that whenever the will and the imagination come into
+conflict, the imagination wins out. This fits in perfectly, of course,
+with the author's already discussed visual-imagery technique which
+requires a high degree of imagination. Dr. Kroger, like a few others,
+has proved to his own satisfaction that all hypnotic phenomena can be
+produced at a non-hypnotic level.
+
+A large number of hypnotists, including the author, has come to believe
+that hypnosis is a semantic problem in which words are the building
+blocks to success. Not just any words, but words which "ring a bell" or
+tap the experiential background of the subject. This is why "sleep"
+continues to be in the lexicon of the hypnotist even though hypnosis is
+the antithesis of sleep. The word is used because hypnosis superficially
+resembles sleep inasmuch as the eyes usually are closed, the body in a
+posture of complete relaxation. Actually, the mind is hyperacute.
+Pavlov, however, believed that there was an analogy between sleep and
+hypnosis in that each involved cerebral inhibition. Words, of course,
+would be of little use without the added effect of his conditioned
+reflexology.
+
+Probably the most widely held theory is that hypnosis is a transference
+phenomenon in which the prestige of the hypnotist and his relationship
+to the subject plays an important role. This theory is bolstered by the
+fact that all schools of psychotherapy yield approximately the same
+results even though the methods differ. This would logically indicate
+that the relationship between the therapist and the subject was the
+determining factor. The only trouble with this theory is that it does
+not explain self-hypnosis. On the other hand, we know that a strong
+interpersonal relationship is necessary for hypnosis.
+
+In the opening chapter of the book, I explained that hypnosis was a
+state of heightened suggestion in which the subject adopted an
+uncritical attitude, allowing him to accept suggestions and to take
+appropriate action. This is excellent as far as it goes, but it does not
+explain how suggestion works. This is the crux of the hypnotic dilemma
+and the answer is far from solved. Hypnotists are much like those who
+use electricity every day of their lives, but have no idea of the nature
+of electricity. It is enough for them to know it has been harnessed for
+their use.
+
+If there is one thing virtually certain about hypnosis it is that some
+parts of the brain are inhibited and other parts expanded by the
+process. Pin-point concentration is given as the reason for this
+selective procedure which narrows the horizon of the subject to what the
+hypnotist (or he, himself) is saying, screening out all other stimuli.
+But why is this high order of concentration so easy under hypnosis when
+Asians, notably the Chinese, have been trying for centuries to
+concentrate on one subject for as long as four or five seconds. We do
+not know the mechanics of this metamorphosis of an ordinary brain into
+an organ of concentrated power. According to Janet, this is accomplished
+through the formation of a group of unconscious memories and activities
+which takes over the usual stream-of-consciousness type of thinking. It
+is implied that the process may be atavistic.
+
+One of the newer theories--one held by Dr. Lewis R. Wolberg, a
+psychoanalyst--is that hypnosis is a psychosomatic process in that it is
+both physiological and psychological in character. Physiologically,
+Wolberg believes that hypnosis represents an inhibition of the higher
+cortical centers, and a limitation of sensory channels such as takes
+place in sleep. He also believes that the psychological process operates
+through transference. Others agree that it is a transference process,
+but that it is more of an extension of the subject's own psychic
+processes which is enlarged to include the voice of the hypnotist or his
+own thoughts or voice. Incidentally, an excellent book along these
+theoretical lines is _Hypnotism--An Objective Study in Suggestibility_
+by Andre M. Weitzenhoffer, Ph.D.
+
+The newest theory in the field is of particular interest to those
+reading this book inasmuch as it postulates that all hypnosis is
+self-hypnosis, that the patient always hypnotizes himself and that it is
+a wise hypnotist who knows who is hypnotizing whom. This is a logical
+conclusion and it disperses any ideas that hypnotic patients become
+dependent on their therapists. Actually, hypnotists today always teach
+their subjects self-hypnosis so that any chance of dependency is
+obviated.
+
+Milton V. Kline, professor of psychology at Long Island University,
+postulates that hypnosis is primarily retrogressive. He has written that
+the organism functions differently on various levels of behavior
+(regression), and that the behavior breaks down into component parts.
+The theory that regression can spotlight personality disorders found in
+more infantile states is also widely held. He also is a proponent of the
+idea that hypnosis is an abnormal manifestation of a normal process, an
+opinion he shares with many.
+
+Dr. Kline thinks that retrogression and regression alter perceptions and
+feelings, and, in the case of the latter, causes us to go backward in
+time to the point where re-education may be employed. This is a
+legitimate use of regression although it is not used so much these days
+to uncover past traumatic incidents. Actually, regression, by
+duplicating the exact earlier age, manner of speech and thought, etc.,
+makes us once more as little children, a condition to be desired for
+certain forms of therapy.
+
+An atavistic theory, held to some extent by Dr. Jerome M. Schneck,
+clinical associate professor of psychiatry, State University of New York
+College of Medicine, is that hypnosis should be equated with states of
+immobilization on the basis of his observation that some subjects equate
+hypnosis with "death." He suggests this is comparable to the
+"death-feint" of animals to avoid danger. Others, primarily Europeans,
+have pointed out the analogy between the hypnotic state of animals and
+man.
+
+Another widely-held theory is that hypnosis is a state of dissociation,
+meaning that it constitutes a group of unconscious memories and
+activities which may be dredged up to replace the stream of
+consciousness. Automaticism, of course, is inherently part of this view,
+and is presumed to negate volition. Activity of the cerebrum, which
+controls the conscious and voluntary system, is rendered
+non-operational.
+
+My own thoughts on the matter are that hypnosis results from, first of
+all, a good transference; secondly, from a conditioned reflex; thirdly,
+from the person acting as a hypnotized person (role playing), and,
+fourthly, from a suspension of the critical faculties. Along the
+last-named line, I believe that hypnotic suggestions have an autonomy of
+their own which supersede all else in the hypnotic situation. There are
+many more theories I believe are partially correct, but the ones named
+will do for the purposes of this volume. Incidentally, all the hypnosis
+theories presented are equally applicable to self-hypnosis except where,
+as in transference, it is obvious a therapist is needed.
+
+In conclusion, the author would like to take issue with those who
+believe that it is the monotonous intonations of the therapist that
+cause the subject to lapse from the deeply relaxed state into true
+sleep. I have observed many times, by comparing verbalization with
+silence, that the former gives the subject's mind a focal point of
+attention which prevents him from entering a sleep state where
+hypnotherapy is impossible. Like the man who cannot sleep because of an
+active mind, sleep and myriad thoughts and suggestions are incompatible,
+and I believe, once a hypnotic state has been attained, that the subject
+is kept awake (unless definite sleep suggestions are given) by the
+therapist's series of suggestions. We have discussed the effect of the
+experiential background at length, and surely nothing connotates sleep
+more than closing one's eyes--test No. 1. And so, in my view, you are
+doing two things when you talk to the subject; you are giving him
+helpful suggestions, but you are also keeping him awake and hyperacute
+so that these suggestions will sink in.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter 13
+
+Practical Applications of Self-Hypnosis
+
+
+With hypnosis on the march, there is practically no limit to its uses in
+the field of medicine, and new applications are being discovered every
+day. It should not be necessary to add, however, that some of these uses
+should remain as they are--in the hands of professionals with years of
+experience in the area. One of the themes of this book has been that
+laymen should use hypnosis discriminately and intelligently. No
+responsible therapist would ever recommend masking or removing a symptom
+which was indicative of organic disease. For that reason, the practical
+uses of self-hypnosis will be limited to measures that can be taken
+safely by the layman. The only possible exception to this will be
+instructions on how to curb obesity, but even here it is suggested that
+a physician be consulted before embarking on a weight-reducing program.
+
+The foremost use of hypnosis has been for relaxation, and it becomes
+more and more important as world tensions, anxiety and strain increase
+daily and millions seek vainly to "get away from it all." Inasmuch as
+all methods of hypnosis discussed in this book utilized relaxation as
+the first step, it should not be necessary to go over this material.
+Simply review the many induction techniques.
+
+Lung cancer has become a very real threat to many people today, and the
+professional hypnotist is besieged with men and women who wish to
+curtail or quit smoking. This is easier said than done because smoking,
+although there are no physical withdrawal symptoms when one stops, is a
+strong, conditioned reflex and cannot (except in rare instances) be
+accomplished by the will alone. The best way to stop smoking is to make
+it an impossibility, and that is exactly what you do when you follow the
+method touched on in an earlier chapter.
+
+All of us have tasted or smelled certain foods or medicines that
+nauseate us. The subject who wishes to quit smoking is asked to conjure
+up the vision and the actual taste and smell of the substances which
+upset his stomach and offend his nostrils, transferring its properties
+to cigarettes. This, of course, must be done under hypnosis. The subject
+then conditions himself in the following manner: One ... This cigarette
+tastes and smells just like (mention name of repugnant substance). Two
+... It is the most vile and repugnant taste I have ever encountered, and
+I shall not be able to continue after the third puff. At the third puff,
+I will develop a paroxysm of coughing. Three ... I cannot smoke the
+cigarette any longer, and I will have to put it out.
+
+This sounds like a simple procedure, and yet it has worked for
+thousands. Some switch to chewing gum or candy, but the cure essentially
+lies in substituting one conditioned reflex for another. This is
+comparatively easy with hypnosis because, unlike narcotics, barbiturates
+or alcohol, smoking is purely a psychological addiction. There is no
+need for tapering off.
+
+Stopping drinking, unlike smoking, doesn't involve merely the creation
+of a physical aversion to the drug. The patient's entire personality
+should be changed and more mature viewpoints substituted for the
+unrealistic and infantile viewpoints which lead to the addiction in the
+first place. The subject should give himself suggestions that he will be
+able to "face up" to the problems of every day life without recourse to
+the crutch of alcohol. It is a well-known fact that nothing is as bad as
+we think it is going to be once we confront it.
+
+One of the strange aspects of drinking is that it is actually a form of
+self-hypnosis, and the cure lies in substituting a new viewpoint for the
+old. This fact can be demonstrated by the fact that drinking is begun in
+the first place so that the individual can be "one of the boys" or
+because it is the thing to do. Those who do not drink, at least as a
+social lubricant, according to this code, are "squares." Because of
+this, self-hypnosis must be directed toward reorienting one's sense of
+values. Sober reflection should convince anyone that the truly
+intelligent person does not drink to excess.
+
+Nail biting is an unsightly habit, one that may even hinder one's social
+acceptance. The help lies in a therapeutic approach similar to that for
+cigarettes.
+
+It is not hard to predict that many of those reading these pages are
+suffering from overweight. With 30 million Americans in this category,
+it has become one of the nation's chief health problems, and it is the
+predisposing factor in many other diseases such as heart trouble,
+diabetes, hypertension and atherosclerosis. If you are overweight, it is
+well to remember that (unless you are one in a million) you cannot
+blame your glands. The plain truth is that you eat too much.
+
+We know today that overeating for some is an emotional problem, stemming
+from feelings of rejection and insecurity. Individuals who feel unloved,
+whether this is truly the case or not, make up for this lack to
+themselves by stuffing in large quantities of food. It would even appear
+that these people are masochistic, making themselves even more unloved
+by their gross gastronomical habits. A big factor in overweight in women
+is "raiding the refrigerator" while doing their housework. Most of them
+do this so unconsciously that they swear they eat less than most people.
+
+There are a number of appetite-curbing drugs on the market today, but
+they should not be necessary for anyone who has acquired self-hypnosis.
+If you have learned to visualize yourself (visual-imagery) in different
+situations, you will have no trouble in picturing yourself having a
+slim, attractive figure, exactly as you were when you felt you looked
+your best. Keep this figure ever in mind and use it along with
+conditioning yourself against certain fatty and starchy foods. A trick
+used by some hypnotherapists is to have the subject purchase a dress or
+suit several sizes too small and then work toward being able to wear it.
+This actually has worked in many cases because it adds the element of
+competitiveness to the procedure.
+
+Not all people overeat because of emotional problems. Some come from
+families where "licking the platter clean" was the rule because food was
+scarce. Others come from rich families where overeating by the parents
+established a habit pattern in the children. Certain races and
+nationalities look on fat as a badge of wealth and prestige, and
+children in such an environment are likely to be deliberately overfed.
+Regardless of the reason for overweight, however, the use of
+self-hypnosis is one of the answers to the problem.
+
+Simple headaches, arthritis, neuritis and other painful symptoms yield
+readily to hypnotic suggestion. If physicians have given up on the
+problem and placed a subject on a maintenance drug dosage for pain,
+hypnosis can potentiate the drugs or even obviate them.
+
+Two of the major uses of hypnosis are in childbirth and for intractable
+pain of cancer or some other incurable diseases. Although patients
+usually start with hetero-hypnosis, they are put on self-hypnosis as
+soon as possible, and there are many cases of women waiting too long and
+having their babies at home painlessly through self-hypnosis. The father
+invariably is the only one excited in such cases. The mother knows that
+she is an excellent subject and has been instructed in prenatal classes
+about every contingency that could arise. Inasmuch as stopping the birth
+pangs is similar to stopping other pain, the method should be learned so
+that it can be accomplished in a minimum of time.
+
+The best way to stop pain is to let your right arm slowly rise while you
+are under hypnotic suggestion. Do not help it. If the suggestions are
+strong enough, it will "float" up. As soon as the arm is straight
+overhead, you should give yourself the suggestion that it is as rigid
+and unbending as a bar of steel. Following this, a suggestion is given
+that the hand is beginning to tingle and become numb. As soon as the
+numbness has spread through the entire hand, it will be insensible to
+pain. The hand is then placed against the part of the body where pain
+exists, and you will feel the numbness flowing from the hand to the
+affected area. This happens as a result of your suggestions and is the
+method followed by most subjects. Only a deep somnambulistic subject is
+able to remove pain by direct suggestion to the painful part.
+
+There are many people today using self-hypnosis in the realm of sports,
+and an entire book has been written on improving one's golf game with
+this method. It is called _How You Can Play Better Golf Using
+Self-Hypnosis_ by Jack Heise (Wilshire Book Company--Publishers).
+
+Dr. Huber Grimm, team physician of the Seattle University basketball
+team, recently related the results when Dave Mills, a six-foot five-inch
+junior forward, asked for his help because he "froze" during
+competition. He had been benched on the eve of the West Coast Athletic
+Conference tournament in San Francisco. Spectators made Mills so fearful
+that he was afraid he would make mistakes--and in this frame of mind, of
+course, he did. Under hypnosis, Dr. Grimm suggested to Dave that he
+would be unaware of the spectators, be completely relaxed and would play
+exceedingly well. Dr. Grimm asked coach Vince Cazzeta to allow Dave to
+play and the result was astounding. Mills scored 60 points and cleared
+63 re-bounds, and his brilliant play led to his selection on the
+all-tournament team.
+
+"All I did was free his spirit," Dr. Grimm reported. "He was in need of
+confidence, and I gave it to him through hypnosis." The Associated Press
+told the story as follows: "Dave Mills, a vacuum cleaner off the
+back-boards, led a fast-breaking Seattle University team to victory last
+night. It was hard to recognize Mills as the same player who has been
+with the Chieftains all year."
+
+Dr. William S. Kroger, a pioneer in hypnosis, undertook to improve the
+batting of a professional baseball player with equally sensational
+results. The player had been "beaned," and his fear of a recurrence was
+so strong that he became "plate shy." He had changed his batting stance
+so that he always had "one foot in the bucket" so that he could back
+away from the plate more quickly. He was given a posthypnotic suggestion
+that such an event happening again was exceedingly remote, and this was
+amplified by suggestions of confidence that he would immediately start
+slugging as well as ever. His batting average soared immediately.
+
+Dr. Michio Ikai, professor of physiology at Tokyo University, and Dr.
+Arthur H. Steinhaus of the George Williams Laboratory of Physiologic
+Research in Physical Education, Chicago, have proved that track men can
+far surpass their best previous times under hypnosis. Their tests,
+incidentally, proved that there is no danger of an athlete going beyond
+his physiologic limit while bettering his former marks. They attribute
+the superior performances to the removal of inhibitions, which
+psychologically prevent an athlete from doing his best. This report was
+made before the International Congress on Health and Fitness in the
+Modern World held in Rome during the last Olympic games.
+
+All reports, as a matter of fact, show that athletic performances are
+improved by psychological, not physical, means, and that built-in
+automatic reflexes protect the athlete against the danger of
+overexertion at all levels of awareness--hypnotic or non-hypnotic.
+
+Psychologists are using hypnosis more and more to facilitate
+concentration and learning, and it is likely this use of the ancient
+science will become even more popular than its medical applications. The
+reason one learns so quickly under hypnosis is because of time
+distortion which allows you to obtain the equivalent of many hours of
+study in a relatively short length of time.
+
+Undoubtedly, you have had experience with time distortion in your daily
+life. Remember how slowly time goes when you are not interested in what
+you are doing and how fast it speeds by when you are? And the drowning
+man, who sees his whole life go by, is an excellent example of this.
+Enough people have been saved to know that this actually happens. The
+point is that the subconscious mind does not record the passage of time
+the same way as the conscious mind.
+
+The conscious mind records time physically, by means of a clock. It is
+objective and tells you that a thought or movement requires a certain
+number of seconds, minutes, hours or days.
+
+Your subconscious mind has an entirely different concept of time that
+has nothing to do with the physical world. It is called subjective
+because your own sense of the passage of time is used.
+
+Personal time varies according to the circumstances in which you find
+yourself. Haven't you noticed that when you are happy or extremely
+interested in something, time passes quickly? On the other hand, if you
+are sad or anxious, time seems to drag.
+
+This is called time distortion. When you continue in a happy state, time
+is automatically shortened. When you are in a state of unhappiness, pain
+or anxiety, time automatically lengthens. This explains why the drowning
+man can review his entire life within seconds. Psychologists know this
+is possible, because your subconscious mind contains a complete record
+of everything that has happened to you since birth. Therefore, in
+moments of extreme distress your subconscious has the ability to distort
+and manipulate time.
+
+If you have ever encountered danger or had a narrow escape, you probably
+experienced time distortion. Everything about you went into slow motion,
+and time seemed to stand still until the action was over. At that point,
+objective time started up again and everything returned to normal.
+
+Many of you no doubt read an Associated Press report from Chicago on
+February 11, 1958, which reported how movie actress Linda Darnell had
+used hypnosis to help her with her first stage role. She had been asked
+to do the part on short notice and had no time for preparation. Miss
+Darnell telephoned her California physician for aid. He flew to Chicago.
+
+Overnight, through hypnosis, Miss Darnell learned her part and astounded
+the cast by knowing everyone's lines. Not only did she learn the part,
+but she was coached in the character of the artist she was portraying.
+As a result, "Late Love" was a hit play. Miss Darnell was under the
+impression she had been learning the part for a week although only about
+48 hours were involved and these hours were not continuous. After her
+first performance, she said: "I never felt so secure about playing a
+role in my life. Hypnosis helped me feel the part completely."
+
+Imagine how much more we are going to be able to learn when study under
+hypnosis becomes widespread. And the best part of it is that the
+learning is in your mind for a long time. Forgetting or mental blocks
+that interfere with your recall of the information at any time, are
+reduced to a minimum.
+
+In conclusion, I should like to recommend the entire field of
+self-hypnosis to everyone. It is a therapy which is positive, dynamic
+and constructive. An excellent example of this is contained in the
+autobiography, _Rachmaninoff's Recollections_. In this book, immortal
+Rachmaninoff describes in detail his success in overcoming a severe case
+of mental depression. He had stopped composing and kept to himself,
+seldom leaving his room. After meeting with failure, using the available
+therapeutic remedies available at that time, he was persuaded by his
+relatives, the Satins, to seek the help of a hypnotist called Dr. Dahl.
+With much reluctance, he agreed to see Dr. Dahl and be treated
+specifically with hypnosis. Rachmaninoff's own words read as follows:
+"Although it may sound incredible, hypnosis really helped me. Already at
+the beginning of the summer I began again to compose. The material grew
+in bulk, and new musical ideas began to stir within me--far more than I
+needed for my concerto. I felt that Dr. Dahl's treatment had
+strengthened my nervous system to a miraculous degree. Out of gratitude,
+I dedicated my second concerto to him. As the piece had a great success
+in Moscow, everyone began to wonder what possible connection it could
+have with Dr. Dahl. The truth, however, was known to Dr. Dahl, the
+Satins, and myself."
+
+Does this story sound incredible? You have the word of one of the
+world's greatest musical composers that hypnosis alleviated his severe
+despondency. This is proof that the emotions of the individual can be
+changed by the ideas he builds up about himself.
+
+Dr. Leland E. Hinsie, professor of psychiatry, Columbia University,
+writing in his book, _The Person in the Body_, (W. W. Norton & Co.)
+states, "In some persons the fear of disease is often the only damaging
+evidence of disease, yet it can be so strong as to disable the person in
+all his daily activities." The entire field of psychosomatic medicine,
+which deals with the interrelationship between body and mind, has as one
+of its basic tenets that suggestion not only can cause psychological
+personality disorders, but many physical disorders as well.
+
+It is, therefore, logical to conclude that the systematic use of
+positive mental attitudes in an organized, progressive, self-improvement
+program can be a vital influence in helping you lead a healthier life,
+both emotionally and physically.
+
+Many people in need of help are at a loss as to where they can locate
+reputable hypnotherapists in their area. You may consult your family
+physician, county medical society or mental hygiene society. The
+chairman of the psychology department at your nearest college or
+university would usually have this information. I maintain a file of
+over 4,000 doctors located all over the world who practice hypnosis and
+would be pleased to refer you to doctors located in your locality.
+
+The following national organizations maintain a specialized list:
+
+  American Academy of Child Psychiatry
+  335 S. Franklin St.
+  Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
+
+  American Academy of Psychoanalysis
+  750 Park Avenue
+  New York 21, N. Y.
+
+  American Group Psychotherapy Association
+  2 E. 103rd St.
+  New York 29, N. Y.
+
+  American Psychiatric Association
+  1700 18th St., N. W.
+  Washington 9, D. C.
+
+  American Psychological Association
+  1333 16th St., N. W.
+  Washington, D. C.
+
+  American Speech and Hearing Association
+  10801 Rockville Pike
+  Rockville, Maryland 20852
+
+  National Association for Mental Health
+  10 Columbus Circle
+  New York 19, New York
+
+  National Association for Retarded Children, Inc.
+  99 University Place
+  New York 3, New York
+
+  National Council on Alcoholism, Inc.
+  2 E. 103rd St.
+  New York 29, N. Y.
+
+  National Health Council
+  1790 Broadway
+  New York 19, N. Y.
+
+  National Institute of Mental Health
+  U. S. Public Health Service
+  Bethesda 14, Maryland
+
+  Veterans' Administration
+  Psychiatry & Neurology Service
+  Department of Medicine
+
+
+
+
+THE POWERS HYPNOTIC EYES
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Here is an original technique that can be used very successfully in
+inducing hypnosis. The technique consists of using two glass eyes with
+eyelashes that close as you rotate the mechanism that holds the eyes in
+place. This action is similar to closing your eyes when falling asleep.
+You suggest to the subject as you hold these two eyes between your thumb
+and first finger that his eyes will become extremely heavy and tired as
+the eyes that you are holding begin to close. You then gradually begin
+to rotate your hand which causes the eyes to partially close. The
+subject, finding it extremely difficult to look at the eyes, begins to
+close his own eyes in unison with those that you are holding. You
+continue giving suggestions of hypnosis and before you know it the
+subject is under hypnosis. The eyes are the size of human eyes and are
+colored blue with brown eyelashes in order to give the exact effect of
+looking into real eyes.
+
+The advantage comes in the fact that the subject begins to blink his
+eyes immediately and you suggest to him that this is the beginning of
+the hypnosis. It is just about impossible to look into anyone's eyes
+without blinking and this technique accomplishes this purpose. Using
+this knowledge, you incorporate it into your technique and induce the
+deep hypnosis accordingly. You can, of course, use this technique for
+self-hypnosis as well.
+
+The Powers Hypnotic Eyes (1 pair)                                     $1
+
+
+
+
+HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL & CHAIN
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+I have had many requests for a hypnotic crystal ball and chain. I
+finally have been able to secure these and am offering them now for the
+first time. The crystal ball measures one inch in diameter and is
+actually made of genuine methacrylate which is crystal clear. A ten inch
+chain is secured to the crystal ball. You use this device the same as
+the regular crystal ball but this time you incorporate the pendulum
+effect which naturally causes the quick tiring of the eyes.
+
+Professional Size--Hypnotic Crystal Ball & Chain                   $2.00
+
+
+
+
+THE HAND HYPNODISC
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The hand hypnodisc is the size of the hypnodisc illustrated in this
+circular. It is rigid with a special lens-like plastic surface. The
+miniature hypnodisc is held between the first finger and thumb like the
+crystal ball and is used incorporating the techniques of the large
+hypnodisc as well as the crystal ball.
+
+As you slowly revolve this hypnodisc, the lens-like surface causes a
+series of optical illusions to appear before the eyes of the subject.
+These moving illusions are ever present as you change the slightest
+distance of the hypnodisc from the subject.
+
+This remarkable effect is achieved by the use of countless plastic
+linear lenses which separate the multiple images laminated behind them,
+permitting a different picture to change continuously as you change the
+angle of view or distance. Naturally this device is extremely helpful in
+capturing the full attention of the conscious mind of the subject and
+helps you to achieve the hypnotic state in the shortest possible time.
+
+Send for
+THE HAND HYPNODISC
+
+Price                                                                 $1
+
+
+
+
+POWERS HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+The Powers hypnotic crystal ball is extremely useful as an aid in
+inducing the hypnotic state. It is desirable to use it as an object of
+concentration for your subject while he is being hypnotized.
+
+The crystal ball lends an air of "mysticism" to the attainment of the
+hypnotic sleep and for some of your subjects this is the best approach
+in obtaining hypnotic control. There are individuals who will not react
+to a strict scientific approach to hypnosis and it is with these
+subjects that the use of such a device as the crystal ball is of
+inestimable value.
+
+The crystal ball is held between your thumb and first finger, about
+twelve inches from the subject's eyes and slightly above eye level. The
+hypnotic crystal ball can easily be carried with you at all times.
+
+As you know, the employment of a crystal to induce the hypnotic sleep is
+one of the oldest methods used in hypnosis. I personally favor this
+device and my students as well as myself have always had excellent
+results using this technique.
+
+Send for POWERS HYPNOTIC CRYSTAL BALL
+
+Price                                                                 $1
+
+
+
+
+THE POWERS HYPNODISC
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Copyright 1951 by Melvin Powers
+
+An effective yet inexpensive method of inducing hypnosis is with the aid
+of the hypnodisc spiral. In my book, "Hypnotism Revealed," a picture of
+the hypnodisc unit with the hypnodisc spiral attached is shown. Above is
+a picture of my latest hypnodisc spiral. I am now offering the hypnodisc
+spiral as a separate unit which can be used with your phonograph
+turntable.
+
+The spinning spiral will cause a series of optical illusions, causing
+immediate eye strain and fatigue. The subject feels that he is being
+drawn into a deep, dark revolving cone. By your suggestions of hypnotic
+sleep, you can place your subject in the somnambulistic state very
+easily. With some subjects, hypnosis will take place almost
+instantaneously. This technique is often employed in stage hypnotism.
+
+The use of the hypnodisc spiral is also an excellent method of achieving
+self-hypnosis. As you concentrate on the revolving hypnodisc spiral, you
+give yourself suggestions of hypnotic sleep. You will note the optical
+illusions as they occur and the pleasant, relaxing feeling that
+accompanies these illusions. Giving yourself further suggestions of
+hypnotic sleep, you find that you are easily able to attain the desired
+state of self-hypnosis. This method is one of the most successful and
+popular techniques yet known for achieving hetero-hypnosis and
+self-hypnosis. At the Wilshire School of Hypnotism, all students in the
+self-hypnosis class are conditioned with the aid of the hypnodisc
+spiral.
+
+During my lectures, I place the entire hypnodisc unit on the platform
+without having the spiral revolve. Continuing with the lecture, I note
+individuals in the audience gazing intently at the hypnodisc spiral.
+Invariably before the end of the lecture, many will have put themselves
+into a deep hypnotic state. This group self-hypnosis was achieved
+without my mentioning anything about the hypnodisc. These individuals
+assumed that the unit is used to induce hypnosis and their looking at it
+with that thought in mind produced the hypnotic state.
+
+The hypnodisc spiral is printed on firm cardboard, measures twelve
+inches in diameter, and has a hole in the center so you can place it on
+your own phonograph turntable. It has the general appearance of a
+twelve-inch phonograph record. I am sure that you will be pleased with
+your purchase of the hypnodisc.
+
+The hypnodisc is also available with four of the white spiraling areas
+colored in four different shades. The coloring is extremely interesting,
+fascinating, and very effective in inducing hypnosis as the hypnodisc
+revolves. The COLORED HYPNODISC sells for $3.00.
+
+Send for POWERS HYPNODISC
+
+Price                                                              $2.00
+
+
+
+
+CASSETTE TAPES
+
+
+  ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RECORDS ON CASSETTE TAPE                      $10.00
+  ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD ON CASSETTE TAPE                    5.00
+  TWO HOURS OF MENTAL POWER RECORDS ON CASSETTE TAPE               10.00
+
+
+ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN TAPE (33/4 IPS)
+
+One of the chief assets of a good hypnotist is to be flexible in his
+approach in hypnotizing his subjects. As you know, it is necessary many
+times to adapt a technique that is suitable to the subject, and not to
+make the subject adapt himself to the method of induction.
+
+We know that with somnambulistic subjects any procedure will put the
+subject under hypnosis immediately. The hypnotist gains complete control
+of his subject just as fast as he wants. Unfortunately, most subjects do
+not respond at the first session because of conscious or subconscious
+fears that must be gradually eliminated. Once you get the subject to
+relax, or "let go," he will naturally succumb to hypnosis. This is the
+problem that confronts all hypnotists.
+
+Merely suggesting to the subject to relax or to "let go" is not
+sufficient, as a rule, to bring about this desired state. The subject,
+at this point, cannot turn on or off his mental and physical state of
+being this easily. Even if we have the subject lie down, this does not
+assure the hypnotic state, as the subject can still be tense. Our
+problem is how to get the subject to relax. Our situation is similar to
+the physician telling his patient to go home and forget about a certain
+problem. I'm sure that you'll agree that the advice is virtually
+impossible to follow.
+
+One of the major stumbling blocks in hypnotizing a subject, or in
+self-hypnosis, lies in the fact that although we use words such as:
+"relax," "let yourself go," and other similar terminology, the subject
+cannot readily put the meaning of these words into effect. It is
+difficult for most people to "let go" when we live in a society that
+beckons us to "look sharp," "be sharp," "be alert," "be on the ball" and
+"make every minute count." Emphasis on productivity does not lend to a
+society of relaxed individuals.
+
+In my long experience as a professional hypnotist, I have tried many
+novel innovations for inducing hypnosis. Some have met with a great deal
+of success and others have failed. It is difficult to determine the
+causative factors for success or failure. We can only theorize.
+
+I have used, over the last ten years, a technique that I shall describe
+now. Exceptionally good results have been attained with it; however, it
+is not infallible. It is suggested to you as another good technique. In
+order to help the subject relax, I have been using a one hour tape
+recorder recording containing the continuous sound of various degrees of
+rain. One half hour has a rain effect of very soft, light rainfall, as
+on grass, canvas or tent top. The other side contains a half hour of a
+rain effect such as one would hear in a heavy downfall with prominent
+patter of water on pavement.
+
+The subject is instructed to close his eyes and listen to the sound of
+the rain while picturing himself relaxing near a warm, glowing
+fireplace. The relaxing effect thus produced enhances our chances for
+success in attaining a deep, hypnotic state.
+
+The tape will play on all standard recorders and comes recorded at a
+speed of 33/4 IPS. The tape alone is worth $2.50. You therefore only pay
+$2.50 for the actual recording.
+
+ONE HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN TAPE                                           $5
+
+
+HALF-HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD (33-1/3 RPM)
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Should you not have a tape recorder we have a record (33-1/3 RPM)
+containing the sound of 15 minutes of light rain on one side and 15
+minutes of heavy rain on the other side. The record sells for $5.
+
+HALF-HOUR HYPNOTIC RAIN RECORD                                        $5
+
+
+
+
+A PERSONAL WORD FROM MELVIN POWERS
+
+PUBLISHER, WILSHIRE BOOK COMPANY
+
+
+    Dear Friend:
+
+    My goal is to publish interesting, informative, and
+    inspirational books. You can help me accomplish this by
+    answering the following questions, either by phone or by mail.
+    Or, if convenient for you, I would welcome the opportunity to
+    visit with you in my office and hear your comments in person.
+
+    Did you enjoy reading this book? Why?
+
+    Would you enjoy reading another similar book?
+
+    What idea in the book impressed you the most?
+
+    If applicable to your situation, have you incorporated this
+    idea in your daily life?
+
+    Is there a chapter that could serve as a theme for an entire
+    book? Please explain.
+
+    If you have an idea for a book, I would welcome discussing it
+    with you. If you already have one in progress, write or call me
+    concerning possible publication. I can be reached at (213)
+    875-1711 or (213) 983-1105.
+
+                                                   Sincerely yours,
+                                                   MELVIN POWERS
+    12015 Sherman Road
+    North Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MELVIN POWERS SELF-IMPROVEMENT LIBRARY
+
+
+ASTROLOGY
+
+  ASTROLOGY: HOW TO CHART YOUR HOROSCOPE _Max Heindel_              3.00
+  ASTROLOGY: YOUR PERSONAL SUN-SIGN GUIDE _Beatrice Ryder_          3.00
+  ASTROLOGY FOR EVERYDAY LIVING _Janet Harris_                      2.00
+  ASTROLOGY MADE EASY _Astarte_                                     3.00
+  ASTROLOGY MADE PRACTICAL _Alexandra Kayhle_                       3.00
+  ASTROLOGY, ROMANCE, YOU AND THE STARS _Anthony Norvell_           4.00
+  MY WORLD OF ASTROLOGY _Sydney Omarr_                              5.00
+  THOUGHT DIAL _Sydney Omarr_                                       3.00
+  WHAT THE STARS REVEAL ABOUT THE MEN IN YOUR LIFE _Thelma White_   3.00
+  ZODIAC REVEALED _Rupert Gleadow_                                  2.00
+
+
+BRIDGE
+
+  BRIDGE BIDDING MADE EASY _Edwin B. Kantar_                        5.00
+  BRIDGE CONVENTIONS _Edwin B. Kantar_                              5.00
+  BRIDGE HUMOR _Edwin B. Kantar_                                    3.00
+  COMPETITIVE BIDDING IN MODERN BRIDGE _Edgar Kaplan_               4.00
+  DEFENSIVE BRIDGE PLAY COMPLETE _Edwin B. Kantar_                 10.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR BRIDGE _Alfred Sheinwold_                     2.00
+  INTRODUCTION TO DEFENDER'S PLAY _Edwin B. Kantar_                 3.00
+  SHORT CUT TO WINNING BRIDGE _Alfred Sheinwold_                    3.00
+  TEST YOUR BRIDGE PLAY _Edwin B. Kantar_                           3.00
+  WINNING DECLARER PLAY _Dorothy Hayden Truscott_                   4.00
+
+
+BUSINESS, STUDY & REFERENCE
+
+  CONVERSATION MADE EASY _Elliot Russell_                           2.00
+  EXAM SECRET _Dennis B. Jackson_                                   2.00
+  FIX-IT BOOK _Arthur Symons_                                       2.00
+  HOW TO DEVELOP A BETTER SPEAKING VOICE _M. Hellier_               2.00
+  HOW TO MAKE A FORTUNE IN REAL ESTATE _Albert Winnikoff_           3.00
+  INCREASE YOUR LEARNING POWER _Geoffrey A. Dudley_                 2.00
+  MAGIC OF NUMBERS _Robert Tocquet_                                 2.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO BETTER CONCENTRATION _Melvin Powers_           2.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO PUBLIC SPEAKING _Maurice Forley_               3.00
+  7 DAYS TO FASTER READING _William S. Schaill_                     3.00
+  SONGWRITERS RHYMING DICTIONARY _Jane Shaw Whitfield_              5.00
+  SPELLING MADE EASY _Lester D. Basch & Dr. Milton Finkelstein_     2.00
+  STUDENT'S GUIDE TO BETTER GRADES _J. A. Rickard_                  2.00
+  TEST YOURSELF--Find Your Hidden Talent _Jack Shafer_              2.00
+  WORLD WIDE MAIL ORDER SHOPPER'S GUIDE _Eugene V. Moller_          5.00
+  YOUR WILL & WHAT TO DO ABOUT IT _Attorney Samuel G. Kling_        3.00
+
+
+CALLIGRAPHY
+
+  ADVANCED CALLIGRAPHY _Katherine Jeffares_                         6.00
+  CALLIGRAPHY--The Art of Beautiful Writing _Katherine Jeffares_    5.00
+
+
+CHESS & CHECKERS
+
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO WINNING CHESS _Fred Reinfeld_                 3.00
+  BETTER CHESS--How to Play _Fred Reinfeld_                         2.00
+  CHECKERS MADE EASY _Tom Wiswell_                                  2.00
+  CHESS IN TEN EASY LESSONS _Larry Evans_                           3.00
+  CHESS MADE EASY _Milton L. Hanauer_                               3.00
+  CHESS MASTERY--A New Approach _Fred Reinfeld_                     2.00
+  CHESS PROBLEMS FOR BEGINNERS _edited by Fred Reinfeld_            2.00
+  CHESS SECRETS REVEALED _Fred Reinfeld_                            2.00
+  CHESS STRATEGY--An Expert's Guide _Fred Reinfeld_                 2.00
+  CHESS TACTICS FOR BEGINNERS _edited by Fred Reinfeld_             3.00
+  CHESS THEORY & PRACTICE _Morry & Mitchell_                        2.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT CHECKERS _Fred Reinfeld_                            2.00
+  1001 BRILLIANT WAYS TO CHECKMATE _Fred Reinfeld_                  3.00
+  1001 WINNING CHESS SACRIFICES & COMBINATIONS _Fred Reinfeld_      3.00
+  SOVIET CHESS _Edited by R. G. Wade_                               3.00
+
+
+COOKERY & HERBS
+
+  CULPEPER'S HERBAL REMEDIES _Dr. Nicholas Culpeper_                2.00
+  FAST GOURMET COOKBOOK _Poppy Cannon_                              2.50
+  GINSENG The Myth & The Truth _Joseph P. Hou_                      3.00
+  HEALING POWER OF HERBS _May Bethel_                               3.00
+  HEALING POWER OF NATURAL FOODS _May Bethel_                       3.00
+  HERB HANDBOOK _Dawn MacLeod_                                      3.00
+  HERBS FOR COOKING AND HEALING _Dr. Donald Law_                    2.00
+  HERBS FOR HEALTH--How to Grow & Use Them _Louise Evans Doole_     3.00
+  HOME GARDEN COOKBOOK--Delicious Natural Food Recipes _Ken Kraft_  3.00
+  MEDICAL HERBALIST _edited by Dr. J. R. Yemm_                      3.00
+  NATURAL FOOD COOKBOOK _Dr. Harry C. Bond_                         3.00
+  NATURE'S MEDICINES _Richard Lucas_                                3.00
+  VEGETABLE GARDENING FOR BEGINNERS _Hugh Wiberg_                   2.00
+  VEGETABLES FOR TODAY'S GARDENS _R. Milton Carleton_               2.00
+  VEGETARIAN COOKERY _Janet Walker_                                 3.00
+  VEGETARIAN COOKING MADE EASY & DELECTABLE _Veronica Vezza_        2.00
+  VEGETARIAN DELIGHTS--A Happy Cookbook for Health _K. R. Mehta_    2.00
+  VEGETARIAN GOURMET COOKBOOK _Joyce McKinnel_                      3.00
+
+
+GAMBLING & POKER
+
+  ADVANCED POKER STRATEGY & WINNING PLAY _A. D. Livingston_         3.00
+  HOW NOT TO LOSE AT POKER _Jeffrey Lloyd Castle_                   3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT DICE GAMES _Skip Frey_                              3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT POKER _Terence Reese & Anthony T. Watkins_          2.00
+  SECRETS OF WINNING POKER _George S. Coffin_                       3.00
+  WINNING AT CRAPS _Dr. Lloyd T. Commins_                           3.00
+  WINNING AT GIN _Chester Wander & Cy Rice_                         3.00
+  WINNING AT POKER--An Expert's Guide _John Archer_                 3.00
+  WINNING AT 21--An Expert's Guide _John Archer_                    3.00
+  WINNING POKER SYSTEMS _Norman Zadeh_                              3.00
+
+
+HEALTH
+
+  DR. LINDNER'S SPECIAL WEIGHT CONTROL METHOD _P. G. Lindner, M.D._ 1.50
+  HELP YOURSELF TO BETTER SIGHT _Margaret Darst Corbett_            3.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR VISION _Dr. Robert A. Kraskin_                3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN STOP SMOKING PERMANENTLY _Ernest Caldwell_            3.00
+  MIND OVER PLATTER _Peter G. Lindner, M.D._                        3.00
+  NATURE'S WAY TO NUTRITION & VIBRANT HEALTH _Robert J. Scrutton_   3.00
+  NEW CARBOHYDRATE DIET COUNTER _Patti Lopez-Pereira_               1.50
+  PSYCHEDELIC ECSTASY _William Marshall & Gilbert W. Taylor_        2.00
+  REFLEXOLOGY _Dr. Maybelle Segal_                                  2.00
+  YOU CAN LEARN TO RELAX _Dr. Samuel Gutwirth_                      2.00
+  YOUR ALLERGY--What To Do About It _Allan Knight, M.D._            3.00
+
+
+HOBBIES
+
+  BEACHCOMBING FOR BEGINNERS _Norman Hickin_                        2.00
+  BLACKSTONE'S MODERN CARD TRICKS _Harry Blackstone_                3.00
+  BLACKSTONE'S SECRETS OF MAGIC _Harry Blackstone_                  2.00
+  BUTTERFLIES                                                       2.50
+  COIN COLLECTING FOR BEGINNERS _Burton Hobson & Fred Reinfeld_     2.00
+  ENTERTAINING WITH ESP _Tony 'Doc' Shiels_                         2.00
+  400 FASCINATING MAGIC TRICKS YOU CAN DO _Howard Thurston_         3.00
+  HOW I TURN JUNK INTO FUN AND PROFIT _Sari_                        3.00
+  HOW TO WRITE A HIT SONG & SELL IT _Tommy Boyce_                   7.00
+  JUGGLING MADE EASY _Rudolf Dittrich_                              2.00
+  MAGIC MADE EASY _Byron Wels_                                      2.00
+  STAMP COLLECTING FOR BEGINNERS _Burton Hobson_                    2.00
+  STAMP COLLECTING FOR FUN & PROFIT _Frank Cetin_                   2.00
+
+
+HORSE PLAYERS' WINNING GUIDES
+
+  BETTING HORSES TO WIN _Les Conklin_                               3.00
+  ELIMINATE THE LOSERS _Bob McKnight_                               3.00
+  HOW TO PICK WINNING HORSES _Bob McKnight_                         3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT THE RACES _Sam (The Genius) Lewin_                  3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN BEAT THE RACES _Jack Kavanagh_                        3.00
+  MAKING MONEY AT THE RACES _David Barr_                            3.00
+  PAYDAY AT THE RACES _Les Conklin_                                 3.00
+  SMART HANDICAPPING MADE EASY _William Bauman_                     3.00
+  SUCCESS AT THE HARNESS RACES _Barry Meadow_                       3.00
+  WINNING AT THE HARNESS RACES--An Expert's Guide _Nick Cammarano_  3.00
+
+
+HUMOR
+
+  HOW TO BE A COMEDIAN FOR FUN & PROFIT _King & Laufer_             2.00
+  HOW TO FLATTEN YOUR TUSH _Coach Marge Reardon_                    2.00
+  JOKE TELLER'S HANDBOOK _Bob Orben_                                3.00
+  JOKES FOR ALL OCCASIONS _Al Schock_                               3.00
+
+
+HYPNOTISM
+
+  ADVANCED TECHNIQUES OF HYPNOSIS _Melvin Powers_                   2.00
+  BRAINWASHING AND THE CULTS _Paul A. Verdier, Ph.D._               3.00
+  CHILDBIRTH WITH HYPNOSIS _William S. Kroger, M.D._                3.00
+  HOW TO SOLVE Your Sex Problems with Self-Hypnosis
+    _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                                         3.00
+  HOW TO STOP SMOKING THRU SELF-HYPNOSIS _Leslie M. LeCron_         3.00
+  HOW TO USE AUTO-SUGGESTION EFFECTIVELY _John Duckworth_           3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN BOWL BETTER USING SELF-HYPNOSIS _Jack Heise_          3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN PLAY BETTER GOLF USING SELF-HYPNOSIS _Jack Heise_     2.00
+  HYPNOSIS AND SELF-HYPNOSIS _Bernard Hollander, M.D._              3.00
+  HYPNOTISM (Originally published in 1893) _Carl Sextus_            3.00
+  HYPNOTISM & PSYCHIC PHENOMENA _Simeon Edmunds_                    3.00
+  HYPNOTISM MADE EASY _Dr. Ralph Winn_                              3.00
+  HYPNOTISM MADE PRACTICAL _Louis Orton_                            3.00
+  HYPNOTISM REVEALED _Melvin Powers_                                2.00
+  HYPNOTISM TODAY _Leslie LeCron and Jean Bordeaux, Ph.D._          4.00
+  MODERN HYPNOSIS _Lesley Kuhn & Salvatore Russo, Ph.D._            5.00
+  NEW CONCEPTS OF HYPNOSIS _Bernard C. Gindes, M.D._                4.00
+  NEW SELF-HYPNOSIS _Paul Adams_                                    3.00
+  POST-HYPNOTIC INSTRUCTIONS--Suggestions for Therapy
+    _Arnold Furst_                                                  3.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS _Melvin Powers_                  3.00
+  PRACTICAL HYPNOTISM _Philip Magonet, M.D._                        2.00
+  SECRETS OF HYPNOTISM _S. J. Van Pelt, M.D._                       3.00
+  SELF-HYPNOSIS Its Theory, Technique & Application _Melvin Powers_ 2.00
+  SELF-HYPNOSIS A Conditioned-Response Technique _Laurence Sparks_  4.00
+  THERAPY THROUGH HYPNOSIS _edited by Raphael H. Rhodes_            4.00
+
+
+JUDAICA
+
+  HOW TO LIVE A RICHER & FULLER LIFE _Rabbi Edgar F. Magnin_        2.00
+  MODERN ISRAEL _Lily Edelman_                                      2.00
+  ROMANCE OF HASSIDISM _Jacob S. Minkin_                            2.50
+  SERVICE OF THE HEART _Evelyn Garfiel, Ph.D._                      4.00
+  STORY OF ISRAEL IN COINS _Jean & Maurice Gould_                   2.00
+  STORY OF ISRAEL IN STAMPS _Maxim & Gabriel Shamir_                1.00
+  TONGUE OF THE PROPHETS _Robert St. John_                          3.00
+  TREASURY OF COMFORT _edited by Rabbi Sidney Greenberg_            4.00
+
+
+JUST FOR WOMEN
+
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S GUIDE TO MARVELOUS MEN
+    Fwd. by _Helen Gurley Brown_                                    3.00
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S HANG-UP HANDBOOK Foreword by _Helen Gurley Brown_  4.00
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S LOVE BOOK--A Guide to Ecstasy in Bed               3.00
+  COSMOPOLITAN'S NEW ETIQUETTE GUIDE Fwd. by _Helen Gurley Brown_   4.00
+  I AM A COMPLEAT WOMAN _Doris Hagopian & Karen O'Connor Sweeney_   3.00
+  JUST FOR WOMEN--A Guide to the Female Body
+    _Richard E. Sand, M.D._                                         4.00
+  NEW APPROACHES TO SEX IN MARRIAGE _John E. Eichenlaub, M.D._      3.00
+  SEXUALLY ADEQUATE FEMALE _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                  3.00
+  YOUR FIRST YEAR OF MARRIAGE _Dr. Tom McGinnis_                    3.00
+
+
+MARRIAGE, SEX & PARENTHOOD
+
+  ABILITY TO LOVE _Dr. Allan Fromme_                                5.00
+  ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MODERN SEX & LOVE TECHNIQUES _Macandrew_          4.00
+  GUIDE TO SUCCESSFUL MARRIAGE _Drs. Albert Ellis & Robert Harper_  4.00
+  HOW TO RAISE AN EMOTIONALLY HEALTHY, HAPPY CHILD _A. Ellis_       3.00
+  IMPOTENCE & FRIGIDITY _Edwin W. Hirsch, M.D._                     3.00
+  SEX WITHOUT GUILT _Albert Ellis, Ph.D._                           3.00
+  SEXUALLY ADEQUATE MALE _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                    3.00
+
+
+METAPHYSICS & OCCULT
+
+  BOOK OF TALISMANS, AMULETS & ZODIACAL GEMS _William Pavitt_       4.00
+  CONCENTRATION--A Guide to Mental Mastery _Mouni Sadhu_            3.00
+  CRITIQUES OF GOD _Edited by Peter Angeles_                        7.00
+  DREAMS & OMENS REVEALED _Fred Gettings_                           3.00
+  EXTRASENSORY PERCEPTION _Simeon Edmunds_                          2.00
+  EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL INTELLIGENCE--The First Encounter               6.00
+  FORTUNE TELLING WITH CARDS _P. Foli_                              2.00
+  HANDWRITING ANALYSIS MADE EASY _John Marley_                      3.00
+  HANDWRITING TELLS _Nadya Olyanova_                                5.00
+  HOW TO UNDERSTAND YOUR DREAMS _Geoffrey A. Dudley_                2.00
+  ILLUSTRATED YOGA _William Zorn_                                   3.00
+  IN DAYS OF GREAT PEACE _Mouni Sadhu_                              3.00
+  KING SOLOMON'S TEMPLE IN THE MASONIC TRADITION _Alex Horne_       5.00
+  LSD--THE AGE OF MIND _Bernard Roseman_                            2.00
+  MAGICIAN--His training and work _W. E. Butler_                    3.00
+  MEDITATION _Mouni Sadhu_                                          4.00
+  MODERN NUMEROLOGY _Morris C. Goodman_                             3.00
+  NUMEROLOGY--ITS FACTS AND SECRETS _Ariel Yvon Taylor_             3.00
+  NUMEROLOGY MADE EASY _W. Mykian_                                  3.00
+  PALMISTRY MADE EASY _Fred Gettings_                               3.00
+  PALMISTRY MADE PRACTICAL _Elizabeth Daniels Squire_               3.00
+  PALMISTRY SECRETS REVEALED _Henry Frith_                          3.00
+  PRACTICAL YOGA _Ernest Wood_                                      3.00
+  PROPHECY IN OUR TIME _Martin Ebon_                                2.50
+  PSYCHOLOGY OF HANDWRITING _Nadya Olyanova_                        3.00
+  SUPERSTITION--Are you superstitious? _Eric Maple_                 2.00
+  TAROT _Mouni Sadhu_                                               5.00
+  TAROT OF THE BOHEMIANS _Papus_                                    5.00
+  TEST YOUR ESP _Martin Ebon_                                       2.00
+  WAYS TO SELF-REALIZATION _Mouni Sadhu_                            3.00
+  WHAT YOUR HANDWRITING REVEALS _Albert E. Hughes_                  2.00
+  WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC & OCCULTISM--A Fascinating History _W. B. Crow_ 5.00
+  WITCHCRAFT--THE SIXTH SENSE _Justine Glass_                       3.00
+  WORLD OF PSYCHIC RESEARCH _Hereward Carrington_                   2.00
+  YOU CAN ANALYZE HANDWRITING _Robert Holder_                       2.00
+
+
+SELF-HELP & INSPIRATIONAL
+
+  CYBERNETICS WITHIN US _Y. Saparina_                               3.00
+  DAILY POWER FOR JOYFUL LIVING _Dr. Donald Curtis_                 3.00
+  DOCTOR PSYCHO-CYBERNETICS _Maxwell Maltz, M.D._                   3.00
+  DYNAMIC THINKING _Melvin Powers_                                  2.00
+  EXUBERANCE--Your Guide to Happiness & Fulfillment
+    _Dr. Paul Kurtz_                                                3.00
+  GREATEST POWER IN THE UNIVERSE _U. S. Andersen_                   4.00
+  GROW RICH WHILE YOU SLEEP _Ben Sweetland_                         3.00
+  GROWTH THROUGH REASON _Albert Ellis, Ph.D._                       4.00
+  GUIDE TO DEVELOPING YOUR POTENTIAL _Herbert A. Otto, Ph.D._       3.00
+  GUIDE TO LIVING IN BALANCE _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._                2.00
+  HELPING YOURSELF WITH APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY _R. Henderson_           2.00
+  HELPING YOURSELF WITH PSYCHIATRY _Frank S. Caprio, M.D._          2.00
+  HOW TO ATTRACT GOOD LUCK _A. H. Z. Carr_                          3.00
+  HOW TO CONTROL YOUR DESTINY _Norvell_                             3.00
+  HOW TO DEVELOP A WINNING PERSONALITY _Martin Panzer_              3.00
+  HOW TO DEVELOP AN EXCEPTIONAL MEMORY _Young & Gibson_             4.00
+  HOW TO OVERCOME YOUR FEARS _M. P. Leahy, M.D._                    3.00
+  HOW YOU CAN HAVE CONFIDENCE AND POWER _Les Giblin_                3.00
+  HUMAN PROBLEMS & HOW TO SOLVE THEM _Dr. Donald Curtis_            3.00
+  I CAN _Ben Sweetland_                                             4.00
+  I WILL _Ben Sweetland_                                            3.00
+  LEFT-HANDED PEOPLE _Michael Barsley_                              3.00
+  MAGIC IN YOUR MIND _U. S. Andersen_                               4.00
+  MAGIC OF THINKING BIG _Dr. David J. Schwartz_                     3.00
+  MAGIC POWER OF YOUR MIND _Walter M. Germain_                      4.00
+  MENTAL POWER THROUGH SLEEP SUGGESTION _Melvin Powers_             2.00
+  NEW GUIDE TO RATIONAL LIVING
+    _Albert Ellis, Ph.D. & R. Harper, Ph.D._                        3.00
+  OUR TROUBLED SELVES _Dr. Allan Fromme_                            3.00
+  PSYCHO-CYBERNETICS _Maxwell Maltz, M.D._                          2.00
+  SCIENCE OF MIND IN DAILY LIVING _Dr. Donald Curtis_               3.00
+  SECRET OF SECRETS _U. S. Andersen_                                4.00
+  SECRET POWER OF THE PYRAMIDS _U. S. Andersen_                     4.00
+  STUTTERING AND WHAT YOU CAN DO ABOUT IT _W. Johnson, Ph.D._       2.50
+  SUCCESS-CYBERNETICS _U. S. Andersen_                              4.00
+  10 DAYS TO A GREAT NEW LIFE _William E. Edwards_                  3.00
+  THINK AND GROW RICH _Napoleon Hill_                               3.00
+  THREE MAGIC WORDS _U. S. Andersen_                                4.00
+  TREASURY OF THE ART OF LIVING _Sidney S. Greenberg_               5.00
+  YOU ARE NOT THE TARGET _Laura Huxley_                             3.00
+  YOUR SUBCONSCIOUS POWER _Charles M. Simmons_                      4.00
+  YOUR THOUGHTS CAN CHANGE YOUR LIFE _Dr. Donald Curtis_            3.00
+
+
+SPORTS
+
+  ARCHERY--An Expert's Guide _Dan Stamp_                            2.00
+  BICYCLING FOR FUN AND GOOD HEALTH _Kenneth E. Luther_             2.00
+  BILLIARDS--Pocket . Carom . Three Cushion _Clive Cottingham, Jr._ 3.00
+  CAMPING-OUT 101 Ideas & Activities _Bruno Knobel_                 2.00
+  COMPLETE GUIDE TO FISHING _Vlad Evanoff_                          2.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR RACQUETBALL _Lubarsky, Kaufman, & Scagnetti_  3.00
+  HOW TO WIN AT POCKET BILLIARDS _Edward D. Knuchell_               3.00
+  JOY OF WALKING _Jack Scagnetti_                                   3.00
+  LEARNING & TEACHING SOCCER SKILLS _Eric Worthington_              3.00
+  MOTORCYCLING FOR BEGINNERS _I. G. Edmonds_                        2.00
+  RACQUETBALL MADE EASY
+    _Steve Lubarsky, Rod Delson & Jack Scagnetti_                   3.00
+  SECRET OF BOWLING STRIKES _Dawson Taylor_                         3.00
+  SECRET OF PERFECT PUTTING _Horton Smith & Dawson Taylor_          3.00
+  SOCCER--The game & how to play it _Gary Rosenthal_                3.00
+  STARTING SOCCER _Edward F. Dolan, Jr._                            2.00
+  TABLE TENNIS MADE EASY _Johnny Leach_                             2.00
+
+
+TENNIS LOVERS' LIBRARY
+
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO WINNING TENNIS _Helen Hull Jacobs_            2.00
+  HOW TO BEAT BETTER TENNIS PLAYERS _Loring Fiske_                  4.00
+  HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR TENNIS--Style, Strategy & Analysis
+    _C. Wilson_                                                     2.00
+  INSIDE TENNIS--Techniques of Winning _Jim Leighton_               3.00
+  PLAY TENNIS WITH ROSEWALL _Ken Rosewall_                          2.00
+  PSYCH YOURSELF TO BETTER TENNIS _Dr. Walter A. Luszki_            2.00
+  SUCCESSFUL TENNIS _Neale Fraser_                                  2.00
+  TENNIS FOR BEGINNERS _Dr. H. A. Murray_                           2.00
+  TENNIS MADE EASY _Joel Brecheen_                                  2.00
+  WEEKEND TENNIS--How to have fun & win at the same time
+    _Bill Talbert_                                                  3.00
+  WINNING WITH PERCENTAGE TENNIS--Smart Strategy _Jack Lowe_        2.00
+
+
+WILSHIRE PET LIBRARY
+
+  DOG OBEDIENCE TRAINING _Gust Kessopulos_                          3.00
+  DOG TRAINING MADE EASY & FUN _John W. Kellogg_                    3.00
+  HOW TO BRING UP YOUR PET DOG _Kurt Unkelbach_                     2.00
+  HOW TO RAISE & TRAIN YOUR PUPPY _Jeff Griffen_                    2.00
+  PIGEONS: HOW TO RAISE & TRAIN THEM _William H. Allen, Jr._        2.00
+
+
+_The books listed above can be obtained from your book dealer or
+directly from Melvin Powers. When ordering, please remit 50c per book
+postage & handling. Send for our free illustrated catalog of
+self-improvement books._
+
+  Melvin Powers
+  12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+WILSHIRE HORSE LOVERS' LIBRARY
+
+  AMATEUR HORSE BREEDER _A. C. Leighton Hardman_                    3.00
+  AMERICAN QUARTER HORSE IN PICTURES _Margaret Cabell Self_         3.00
+  APPALOOSA HORSE _Donna & Bill Richardson_                         3.00
+  ARABIAN HORSE _Reginald S. Summerhays_                            2.00
+  ART OF WESTERN RIDING _Suzanne Norton Jones_                      3.00
+  AT THE HORSE SHOW _Margaret Cabell Self_                          3.00
+  BACK-YARD FOAL _Peggy Jett Pittinger_                             3.00
+  BACK-YARD HORSE _Peggy Jett Pittinger_                            3.00
+  BASIC DRESSAGE _Jean Froissard_                                   2.00
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO HORSEBACK RIDING _Sheila Wall_                2.00
+  BEGINNER'S GUIDE TO THE WESTERN HORSE _Natlee Kenoyer_            2.00
+  BITS--THEIR HISTORY, USE AND MISUSE _Louis Taylor_                3.00
+  BREAKING & TRAINING THE DRIVING HORSE _Doris Ganton_              2.00
+  BREAKING YOUR HORSE'S BAD HABITS _W. Dayton Sumner_               3.00
+  CAVALRY MANUAL OF HORSEMANSHIP _Gordon Wright_                    3.00
+  COMPLETE TRAINING OF HORSE AND RIDER _Colonel Alois Podhaisky_    4.00
+  DISORDERS OF THE HORSE & WHAT TO DO ABOUT THEM _E. Hanauer_       3.00
+  DRESSAGE--A Study of the Finer Points in Riding _Henry Wynmalen_  4.00
+  DRIVING HORSES _Sallie Walrond_                                   3.00
+  ENDURANCE RIDING _Ann Hyland_                                     2.00
+  EQUITATION _Jean Froissard_                                       4.00
+  FIRST AID FOR HORSES _Dr. Charles H. Denning, Jr._                2.00
+  FUN OF RAISING A COLT _Rubye & Frank Griffith_                    3.00
+  FUN ON HORSEBACK _Margaret Cabell Self_                           4.00
+  GYMKHANA GAMES _Natlee Kenoyer_                                   2.00
+  HORSE DISEASES--Causes, Symptoms & Treatment
+    _Dr. H. G. Belschner_                                           3.00
+  HORSE OWNER'S CONCISE GUIDE _Elsie V. Hanauer_                    2.00
+  HORSE SELECTION & CARE FOR BEGINNERS _George H. Conn_             3.00
+  HORSE SENSE--A complete guide to riding and care _Alan Deacon_    4.00
+  HORSEBACK RIDING FOR BEGINNERS _Louis Taylor_                     4.00
+  HORSEBACK RIDING MADE EASY & FUN _Sue Henderson Coen_             3.00
+  HORSES--Their Selection, Care & Handling _Margaret Cabell Self_   3.00
+  HOW TO BUY A BETTER HORSE & SELL THE HORSE YOU OWN                3.00
+  HOW TO ENJOY YOUR QUARTER HORSE _Williard H. Porter_              3.00
+  HUNTER IN PICTURES _Margaret Cabell Self_                         2.00
+  ILLUSTRATED BOOK OF THE HORSE _S. Sidney_ (81/2" x 11")            10.00
+  ILLUSTRATED HORSE MANAGEMENT--400 Illustrations _Dr. E. Mayhew_   6.00
+  ILLUSTRATED HORSE TRAINING _Captain M. H. Hayes_                  5.00
+  ILLUSTRATED HORSEBACK RIDING FOR BEGINNERS _Jeanne Mellin_        2.00
+  JUMPING--Learning & Teaching _Jean Froissard_                     3.00
+  KNOW ALL ABOUT HORSES _Harry Disston_                             3.00
+  LAME HORSE--Causes, Symptoms & Treatment _Dr. James R. Rooney_    3.00
+  LAW & YOUR HORSE _Edward H. Greene_                               3.00
+  LIPIZZANERS & THE SPANISH RIDING SCHOOL _W. Reuter_ (41/4" x 6")    2.50
+  MANUAL OF HORSEMANSHIP _Harold Black_                             5.00
+  MORGAN HORSE IN PICTURES _Margaret Cabell Self_                   2.00
+  MOVIE HORSES--The Fascinating Techniques of Training
+    _Anthony Amaral_                                                2.00
+  POLICE HORSES _Judith Campbell_                                   2.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO HORSESHOEING                                   3.00
+  PRACTICAL GUIDE TO OWNING YOUR OWN HORSE _Steven D. Price_        2.00
+  PRACTICAL HORSE PSYCHOLOGY _Moyra Williams_                       3.00
+  PROBLEM HORSES Guide for Curing Serious Behavior Habits
+    _Summerhays_                                                    2.00
+  REINSMAN OF THE WEST--BRIDLES & BITS _Ed Connell_                 4.00
+  RESCHOOLING THE THOROUGHBRED _Peggy Jett Pittinger_               3.00
+  RIDE WESTERN _Louis Taylor_                                       3.00
+  SCHOOLING YOUR YOUNG HORSE _George Wheatley_                      2.00
+  STABLE MANAGEMENT FOR THE OWNER-GROOM _George Wheatley_           4.00
+  STALLION MANAGEMENT--A Guide for Stud Owners _A. C. Hardman_      3.00
+  TEACHING YOUR HORSE TO JUMP _W. J. Froud_                         2.00
+  TRAIL HORSES & TRAIL RIDING _Anne & Perry Westbrook_              2.00
+  TRAINING YOUR HORSE TO SHOW _Neale Haley_                         3.00
+  TREATING COMMON DISEASES OF YOUR HORSE _Dr. George H. Conn_       3.00
+  TREATING HORSE AILMENTS _G. W. Serth_                             2.00
+  WESTERN HORSEBACK RIDING _Glen Balch_                             3.00
+  YOU AND YOUR PONY _Pepper Mainwaring Healey_ (81/2" x 11")          6.00
+  YOUR FIRST HORSE _George C. Saunders, M.D._                       3.00
+  YOUR PONY BOOK _Hermann Wiederhold_                               2.00
+  YOUR WESTERN HORSE _Nelson C. Nye_                                2.00
+
+
+_The books listed above can be obtained from your book dealer or
+directly from Melvin Powers. When ordering, please remit 50c per book
+postage & handling. Send for our free illustrated catalog of self
+improvement books._
+
+Melvin Powers
+12015 Sherman Road, No. Hollywood, California 91605
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's notes:
+The heading "Chapter 13" was missing in the original and has been added.
+
+In the same chapter there is a list of addresses for organisations. The
+addresses for the American Group Psychotherapy Association and the
+National Council on Alcoholism are the same in the original; it is
+unclear whether this is intentional.]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Practical Guide to Self-Hypnosis, by
+Melvin Powers
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF-HYPNOSIS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22814.txt or 22814.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/8/1/22814/
+
+Produced by Michael Ciesielski, Annika Feilbach and the
+booksmiths at http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/22814.zip b/22814.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..654fab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22814.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af5c463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #22814 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/22814)